Skip to main content

Full text of "A manual of the public benefactions of Andrew Carnegie"

See other formats 


.^PL  RESEARCH  LIBRARIES 


33433  08240540  2 


* 


ill  I 


III 


e 


ill 


■ 


ill 


; 


/uL^-uA^^a? 


A  MANUAL 

OF  THE 

PUBLIC    BENEFACTIONS 

OF 

ANDREW  CARNEGIE 


"  This,  then,  is  held  to  be  the  duty  of  the  man  of  wealth:  To  set  an  example 
of  modest,  unostentatious  living,  shunning  display  or  extravagance;  to  pro- 
tide  moderately  for  the  legitimate  wants  of  those  dependent  upon  him;  and, 
after  doing  so,  to  consider  all  surplus  revenues  which  come  to  him  simply 
as  trust  funds,  which  he  is  called  upon  to  administer,  and  strictly  bound 
as  a  matter  of  duty  to  administer  in  the  manner  which,  in  his  judgment,  is 
best  calculated  to  provide  the  most  beneficial  results  for  the  community — the 
man  of  wealth  thus  becoming  the  mere  trustee  and  agent  for  his  poorer 
brethren." — Andrew  Carnegie. 


COMPILED   AND   PUBLISHED 
/  BY 

THE  CARNEGIE  ENDOWMENT 
FOR   INTERNATIONAL   PEACE 


WASHINGTON 
1919 


^>T 


AS 


THE  RUMFORD  PRESS 
CONCORD 


FOREWORD 

Andrew  Carnegie  died  at  his  summer  home  in  Lenox,  August  11, 
1919,  in  his  eighty-fourth  year.  He  was  regarded  by  the  world  as 
one  of  the  most  remarkable  men  of  his  age — and  in  certain  ways  he 
was  unique  among  men  of  all  ages.  He  was  equally  great  as  a 
man  of  practical  affairs  and  as  an  idealist.  The  present  publica- 
tion reveals  both  of  these  qualities  operating  through  great  in- 
stitutions which  he  founded  and  endowed  for  the  good  of  his 
fellow  men.  In  the  thought  that  he  had  worked  for  the  realiza- 
tion of  certain  ideals  he  discovered  the  secret  of  a  serene  and 
happy  spirit,  a  characteristic  which  marked  his  life,  especially 
after  his  retirement  from  business  and  up  to  the  day  of  his  death. 
The  present  volume,  already  compiled  and  on  the  eve  of  publica- 
tion at  the  moment  of  his  death,  outlines  the  beneficent  aims  of 
the  great  foundations  he  established — their  methods  and  some- 
thing of  their  services  to  mankind.  It  is  therefore  the  most 
practical  memorial  of  Andrew  Carnegie  that  can  be  compiled. 
It  brings  together  in  one  volume  for  the  first  time  the  series  of 
remarkable  letters  which  Mr.  Carnegie  wrote  in  establishing  his 
public  benefactions,  each  letter  revealing  some  distinct  phase  of 
his  idealism. 

The  Manual  will  also  serve  a  very  useful  purpose.  The  general 
public  has  but  a  vague  conception  of  the  vast  extent  of  these 
benefactions  and  of  the  noble  purposes  to  which  they  are  dedi- 
cated. Some  definite  idea  may  be  obtained  from  this  volume  of 
the  steadily  increasing  benefits  they  are  destined  to  confer  upon 
science,  education  and  mankind.  The  plans  of  the  founder  and 
of  the  administrators  of  these  great  institutions  will,  as  the  years 
roll  on,  be  of  cumulative  significance. 

Mr.  Carnegie  accumulated  large  wealth  by  his  remarkable 
business  ability,  his  tireless  industry  and  his  clear  prevision  of 
the  enormous  development  of  the  country  of  his  adoption.  His 
own  conception  of  his  duty  and  his  responsibility  was  that  his 
fortune  belonged  to  the  world  in  which  he  was  permitted  to  live 
and  under  whose  laws  he  was  enabled  to  acquire  it.  The  "Gospel 
of  Wealth"  by  which  he  was  governed  is  set  forth  tersely  in  the 


IV  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

single  sentence  on  the  title  page  of  this  Manual,  a  philosophy 
which  he  first  formulated  in  an  article  in  the  North  American 
Review  for  June,  1889,  and  since  published  in  pamphlet  form. 
This  article  carries  what  is  in  many  respects  the  most  remark- 
able message  ever  conveyed  by  one  man  to  his  fellow  men. 
The  contents  of  this  Manual  give  some  of  the  evidence,  though 
by  no  means  all  of  it,  that  Mr.  Carnegie  has  lived  up  to  his  ideals, 
and  that  those  whom  he  selected  to  carry  out  his  trusts  are 
administering  them  in  accordance  with  these  ideals.  To  group 
the  visible  evidences  of  these  ideals,  to  show  at  a  glance  their 
relations  to  each  other,  and  to  make  clear  the  outcomes  already 
large  of  this  man's  consistent  and  carefully  wrought  out  plans 
will  demonstrate  the  profound  and  unselfish  desire  of  a  true 
friend  of  humanity,  and  encourage  all  who  hope  for  a  healthier 
society. 

All  of  Mr.  Carnegie's  benefactions  are  here  given — many  with 
no  little  detail,  all  in  the  summary  beginning  page  307. 

This  Manual  has  been  made  possible  by  the  cooperation  of  per- 
sons best  informed  in  the  matters  presented.  Credit  for  the 
articles,  changed  by  the  editor  in  matters  of  detail  and  of  unity 
only,  is  due  to  the  following:  Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh,  by 
Samuel  H.  Church,  President;  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washing- 
ton, by  Robert  S.  Woodward,  President;  Carnegie  Hero  Fund 
Commission,  by  Charles  L.  Taylor,  President;  Carnegie  Founda- 
tion for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  by  Henry  S.  Pritchett, 
President;  Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace,  by 
S.  N.  D.  North,  Assistant  Secretary;  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New 
York,  by  John  A.  Poynton,  formerly  Secretary  to  Mr.  Carnegie; 
Carnegie  United  Kingdom  Trust,  by  John  Ross,  Chairman  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees;  Carnegie  Trust  for  the  Universities  of  Scot- 
land, also  by  John  Ross;  Carnegie  Dunfermline  Trust,  also  by 
John  Ross;  Simplified  Spelling  Board,  by  Henry  Gallup  Paine, 
Secretary;  Church  Peace  Union,  by  Frederick  Lynch,  Secretary; 
Library  Buildings,  Church  Organs  and  Colleges,  by  James  Ber- 
tram, Secretary  of  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York;  Sum- 
mary Statement  of  Gifts,  also  by  Mr.  Bertram. 

S.  N.  D.  North, 

Editor. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Foreword iii 

Carnegie  Institute  and  Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh ...  1 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 77 

Carnegie  Hero  Fund  Commission 107 

—Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching.  .  .  125 

—Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace 163 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York 199 

-Carnegie  United  Kingdom  Trust 215 

Carnegie  Trust  for  the  Universities  of  Scotland 227 

Carnegie  Dunfermline  Trust 239 

Simplified  Spelling  Board 247 

Church  Peace  Union 261 

■rPalace  of  Peace  at  The  Hague 271 

Central  American  Court  of  Justice 279 

*<Pan  American  Union  Building 283 

Engineering  Building 289 

Library  Buildings,  Church  Organs  and  Colleges 293 

Summary  Statement  of  Gifts  and  Grants 307 


ILLUSTRATIONS 

Portrait  of  Mr.  Carnegie Frontispiece 

FACINQ 
PAQE 

Administration  Building,  Carnegie  Institute 2 

General  View  of  the  Buildings  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of 

Technology 3 

Sculpture  Hall,  Carnegie  Institute 10 

Architectural  Hall,  Carnegie  Institute 11 

Corridor,  School  of  Applied  Design,  Carnegie  Institute ...  18 

Gigantic  Dinosaur,  from  Utah.     In  Hall  of  Paleontology, 

Carnegie  Institute 19 

New  Theater,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 22 

Margaret  Morrison  Carnegie  School  for  Women,  Pittsburgh  23 

Administration  Building,  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  78 

The  Ship  "Carnegie" 84 

Telescope,  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 84 

Geophysical    Laboratory,    Carnegie  Institution  of  Wash- 
ington    85 

Laboratory  for  Terrestrial  Magnetism,   Carnegie  Institu- 
tion of  Washington 85 

Carnegie  Hero  Medal 108 

Headquarters,    Carnegie    Endowment    for    International 

Peace,  Washington 164 

Board  Room  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment 165 

Palace  of  Peace  at  The  Hague 272 

Staircase  in  the  Palace  of  Peace 273 

Central  American  Court  of  Justice,  San  Jose,  Costa  Rica. .  280 

Pan  American  Union  Building,  Washington 284 

Engineering  Building,  New  York 290 


Vlll  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Library  at  Springfield,  Massachusetts 294 

Plans  of  First  and  Second  Floors  of  Springfield  Library ....  295 

Library  at  San  Juan,  Porto  Rico 296 

Library  at  Clear  Lake,  Iowa 297 

Library  at  St.  Petersburg,  Florida 300 

Library  at  Oakland,  California 301 

Map  Showing  Geographical  Distribution  of  Libraries  in 

Indiana 302 

Map  Showing  Geographical  Distribution  of  Church  Organs 

in  Pennsylvania 303 


CARNEGIE   INSTITUTE 

AND 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH 


- 
z 


K 
Z 

o 


r. 

Z 


CARNEGIE   INSTITUTE 

Founded  1896 
INTRODUCTION 

The  Carnegie  Institute,  of  Pittsburgh,  comprises  a  group  of  cul- 
tural and  educational  departments  embracing  Fine  Arts,  Museum, 
Music  Hall,  Library  School  and  Institute  of  Technology.  All  of 
these  departments,  excepting  the  Technical  Schools,  are  housed 
in  a  building  which  stands  among  the  world's  great  pieces  of 
architecture,  and  the  Technical  Schools  are  located  in  a  group  of 
commodious  buildings  on  a  large  tract  of  land  adjoining  the 
Carnegie  Institute.  This  noble  and  harmonious  group  of  crea- 
tions, each  one  of  which  seems  to  be  the  natural  associate  and 
supplement  of  all  the  others,  are  administered  with  a  single  pur- 
pose of  public  usefulness. 

In  addition  to  the  departments  named  there  is  the  great  Car- 
negie Library  system,  with  the  main  library  established  in  the 
same  building  with  the  Carnegie  Institute,  and  eight  branches 
placed  at  convenient  locations  throughout  the  city  of  Pittsburgh. 

Mr.  Carnegie  from  time  to  time  made  the  most  generous 
financial  provision  for  the  creation,  enlargement  and  maintenance 
of  these  departments,  his  gifts  up  to  the  end  of  1918  amounting 
approximately  to  twenty-eight  million  dollars. 

HISTORY 

On  November  25,  1881,  Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie,  in  a  communi- 
cation to  Hon.  Robert  W.  Lyon,  then  mayor  of  the  city  of  Pitts- 
burgh, offered  to  donate  $250,000  for  a  free  library,  provided  the 
city  would  agree  to  appropriate  the  sum  of  $15,000  annually  for 
its  maintenance.  No  action  looking  to  the  acceptance  of  the 
offer  was  taken  at  that  time  owing  to  the  fact  that  the  city  under 
the  existing  law  had  no  power  to  raise  by  taxation  money  for  the 
maintenance  of  such  an  institution. 

In  1886,  however,  after  it  had  been  ascertained  that  the  proper 
legislative  action  could  be  procured,  an  ordinance  was  passed 
incorporating  Mr.  Carnegie's  letter  of  1881,  accepting  his  proposi- 
tion, and  empowering  the  Mayor  and  the  Presidents  of  Select 


4  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

and  Common  Councils  to  serve  ex  officio  on  a  board  of  trustees  to 
be  named  by  the  donor.  In  1887  the  enabling  act  was  passed  by 
the  legislature,  and  Mr.  Carnegie  was  notified  that  the  city  was 
able  to  perform  its  part  of  the  contract.  This  notification  brought 
another  letter  from  Mr.  Carnegie  under  date  of  February  6,  1890, 
in  which  he  stated  that  as  Pittsburgh  had  greatly  increased  in 
size  and  importance  during  the  past  few  years,  he  was  convinced 
that  more  extensive  buildings  were  needed,  combining  reference 
and  circulating  libraries,  accommodations  for  the  exhibition  of 
works  of  art,  and  museums  and  assembly  rooms  for  various 
learned  societies,  and  suggesting  the  erection  of  branch  library 
buildings.  To  provide  these  structures,  he  offered  to  expend  not 
less  than  $1,000,000,  and  proposed  placing  their  erection  and 
control  in  the  hands  of  a  board  of  trustees  of  twenty-one  members, 
twelve  to  be  named  by  himself  and  nine  to  comprise  the  Mayor, 
the  Presidents  of  Select  and  Common  Councils,  the  President  of 
the  Central  Board  of  Education,  and  five  members  of  City 
Councils.  The  conditions  attached  to  the  offer  were  that  the 
city  should  bind  itself  to  place  in  the  hands  of  the  Board  of  Trus- 
tees at  least  $40,000  annually  for  the  maintenance  of  the  library 
system,  and  that  the  Trustees  appointed  by  Mr.  Carnegie  should 
have  power  to  fill  all  vacancies  occurring  in  their  own  number. 

On  February  24,  1890,  the  ordinance  accepting  this  second 
proposition  was  passed.  At  the  first  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  James  B.  Scott  was  made  president,  Henry  C.  Frick, 
treasurer,  and  William  N.  Frew,  secretary.  A  public  invitation 
was  extended  to  all  architects  to  enter  a  competition  to  be  held  in 
this  city.  As  a  result  ninety-seven  architects  from  all  parts  of 
the  United  States  submitted  plans.  After  considerable  study  by 
a  special  committee  of  the  Trustees,  the  plans  of  Longfellow, 
Alden  and  Harlow  were  adopted. 

In  the  meantime  three  of  the  twelve  Trustees  appointed  by 
Mr.  Carnegie  having  resigned,  Mr.  Carnegie  expressed  the  wish 
that  their  places  be  left  unfilled  in  order  to  secure  equality  of 
representation  between  the  city  representatives  and  his  appoin- 
tees, and  suggested  that  Councils  pass  an  amended  ordinance  to 
this  effect.     In  accordance  with  Mr.  Carnegie's  recommendation 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  0 

an  ordinance  was  passed  by  City  Councils  on  May  26,  1890, 
changing  the  Board  membership  from  twenty-one  to  eighteen 
Trustees,  nine  of  whom  should  be  city  representatives  and  nine 
Mr.  Carnegie's  citizen  appointees. 

In  1891  the  city  passed  an  ordinance  authorizing  the  Board  of 
Trustees  to  erect  the  main  structure  on  part  of  the  nineteen  acres 
of  park  land  which  had  recently  been  acquired  from  Mrs.  Schen- 
ley  and  dedicated  by  the  city  to  that  end.  The  foundation  of 
this  building  was  laid  in  the  fall  of  1892,  and  the  building  was 
dedicated  to  public  use  on  Tuesday,  November  5,  1895.  After- 
wards the  branch  library  buildings  were  erected,  at  convenient 
locations  throughout  the  city,  until  now  eight  of  them  have  been 
opened  in  the  following  order:  Lawrenceville,  West  End,  Wylie 
Avenue,  Mount  Washington,  Hazelwood,  East  Liberty,  South 
Side  and  Homewood. 

On  the  night  of  the  dedication  of  the  Library  Mr.  Carnegie 
announced  his  determination  to  inaugurate  in  association  with 
the  Library  a  Department  of  Fine  Arts  and  a  Museum,  which 
should  find  their  permanent  home  within  the  same  building. 
In  his  address  Mr.  Carnegie  said: 

The  taste  for  reading  is  one  of  the  most  precious  possessions  of  life.  I 
would  much  rather  be  instrumental  in  bringing  to  the  working  man  or  woman 
this  taste  than  mere  dollars.  When  this  Library  is  supported  by  the  commu- 
nity, as  Pittsburgh  is  wisely  to  support  her  Library,  all  taint  of  charity  is  dis- 
pelled. Every  citizen  of  Pittsburgh,  even  the  very  humblest,  now  walks  into 
this  his  own  Library;  for  the  poorest  laborer  contributes  his  mite  indirectly  to 
its  support.  The  man  who  enters  a  library  is  in  the  best  society  this  world 
affords;  the  good  and  the  great  welcome  him,  surround  him,  and  humbly  ask 
to  be  allowed  to  become  his  servants ;  and  if  he  himself,  from  his  own  earnings, 
contributes  to  its  support,  he  is  more  of  a  man  than  before.     .     .     . 

The  newspapers  of  my  native  town  recently  published  a  history  of  the  free 
library  in  Dunfermline,  and  it  is  there  recorded  that  the  first  books  gathered 
together  and  opened  to  the  public  were  the  small  collections  of  three  weavers. 
Imagine  the  feelings  with  which  I  read  that  one  of  these  three  was  my  honored 
father.  He  founded  the  first  library  in  Dunfermline,  his  native  town,  and  his 
son  was  privileged  to  found  the  last.  Another  privilege  of  his — to  build  a 
library  for  the  people  here  in  the  community  in  which  he  has  been  so  greatly 
blessed  with  material  success.  I  have  never  heard  of  a  lineage  for  which  I 
would  exchange  that  of  the  library-founding  weaver. 

We  now  come  to  another  branch,  the  Art  Gallery  and  Museum,  which  the 


6  MANUAL    OF   THE   CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

city  is  not  to  maintain.  These  are  to  be  regarded  as  wise  extravagances,  for 
which  public  revenues  should  not  be  given,  not  as  necessaries.  These  are  such 
gifts  as  a  citizen  may  bestow  upon  a  community  and  endow,  so  that  it  will  cost 
the  city  nothing.     .     .     . 

There  remains  to  notice  this  Music  Hall,  in  which  we  are  assembled.  You 
know,  from  the  public  press,  what  has  already  been  arranged,  and  what  the 
masses  of  the  people  are  to  obtain  here.  That  this  Hall  can  be  and  will  be  so 
managed  as  to  prove  a  potent  means  for  refined  entertainment  and  instruction 
for  the  people,  and  the  development  of  the  musical  taste  of  Pittsburgh,  I  enter- 
tain not  the  slightest  doubt,  and  Goethe's  saying  should  be  recalled,  that 
"Straight  roads  lead  from  music  to  everything  good." 

In  January,  1896,  Mr.  Carnegie  provided  an  endowment  fund 
of  $1,000,000,  producing  an  annual  allowance  of  $50,000  for  the 
support  of  these  newly  created  departments,  a  sum  which  was 
greatly  increased  in  subsequent  years.  For  the  administration 
of  these  departments,  which  he  described  as  "wise  extrava- 
gances," he  named  a  Board  consisting  of  the  following  eighteen 
citizens  of  Pittsburgh: 

Albert  J.  Barr  William  J.  Holland 

John  W.  Beatty  Rev.  A.  A.  Lambing 

E.  M.  Bigelow  William  McConway 

John  A.  Brashear  William  A.  Magee 

John  Caldwell  Charles  C.  Mellor 

Thomas  M.  Carnegie  Henry  Phipps,  Jr. 

Samuel  H.  Church  Alfred  S.  Wall 

Josiah  Cohen  David  T.  Watson 

Gustave  Guttenberg  Joseph  R.  Woodwell 

And  to  this  number  he  added  ex  officio  all  the  members  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Library,  as  that  Board  may 
from  time  to  time  be  composed,  which  at  that  date  comprised 
the  following  names : 

Edmund  M.  Ferguson  Thomas  G.  McClure 

Henry  P.  Ford  William  H.  McKelvy 

William  N.  Frew  Bernard  H.  McKenna 

Henry  C.  Frick  George  A.  Macbeth 

George  L.  Holliday  Christopher  L.  Magee 

James  F.  Hudson  Andrew  W.  Mellon 

John  McM.  King  Robert  Pitcairn 

John  S.  Lambie  Henry  K.  Porter 

David  McCargo  Smith  H.  Shannon 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  7 

This  Board  of  thirty-six  members  was  organized  under  the  name 
of  the  Carnegie  Fine  Arts  and  Museum  Collection  Fund,  but  in 
1899  this  cumbersome  title  was  changed  by  action  of  its  Board 
to  the  Carnegie  Institute. 

It  was  but  a  few  years  after  the  opening  of  the  Central  Library 
building  when  it  became  clear  that  it  was  outgrown ;  whereupon 
Mr.  Carnegie  gave  the  Library  Board  the  sum  of  $5,000,000  to 
enlarge  this  central  building.  The  plans  for  the  extension  were 
drawn  by  Alden  and  Harlow,  and  provided  new  quarters  for  the 
Department  of  Fine  Arts  and  the  Department  of  the  Museum, 
leaving  to  the  Library  the  greater  part  of  the  original  building. 

In  recognition  of  the  loving-kindness  which  marks  Mr.  Carne- 
gie's generous  gifts  to  the  people  of  Pittsburgh,  from  the  moment 
of  the  first  inauguration  it  had  been  the  annual  custom  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  to  celebrate  as  Founder's  Day  the  first  Thurs- 
day in  November,  but  when  the  dedication  of  the  rebuilt  edifice 
approached  it  was  decided  to  change  the  time  from  autumn  to 
spring.  Accordingly,  the  enlarged  Carnegie  Institute  and 
Library  building  were  dedicated  to  a  greater  public  service  on 
April  11,  12,  and  13,  1907,  with  exercises  worthy  of  so  important 
an  event.  The  Founder's  Day  celebration,  by  reason  of  the 
illustrious  character  of  the  men  participating  in  it,  has  become 
one  of  the  most  distinguished  platform  occasions  in  America. 

On  November  15,  1900,  at  a  dinner  at  the  Schenley  Hotel,  to 
which  Mr.  Carnegie  had  invited  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
Institute  and  the  directors  of  the  various  departments,  he  read 
a  letter  which  he  had  that  day  addressed  to  Mayor  William  J. 
Diehl,  in  which  he  announced  his  intention  of  giving  $1,000,000 
for  the  founding  of  a  system  of  technical  schools  on  condition  that 
the  city  provide  a  suitable  site;  and  asked  as  a  special  favor  to 
him  that  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  would 
take  charge  of  the  school  as  one  of  its  departments.  Accordingly, 
the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  at  a  meeting  held 
on  December  18,  1900,  by  formal  resolution  accepted  charge  of  the 
new  Technical  School.  At  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of 
the  Carnegie  Institute  on  November  12,  1901,  called  for  the  pur- 


8  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

pose  of  discussing  plans  for  the  schools,  and  at  which  Mr.  Car- 
negie was  present,  he  increased  the  amount  of  his  gift  for  the 
Technical  Schools  buildings  and  equipment  from  $1,000,000  to 
$2,000,000.  In  1903  a  site  of  thirty-two  acres  adjacent  to  the 
Institute  was  tendered  by  the  city  for  perpetual  use  and  accepted 
by  the  Trustees.  The  design  of  Mr.  Henry  Hornbostel  was  chosen 
from  the  number  of  competitive  plans  submitted,  and  the  founda- 
tions of  the  first  group  of  buildings  of  the  present  Carnegie  Insti- 
tute of  Technology  were  laid  in  1905.  Since  that  time  added 
gifts  have  made  possible  the  erection  of  three  additional  groups 
of  buildings  to  meet  the  growth  of  the  institution. 

The  schools  thus  created  were  known  as  the  Carnegie  Tech- 
nical Schools,  and  in  order  that  they  might  receive  legal  power 
from  the  State  of  Pennsylvania  to  confer  scholastic  degrees,  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  was  incorporated  for 
the  control  of  the  Schools,  as  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Car- 
negie Institute  of  Technology. 

In  accordance  with  the  wish  of  the  founder  in  his  letter  of 
November  15,  1900,  it  was  ordered  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of 
the  Carnegie  Institute,  when  counsel  was  instructed  to  apply  for 
a  charter,  that  the  Technical  Schools  should  always  be  a  depart- 
ment of  the  Carnegie  Institute. 

Since  the  charter  was  granted,  the  functions  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  when  they  act  as  the  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  are  to  elect 
officers  and  the  Technical  Schools  Committee,  authorize  the  con- 
ferring of  degrees,  buy  and  sell  property,  and  receive  reports  as  to 
the  nature  of  the  endowment  funds  and  the  accounts  relating 
thereto.  All  other  business  connected  with  the  operation  and 
administration  of  the  Schools,  including  the  annual  appropriation 
for  their  support,  rests  in  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie 
Institute. 

The  Music  Hall,  which  was  originally  under  the  direction  of 
the  Library  Trustees  but  since  1904  had  been  operated  by  funds 
given  by  Mr.  Carnegie,  was  by  executive  order  on  January  1, 
1916,  transferred  from  the  Carnegie  Library  control  to  the  control 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  9 

of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute.  In  1917  the 
Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  furnished  $30,000  for  the 
rebuilding  of  the  organ.  The  organ  has  been  rebuilt,  and  has  a 
present  valuation  of  $46,000. 

The  Carnegie  Library  School  is  the  outgrowth  of  a  class  of  five 
students  formed  in  October,  1900,  to  train  young  women  for  the 
staff  of  the  Children's  Department  of  the  Carnegie  Library  of 
Pittsburgh.  As  soon  as  the  purpose  of  the  class  became  known, 
requests  came  from  other  libraries  that  members  of  their  organi- 
zations might  have  the  advantage  of  this  training,  and  in  response 
to  this  demand  the  Training  School  for  Children's  Librarians  was 
organized,  and  almost  immediately  its  support  was  assured 
through  Mr.  Carnegie's  generosity.  From  1901  to  1915,  the 
School  was  conducted  as  a  department  of  the  Library.  On  May 
25,  1914,  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  in  granting  the 
annual  appropriation  for  its  support,  did  so  on  condition  that  the 
School  be  transferred  to  the  control  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of 
the  Carnegie  Institute.  Accordingly,  on  April  1,  1915,  it  became 
a  department  of  the  Carnegie  Institute,  and  its  name  was  offi- 
cially changed  to  the  Carnegie  Library  School,  and  an  increased 
endowment  was  granted  by  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New 
York,  which  made  possible  the  expansion  of  the  School.  At  the 
present  time  the  Carnegie  Institute  appropriates  $15,000  a  year 
for  its  support. 

The  total  gifts  from  Mr.  Carnegie  to  the  Institute  for  all  pur- 
poses amount  to  about  $28,000,000. 

DESCRIPTION    OF   THE  BUILDINGS 
Carnegie  Institute  and  Library 

The  building  in  which  is  housed  the  Carnegie  Institute  and  the 
Central  Library  stands  on  Forbes  Street  at  the  entrance  to  Schen- 
ley  Park.  It  is  three  stories  in  height,  and  is  built  of  light  gray 
sandstone,  in  a  modification  of  the  Italian  Renaissance  style.  It 
covers  approximately  four  acres,  measuring  400  feet  on  the 
Forbes  Street  facade,  and  600  feet  on  the  eastern  side.     The  walls 


10  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

are  surmounted  by  a  bronze  cornice,  below  which,  carved  in  the 
stone  of  the  frieze,  are  the  names  of  men  distinguished  in  the 
fields  of  literature,  music,  art  and  science. 

There  are  three  principal  entrances  to  the  building,  one  at 
each  end  of  the  Forbes  Street  facade,  leading  to  the  Art  Galleries 
and  Museum  and  to  the  Music  Hall,  respectively,  and  one  on  the 
western  side  leading  to  the  Library.  At  the  Forbes  Street  en- 
trance, broad,  low  flights  of  steps  lead  to  the  main  halls.  At  each 
side  of  the  steps  are  large  bronze  statues — seated  figures  repre- 
senting Shakespeare,  Bach,  Galileo  and  Michael  Angelo.  In 
.addition  to  these  masters  of  literature,  music,  science  and  art, 
'large  symbolic  figures  in  bronze,  representing  the  same  subjects, 
stand  on  the  corner  piers  of  the  roof,  in  relief  against  the  sky. 
All  of  these  statues  are  the  work  of  Mr.  J.  Massey  Rhind,  of 
New  York. 

The  hall  at  the  eastern  Forbes  Street  entrance,  which  is  the 
main  entrance  to  the  Art  Galleries  and  the  Museum,  is  three 
istories  in  height  and  open  to  a  glass  roof .  It  is  paneled  in  Haute- 
ville  marble  and  decorated  with  John  W.  Alexander's  mural 
paintings  representing  "The  Crowning  of  Labor."  Of  these 
paintings  Mrs.  Alexander  has  written  the  following  description: 

In  undertaking  the  decorations  for  the  entrance  hall  of  the  Carnegie  Insti- 
tute Mr.  Alexander  considered  as  absolutely  essential  a  subject  appropriate  to 
the  city  of  Pittsburgh. 

He  finally  selected  as  a  subject  for  the  entire  series  "The  Crowning  of  Labor." 

The  decorations  consist  of  a  frieze  of  fifteen  panels  surrounding  the  first 
floor,  a  series  of  large  panels  at  the  top  of  the  main  staircase  and  surrounding 
the  gallery  of  the  second  floor,  twelve  panels  grouped  about  the  third  floor 
staircase  and  a  completing  set  of  twenty-one  panels  on  the  third  or  top  floor 
which  have  not  yet  been  placed. 

In  the  panels  of  the  frieze  of  the  first  floor  the  idea  has  been  to  show  the 
•energy  and  force  of  labor.  These  panels  are  filled  with  toiling  figures  seen  in 
and  out  of  smoke  and  steam  from  the  furnaces,  the  immense  harnessed  energy 
of  which  is  directed  by  labor  into  various  useful  channels. 

From  these  panels  the  smoke  and  steam  rise  up  into  the  larger  panels  at  the 
head  of  the  main  staircase,  where  emerges  a  mailed  figure  typifying  Pittsburgh. 

Pittsburgh  has  been  depicted  as  a  knight  in  steel  armor  in  order  to  suggest 
the  strength  and  power  of  the  city.     Labor  having  reached  its  highest  expres- 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  11 

eion,  the  city  is  being  crowned  and  heralded  by  hosts  of  winged  figures,  blending 
with  the  smoke  and  steam,  which  have  partially  dispersed.  These  figures  bear 
tributes  to  the  city,  such  as  Peace,  Prosperity,  Luxuries  and  Education.  To 
the  left  of  the  mailed  figure  the  ugliness  and  impurities  roll  away  in  clouds  of 
dark  vapor  twisted  into  the  forms  and  faces  of  grotesque  demons. 

These  winged  figures  appear  on  all  sides  of  the  second  floor  except  in  the 
alcoves,  where  the  panels  again  represent  the  energy  and  power  of  the  city,  but 
differ  from  the  frieze  of  the  first  floor,  for  here  we  find  depicted  the  high  build- 
ings in  process  of  erection,  the  heavy  trains  of  cars,  the  boats  on  the  rivers,  the 
blast-furnaces  and  the  hills  which  are  so  much  a  part  of  Pittsburgh. 

At  each  end  of  these  alcoves  high  narrow  panels,  representing  men  at  work 
against  the  sky  as  if  at  a  great  elevation,  connect  the  frieze  with  the  larger 
panels  of  the  second  floor. 

About  the  third  floor  stairway  is  a  series  of  twelve  panels  containing  nearly 
four  hundred  figures  which  represent  the  ceaseless,  resistless  onward  movement 
of  the  people.  In  these  panels  crowds  of  men,  women  and  children  press  on 
toward  progress  and  success.  The  types  selected  are  the  ordinary  types  of 
American  working  people.  No  effort  has  been  made  to  idealize  them  either  in 
dress  or  feature. 

The  panels  for  the  third  floor  are  not  yet  completed,  but  when  finished  will 
represent  the  result  made  possible  by  labor  and  depict  the  various  arts  and 
sciences  represented  in  the  work  of  the  Institute  and  Library,  the  study  of 
which  uplifts  and  beautifies  life.1 

The  beautiful  Halls  of  Sculpture  and  Architecture  are  the 
distinguishing  features  of  the  first  floor  of  this  section  of  the 
building.  The  Hall  of  Sculpture  is  built  in  the  measurements  of 
the  Parthenon.  The  white  columns  standing  out  against  light 
green  walls  are  of  Pentelic  marble,  brought  from  Mount  Pentelicus 
near  Athens,  the  same  marble  of  which  the  Parthenon  is  built. 
Around  the  ceiling,  at  the  exact  height  of  the  original,  runs  the 
Parthenon  frieze,  which  represents  the  Panathenaic  procession. 
The  collection  of  casts  is  selected  to  give  a  chronological  view  of 
the  development  of  sculpture  from  Assyrian  and  Persian  times, 
through  the  Egyptian  and  Greek  periods. 

The  Hall  of  Architecture  is  large  enough  to  include  full  size 
casts  of  many  architectural  monuments,  the  impression  given 
being  one  of  spaciousness  and  harmony.  The  casts  illustrate 
the  development  of  architecture  from  ancient  times  through  the 

1  Mr.  Alexander  died  on  June  1,  1915,  before  he  had  had  time  to  complete  the  panels  for 
the  third  floor. 


12  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Renaissance  period.  On  the  second  and  third  floors  are  the 
galleries  in  which  are  displayed  the  permanent  art  collections  and 
special  loan  exhibits. 

South  of  the  Halls  of  Architecture  and  Sculpture  are  two  rooms 
of  the  Museum,  containing  the  H.  J.  Heinz  collection  of  ivories, 
and  collections  of  fictile  wares,  textile  wares,  and  arms.  The 
principal  collections  of  the  Museum  on  this  floor  are  in  three  large 
galleries.  Beginning  at  the  Forbes  Street  entrance  these  are: 
first,  the  Gallery  of  Geology  and  Mineralogy;  second,  the  Gallery 
of  Vertebrate  Paleontology;  and  third,  the  Galleries  of  Birds, 
Reptiles  and  Fishes.  At  the  southern  end  of  this  floor  is  the 
Lecture  Hall  of  Science,  an  auditorium  with  a  seating  capacity 
of  650.  The  Museum  Library  adjoins  the  Gallery  of  Vertebrate 
Paleontology. 

On  the  second  floor  the  permanent  collection  of  paintings  occu- 
pies two  large  galleries.  Here  are  also  the  Hall  of  Bronzes,  the 
Galleries  of  Prints  and  Oriental  Art,  and  galleries  for  special  loan 
exhibits.  The  principal  rooms  of  the  Museum  on  this  floor  are 
the  Gallery  of  Invertebrate  Paleontology  and  the  Gallery  of 
Mammals.  Adjoining  the  latter  are  the  collection  of  insects  and 
the  botanical  collection. 

On  the  third  floor  at  the  front  of  the  building  are  several  gal- 
leries for  special  art  exhibitions.  The  Gallery  of  Ethnology  and 
Archeology  occupies  large  rooms  at  the  southern  end  of  the 
building. 

The  western  projection  of  the  main  facade,  fronting  Forbes 
Street,  forms  the  entrance  to  the  Music  Hall.  The  vestibule, 
of  dark  Sienna  marble,  is  stately  and  impressive;  the  foyer,  with 
its  lofty  columns  of  green  Tinos  marble,  lavish  gold  incrustations, 
and  a  variously  colored  inlaid  floor,  departs  from  the  restraint 
that  characterizes  the  rest  of  the  building.  The  Music  Hall  is  a 
well  proportioned  and  harmonious  semicircular  auditorium,  in 
white  and  gold  and  soft  dull  red.  Built  into  the  stage  in  such  a 
way  as  to  form  a  decorative  background  is  one  of  the  largest  and 
finest  organs  in  the  world. 

The  principal  entrance  to  the  Library  proper  is  on  the  western 


02 

2 


< 


< 

P 

E- 
O 


< 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  13 

facade.  Bronze  doors  open  into  a  dignified  hallway  paneled  with 
Tennessee  marble.  On  the  first  floor  are  the  Lending  Depart- 
ment, the  Children's  Department,  and  the  quarters  of  the  Library 
School. 

Two  broad  marble  staircases  lead  to  the  second  floor.  The 
long  vaulted  corridor  on  this  floor  is  decorated  with  lunettes  on 
which  are  painted  heads  from  historic  Italian  medals  of  the 
Renaissance  period.  From  one  side  of  the  corridor  opens  the 
Reference  Room.  This  is  a  T-shaped  room  of  large  proportions, 
with  an  arched,  paneled  ceiling.  The  colors  of  the  room  are 
ivory  and  gold;  the  furnishings,  mahogany.  Three  panels  at 
each  end  of  the  room  are  decorated  with  representations  in  color 
of  early  French  printers'  marks.  At  the  south  end  of  the  corridor 
are  the  Periodical  and  Newspaper  Reading  Room,  and  the  Cata- 
logue and  Order  Departments. 

The  Technology  Department  occupies  several  rooms  on  the 
third  floor. 

Upon  request,  the  visitor  may  see  the  book-stack  which  is  built 
of  white  enameled  terra-cotta,  and  lighted  from  three  large  courts. 
Ventilated  by  washed  and  filtered  air,  this  stack  is  as  nearly  dust- 
proof  as  possible.  Its  eleven  stories  are  connected  by  an  electric 
elevator. 

The  Engine  Room  is  near  the  centre  of  the  building,  on  the 
first  basement  floor  level.  In  this  room  are  five  electric  generat- 
ing outfits,  consisting  of  five  450  horse-power  engines  coupled  to 
an  equal  number  of  generators,  with  a  total  capacity  of  30,000 
electric  lamps.  A  switchboard  of  white  Vermont  marble,  seventy 
feet  long  by  ten  feet  high,  occupies  the  centre  of  the  wall  on  one 
side  of  the  room.  The  floor  is  laid  in  Tennessee  marble,  the  walls 
wainscoted  in  tile,  the  ceiling  paneled.  As  an  engine  room  it  is 
unique,  owing  to  the  fact  that  there  is  not  a  pipe  or  any  other 
unsightly  object  in  the  room;  all  connections  to  engines  and  gen- 
erators are  made  under  the  floor. 

Seventy  motors  varying  in  size  from  one-quarter  to  forty 
horse-power  are  used  for  ventilating  and  power  purposes. 

On  the  second  basement  level  are  the  pumps  for  the  elevators, 


14  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

vacuum  heating  pumps,  and  air  pumps  for  heat  control.  Vacuum 
sweeping  machines,  and  a  refrigerating  plant  for  ice-chest 
refrigeration   are  also  a  part  of  this  installation. 

The  elevator  equipment  consists  of  six  passenger  elevators  and 
one  freight  elevator,  the  latter  having  a  lifting  capacity  of  ten  tons. 

The  heat  in  all  rooms  is  under  thermostatic  control. 

Boiler  House 

The  Boiler  House  is  detached  from  the  main  building.  In 
it  are  eight  300-horse-power  boilers  divided  into  four  batteries  of 
600-horse-power  each.  Bituminous  coal  of  the  cheapest  quality 
is  burned  without  smoke.  A  tunnel  seven  feet  wide  by  twelve 
feet  high,  through  which  are  carried  the  steam  and  water  lines, 
connects  the  two  buildings. 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

The  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  which  is  situated  in  close 
proximity  to  the  Carnegie  Institute,  is  made  up  of  four  groups  of 
buildings,  which  house  the  Division  of  Science  and  Engineering, 
the  Division  of  Industries,  the  Division  of  the  Arts,  and  the 
Margaret  Morrison  Carnegie  School  for  Women.  The  style  of 
architecture  adopted  for  these  buildings  is  simple,  dignified  and 
serviceable.  The  construction  throughout  is  fireproof.  On  the 
grounds  of  the  Institute  of  Technology  are  also  Machinery  Hall, 
which  contains  the  laboratories  for  the  Electrical  and  Mechanical 
Engineering  Departments,  and  the  Power  Plant  for  the  Institu- 
tion; the  Central  Building,  which  houses  the  administrative 
offices  and  the  Students'  Club  Room  and  Restaurant;  the  Athletic 
Field  House  with  the  Gymnasium,  and  the  Langley  Laboratory 
of  Aeronautics. 

School  of  Applied  Design.  The  School  of  Applied  Design, 
located  on  the  crest  of  the  campus,  was  completed  in  1916.  and 
represents  the  most  important  architectural  contribution  to  the 
group.  The  front  facade  gives  prominence  to  five  niches  which 
are  to  be  sculptured  to  represent  the  five  periods  of  architectural 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  15 

history — Greek,  Roman,  Gothic,  Renaissance  and  Moorish. 
The  Renaissance  niche,  the  only  one  started,  but  still  uncom- 
pleted, was  done  by  an  Italian  craftsman,  Grammartini,  who 
spent  a  year  at  the  work.  The  designs  for  these  architectural 
features,  being  intricate,  will  require  many  years  for  execution. 
The  niches  bear  no  relation  to  the  titles  above  which  indicate  the 
arts  housed  within — painting,  sculpture,  architecture,  music  and 
drama.  The  theatre  and  library  on  the  first  floor,  the  main 
architectural  drafting  room  on  the  second,  the  various  studios  on 
the  fourth,  and  the  hall  for  sculpture  in  the  basement  are  of 
interest  to  visitors. 

Machinery  Hall.  Machinery  Hall,  located  at  the  extreme  west 
end  of  the  campus,  was  built  in  1912-13,  and  contains  the  Depart- 
ments of  Mechanical  and  Electrical  Engineering  and  the  power 
plant  of  the  entire  institution.  Visitors  may  be  interested  to 
notice  that  the  tower  is  an  architectural  feature,  masking  the 
chimney  of  the  power  plant.  In  this  tower  has  been  installed  a 
well  equipped  radio  telegraphy  plant,  dismantled  during  the 
period  of  the  war  by  orders  from  the  government. 

School  of  Applied  Industries.  At  the  southwest  corner  of  the 
campus  are  the  three  buildings  of  the  School  of  Applied  Indus- 
tries, constructed  in  1905-06,  the  first  three  units  erected.  They 
contain  the  Departments  of  Machine  Construction,  Building 
Construction,  Printing,  and  General  Equipment  and  Installation. 
Of  special  interest  in  these  buildings  are  the  printing,  machine, 
electrical,  sheet  metal  and  wood-working  shops.  In  the  corridor 
of  the  first  floor  is  temporarily  located  a  portion  of  the  exhibit 
which  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation  had  at  the  Panama- 
Pacific  Exposition. 

East  and  West  Science  Buildings.  The  East  and  West  Science 
Buildings,  the  two  connected  structures  on  the  north  side  of  the 
campus,  were  erected  in  1907-08.  They  contain  the  Depart- 
ments of  Chemical,  Civil,  Commercial,  Metallurgical,  Mining 
and  Sanitary  Engineering,  and  the  Departments  of  Languages, 
Mathematics,  Physics,  Mechanics  and  Machine  Design.  The 
electric  furnaces  for  steel  making  in  the  sub-basement  and  the 


16  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

large  laboratories  for  chemistry  and  physics  on  the  second  floor 
are  the  notable  features  in  these  two  buildings. 

Central  Building.  On  the  west  side  of  the  campus,  above  the 
School  of  Industries,  is  the  Central  Building,  erected  in  1914  and 
in  use  temporarily  for  the  administrative  offices.  In  addition  to 
these  offices,  it  contains  the  student  restaurant  and  the  Carnegie 
Union,  a  large  club  room  for  students,  with  facilities  for  reading, 
games,  and  the  like.  Visitors  finding  themselves  on  the  campus 
at  the  lunch  hour  can  be  assured  of  service  in  this  restaurant. 
Between  the  Central  Building  and  the  buildings  of  the  School  of 
Applied  Industries,  there  has  been  constructed  another  unit  for 
the  Industries  group. 

Langley  Laboratory  of  Aeronautics.  Opposite  the  Central 
Building  and  to  the  south  of  the  School  of  Design  is  a  large  one 
story  structure,  the  Langley  Laboratory  of  Aeronautics,  named 
after  Samuel  Pierpont  Langley,  whose  successful  pioneer  efforts 
in  the  discovery  of  a  heavier-than-air  machine  were  carried  on  in 
Pittsburgh  during  the  years  1887  to  1890.  This  building  was 
completely  erected  in  twenty-three  working  days  in  March,  1918, 
as  an  emergency  piece  of  construction  to  house  the  aeroplanes 
which  the  government  was  sending  to  Pittsburgh  in  connection 
with  the  special  training  of  soldiers.  The  building  is  now  devoted 
to  aeronautical  engineering. 

Margaret  Morrison  Carnegie  School.  The  Margaret  Morrison 
Carnegie  School,  the  college  for  women,  named  after  the  founder's 
mother,  is  located  at  the  northeast  corner  of  the  campus.  The 
original  building  was  erected  in  1906-07,  and  the  west  wing  in 
1914.  It  is  still  uncompleted.  Upon  the  entrance  court  is  the 
following  inscription: 

To  Make  and  Inspire  the  Home; 

To  Lessen  Suffering  and  Increase  Happiness; 

To  Aid  Mankind  in  Its  Upward  Struggles; 

To  Ennoble  and  Adorn  Life's  Work,  however  Humble — 

These  are  Woman's  High  Prerogatives. 

The  exhibits  of  jewelry,  lace  and  weaving  on  the  second  floor,  the 
work  of  the  students  in  the  Department  of  Home  Arts  and  Crafts, 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  17 

are  attractive.  The  kitchens  for  instruction  in  household  econom- 
ics on  the  third  floor,  and  the  dressmaking  studios  on  the  second,  as 
well  as  the  science  laboratories  in  the  basement,  are  also  worthy  of 
attention. 

WORK  OF  THE  VARIOUS  DEPARTMENTS 

Department  of  Fine  Arts 

It  is  the  purpose  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  in  the  field  of  fine 
arts  to  present,  for  the  education  and  pleasure  of  the  people, 
collections  of  architecture  and  sculpture,  paintings,  graphic  arts 
and  applied  arts,  and  of  all  works  of  art  expressing  the  qualities 
of  beauty,  grace  and  harmony. 

Architectural  and  Sculptural  Halls.  Architectural  Hall  con- 
tains a  splendid  group  of  models,  among  the  most  important  of 
which  maybe  named  the  following:  West  Portals  of  Abbey  Church 
of  Saint  Gilles,  Gard,  France;  Pulpit  in  Cathedral  at  Sienna; 
Portal  of  the  North  Transept  of  the  Bordeaux  Cathedral;  Eastern 
Doors  of  the  Baptistry  of  St.  John  the  Baptist,  Florence;  Facade 
of  the  Temple  of  Nike  Apteros,  Acropolis,  Athens;  Porch  of  the 
Maidens,  or  Caryatids.  The  architectural  models  are  represent- 
ative of  some  of  the  great  historical  buildings,  and  form  a  collec- 
tion unique  in  interest  from  the  fact  that  they  are  all  of  full  size. 
The  visitors  to  this  spacious  hall  find  before  them  a  graphic  chap- 
ter covering  the  evolution  of  architecture  from  the  most  ancient 
times  down  to  the  end  of  the  Renaissance  period. 

The  Hall  of  Sculpture,  beautiful  in  itself  in  proportion  and 
design,  with  its  white  Pentelic  marble  columns  and  quiet  green 
walls,  creates  at  once  an  impression  of  harmony  and  beauty;  and 
the  statues  and  bas-reliefs  installed  there  represent  the  beautiful 
in  sculpture,  and  the  great  periods  of  this  art  from  its  beginning 
to  the  end  of  the  Roman  period,  among  them  being  the  Statue  of 
King  Kephren;  Frieze  of  the  Lions,  Persian;  Sculptures  from  the 
Eastern  Pediment  of  the  Parthenon;  Hermes  of  Praxiteles,  and 
Nike  of  Samothrace. 

Paintings.  The  permanent  collection  of  paintings  is  broadly 
international  in  character.     It  is  also  contemporary,  the  oldest 


18  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

work  having  been  painted  within  the  past  hundred  years.  There 
are  works  representing  France,  England,  Holland,  Italy,  Norway, 
Belgium,  Russia,  Germany  and  Austria;  but  America  is  more  ade- 
quately represented  than  any  other  country.  The  American 
works  represent  in  some  measure  the  entire  history  of  American 
art,  beginning  with  the  period  of  Benjamin  West  and  ending 
with  the  present  day. 

The  Department  holds  an  annual  international  exhibition, 
excelled  by  no  other  exhibition  of  its  kind  in  the  country,  in  which 
appear  the  best  works  of  the  year  by  American  artists  as  well  as 
by  artists  from  practically  every  foreign  country,  and  prizes  are 
awarded  by  an  international  jury.  Since  the  beginning  of  the 
war  this  international  exhibition  of  paintings  has  been  suspended 
because  of  the  impossibility  of  bringing  paintings  from  Europe. 
Other  exhibitions  are  constantly  held. 

Bronzes.  Photographs.  A  collection  of  bronze  statues  and 
objects,  reproductions  of  the  bronzes  from  Pompeii  and  Hercu- 
laneum,  and  a  large  collection  of  photographs  of  the  monuments 
and  temples  of  Greece  are  also  on  exhibition  in  this  Department. 

Prints.  Engravings.  Drawings.  In  the  Division  of  Prints  are 
large  and  important  collections  of  rare  prints,  including  an  excep- 
tionally complete  collection  of  American  wood  engraving,  groups 
of  etchings,  and  a  collection  of  Japanese  prints,  besides  an  impor- 
tant collection  of  original  drawings. 

Educational  Work.  The  Institute  conducts  its  educational 
work  in  the  field  of  fine  arts  in  various  ways,  but  especially 
through  the  agency  of  the  public  schools.  The  eighth  grade  stu- 
dents come  to  the  Institute  three  times  during  the  school  year, 
as  part  of  their  regular  school  work,  and  lectures  on  painting, 
architecture  and  sculpture  are  given.  The  purpose  is  to  give  the 
students  a  practical  knowledge  of  some  of  the  essential  qualities 
of  art. 

Department  of  the  Museum 
The  activities  of  the  Museum  include  the  natural  sciences 
and  the  applied  arts.     Fifteen  sections  are  now  organized,  as 
follows : 


I 


K 
E* 
0 

Eh 

03 


O 


o 

j 
o 
EH 

o 

H 
J 

«j 

Ph 

b 
C 

►J 
<! 


- 
< 
E- 


S 

c 


P 
<: 

o 


Eh 


C 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  19 

Recent  Vertebrates.  This  section  covers  mammals,  birds, 
reptiles  and  fishes. 

The  Museum  has  about  6,000  specimens  of  mammals  repre- 
senting nearly  2,000  species.  Part  of  the  Roosevelt  East  African 
Collection,  the  collections  made  by  Mr.  Childs  Frick  in  British 
East  Africa  and  Abyssinia,  and  many  other  notable  collections 
made  in  both  hemispheres  are  mounted  for  exhibition  in  the 
Museum.  Among  the  many  groups  may  be  mentioned  the  ze- 
bras, giraffes,  wart-hogs,  African  buffaloes,  antelopes,  Buxton's 
koodoos,  all  shot  by  Mr.  Childs  Frick;  the  groups  of  bears  ob- 
tained at  Pavlov  Bay,  Alaska;  the  group  of  jaguars  killed  by  Mr. 
John  M.  Phillips  in  Mexico;  the  group  of  Steller's  sea-lions,  and 
the  group  of  Alaskan  fur-seals.  Another  interesting  group  is 
"The  Camel  Driver  Attacked  by  Lions,"  by  Jules  Verreaux, 
awarded  a  gold  medal  at  the  World's  Fair  in  Paris  in  1867.  This 
was  the  first  specimen  owned  by  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History  and  was  subsequently  turned  over  to  the  Car- 
negie Museum. 

The  Museum  has  nearly  70,000  specimens  of  birds.  There  are 
many  beautiful  groups,  among  them  "  Count  Noble,"  the  ancestor 
of  the  finest  setter-dogs  in  America,  putting  up  a  covey  of  quails; 
a  group  of  vultures  settling  upon  the  dead  body  of  a  wapiti;  a 
group  representing  the  pelicans  on  Pelican  Island,  and  many 
others.  The  celebrated  "Buller  Collection,"  upon  which  Sir 
Walter  L.  Buller  based  his  second  edition  of  "The  Birds  of  New 
Zealand,"  is  a  notable  acquisition  of  the  Museum. 

Over  7,000  specimens  of  reptiles,  mainly  from  temperate  North 
America  and  also  from  Central  and  South  America,  are  in  the 
collections  of  the  Museum. 

The  Museum  has  one  of  the  most  important  collections  of 
South  American  fishes,  and  the  largest  collection  of  Japanese 
fishes  in  North  America. 

Recent  Invertebrates.  In  this  section  are  the  sponges,  marine 
and  freshwater  shells,  echinoderms,  and  other  invertebrates. 

The  Museum  has  a  collection  of  1,500,000  specimens  of  insects, 


20  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

representing  approximately  150,000  species,  including  a  multitude 
of  types  and  co-types. 

Botany.  The  Herbarium  contains  150,000  species  of  plants 
systematically  arranged  and  ready  for  consultation  by  students 
and  is  one  of  the  largest  herbaria  in  North  America. 

Mineralogy.  The  mineralogical  collection  includes  the  cele- 
brated Jefferis  Collection  purchased  by  Mr.  Carnegie.  An  in- 
teresting exhibit  in  this  gallery  is  the  group  of  stalactites  and 
stalagmites  obtained  at  Naginey,  Pennsylvania. 

Paleontology.  The  paleontological  collections  are  among  the 
most  extensive,  beautiful  and  famous  in  the  world.  The  collec- 
tions include  the  great  Bayet  Collection,  containing  120,000  speci- 
mens, being  the  largest  and  best  collection  representing  the  fossil 
fauna  of  Europe  to  be  found  in  the  New  World.  It  has  been  said 
that  "to  study  the  mammals  of  the  Miocene  and  the  reptiles  of 
the  Jurassic  one  must  visit  Pittsburgh."  Among  the  striking 
objects  is  the  skeleton  of  Apatosaurus  louisae,  named  in  honor  of 
Mrs.  Carnegie,  and  of  Diplodocus  carnegiei,  named  in  honor  of 
Mr.  Carnegie.  Copies  of  the  latter  have  been  presented  to 
the  National  Museums  of  England,  France,  Germany,  Russia, 
Austria,  Italy,  Spain  and  Argentina. 

Comparative  Anatomy  and  Osteology.  There  are  thousands  of 
interesting  specimens  in  this  section. 

Archeology  and  Ethnology.  The  largest  collection  of  Costa 
Rican  antiquities  in  the  world  is  on  exhibition  in  the  Museum. 
There  are  also  large  collections  representing  various  North  Amer- 
ican tribes,  collections  illustrating  the  manners  and  customs  of 
the  aboriginal  peoples  of  the  South  Sea  Islands  and  of  Africa,  and 
extensive  Egyptian  collections.  One  of  the  most  striking  objects 
is  an  Egyptian  boat  obtained  from  a  burial  crypt  at  Dahshur, 
Egypt,  which  was  placed  in  the  crypt  where  it  was  found  six  hun- 
dred years  before  Abraham  left  Ur  of  the  Chaldees  to  seek  the 
Promised  Land.  There  are  many  groups  of  Indians  and  one  of 
the  finest  collections  of  Indian  basketry  in  existence,  deposited  in 
the  Museum  by  the  late  Mr.  G.  A.  Steiner. 

Numismatics.     The  collection  of  coins  and  medals  is  extensive 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  21 

and  includes  the  collection  presented  to  the  Museum  by  Mrs. 
William  Thaw,  Jr.,  made  by  her  husband;  the  collection  presented 
by  Mr.  Harry  J.  Vandergrift;  a  collection  made  by  Mr.  Magnus 
Pflaum;  and  numerous  other  collections,  large  and  small,  acquired 
by  gift  or  purchase.  There  is  also  an  interesting  collection  of 
postage  stamps  made  by  the  late  Arthur  Burgoyne. 

Ceramics.  Textiles.  Graphic  Arts.  The  collections  in  these 
three  sections  are  contained  in  the  Gallery  of  Applied  or  Useful 
Arts.  They  include  thousands  of  specimens  representing  fictile 
and  textile  wares,  both  ancient  and  modern.  A  fine  collection 
of  war  posters  has  recently  been  installed  in  the  section  of  Graphic 
Arts. 

Transportation.  The  collection  illustrating  the  evolution  of 
methods  of  transportation  contains  a  large  series  of  models  and 
many  relics  of  historic  interest,  including  the  aeroplane  in  which 
Calbraith  Perry  Rodgers  made  the  first  flight  across  the  continent 
of  North  America. 

Carvings  in  Wood  and  Ivory.  One  of  the  most  attractive  col- 
lections in  the  Museum  comprises  the  carvings  in  wood  and  ivory 
which  have  been  deposited  by  Mr.  H.  J.  Heinz.  The  ivory 
carvings  represent  the  best  work  of  the  ancient  Chinese  and 
Japanese  artists. 

Art  Work  in  Metals.  In  this  section  are  specimens  of  silver- 
ware bequeathed  by  the  late  J.  C.  Grogan,  a  collection  of  old 
silver  deposited  by  Mr.  Herbert  DuPuy,  many  Chinese  and 
Japanese  bronzes,  a  collection  of  old  Japanese  arms,  deposited 
by  Mr.  Irwin  Laughlin,  and  the  Heinz  Collection  of  watches, 
which  includes  the  gold  watch  which  belonged  to  Admiral  Nelson, 
the  hero  of  Trafalgar. 

Historical  Collections.  Library.  Among  the  interesting  his- 
torical objects  here  is  the  skeleton  of  the  horse  upon  which 
"Stonewall"  Jackson  was  seated  the  night  he  was  killed  at  Chan- 
cellorsville,  a  number  of  the  cannon  surrendered  by  General 
Burgoyne  to  General  Gates  at  the  battle  of  Saratoga,  and  the 
collections  belonging  to  the  Pittsburgh  Chapter  of  the  Daughters 
of  the  American  Revolution. 


22  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

The  Library  of  the  Museum  contains  the  extensive  private 
library  of  scientific  works  deposited  by  the  Director  of  the  Mu- 
seum as  well  as  the  many  thousands  of  volumes  collected  by  the 
Museum. 

Research  Work.  From  its  inception  the  Museum  has  carried 
on  intensive  studies  in  various  fields  and  has  been  one  of  the 
leaders  of  research  in  America,  especially  in  zoology,  botany  and 
paleontology.  The  Museum  has  either  sent  out  or  assisted  in 
sending  out  many  expeditions  to  various  parts  of  the  globe.  The 
last  expedition  from  the  Museum  traversed  the  interior  of  the 
peninsula  of  Labrador  from  south  to  north,  the  first  time  this 
feat  has  been  accomplished  by  white  men.  The  results  of  the 
researches  are  in  part  embodied  in  the  Annals  and  Memoirs  of 
the  Museum. 

Educational  Work.  The  Carnegie  Museum  was  the  first  insti- 
tution of  its  kind  in  America  to  establish  "Prize  Essay  Contests," 
offering  prizes  to  students  in  the  elementary  schools  for  the  best 
essays  upon  things  in  the  Museum.  At  the  last  contest  1,743 
essays  were  submitted  and  passed  upon  by  the  judges.  Hundreds 
of  classes  from  the  elementary  and  secondary  schools  of  the  region 
of  which  Pittsburgh  is  the  centre,  visit  the  Museum  annually  and 
receive  instruction  from  members  of  the  staff  detailed  for  this 
purpose.  Traveling  collections  of  mounted  specimens  are  loaned 
by  the  Museum  to  the  public  schools.  Advanced  students  read- 
ing for  degrees  in  course  or  preparing  theses  for  postgraduate 
degrees  are  granted  the  facilities  of  the  Museum  and  are  permitted 
to  carry  on  work  in  the  laboratories.  Students  from  institutions 
of  higher  learning  from  all  over  the  continent  and  from  foreign 
lands  have  been  welcomed,  and  have  remained  in  residence  for 
shorter  or  longer  periods. 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

The  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  is  concerned  primarily 
with  technical  education.  It  offers  courses  in  Engineering  for 
men,  courses  in  the  Fine  and  Applied  Arts  for  men  and  women, 
courses  in  the  Industries  for  men,  courses  for  women  which  com- 


K 

pq 

H 
H 


O 


K 
O 

►J 

o 
o 

m 

Q 
CO 


m 

o 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  23 

bine  the  training  for  the  home  and  for  a  profession.  The  Division 
of  Applied  Psychology  offers  courses  in  Psychology  and  education 
to  undergraduate  students  in  the  other  divisions  and  to  post- 
graduate students  opportunities  for  research  which  lead  to 
advanced  degrees. 

Division  of  Science  and  Engineering.  The  courses  in  this  Divi- 
sion which  lead  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  are :  Chemical, 
Civil,  Commercial,  Electrical,  Mechanical,  Metallurgical,  Mining 
and  Sanitary  Engineering.  Courses  in  Physics  and  Chemistry  in 
preparation  for  teaching  or  for  research  work  are  offered,  as  well 
as  graduate  courses. 

Division  of  the  Arts.  The  courses  in  this  Division  which  lead 
to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  are:  Architecture,  Decoration, 
Dramatic  Arts,  Illustration,  Music,  Normal  Art,  Painting  and 
Sculpture.     Graduate  courses  are  also  given. 

Division  of  Industries.  The  courses  in  this  Division  are: 
Building  Construction,  General  Equipment  and  Installation, 
Machine  Construction  and  Printing.  No  degrees  are  given  except 
in  the  four  year  courses  for  the  training  of  industrial  teachers, 
which  lead  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Industrial 
Education.  Intensive  courses,  nine  months  in  length,  are  offered 
in  Automobile  Construction,  Electric  Wiring,  Forging,  Foundry, 
Machine  Shop,  Mechanical  Drawing,  Bricklaying  and  Masonry, 
and  Pattern  Making.  These  are  open  only  to  men  who  have  had 
some  experience  in  these  trades. 

Margaret  Morrison  Carnegie  Division.  This  Division  offers 
courses  for  women  which  lead  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science, 
in  Arts  and  Crafts,  Costume  Economics,  General  Science,  House- 
hold Economics,  Secretarial  Studies  and  Social  Work.  In  the 
first  two  years  of  the  courses  the  emphasis  is  laid  on  general  train- 
ing and  in  the  last  two  years  on  vocational  training.  Courses 
are  also  given  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  these  special 
subjects. 

Teachers'  Courses.  Training  is  given  in  the  teaching  of  Indus- 
trial Subjects,  General  Science  and  the  Fine  Arts,  for  men;  the 
teaching  of  Domestic  Science  and  Art,  Arts  and  Crafts,  the  Fine 


24  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Arts,  Commercial  Subjects  and  Department  Store  practice,  for 
women. 

Night  Courses.  All  the  Divisions  offer  night  courses  for  men 
and  women  who  are  at  work  during  the  day.  They  furnish 
exceptional  opportunity  to  ambitious  students  to  increase  their 
efficiency  and  earning  power. 

Bureau  of  Salesmanship  Research.  Affiliated  with  the  Institute 
of  Technology  is  the  Bureau  of  Salesmanship  Research,  the  head- 
quarters and  scientific  staff  of  which  are  located  in  one  of  the 
Institute  buildings.  The  Bureau  was  organized  in  1915  for  the 
purpose  of  improving  present  methods  of  selecting  and  training 
salesmen  and  improving  sales  methods.  The  work  is  financed  by 
thirty  organizations  of  the  United  States  in  such  a  way  as  to 
cover  the  entire  field  of  salesmanship.  The  original  members 
included  the  Carnegie  Steel  Company,  the  Equitable  Life  Assur- 
ance Society  of  the  United  States,  the  Ford  Motor  Company,  the 
H.  J.  Heinz  Company,  and  the  Westinghouse  Electric  &  Manufac- 
turing Company.  A  recent  development  from  the  Bureau  of 
Salesmanship  Research  is  a  new  Bureau,  financed  by  seven  leading 
department  stores  of  Pittsburgh.  This  Research  Bureau  of 
Retail  Training  makes  investigations  of  the  best  methods  of 
selecting  and  training  store  employes  and  equips  graduate  stu- 
dents to  take  responsible  positions  in  the  educational  and  employ- 
ment branches  of  large  stores. 

Camp  Louise  Carnegie.  Camp  Louise  Carnegie,  which  is  situ- 
ated near  Pittsburgh,  on  the  Allegheny  River,  is  maintained  by 
the  Institute.  It  is  a  750  acre  engineering  camp  and  experimental 
station,  where  students  in  certain  courses  are  stationed  for  sched- 
uled periods  for  their  field  work.  The  large  mansion  house 
provides  living  quarters  and  space  for  instruction. 

Bureau  of  Recommendations.  A  Bureau  of  Recommendations  is 
maintained  for  the  benefit  of  graduates  and  to  secure  employment 
for  those  students  who  may  wish  to  work  their  way  through  college. 

Fees  and  Living  Expenses.  The  fee  for  day  students  is  $25  per 
quarter,  a  quarter  meaning  three  months.  The  college  year 
usually  consists  of  the  autumn,  winter  and  spring  quarters,  with 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  25 

work  during  the  summer  quarter  for  those  who  desire  it.  The 
fee  for  night  students  is  $20  per  night  school  year,  which  extends 
approximately  from  October  to  May. 

Enrollment.  The  Technical  Schools  opened  in  1905  with  765 
students.  The  registration  for  1917-18  was  3,149,  of  which 
2,459  were  men  and  690  women. 

Dormitories  for  Men.  Seven  dormitories  for  men  are  main- 
tained by  the  Schools.  Single  rooms  rent  for  $35  per  quarter, 
and  double  rooms  for  $25  and  $27.  Every  room  is  furnished. 
These  charges  include  light,  heat  and  all  bedding  except  blankets, 
but  do  not  include  service  or  meals.  Board  may  be  had  at  the 
Schools  restaurant  at  approximately  $5.25  a  week.  Several 
fraternity  and  club  houses  near  the  campus  provide  quarters  for 
additional  groups. 

Dormitories  for  Women.  The  Schools  maintain  three  dormi- 
tories for  women.  The  following  terms  include  furnished  room, 
with  light  and  heat,  and  three  meals  per  day;  single  rooms,  $400 
per  college  year;  double  rooms,  $360;  and  triple  rooms,  $340. 

Carnegie  Music  Hall 

In  the  Carnegie  Music  Hall  the  musical  requirements  of  the 
community  are  helpfully  fostered :  two  public  recitals  are  offered 
each  week  during  nine  months  of  the  year,  or  approximately 
seventy-five  recitals  each  season.  This  inspiriting  missionary 
work  in  the  field  of  music  has  been  carried  on  since  the  opening 
of  the  original  Library  building,  of  which  the  Music  Hall  was  an 
integral  part,  in  1895. 

Mr.  Carnegie's  purpose  in  causing  the  series  of  recitals  to  be 
instituted,  namely,  "creating  in  the  people  a  love  for  music,"  has 
been  kept  uppermost  in  mind  at  all  times.  In  accordance  with 
the  founder's  purpose  the  musical  policy  of  these  free  concerts 
has  been  shaped  to  coincide  with  his  expressed  view:  they  are 
not  entirely  entertaining,  nor  yet  solely  instructive;  but  seek  to 
present  such  a  discriminate  combination  of  the  two,  as  to  invite  at 
all  times  a  genuine  affection  for  the  soulful  language  of  tones,  as 
expressed  by  the  great  masters  of  music. 


26         MANUAL  OF  THE  CARNEGIE  BENEFACTIONS 

For  this  reason  these  recitals  do  not  address  themselves  to.  or 
favor  any  particular  nationality,  or  period,  or  adherents  of  any 
special  musical  cult,  or  any  particular  faction  or  group  represent- 
ing a  certain  stage  of  musical  appreciation.  The  purpose  is 
rather  to  minister  broadly  to  the  musical  needs  of  the  community, 
the  eye  directed  upward,  yet  not  unmindful  of  those  who  but  for 
this  provision  might  not  come  under  the  refining  and  ennobling 
influence  of  music  at  all. 

The  sole  item  of  equipment  is  a  magnificent  concert  organ, 
newly  erected  during  the  season  of  1918.  vying  with  the  greatest 
in  the  world  in  variety,  refinement  and  nobility  of  tone.  This 
medium  of  expression  has  triumphantly  demonstrated  its  adapta- 
bility to  each  and  every  demand,  artistic  and  utilitarian:  its 
capability  on  every  occasion  to  interest  the  people,  the  multitude 
as  well  as  those  of  fine,  sensitive  discrimination.  The  present 
organ  contains  one  hundred  registers  representing  as  many  dif- 
ferent tonal  shades,  produced  in  all  by  7.669  pipes,  not  counting 
the  bells,  chimes,  and  a  concert  grand  piano.  The  inaugural 
recital  of  this  great  instrument  took  place  on  February  9.  1918. 

Carnegie  Library  School 

The  Carnegie  Library  School  was  organized  in  1901,  under  the 
name  Training  School  for  Children's  Librarians.  As  it  was  a 
direct  result  of  the  need  in  the  Library  for  trained  children's  libra- 
rians, so  it  continued  to  reflect  library  progress  and  anticipate 
professional  requirements.  In  1917  it  added  a  course  in  School 
Library  Work,  and  in  1918  a  course  in  General  Library  Work. 

The  School  is  located  in  the  Central  Library  building,  and, 
while  a  department  of  the  Institute,  has  a  direct  connection  with 
the  Library.  This  association  affords  unusual  opportunity  for 
valuable  laboratory  work.  Students  are  assigned  to  practice 
work  in  the  departments  of  the  Library,  thus  securing  experience 
in  the  various  phases  of  library  work  under  the  direction  of  trained 
librarians.  The  lecture  courses  in  many  cases  are  given  by 
members  of  the  staff  of  the  Library  who  are  specialists  in  the  sub- 
jects covered. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  27 

The  demand  for  trained  librarians  far  exceeds  the  supply,  and 
this  demand  increases  year  by  year.  For  the  present  the  purpose 
of  the  Carnegie  Library  School  is  to  train  students  in  General 
Library  Work,  in  Library  Work  with  Children,  and  in  School 
Library  Work.  To  this  end  three  distinct  courses  of  study  are 
offered,  each  one  year  in  length: 

1.  General  Library  Work. 

This  course  includes  those  features  of  theory  and  practice  which  are 
essential  to  successful  training  for  librarianship.  Instruction  and  practice 
in  the  technical  details  necessary  are  presented  and  consideration  is  given 
to  the  essentials  of  administration  and  work  with  the  public. 

2.  Library  Work  with  Children. 

This  course  is  devoted  to  the  theory  of  library  economy  and  its  applica- 
tion to  work  with  children,  supplemented  by  practice  work  in  various 
library  and  school  centers. 

3.  School  Library  Work. 

This  course  is  planned  to  train  for  librarianship  in  elementary,  high  and 
normal  school  libraries  and  also  for  school  work  in  public  libraries.  Lec- 
tures, recitations  and  problems  are  supplemented  by  practice  work  in  ele- 
mentary, high  and  normal  school  libraries  and  in  school  deposit  stations. 

Candidates  for  admission  who  are  graduates  of  universities  and 
colleges  with  a  recognized  high  standard  may  be  admitted  with- 
out examination.  Candidates  who  hold  certificates  from  accred- 
ited library  schools  may  be  admitted  without  examination  to  the 
courses  in  Library  Work  with  Children  and  School  Library  Work. 
All  other  candidates  may  be  admitted  on  examination  in  litera- 
ture, history  and  general  information.  For  entrance  to  the 
courses  in  General  Library  Work  and  School  Library  Work  two 
languages  are  required. 

Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh 

The  Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh  is  a  free  public  reference 
and  circulating  library,  founded  by  Andrew  Carnegie  in  1890. 
It  is  maintained  by  the  city  of  Pittsburgh  and  the  cost  of  books, 
salaries  and  other  expenses  is  met  by  funds  appropriated  each 
year  by  act  of  the  City  Council.  The  interest  upon  certain  funds 
contributed  by  private  individuals  is  also  available  for  the  pur- 
chase of  books  on  special  subjects. 


28  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

The  Central  Library,  the  beginning  of  Pittsburgh's  public 
library  system,  was  opened  in  1895  with  a  staff  of  sixteen,  and  a 
book  collection  of  16,000  volumes.  Since  that  year  eight  branch 
libraries  have  been  opened,  as  follows: 

Name  Date  of  Opening 

Lawrenceville  Branch  Library  May  11,  1898 

West  End  Branch  Library  February  1,  1899 

Wylie  Avenue  Branch  Library  June  1,  1899 

Mount  Washington  Branch  Library  May  31,  1900 

Hazelwood  Branch  Library  August  16,  1900 

East  Liberty  Branch  Library  October  10,  1905 

South  Side  Branch  Library  January  30,  1909 

Homewood  Branch  Library  March  10,  1910 

In  addition  to  the  Central  Library  and  branches,  the  Library 
operates  through  the  public,  private  and  parochial  schools, 
through  playgrounds  and  settlement  houses,  and  through  stations 
in  a  limited  number  of  mercantile  and  industrial  establishments — 
a  total  of  nearly  one  hundred  and  fifty  agencies  being  employed 
for  the  circulation  of  books. 

The  Library  staff,  exclusive  of  employes  operating  and  caring 
for  buildings,  consists  of  something  over  two  hundred  assistants. 
Service  is  given  on  personal  call,  by  mail  or  by  telephone. 

The  Library  contains  a  total  of  nearly  450,000  volumes,  of 
which  about  40,000  volumes  are  in  foreign  languages.  Each 
branch  has  a  limited  collection  of  its  own,  which  it  supplements 
by  drawing  upon  the  general  collection  of  the  Central  Library 
through  an  automobile  delivery  system.  The  Library  supplies 
books  to  both  adult  and  juvenile  readers. 

Ever  since  the  Library  opened,  in  1895,  special  emphasis  has 
been  placed  on  the  selection  of  books  along  industrial  lines,  with 
the  result  that  Pittsburgh  now  has  in  its  Library  one  of  the  finest 
collections  of  technical  books  in  the  country.  This  Technology 
Department,  which  is  located  on  the  third  floor,  is  in  charge  of  a 
librarian  of  technical  training  and  is  prepared  to  furnish  informa- 
tion in  the  natural  and  applied  sciences.  The  collection  con- 
tains, in  addition  to  the  general  treatises,  a  large  collection  of 
patent  reports,  including  not  only  the  United  States  files,  but 
also  those  of  foreign  countries. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  29 

A  special  Children's  Department  makes  a  study  of  children's 
literature  and  directs  the  reading  of  the  young  people  through 
many  agencies.  All  books  for  children  are  examined  before  they 
are  added  to  the  Library  shelves  and  individual  attention  is  given 
to  the  reading  of  each  child.  The  members  of  this  department 
give  advice  to  teachers  and  parents  on  the  selection  of  books  for 
children. 

The  Library  has  at  the  disposal  of  the  blind  over  three  thousand 
books  and  magazines  in  five  different  types.  Of  this  collection 
about  a  thousand  volumes  belong  to  a  deposit  made  by  the 
Pennsylvania  Home  Teaching  Society  for  the  Blind,  whose 
teacher  for  Western  Pennsylvania  is  under  the  general  direction 
of  the  Library.  Free  instruction  is  offered  through  this  society 
and  an  earnest  effort  is  made  by  the  Library  to  reach  all  the  adult 
blind  of  the  district. 

In  addition  to  work  in  the  Central  Library  and  branches,  the 
Library  carries  on  its  work  in  public,  parochial  and  private  schools, 
commercial  and  industrial  plants,  playgrounds,  etc. 

The  Library  is  a  maker  of  books  as  well  as  a  distributor  of 
books.  From  its  well  equipped  Printing  Department,  which  is 
located  in  the  basement,  come  many  publications  which  greatly 
aid  the  people  of  Pittsburgh  in  knowing  the  resources  of  their 
Library. 

All  cards  which  go  to  make  up  the  catalogues  of  the  Central 
Library  and  its  branches  are  printed  in  this  department,  as  well 
as  a  book  catalogue  of  all  the  books  of  the  Library. 

This  catalogue,  prepared  by  the  staff  of  the  Catalogue  Depart- 
ment, is  one  of  the  few  annotated  library  catalogues  of  the 
country,  and  is  generally  accepted  as  a  standard  work. 

The  Monthly  Bulletin,  which  is  distributed  free  at  the  Library 
or  mailed  to  subscribers  for  fifty  cents  a  year,  fists  all  new  books 
added  to  the  collection  and  is  a  valuable  magazine  for  frequenters 
of  the  Library  who  wish  to  be  informed  about  current  book  news. 

The  Library  publications  now  number  about  seventy  titles. 
Many  of  these  may  be  obtained  free  at  the  Library  and  will  be 
found  suggestive  to  those  who  desire  to  follow  special  lines  of 
reading. 


30  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

PUBLICATIONS 

President's  Office.  Annual  Report  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  (1909- 
1918)  by  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  containing  reports  of  the  offi- 
cers, committees  and  departments. 

Founder's  Day  Book  (1S96-1918).  There  was  no  Founder's  Day  celebra- 
tion in  1906,  as  the  new  building  was  under  construction,  and  in  1907  Founder's 
Day  was  celebrated  by  the  dedication  of  the  enlarged  Carnegie  Institute  build- 
ing. The  report  of  the  dedication  celebration  was  published  in  a  large  bound 
volume  under  the  title,  Memorial  of  the  Celebration  of  the  Carnegie  Institute 
at  Pittsburgh  (1907). 

Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh.  The  publications  of  the  Library 
consist  chiefly  of  catalogues,  reading  and  reference  lists,  bulletins  and  the 
Annual  Report.  The  list  of  publications  now  in  print  consists  of  fifty  titles, 
having  a  total  of  27,300  pages.  The  publications  of  the  Library  now  out  of 
print  number  about  twenty-five  titles,  representing  approximately  1500  pages. 
The  Library,  since  its  opening,  in  1895,  has  issued  about  seventy-five  publica- 
tions, representing  approximately  28,000  pages. 

Carnegie  Museum.  The  publications  of  the  Carnegie  Museum  since  its 
inception  consist  of  twenty-one  Annual  Reports  of  the  Director;  nine  Reports 
of  the  Prize  Essay  Contest;  thirty-seven  monographs  in  4to  form  published 
in  the  Memoirs;  one  hundred  and  ninety  scientific  articles  published  in  8vo 
form  in  the  Annals;  one  bound  volume  entitled  "Contributions  to  the  Natural 
History  of  the  Isle  of  Pines" — two  hundred  and  fifty-eight  titles  in  all  with 
a  total  of  11,716  pages.  In  addition  to  the  papers  formally  issued  by  the  Car- 
negie Museum,  the  Director  has  prepared  for  magazines  and  scientific  pub- 
lications published  at  home  and  abroad,  and  for  newspapers,  considerably 
more  than  two  hundred  articles  relating  to  the  Museum  and  its  work. 

Department  of  Fine  Arts.  The  publications  of  the  Department  of 
Fine  Arts  consist  of  twenty-two  Annual  Reports  of  the  Director;  seventeen 
International  Exhibition  booklets,  containing  conditions  of  entry,  election 
of  jury,  etc.;  Permanent  Collection  Catalogue;  sixty-one  Catalogues  of  Special 
Exhibitions;  three  pamphlets  prepared  by  the  Director  for  the  instruction  of 
students  of  the  eighth  grade  of  the  Pittsburgh  public  schools;  and  over  three 
hundred  special  descriptive  articles  relating  to  the  work  of  the  Fine  Arts  De- 
partment for  publication  in  magazines  and  newspapers. 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology.  The  publications  of  the  Technical 
Schools  consist  of  fifteen  Annual  Reports  of  the  President  of  the  Schools,  the 
General  Catalogue,  Bulletins,  Announcements,  Official  Guide  Book,  and  illus- 
trated books  of  information  concerning  the  work  of  the  Schools.  Total  num- 
ber of  pages  in  the  Technical  Schools  publications  is  approximately  6,800. 

Carnegie  Library  School.  Catalogue  of  Carnegie  Library  School  (1901- 
1918). 

Carnegie  Music  Hall.  Programs  of  Free  Organ  Recitals  for  Years 
1914-1918. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  31 


APPENDIX 

SUMMARY    OF    GIFTS    TO    CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    FROM 

MR.  CARNEGIE  AND  THE  CARNEGIE 

CORPORATION  OF  NEW  YORK 

June,  1918 

Construction  and  Equipment 

Carnegie  Institute  and  Library  Buildings  ....  $6,530,000.00 
Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  Buildings .  .     5,523,371 .41 

$12,053,371.41 


346,125.10 


549,098.00 


Special  Gifts 
For  Accessions: 

Fine  Arts  Department $109,875 .  10 

Carnegie  Museum 226,250 .00 

Carnegie  Library 10,000 .00 

For  Revenue: 

Carnegie  Institute — all  departments  ....  $321,423.62 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 202,674 .38 

Carnegie  Library  School  (1903-1908)1 . . .  25,000.00 

Endowment 

Carnegie  Institute — Fine  Arts  and  Museum 

Departments $2,000,000 .00 

Carnegie  Institute — all  departments 5,000,000 .00 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 7,706,000 .00 

14,706,000 .  00 

$27,654,594.51 

1  From  1908  the  Library  School  has  been  supported  out  of  annual  grants  appropriated  by 
the  Carnegie  Institute  from  endowment  for  all  departments. 


32 


MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 


CARNEGIE   INSTITUTE 

BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 
May  1,  1919 

President,  Samuel  H.  Church 
Vice  President,  John  D.  Shafer 
Secretary,  Augustus  K.  Oliver 
Treasurer,  James  H.  Reed 


Taylor  Allderdice 
W.  S.  Arbuthnot 
Edward  V.  Babcock 
William  W.  Blackburn 
John  A.  Brashear 
George  H.  Clapp 
Josiah  Cohen 
John  H.  Dailey 
Herbert  DuPuy 
William  Y.  English 
Robert  A.  Franks 
William  Frew 
Robert  Garland 
James  D.  Hailman 
Howard  Heinz 
John  S.  Herron 


James  H.  Lockhart 
William  McConway 
James  R.  Macfarlane 
Andrew  W.  Mellon 
David  B.  Oliver 
Henry  K.  Porter 
John  L.  Porter 
Enoch  Rauh 
William  H.  Robertson 
W.  Lucien  Scaife 
George  E.  Shaw 
Charles  L.  Taylor 
James  J.  Turner 
A.  Bryan  Wall 
Homer  D.  Williams 
Daniel  Winters 


CARNEGIE  INSTITUTE  COMMITTEES 
May  1,  1919 

Committee  on  the  Museum,  George  H.  Clapp,  Chairman 
Committee  on  Fine  Arts,  George  E.  Shaw,  Chairman 
Committee  on  Technical  Schools,  Taylor  Allderdice,  Chairman 
Committee  on  Music  Hall,  John  L.  Porter,  Chairman 
Committee  on  Library  School,  James  J.  Turner,  Chairman 
Committee  on  Finance,  Andrew  W.  Mellon,  Chairman 
Committee  on  Auditing,  W.  Lucien  Scaife,  Chairman 
Committee  on  Pensions,  Charles  L.  Taylor,  Chairman 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  33 


FORMER   MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD 

Albert  J.  Barr,  Jan.  2,  1896— died,  Feb.  24,  1912 
John  W.  Beatty,  Jan.  2,  1896— resigned,  March  31,  1896 
Edward  M.  Bigelow,  Jan.  2,  1896 — died,  Dec.  6,  1916 
John  Caldwell,  Jan.  2,  1896— died,  Nov.  23,  1909 
Thomas  M.  Carnegie,  Jan.  2,  1896 — resigned,  Feb.  3,  1905 
Gustave  Guttenberg,  Jan.  2,  1896 — died,  June  29,  1896 
William  J.  Holland,  Jan.  2,  1896 — resigned,  March  2,  1898 
John  G.  Holmes,  Sept.  22,  1896— died,  Sept.  5,  1904 
Durbin  Horne,  Feb.  23,  1905— resigned,  April  20,  1910 
John  B.  Jackson,  April  25,  1899— died,  Oct.  31,  1908 
Rev.  A.  A.  Lambing,  Jan.  2,  1896— died,  Dec.  24,  1918 
Martin  B.  Leisser,  May  5,  1910 — resigned,  Nov.  11,  1915 
Christopher  L.  Magee,  Jan.  2,  1896 — died,  March  8,  1901 
Charles  C.  Mellor,  Jan.  2,  1896— died,  April  2,  1909 
George  T.  Oliver,  Oct.  28,  1904— resigned,  April  19,  1912 
Henry  Phipps,  Jr.,  Jan.  2,  1S96— resigned,  Feb.  23,  1905 
Alfred  S.  Wall,  Jan.  2,  1896— died,  June  6,  1896 
David  T.  Watson,  Jan.  2,  1896— resigned,  April  19,  1899 
Joseph  R.  Woodwell,  Jan.  2,  1896— died,  May  30,  1911 

And  all  "Former  Members  of  the  Board  of  Carnegie  Library" 


OFFICERS  OF  THE   CARNEGIE   INSTITUTE   FROM   ITS 

ORGANIZATION 

President:  William  N.  Frew,  January  2,  1896-April  28,  1914 

Samuel  H.  Church,  April  28,  1914- 

Vice  President:  Robert  Pitcairn,  March  23,  1896- July  25,  1909 

John  D.  Shafer,  March  4,  1910- 
Secretary:  James  F.  Hudson,  January  2,  1896-March  23,  1896 

Samuel  H.  Church,  March  31,  1896-April  28,  1914 

Gregg  A.  Dillinger,  April  28,  1914-April  24,  1917 

Augustus  K.  Oliver,  April  24,  1917- 

Treasurer:  Henry  C.  Frick,  January  2,  1896-April  18,  1900 

Charles  M.  Schwab,  April  18,  1900-April  16,  1901 
William  E.  Corey,  April  17,  1901-October  23,  1903 
James  H.  Reed,  October  23,  1903- 


34  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

CARNEGIE  INSTITUTE  OF  TECHNOLOGY 

BOARD   OF  TRUSTEES 

-May  1,  1919 

Chairman,  Samuel  H.  Church 

Vice  Chairman,  John  D.  Shafer 

Secretary,  Augustus  K.  Oliver 

Treasurer,  James  H.  Reed 
Taylor  Allderdice  James  H.  Lockhart 

W.  S.  Arbuthnot  William  McConway 

Edward  V.  Babcock  James  R.  Macfarlane 

William  W.  Blackburn  Andrew  W.  Mellon 

John  A.  Brashear  David  B.  Oliver 

George  H.  Clapp  Henry  K.  Porter 

Josiah  Cohen  John  L.  Porter 

John  H.  Dailey  Enoch  Rauh 

Herbert  DuPuy  William  H.  Robertson 

William  Y.  English  W.  Lucien  Scaife 

Robert  A.  Franks  George  E.  Shaw 

William  Frew  Charles  L.  Taylor 

Robert  Garland  James  J.  Turner 

James  D.  Hailman  A.  Bryan  Wall 

Howard  Heinz  Homer  D.  Williams 

John  S.  Herron  Daniel  Winters 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH 

BOARD   OF  TRUSTEES 

May  1,  1919 

President,  Samuel  H.  Church 

Vice  President,  Andrew  W.  Mellon 

Secretary,  James  D.  Hailman 

Treasurer,  James  H.  Reed 
Edward  V.  Babcock  Henry  K.  Porter 

William  W.  Blackburn  Enoch  Rauh 

John  H.  Dailey  William  H.  Robertson 

William  Y.  English  Charles  L.  Taylor 

Robert  Garland  James  J.  Turner 

John  S.  Herron  Homer  D.  Williams 

David  B.  Oliver  Daniel  Winters 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  35 

CARNEGIE   LIBRARY   COMMITTEES 
1918-1919 

Committee  on  Library,  James  J.  Turner,  Chairman 
Committee  on  Buildings  and  Grounds,  Enoch  Rauh,  Chairman 
Finance  Committee,  Andrew  W.  Mellon,  Chairman 
Auditing  Committee,  William  Y.  English,  Chairman 


FORMER  MEMBERS  OF  THE  BOARD  OF  CARNEGIE  LIBRARY 

*  Mr.  Carnegie's  appointees  and  their  successors. 
=  Mayor. 

-  City  Councilman. 
:  President,  Board  of  Public  Education. 

=Joseph  G.  Armstrong,  Jan.  1,  1914-Jan.  1,  1918 

-George  W.  Batjm,  April  1,  1909-May  31,  1911 

-Kirk  Q.  Bigham,  March  12,  1890-March  31,  1894 

-David  P.  Black,  June  1,  1911-died,  Sept.  5,  1911 

-Frank  C.  Blessing,  April  1,  1909-May  31,  1911 

-J.  O.  Bockstoce,  Nov.  28,  1904-March  31,  1906 

-James  J.  Booth,  April  1,  1902-March  31,  1906 

-William  Brand,  April  1,  1906-March  31,  1909 

=Adam  M.  Brown,  April  1,  1901-Nov.  25,  1901 

=Joseph  O.  Brown,  Nov.  26,  1901-died,  March  15,  1903 

*Joseph  Buffington,  June  27,  1904-resigned  May  28,  1914 

-H.  B.  Burns,  April  1,  1910-Dec.  31,  1910 

-R.  B.  Carnahan,  March  12,  1890-died,  Jan.  3,  1891 

-James  M.  Clark,  April  1,  1900-March  31,  1902 

-F.  H.  Colhouer,  April  1,  1909-May  31,  1911 

♦William  E.  Corey,  April  16,  1901-resigned,  April  19,  1904 

-Charles  S.  Crawford,  April  1,  1902-March  31,  1904 

=William  J.  Diehl,  April  1,  1899-March  31,  1901 

-Gregg  A.  Dillinger,  Jan.  1,  1914-Dec.  31,  1917 

♦A.  C.  Dinkey,  Dec.  30,  1909-resigned,  Nov.  3,  1915 

-Robert  H.  Douglas,  April  1,  1896-died,  Dec.  1905 

-Albert  J.  Edwards,  April  1,  1909-died,  Dec.  10,  1910 

-Morris  Einstein,  April  1,  1909-March  31,  1910 

♦Edmund  M.  Ferguson,  March  12,  1890-died,  June  18,  1904 

-=Henry  P.  Ford,  March  12,  1890-March  31,  1899 

:  John  T.  Fox,  Feb.  10,  1903-Feb.  9,  1904 

♦William  N.  Frew,  March  12,  1890-died,  Oct.  28,  1915 

♦Henry  C.  Frick,  March  12,  1890-resigned,  April  18,  1900 


36         MANUAL  OF  THE  CARNEGIE  BENEFACTIONS 

:  David  Lindsay  Gillespie,  Feb.  9,  1904-March  31,  1907 

-J.  M.  Goehring,  June  1,  1911-Dec.  31,  1915 

=Henry  I.  Gourley,  April  1,  1890-March  31,  1893 

-Charles  Gulland,  Dec.  14,  1910-May  31,  1911 

=George  Wilkins  Guthrie,  April  1,  1906-March  31,  1909 

-William  B.  Hays,  March  17,  1903-March  31,  1906 

-Charles  H.  Hetzel,  Oct.  26,  1914-Dec.  31,  1915 

-William  A.  Hoeveler,  June  10,  1911-died,  Sept.  21,  1914 

♦William  J.  Holland,  March  12,  1890-resigned,  May  7,  1890.      (Position 

abolished) 
-George  L.  Holliday,  March  12,  1890-March  31,  1898 
♦James  F.  Hudson,  March  12,  1890-died,  May  3,  1915 
*John  B.   Jackson,    March    12,   1890-resigned,   May    7,   1890.      (Position 

abolished) 
:  Samuel  C.  Jamison,  April  1,  1907-March  31,  1910 
-Anthony  F.  Keating,  March  12,  1890-March  31,  1892 
-James  P.  Kerr,  June  5,  1911— resigned,  Sept.  9,  1918 
-John  McM.  King,  April  1,  1892-died,  June,  1899 
-John  S.  Lambie,  March  12,  1890-died,  Nov.  14,  1903 
-Max  G.  Leslie,  April  1,  1901-March  31,  1902 
-William  McCallin,  March  12-31,  1890 
-J.  Guy  McCandless,  April  1,  1898-March  31,  1901 
♦David  McCargo,  March  12,  1890-died,  March,  1902 
-Thomas  G.  McClure,  April  1,  1894-March  31,  1900 
-A.  Gross  MacConnell,  April  1,  1909-May  31,  1911 
:  William  H.  McKelvy,  March  12,  1890-Feb.  10,  1903 
-Bernard  McKenna,  April  1,  1893-March  31,  1896 
♦George  Alexander  Macbeth,  March  12,  1890-died,  Feb.  11,  1916 
-William  A.  Magee,  Jan.  3,  1891-March  31,  1902 
"William  A.  Magee,  Jr.,  April  1,  1909-Dec.  31,  1913 
-A.  C.  Magill,  April  1,  1909-May  31,  1911 
-P.  A.  Manion,  April  1,  1906-March  31,  1909 
-William  Metcalf,  Jr.,  April  1,  1906-March  31,  1909 
♦Reuben   Miller,    March    12,    1890-resigned,    May   7,    1890.      (Position 

abolished) 
-William  I.  Mustin,  April  1,  1900-March  31,  1902 
-M.  E.  O'Brien,  April  1,  1904-March  31,  1909 
♦Robert  Pitcairn,  March  12,  1890-died,  August  5,  1909 
-Jacob  Rall,  December  31,  1910-May  31,  1911 
:H.  L.  Reinecke,  April  1,  1910-March  31,  1911 
♦Charles  M.  Schwab,  April  18,  1900-April  16,  1901 
♦James  B.  Scott,  March  12,  1890-died,  Feb.  1894 
-Thomas  Scott,  April  1,  1904-March  31,  1906 


CARNEGIE   INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH 


37 


-Smith  H.  Shannon,  March  12,  1890-March  31,  1896 

-John  F.  Steel,  April  1,  1904-Nov.  28,  1904 

-John  P.  Sterrett,  April  1,  1896-March  31,  1904 

-William  H.  Stevenson,  April  1,  1902-March  31,  1904 

-Edward  R.  Walters,  April  1,  1906-March  31,  1909 

-Robert  B.  Ward,  April  1,  1904-March  31,  1906 

-Samuel  D.  Warmcastle,  April  1,  1896-March  31,  1898 

-Joseph  C.  Wasson,  April  1,  1902-March  31,  1904;  April  1,  1906-March  31, 

1909 
-John  Werner,  April  1,  1906-March  31,  1909    . 
-Charles  S.  West,  Dec,  1905-March  31,  1906 
-James  S.  Wightman,  Nov.,  1903-March  31,  1906 
-William  G.  Wilkins,  June  1,  1911-Dec.  31,  1913 
-Samuel  S.  Woodburn,  June  1,  1911-Dec.  31,  1915 


OFFICERS  OF  CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH  FROM  ITS 

ORGANIZATION 

President:  James  B.  Scott,  March  12,  1890-February  13,  1894 

William  N.  Frew,  February  22,  1894-May  28,  1914 
Samuel  H.  Church,  May  28,  1914- 

Vice  President:  Robert  Pitcairn,  April  21,  1896- August  5,  1909 

Joseph  G.  Buffington,  April  19,  1910-May  28,  1914 
George  A.  Macbeth,  May  28,  1914-February  11,  1916 
Andrew  W.  Mellon,  April  25,  1916- 

Secretary:  William  N.  Frew,  March  12,  1890-February  22,  1894 

James  F.  Hudson,  February  22,  1894-May  3,  1915 
Gregg  A.  Dillinger,  May  28,  1915-April  24,  1917 
James  D.  Hailman,  April  24,  1917- 

Treasurer:  Henry  C.  Frick,  March  12,  1890-April  18,  1900 

Charles  M.  Schwab,  April  18,  1900-April  16,  1901 
William  E.  Corey,  April  16,  1901-October  23,  1903 
James  H.  Reed,  October  23,  1903- 


38  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

CARNEGIE  INSTITUTE  ADMINISTRATION 

DEPARTMENT   OF   FINE    ARTS 

Director,  John  W.  Beatty 

Assistant  Director,  Robert  B.  Harshe 

Curator  of  the  Department  of  Prints,  Edward  Duff  Balken 

Custodian  of  Paintings,  Will  J.  Hyett 

CARNEGIE    MUSEUM 

Director,  William  J.  Holland 

Assistant  Director,  Douglas  Stewart 

Honorary  Curator  of  Conchology,  George  H.  Clapp 

Honorary  Curator  of  Historical  Collections, 

Honorary  Curator  of  Textiles,  Time-pieces,  and  Ivory  Carvings,  Henry  J. 

Heinz 
Curator  of  Invertebrate  Zoology,  A.  E.  Ortmann 
Curator  of  Ichthyology, 
Curator  of  Botany,  Otto  E.  Jennings 
Curator  of  Ornithology,  W.  E.  C.  Todd 
Custodian  of  Herpetology,  L.  E.  Griffin 
Custodian  of  Entomology,  Hugo  Kahl 
Curator  of  Archeology, 

Custodian  and  Field  Collector  in  Section  of  Paleontology,  Earl  Douglass 
Custodian  and  Field  Collector  in  Section  of  Paleontology,  O.  A.  Peterson 
Chief  Preparator  in  Section  of  Zoology,  R.  H.  Santens 
Chief  Preparator  in  Section  of  Paleontology,  Arthur  S.  Coggeshall 
Foreman  of  Shops,  Wilson  Banks 

DEPARTMENT  OF  TECHNICAL  SCHOOLS 

President,  Arthur  A.  Hamerschlag 

Secretary,  Thomas  S.  Baker 

Dean,  Division  of  Industries,  Clifford  B.  Connelley  (on  leave  of  absence) 

Dean,  Division  of  Engineering,  William  E.  Mott 

Dean,  Division  of  the  Arts,  E.  Raymond  Bossange 

Dean,  Margaret  Morrison  Carnegie  Division,  Mary  B.  Breed 

Acting  Dean,  Division  of  Academic  Studies,  Frank  P.  Day 

Dean,  Division  of  Applied  Psychology,  Walter  V.  Bingham 

Dean  of  Men,  Arthur  W.  Tarbell 

Registrar,  Alan  S.  Bright 

Business  Manager,  Frank  Orbin 

Commanding  Officer,  R.  O.  T.  C,  Col.  John  C.  W.  Brooks 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  39 

Patron,  Division  of  the  Arts,  Henry  Hornbostel 

Alumni  Executive  Secretary  and  in  charge  of  Alumni  Student   Placement 
Bureau,  Henry  J.  McCorkle 

CARNEGIE    LIBRARY   SCHOOL 

Director,  John  H.  Leete 
Principal,  Sarah  C.  N.  Bogle 

CARNEGIE  MUSIC  HALL 

Organist  and  Director  of  Music,  Charles  Heinroth 
Manager  of  Music  Hall,  K.  DeN.  Wilson 

CARNEGIE    LIBRARY   AND   INSTITUTE 

Custodian  of  Buildings  and  Grounds,  Charles  R.  Cunningham 
Auditor,  George  F.  Sheers 
Assistant  Treasurer,  Sara  E.  Weir 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY  OF  PITTSBURGH 

Director,  John  H.  Leete 

Reference  Librarian,  Irene  Stewart 

Technology  Librarian,  Elwood  H.  McClelland 

Head  of  the  Adult  Lending  Department,  Waller  I.  Bullock 

Head  of  the  Children's  Department,  Effie  L.  Power 

Head  of  the  Order  Department,  C.  Tefft  Hewitt 

Head  of  the  Catalogue  Department,  Jean  Hawkins 

Head  of  Printing  and  Binding  Department,  Arthur  D.  Scott 

Branch  Librarians,  Lawrenceville  Branch,  Marie  L.  Fisher 

West  End  Branch,  M.  Gertrude  Blanchard 
Wylie  Avenue  Branch,  Grace  E.  Windsor 
Mount  Washington  Branch,  Mabel  E.  Furniss 
Hazelwood  Branch,  Harriet  T.  Root 
East  Liberty  Branch,  Grace  Endicott 
South  Side  Branch,  Frances  H.  Kjelly 
Homewood  Branch,  Louise  Richardson 


40  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE 
CONSTITUTION 

Revised  to  April  1,  1918 

article  i 

The  title  of  this  body,  created  by  appointment  of  Andrew  Carnegie,  is  the 
Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute.  It  is  composed  of  the  following 
named  persons,  and  their  successors  forever,  namely: 

Rev.  Dr.  W.  J.  Holland,  C.  C.  Mellor, 

John  A.  Brashear,  John  Caldwell, 

Prof.  Gustave  Guttenberg,  William  McConway, 

Rev.  A.  A.  Lambing,  C.  L.  Magee, 

D.  T.  Watson,  Albert  J.  Barr, 

John  W.  Beatty,  Josiah  Cohen, 

Joseph  R.  Woodwell,  E.  M.  Bigelow, 

A.  S.  Wall,  Henry  Phipps,  Jr., 

Samuel  H.  Church,  T.  M.  Carnegie. 

to  be  known,  for  convenience  of  designation,  as  Section  A;  and,  ex  officio,  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Library,  as  said  Board  may  from  time  to 
time  be  composed,  to  be  known,  for  convenience  of  designation,  as  Section  B. 

article  II 
In  the  case  of  vacancies  occasioned  by  death,  resignation,  or  disqualification 
of  any  of  the  first  named  eighteen  members  or  their  successors,  such  vacancies 
shall  be  filled  by  the  remaining  number  of  said  eighteen  members  first  named 
in  Article  I,  or  their  successors,  in  the  following  manner,  namely:  By  bal- 
lot, at  a  special  meeting  of  the  said  members,  to  be  called  by  the  President  or 
upon  the  request  of  five  or  more  of  the  said  members.  The  affirmative  votes 
of  a  majority  of  all  of  the  said  remaining  members  shall  be  required  to  elect. 

article  hi 

Should  a  member  be  absent  from  three  consecutive  meetings,  the  Secretary 
shall,  in  writing,  call  his  attention  to  the  fact  of  his  absence,  and  if  he  shall 
thereafter  fail  to  attend  for  three  consecutive  meetings,  the  Secretary  shall,  in 
writing,  unless  otherwise  directed  by  the  Board,  request  his  resignation  as  a 
member  of  the  Board. 

ARTICLE    IV 

The  officers  of  the  Board  shall  be  a  President,  a  Vice  President,  a  Secretary, 
and  a  Treasurer.  They  shall  be  elected  by  the  Trustees,  and  shall  hold  office 
for  three  years  from  January  8,  1896,  and  from  the  triennial  election  thereafter, 
and  until  their  successors  respectively  shall  assume  office. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  41 

ARTICLE   V 

All  contracts  or  agreements,  authorized  by  the  Trustees  or  by  committees 
authorized  to  make  them,  shall  be  executed  by  the  President  and  Secretary. 

ARTICLE    VI 

No  member  of  the  Board  shall  be  allowed  to  receive  salary  for  services. 

ARTICLE    VII 

The  departments  of  the  Institute  shall  be  known  as  the  Department  of  Fine 
Arts,  the  Department  of  the  Museum,  the  Department  of  Music  Hall,  the 
Department  of  Library  School,  and  the  Department  of  Technical  Schools.1 

BY-LAWS 

ARTICLE   I 

Section  1.  The  President  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  and  shall  appoint  all  the  standing  committees,  and  shall  designate 
the  Chairman  of  each  of  said  committees.  He  shall  also  fill  all  vacancies  on 
6aid  committees  as  they  may  occur.  He  shall  call  all  special  meetings,  spec- 
ifying in  the  call  the  object  for  which  the  meeting  is  convened.  He  shall  be 
ex  officio  a  member  of  each  committee  appointed. 

Sec.  2.  The  Vice  President  shall  be  vested  with  the  powers  and  perform 
the  duties  of  the  President,  in  case  of  the  President's  absence,  inability  or 
refusal  to  act. 

Sec.  3.  The  Secretary  shall  cause  notices  to  be  issued  of  all  meetings  of  the 
Trustees  and  make  and  preserve  complete  records  of  the  same.  He  shall  pre- 
serve the  correspondence  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and,  under"  the  direction  of 
the  Board,  reply  to  communications  received.  He  shall,  when  requested, 
suitably  acknowledge  on  behalf  of  the  Board,  all  gifts  made  to  the  various 
departments  or  collections.  All  records,  correspondence,  etc.,  under  the  care 
of  the  Secretary  shall  be  produced  by  him  whenever  required  by  the  Board,  or 
its  committees,  and  the  records  shall  be  open  to  the  members  of  the  Board,  for 
their  information,  at  all  times. 

Sec.  4.  The  Treasurer  shall  receive  and  keep  the  funds  of  the  Trustees,  and 
shall  disburse  the  same  only  under  the  direction  of  the  Board  or  the  appro- 
priate committee,  upon  vouchers  certified  by  the  Auditor  (or  in  case  of  ab- 
sence of  Auditor,  by  some  one  duly  appointed  by  the  President  or  the  Board) ; 

1  Resolution  adopted  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute,  February  26,  1912: 
"Resolved,  That  the  report  and  petition  prepared  by  counsel,  Messrs.  Reed,  Smith,  Shaw  and 
Beal,  be  approved;  and  that  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  the  Chairman  of  the 
Committee  on  Technical  Schools,  in  connection  with  counsel,  be  instructed  to  take  the  necessary 
steps  for  incorporating  the  Schools  under  the  name  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology; 
provided,  that  the  Schools  shall  continue  to  be  a  department  of  the  Carnegie  Institute,  and  re- 
main under  the  control  of  its  Board  of  Trustees." 


42  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

payment  of  vouchers  to  be  approved  by  the  President  of  the  Board,  Vice  Presi- 
dent, or  the  Secretary  in  their  absence.  His  books  shall  be  open  at  all  times  to 
the  inspection  of  Trustees.  He  shall  keep  separate  accounts  of  the  various 
funds  for  which  appropriations  may  be  made  by  the  Board,  charging  each  fund 
with  the  appropriation  so  made,  and  crediting  it  with  payments  made  on  ac- 
count of  said  fund.  He  shall  make  a  full  financial  exhibit  of  the  accounts  of 
the  Board  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Trustees  and  shall  make  such  additional 
reports  from  time  to  time  as  may  be  required  by  the  Board.  The  Treasurer 
shall  give  bond  in  an  amount  to  be  fixed  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  for  the 
faithful  performance  of  his  duties,  the  expense  of  which  shall  be  borne  by  the 
Institute. 

Sec.  5.  The  Auditor  shall  have  charge  of  all  the  books  and  accounts,  and 
prescribe  the  manner  in  which  the  same  shall  be  kept,  so  as  best  to  fulfil  the 
requirements  of  the  various  departments.  He  shall  certify  to  the  correctness 
of  all  vouchers  to  be  paid  or  credited.  He  shall  require  that  all  pay-rolls,  bills 
or  expense  accounts  certified  to  him  for  vouchering  shall  be  properly  approved 
by  the  Directors  or  the  executive  heads,  and  by  other  persons,  if  any,  appointed 
for  that  purpose  by  the  committees  of  the  respective  departments,  submitting 
such  accounts,  etc.,  and  in  the  absence  of  said  Directors  or  executive  heads,  or 
•of  the  other  appointed  persons,  the  approval  shall  be  made  by  some  duly  ap- 
pointed representative  whose  signature  must  first  be  filed  with  the  Auditor. 
He  shall  render  to  the  Board,  in  satisfactory  detail  each  month,  financial  or 
other  statements,  such  as  balance  sheets,  revenue  and  disbursements;  and,  at 
the  end  of  the  fiscal  year,  proper  annual  statements.  He  shall  make,  from 
time  to  time,  any  other  reports  required  by  the  President  or  the  Board. 

ARTICLE   II 

Section  1.  At  the  annual  meeting,  or  as  soon  thereafter  as  possible,  the 
Board  shall  appropriate  to  the  various  departments  from  the  revenues  of  the 
current  year,  such  amounts  as  may  be  agreed  upon  for  the  maintenance  of  the 
said  departments. 

Sec.  2.  The  balance  on  hand  to  the  credit  of  each  department  at  the  expira- 
tion of  each  fiscal  year,  shall  remain  to  the  credit  of  that  department. 

ARTICLE   III 

Section  1.  The  Directors  of  the  respective  Departments  of  Fine  Arts, 
Museum,  Library  School,  and  Music  Hall,  and  the  President  of  the  Technical 
Schools,  and  also  the  Auditor,  shall  be  elected,  and  the  salary  of  each  fixed  by 
the  Board  of  Trustees. 

ARTICLE   IV 

Section  1.  Within  one  week  after  the  triennial  meeting,  the  President 
shall  appoint  eight  committees  to  hold  office  during  the  ensuing  three  years, 
and  until  their  successors  shall  have  been  appointed,  to  wit :  A  Fine  Arts  Com- 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  43 

mittee,  a  Museum  Committee,  a  Technical  Schools  Committee,  a  Music  Hall 
Committee,  a  Library  School  Committee,  a  Finance  Committee,  an  Auditing 
Committee,  and  a  Pension  Committee,  and  shall  designate  the  chairman  of 
each  committee.  No  committee  may  incur  an  expense  or  liability  in  excess  of 
the  amount  appropriated  for  the  use  of  such  committee  by  the  Board. 

Sec.  2.  The  Fine  Arts  Committee  shall  consist  of  seven  members  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees,  and  shall  have  general  charge,  control,  and  regulation  of  the 
art  galleries  and  such  other  parts  of  the  Carnegie  Library  building  as  shall  be 
set  apart  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  for  the  use  of  the  Fine  Arts  Department; 
and  the  control,  regulation,  exhibition,  and  display  of  all  works  of  art,  or  other 
articles  acquired  by  purchase,  or  donated,  or  loaned  to  the  Trustees,  where- 
soever such  works  of  art  or  other  articles  may  be  held  or  exhibited. 

Sec.  3.  Within  one  year  from  the  said  appointment  and  in  like  manner 
within  each  succeeding  year  thereafter,  the  Fine  Arts  Committee  shall  submit 
to  the  Board  of  Trustees  not  less  than  two  pictures  painted  by  American  artists 
residing  within  the  United  States,  or  citizens  thereof  temporarily  residing  be- 
yond the  boundary  of  the  United  States,  and  completed  within  the  year  for 
which  said  committee  shall  be  appointed,  and,  upon  a  yea  and  nay  vote,  it 
shall  require  an  affirmative  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  at  the  time  such  vote  is  taken,  to  authorize  the  Fine  Arts  Com- 
mittee to  purchase  the  painting  or  paintings  thus  submitted. 

Sec.  4.  In  the  event  of  a  failure  to  submit  two  or  more  pictures  each  year 
after  the  appointment  of  the  Fine  Arts  Committee,  or  the  failure  of  the  Board 
to  direct  the  purchase  of  two  or  more  pictures  each  year  for  the  chronological 
collection,  then  the  Fine  Arts  Committee  appointed  for  the  succeeding  year 
shall  select  and  submit  to  the  Board  two  or  more  pictures  completed  within 
the  years  for  which  no  purchase  had  been  made,  and  in  manner  provided  for, 
in  order  that  the  chronological  collection  may  contain  works  representing  each 
and  every  year. 

Sec.  5.  All  pictures  submitted  by  the  Fine  Arts  Committee  to  the  Board 
for  the  chronological  collection  shall  be  such  as  have  been  first  exhibited  in  the 
Pittsburgh  Carnegie  Art  Galleries,  unless  the  Fine  Arts  Committee  fail  to  find 
satisfactory  pictures  painted  by  American  artists  among  those  exhibited  in  any 
year  in  the  said  galleries,  in  which  case  they  are  authorized  to  select  two  or 
more  pictures  by  American  artists  from  any  other  source.  When  thus  pur- 
chased, the  Fine  Arts  Committee  shall  direct  that  they  be  properly  hung  and 
marked  to  designate  the  year  in  which  they  were  purchased. 

Sec.  6.  The  committee  shall  cause  to  be  made  bronze  medals  of  appro- 
priate design  and  inscription  to  be  presented  to  all  artists  whose  pictures  are 
accepted  for  the  chronological  collection. 

Sec.  7.  To  purchase  or  direct  the  purchase  of  paintings  or  other  articles, 
or  works,  for  the  general  collection,  it  shall  require  the  consent  of  two-thirds  of 
the  members  of  the  Fine  Arts  Committee.     It  shall  be,  so  far  as  possible,  the 


44  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

established  policy  of  the  committee  to  purchase  works  of  art  or  other  articles 
directly  from  the  owners  thereof. 

Sec.  8.  The  Fine  Arts  Committee  shall  have  power  to  loan  any  painting  or 
other  work  of  art,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  it  may  adopt. 

Sec.  9.  The  Museum  Committee  shall  consist  of  nine  members  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees,  and  shall  have  general  charge,  control,  and  regulation  of  the 
collections  acquired  by  purchase,  donated,  or  loaned  to  the  Trustees,  and  of 
the  rooms  allotted  to  the  Museum  by  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

Sec.  10.  To  purchase,  or  direct  the  purchase  of  collections  or  articles  for 
the  Museum,  it  shall  require  the  consent  of  a  majority  of  the  members  of  the 
Museum  Committee,  and  it  shall  be  the  policy  of  the  committee,  so  far  as  pos- 
sible, to  purchase  collections  directly  from  the  owners  thereof. 

Sec.  11.  The  committee  shall  have  the  right  when  it  shall  deem  it  ex- 
pedient, to  submit  such  portions  of  the  collections  entrusted  to  their  keeping 
to  the  study  of  scientific  men  or  women  for  the  purposes  of  determination ;  it 
being  always  understood  that  collections  so  entrusted  to  the  care  of  scientific 
experts  are  to  be  returned  within  a  reasonable  time  to  the  Museum. 

Sec.  12.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Museum  Committee  to  make  careful 
provision  for  the  preservation  of  all  collections  belonging  to  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  or  temporarily  placed  in  their  care,  and  the  preservation  of  all  auto- 
graph labels  or  designatory  marks  attached  by  scientific  men  or  collectors  to 
specimens  shall  be  scrupulously  insisted  upon.  So  far  as  possible,  typical  col- 
lections shall  be  preserved  in  such  manner  that  access  to  the  types  for  purposes 
of  study  and  comparison  may  be  easily  obtained,  and  the  Museum  Committee 
shall  have  authority  to  make  any  rules  or  regulations  for  the  guidance  of  the 
employes  of  the  Museum  which  may  be  necessary  to  secure  these  results. 

Sec.  13.  The  Committee  of  the  Technical  Schools  shall  consist  of  nine 
members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  shall  have  general  charge,  direction  and 
control  of  the  Technical  Schools,  under  the  supervision  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  14.  The  Finance  Committee  shall  consist  of  five  members,  of  whom 
the  Treasurer  shall  be  one  ex  officio.  Said  committee  shall  have  control  of  the 
investment  of  the  permanent  funds  of  the  Board.  It  shall  report  annually  to 
the  Board  in  detail,  the  amount  and  character  of  the  investments  and  securities 
in  its  control.  All  securities  and  investments  shall  be  subject  to  the  examina- 
tion of  the  Auditing  Committee  as  often  as  that  committee  shall  desire,  and  not 
less  than  once  each  year.  It  shall  be  empowered  to  engage  or  provide  a  safety 
deposit  vault  for  the  custody  of  securities  or  investments  made  by  it,  when 
such  securities  shall  come  into  its  possession,  and  the  vault  in  which  such  securi- 
ties are  deposited  shall  only  be  opened  in  the  presence  of  two  members  of  said 
committee.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Finance  Committee  to  pay  over  to  the 
Treasurer  all  income  from  the  investments  and  securities  in  its  charge,  as  it 
shall  accrue. 

Sec.  15.     The  Auditing  Committee  shall  consist  of  three  Trustees,  and  it 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  45 

shall  be  their  duty  to  examine  the  Treasurer's  books  and  vouchers  and  audit  his 
accounts  before  they  are  presented  at  the  annual  meeting,  and  certify  their 
findings  to  the  Board.  The  Auditing  Committee  shall  examine  the  accounts 
and  securities  of  the  Finance  Committee  at  least  annually,  and  as  much  oftener 
as  the  committee  may  deem  necessary  or  the  Board  shall  direct. 

Sec.  16.  The  Pension  Committee  shall  consist  of  five  Trustees  and  shall 
have  general  charge,  control  and  regulation  of  the  pension  roll,  but  no  allow- 
ance for  pension  shall  be  made  without  the  consent  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

Sec.  17.  The  Music  Hall  Committee  shall  consist  of  five  members,  and 
shall  have  general  direction  and  control  of  the  Music  Hall  with  regard  to  its 
rental  and  occupation,  and  of  the  manager,  organist,  and  employes  in  con- 
nection with  this  department,  under  the  supervision  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  18.  The  Committee  on  Library  School  shall  consist  of  five  members, 
and  shall  have  general  charge,  direction  and  control  of  that  school,  under  the 
supervision  of  the  Board. 

article  v 

Section  1.  An  annual  report  covering  the  work  of  the  Board  in  all  its 
Departments  for  the  year  shall  be  submitted  at  the  annual  meeting.  This 
report  shall  embrace  reports  from  the  chairmen  of  all  standing  committees, 
including  a  full  statement  of  the  Director  of  the  Department  of  Fine  Arts,  the 
Director  of  the  Department  of  Museum,  the  Director  of  the  Department  of 
Library  School,  the  Manager  of  the  Department  of  Music  Hall,  and  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Department  of  Technical  Schools,  transmitted  through  the  hands  of 
the  chairman  of  each  committee,  showing  all  that  has  been  done  in  the  several 
departments.  This  report  may,  by  direction  of  the  Trustees,  be  published, 
together  with  the  reports  of  the  Treasurer  and  the  Auditor  for  the  year. 

Sec.  2.  The  fiscal  year  of  the  Board  shall  begin  on  the  1st  day  of  April  of 
each  year,  and  end  with  the  31st  day  of  March  of  the  following  year. 

ARTICLE    VI 

The  Director  of  Fine  Arts  shall  be  the  official  administrative  head  of  the 
Department  of  Fine  Arts,  and  have  charge  of  the  same  under  the  direction  of 
the  Fine  Arts  Committee. 

All  works  or  collections  offered  for  consideration  with  reference  to  purchase 
shall  be  presented  by  the  Director,  with  his  opinion  thereof,  and  such  informa- 
tion relative  thereto  as  may  be  in  his  possession. 

He  shall  be  responsible  to  the  Trustees  for  the  strict  performance  of  the  duties 
of  all  persons  employed  by  the  Department  of  Fine  Arts,  and  for  the  execution 
of  all  orders  conveyed  to  him  in  an  official  form. 

Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Fine  Arts  Committee,  he  shall  have  authority 
to  employ,  suspend  or  discharge  all  persons  required  for  the  discharge  of  the 
various  duties  connected  with  the  Department  of  Fine  Arts,  and  engage 
assistance  and  labor,  whenever  the  necessities  of  the  Department  of  Fine  Arts 


46  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

require  the  same,  provided  the  expense  so  incurred  is  within  the  limits  of  the 
appropriation. 

He  shall  have  authority,  within  the  limit  of  the  appropriation,  to  conclude 
the  purchase  of  collections  and  works,  when  authorized  by  the  Fine  Arts  Com- 
mittee to  do  so. 

He  shall  have  a  general  oversight  of  all  collections  belonging  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Fine  Arts,  and  no  collection  or  work  shall  be  placed  on  exhibition  or 
removed  without  his  sanction,  except  such  works  as  are  under  the  immediate 
control  of  a  Hanging  Committee,  appointed  by  the  Fine  Arts  Committee. 

He  shall  make  provision  for  the  keeping  of  accurate  lists  of  accessions  to  the 
collections  with  the  record  of  the  date  of  gift  or  purchase,  together  with  the 
price,  if  purchased,  and  other  particulars  which  may  be  of  importance. 

He  shall  have  supervision  of  all  publications  of  the  Department  of  Fine  Arts 
and  the  direction  of  its  official  correspondence. 

Whenever,  in  his  judgment,  it  is  necessary  to  do  so,  he  may  delegate  power 
to  persons  of  approved  knowledge  and  experience  to  exercise  supervision  over 
other  employes. 

AKTICLE    VII 

The  Director  of  the  Museum  shall  be  the  official  administrative  head  of  the 
Museum,  and  have  charge  of  the  same  under  the  direction  of  the  Museum 
Committee. 

He  shall  be  responsible  to  the  Trustees  for  the  strict  performance  of  the 
duties  of  all  persons  employed  by  the  Museum,  and  for  the  execution  of  all 
orders  conveyed  to  him  in  an  official  form. 

Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Museum  Committee,  he  shall  have  authority 
to  employ,  suspend  or  discharge  all  persons  required  for  the  discharge  of  the 
various  duties  connected  with  the  Museum;  to  engage  assistance  and  labor 
whenever  the  necessities  of  the  Museum  require  the  same,  provided  the  ex- 
penses so  incurred  are  within  the  limits  of  the  appropriation. 

He  shall  have  authority  to  conclude  the  purchase  of  collections,  when  directed 
to  do  so  by  the  Museum  Committee. 

He  shall  have  a  general  oversight  of  all  the  collections  belonging  to  the  Mu- 
seum, and  no  collection  shall  be  placed  on  exhibition  or  removed  from  the 
Museum,  or  from  any  department  thereof,  without  his  sanction. 

He  shall  make  provision  for  the  keeping  of  an  accurate  list  of  all  accessions 
to  the  Museum,  in  serial  order,  with  the  record  of  date,  the  name  of  the  owner 
or  lender,  or  if  purchased,  a  record  of  the  party  from  whom  purchased,  to- 
gether with  the  price,  and  any  other  particulars  which  may  be  of  interest  or 
importance,  and  shall  make  regulations  from  time  to  time  as  may  be  necessary 
for  this  purpose. 

He  shall  have  the  general  supervision  of  all  the  publications  of  the  Museum 
and  the  direction  of  its  official  correspondence. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  47 

He  shall  have  authority  to  make  all  regulations  and  orders,  not  in  conflict 
with  the  rules  established  by  the  Museum  Committee,  which  may  be  necessary 
to  secure  the  hearty,  harmonious,  and  effective  cooperation  of  those  under  his 
control,  in  the  work  of  the  Museum. 

Whenever,  in  his  judgment,  it  is  necessary  to  do  so,  he  may  delegate  power 
to  persons  of  approved  knowledge  and  experience  to  exercise  supervision  over 
other  employes. 

ARTICLE    VIII 

The  President  of  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  shall  be  its  official  ad- 
ministrative head  and  have  charge  of  the  same  under  the  direction  of  the 
Technical  Schools  Committee. 

He  shall  be  responsible  to  the  Trustees  for  the  strict  performance  of  the 
duties  of  all  persons  employed  by  the  Technical  Schools,  and  for  the  execution 
of  all  orders  conveyed  to  him  in  an  official  form. 

Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Technical  Schools  Committee,  he  shall  have 
authority  to  employ,  suspend  or  discharge  all  persons  required  for  the  dis- 
charge of  the  various  duties  connected  with  the  Technical  Schools;  to  engage 
assistance  and  labor  whenever  the  necessities  of  the  Technical  Schools  require 
the  same,  provided  the  expenses  so  incurred  are  within  the  limits  of  the  appro- 
priation. 

He  shall  have  the  general  supervision  of  all  the  publications  of  the  Technical 
Schools  and  the  direction  of  its  official  correspondence. 

He  shall  have  authority  to  make  all  regulations  and  orders,  not  in  conflict 
with  the  rules  established  by  the  Technical  Schools  Committee,  which  may  be 
necessary  to  secure  the  hearty,  harmonious,  and  effective  cooperation  of  those 
under  his  control,  in  the  work  of  the  Technical  Schools. 

Whenever,  in  his  judgment,  it  is  necessary  to  do  so,  he  may  delegate  power 
to  persons  of  approved  knowledge  and  experience  to  exercise  supervision  over 
other  employes. 

ARTICLE    IX 

Section  1.  The  regular  annual  meeting  of  the  Trustees  shall  be  held  on 
the  Tuesday  preceding  the  last  Thursday  of  April  of  each  year. 

Sec.  2.  Special  meetings  shall  be  called  at  any  time  by  the  Secretary, 
upon  the  order  of  the  President,  or  at  the  written  request  of  five  members,  and 
upon  three  days'  written  notice  to  all  members,  which  notice  shall  specify  the 
objects  of  the  meeting. 

Sec.  3.  At  all  meetings  of  the  Trustees  nine  (9)  members  shall  constitute 
a  quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business,  excepting  only  the  adoption  of  reso- 
lutions directing  the  purchase  of  paintings  for  the  chronological  collection, 
when  twenty-five  (25)  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum,  but  a  less  number 
than  a  quorum  may  adjourn  to  a  fixed  date. 


48  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Sec.  4  and  5.  Prescribe  the  order  of  business  at  the  annual  and  other 
meetings  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

article  x 

Section  1.  The  last  Thursday  of  April  in  each  year  shall  be  celebrated  by 
the  Trustees  in  a  public  manner  in  commemoration  of  the  dedication  to  public 
use  of  the  Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh,  which  occurred  on  the  evening  of 
Tuesday,  November  5,  1895,  and  of  the  announcement  by  Mr.  Carnegie  on 
that  occasion  of  the  creation  and  endowment  of  the  Carnegie  Institute. 

article  XI 
Section  1.  The  Constitution  and  By-Laws  may  be  amended  at  any  meet- 
ing of  the  Trustees,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  all  the  members  present,  provided 
that  not  less  than  nineteen  members  vote  in  the  affirmative,  and  that  the 
amendment  shall  have  been  proposed  at  the  last  regular  or  special  meeting, 
and  all  the  members  shall  have  been  given  ten  days'  written  notice  of  the 
proposition  to  amend,  together  with  the  text  of  the  proposed  amendment. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  49 


CARNEGIE  INSTITUTE  OF  TECHNOLOGY 

BY-LAWS 

May  1,  1919 

Resolution  Adopted   by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  Carnegie 
Institute,  February  26,   1912 

"Resolved,  That  the  report  and  petition  prepared  by  counsel,  Messrs.  Reed, 
Smith,  Shaw  and  Beal,  be  approved;  and  that  the  President  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  and  the  Chairman  of  the  Committee  on  Technical  Schools,  in  con- 
nection with  counsel,  be  instructed  to  take  the  necessary  steps  for  incorporat- 
ing the  Schools  under  the  name  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology; 
provided  that  the  Schools  shall  continue  to  be  a  department  of  the  Carnegie 
Institute,  and  remain  under  the  control  of  its  Board  of  Trustees." 

By-Laws 
article  i 

Section  1.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  be  held  on 
the  Tuesday  preceding  the  last  Thursday  of  April  in  each  year,  immediately 
following  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute. 

Sec.  2.  Special  meetings  shall  be  called  at  any  time  by  the  Secretary, 
upon  the  order  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Board,  or  at  the  written  request  of  five 
members,  and  upon  three  days'  notice  to  all  members,  which  notice  shall  specify 
the  business  of  the  meeting. 

Sec.  3.  At  all  meetings  of  the  Trustees,  nine  members  shall  constitute  a 
quorum  for  the  transaction  of  business. 

ARTICLE    II 

Section  1.  The  officers  of  the  corporation  shall  consist  of  a  Chairman,  a 
Vice  Chairman,  a  Secretary  and  a  Treasurer,  who  shall  be  chosen  from  the 
members  of  the  Board  and  shall  hold  their  offices  for  three-year  terms,  com- 
mencing with  the  election  of  1914.  The  Board  shall  also  appoint  an  Auditor 
who  shall  hold  office  during  the  pleasure  of  the  Board. 

article  hi 

Section  1.  The  Chairman  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  shall  appoint  all  standing  committees  together  with  their  respective 
chairmen,  except  the  Technical  Schools  Committee.  He  shall  also  fill  all 
vacancies  on  said  appointive  committees  as  they  occur.  He  shall  call  all 
special  meetings,  and  specify  in  the  call  the  object  for  which  the  meeting  is  con- 
vened. He  shall  be  ex  officio  a  member  of  each  committee  appointed  or 
elected. 


50  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Sec.  2.  The  Vice  Chairman  shall  be  vested  with  the  powers  to  perform  the 
duties  of  the  Chairman  in  the  case  of  the  Chairman's  absence,  inability  or  re- 
fusal to  act. 

Sec.  3.  The  Secretary  shall  be  the  custodian  of  the  seal  of  the  corporation, 
shall  cause  notices  to  be  issued  of  all  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and 
shall  make  and  preserve  complete  records  of  such  meetings. 

Sec.  4.  The  Treasurer  shall  receive  and  keep  the  funds  of  the  corporation 
and  shall  disburse  the  same  only  under  the  direction  of  the  Board  of  Trustees, 
or  the  appropriate  committee,  upon  vouchers  certified  by  the  Auditor;  pay- 
ment of  vouchers  to  be  approved  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Vice  Chairman 
or  the  Secretary  in  their  absence. 

Sec.  5.  The  Auditor  shall  have  charge  of  all  the  books  and  accounts  and 
prescribe  the  manner  in  which  the  same  shall  be  kept.  He  shall  certify  to  the 
correctness  of  all  vouchers  to  be  paid  or  credited.  He  shall  require  that  all 
pay-rolls,  bills,  or  expense  accounts  certified  to  him  for  vouchering  shall  be 
properly  approved  by  the  President  of  the  Schools  or  other  person,  if  any,  ap- 
pointed for  that  purpose  by  the  Board  or  its  committees.  He  shall  render  to 
the  Board,  in  satisfactory  detail,  financial  or  other  statements  as  required. 
He  shall  make,  from  time  to  time,  any  other  reports  required  by  the  Chairman 
of  the  Board  or  the  Board. 

article  rv 

Section  1.  At  any  time  within  two  weeks  after  the  adoption  of  this  amend- 
ment, and  thereafter  at  each  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  the  said 
Board  shall  elect  by  ballot  nine  of  their  number  who  shall  constitute  the  Tech- 
nical Schools  Committee;  which  committee  shall  elect  its  own  Chairman,  and 
fill  any  vacancies  which  may  occur  therein,  and  shall  have  general  charge, 
direction  and  control  of  the  Technical  Schools,  under  the  supervision  of  the 
Board. 

Sec.  2.  The  Chairman  of  the  Board  shall  at  the  same  time,  appoint  a 
Finance  Committee,  consisting  of  five  members  of  the  Board,  of  whom  the 
Treasurer  shall  be  one  ex  officio.  The  said  committee  shall  have  control  of  the 
investment  of  the  permanent  funds  of  the  Board.  It  shall  report  annually  to 
the  Board  in  detail  the  amount  and  character  of  the  investments  and  securities 
in  its  control.  The  securities  and  investments  shall  be  subject  to  an  examina- 
tion of  the  Auditing  Committee  as  often  as  that  committee  shall  desire,  and 
not  less  than  once  a  year.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Finance  Committee  to 
pay  over  to  the  Treasurer  all  income  from  the  investments  and  securities  in  its 
charge  as  it  shall  approve. 

Sec.  3.  The  Chairman  of  the  Board  shall  also,  at  the  same  time,  appoint 
an  Auditing  Committee,  consisting  of  three  Trustees.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of 
the  Auditing  Committee  to  examine  the  Treasurer's  books  and  vouchers  and 
audit  his  accounts  before  they  are  presented  to  the  annual  meeting  and  certify 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  51 

their  finding  to  the  Board  of  Trustees.  The  Auditing  Committee  shall  ex- 
amine the  accounts  and  securities  of  the  Finance  Committee  at  least  annually, 
and  as  much  oftener  as  the  committee  may  deem  necessary  or  the  Board  shall 
direct. 

article  v 

Section  1.  The  executive  head  of  the  faculty  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of 
Technology  shall  be  known  as  the  President  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, who  shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  of  Trustees.  He  shall  hold  office 
during  the  pleasure  of  the  Board  and  receive  such  salary  as  may  be  fixed  by  the 
Board. 

He  shall  be  responsible  to  the  Trustees  for  the  strict  performance  of  the 
duties  of  all  persons  employed  by  the  Technical  Schools,  and  for  the  execution 
of  all  orders  conveyed  to  him  in  an  official  form. 

Subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Technical  Schools  Committee,  he  shall  have 
authority  to  employ,  suspend  or  discharge  all  persons  required  for  the  discharge 
of  the  various  duties  connected  with  the  Technical  Schools,  to  engage  assist- 
ance and  labor  whenever  the  necessities  of  the  Technical  Schools  require  -the 
same,  provided  the  expenses  so  incurred  are  within  the  limits  of  the  appro- 
priation. 

He  shall  have  the  general  supervision  of  all  the  publications  of  the  Technical 
Schools  and  the  direction  of  its  official  correspondence. 

He  shall  have  authority  to  make  all  regulations  and  orders,  not  in  conflict 
with  the  rules  established  by  the  Technical  Schools  Committee,  which  may  be 
necessary  to  secure  the  hearty,  harmonious,  and  effective  cooperation  of  those 
under  his  control,  in  the  work  of  the  Technical  Schools. 

Whenever,  in  his  judgment,  it  is  necessary  to  do  so,  he  may  delegate  power 
to  persons  of  approved  knowledge  and  experience  to  exercise  supervision  over 
other  employes. 

ARTICLE   VI 

Section  1.  Degrees  in  course  shall  be  given  to  students  who  have  com- 
pleted, to  the  satisfaction  of  the  President  and  the  faculty,  the  studies  of  the 
course.  When  the  student  shall  have  satisfactorily  completed  the  studies  of 
his  course,  and  shall  have  sustained  with  credit  all  the  examinations  prescribed, 
the  faculty  under  whose  care  he  has  been  studying  shall  propose  his  name  for 
the  appropriate  degree  to  the  President,  who  shall  then  submit  it  to  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  and  the  recommendation  of  the  faculty  having  been  approved  by 
the  Board  of  Trustees,  the  President  shall  confer  the  degree  at  such  time  and 
place  as  may  be  appointed. 

Sec.  2.  The  name  of  any  candidate  proposed  for  an  honorary  degree  shall 
be  presented  to  the  Committee  on  Technical  Schools,  who  shall  submit  it  to  the 
Board  of  Trustees,  with  all  communications  and  any  other  information  which 
may  be  in  the  possession  of  the  committee,  together  with  the  committee's 


52  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

recommendation.  When  reported  upon  favorably  and  the  report  adopted  by 
the  Board  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  to  notify  the  candidate  that 
he  is  invited  to  receive  the  degree  for  which  he  has  been  proposed.  If  the 
nominee  shall  signify  his  acceptance  of  the  honor,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
President  to  confer  upon  him  the  specified  degree  at  the  commencement  next 
ensuing  after  the  acceptance  of  the  invitation.  It  shall  be  required  of  the  can- 
didate that  he  be  present  to  receive  his  degree.  Degrees  given  in  course  shall 
never  be  bestowed  pro  honoris  causa. 

ARTICLE   VII 

Section  1.  The  seal  of  the  corporation  shall  consist  of  a  struck  circle  con- 
taining the  following  words:  "Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  Pittsburgh, 
Pennsylvania,  1912.  'My  heart  is  in  the  work' — Andrew  Carnegie,  1900. 
Science.     Art.     Service.     Character." 

ARTICLE   VIII 

Section  1.  These  by-laws  may  be  amended  at  any  meeting  of  the  Trustees 
by  a  majority  vote  of  all  the  members  present,  provided  that  the  amendment 
shall  have  been  proposed  at  the  last  regular  or  special  meeting  and  all  the  mem- 
bers shall  have  been  given  ten  days'  notice  of  the  proposition  to  amend,  to- 
gether with  the  text  of  the  proposed  amendment. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  53 

CARNEGIE  LIBRARY   OF   PITTSBURGH 
BY-LAWS 

(As  of  June,  1918) 

This  organization  shall  be  known  as  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie 
Library  of  Pittsburgh. 

Section  1.  The  officers  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  consist  of  a  President, 
a  Vice  President,  a  Secretary,  and  a  Treasurer,  who  shall  be  elected  by  ballot 
from  the  Trustees  by  a  majority  of  all  the  Trustees  at  the  annual  April  meeting, 
to  hold  office  for  one  year  and  until  their  successors  are  elected  and  become 
qualified. 

Sec.  2.  In  addition  to  the  officers  herein  specified  the  Board  of  Trustees 
may,  in  their  discretion,  provide  for  and  elect  such  other  officers  as  they  may 
from  time  to  time  deem  necessary,  and  shall  define  their  respective  duties. 
There  shall  also  be  appointed  by  the  Board,  a  Director,  a  Custodian  of  Build- 
ings and  Grounds,  an  Auditor,  and  such  other  agents  or  employes  as  may  be 
deemed  necessary,  who  shall  not  be  Trustees,  and  who  shall  hold  their  positions 
at  the  pleasure  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  3.  The  compensation  of  the  heads  of  departments,  such  as  Director, 
Custodian  of  Buildings  and  Grounds,  etc.,  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Board;  that  of 
all  other  appointees  or  employes  shall  be  fixed  by  the  respective  committees, 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Board. 

Sec.  4.  All  vacancies  among  the  officers  of  the  Board  or  heads  of  depart- 
ments shall  be  filled  by  the  Board. 

Sec.  5.  The  following  shall  be  the  Standing  Committees  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees: 

1.  Committee  on  Finance  consisting  of  three  members. 

2.  Committee  on  Audit  consisting  of  three  members. 

3.  Committee  on  Buildings  and  Grounds  consisting  of  five  members. 

4.  Committee  on  Library  consisting  of  five  members. 

Sec.  6.  The  regular  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  be  held 
on  the  Tuesday  preceding  the  last  Thursday  in  April  of  each  year,  at  which 
meeting  the  officers  of  the  Board  shall  be  elected,  statements  and  reports  of 
officers  and  committees  for  the  previous  year  received,  and  such  other  business 
transacted  as  may  properly  be  brought  before  the  meeting. 

Special  meetings  of  the  Board  shall  be  held  at  the  call  of  the  President  or  of 
any  five  of  the  Trustees,  and  notices  of  such  meetings  shall  recite  such  request 
and  the  object  for  which  the  meeting  is  called. 

Notices  in  writing  of  all  meetings  shall  be  given  by  the  Secretary  (or  in  his 
absence  from  Pittsburgh  or  inability  to  act,  by  any  other  officer  of  the  Board) 
to  each  Trustee  by  mailing  the  same  to  his  address  not  less  than  one  week  before 


54         MANUAL  OF  THE  CARNEGIE  BENEFACTIONS 

the  annual  meeting,  or  not  less  than  three  days  before  any  special  or  adjourned 
meeting. 

Meetings  of  the  standing  committees  shall  be  held  upon  the  call  of  their 
respective  chairmen  upon  such  notice  as  may  be  determined  by  each  com- 
mittee. 

Sec.  7.  Ten  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  constitute  a  quorum 
at  its  regular  or  special  meetings.  In  the  absence  of  a  quorum  at  the  regular 
or  any  special  meetings  of  the  Board,  an  adjournment  to  a  fixed  day  may  be 
made  by  any  number  present. 

Sec.  8.  The  President  shall  be  the  chief  executive  officer  and  shall  preside 
at  all  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  He  shall  appoint  all  standing  com- 
mittees, as  soon  after  the  annual  meeting  as  practicable,  and  designate  the 
chairman  of  each  of  them,  and  shall  fill  all  vacancies  as  they  may  occur.  He 
shall  sign  and  execute  all  documents,  contracts,  or  agreements  authorized  on 
behalf  of  the  Board.  He  shall  be,  ex  officio,  a  member  of  each  of  the  standing 
committees,  and  shall  have  power  to  enforce  all  by-laws,  regulations,  and  orders 
and  to  suspend  at  any  time  any  employe,  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Board, 
remove  such  employe,  and  shall  perform  all  other  duties  from  time  to  time 
assigned  to  him.  He  shall  arrange  for  the  preparation  of  a  budget  containing 
the  financial  estimates  each  year,  which,  when  approved  by  the  Board,  shall  be 
transmitted  to  the  proper  officer  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh. 

Sec.  9.  The  powers  and  duties  of  the  President  shall,  in  his  absence  or 
inability  to  act,  devolve  upon  the  Vice  President. 

Sec.  10.  The  Secretary  shall  keep  a  record  of  all  meetings  of  the  Board, 
have  the  custody  of  all  papers  and  documents  of  the  Board  (excepting  such 
documents  and  securities  as  shall  properly  be  in  charge  of  the  Treasurer,  and 
such  documents  and  securities  as  shall  properly  be  in  charge  or  custody  of  the 
Chairman  of  the  Finance  Committee).  He  shall  sign  the  call  of  all  meetings, 
and  execute  such  documents  as  require  his  signature,  and  shall  perform  the 
other  duties  from  time  to  time  assigned  to  him. 

Sec.  11.  The  Treasurer  shall  receive  and  keep  the  funds  of  the  Trustees, 
and  shall  disburse  the  same  only  under  the  direction  of  the  Board  or  the  appro- 
priate committee,  upon  vouchers  certified  by  the  Auditor  (or  in  case  of  absence 
of  Auditor,  by  some  one  duly  appointed  by  the  President  or  the  Board) ;  pay- 
ment of  vouchers  to  be  approved  by  the  President  of  the  Board,  Vice  President, 
or  the  Secretary  in  their  absence.  His  books  shall  be  open  at  all  times  to  the 
inspection  of  Trustees.  He  shall  keep  books  of  account  to  show  accurately  all 
expenditures  of  city  appropriations  and  other  moneys,  and  the  income  and 
expenditures  of  each  of  the  trust  funds.  He  shall  make  a  full  financial  exhibit 
of  the  accounts  of  the  Board  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Trustees  and  shall 
make  such  additional  reports  from  time  to  time  as  may  be  required  by  the 
Board.  He  shall  be  empowered  to  engage  or  provide  a  safety  deposit  vault  for 
the  custody  of  the  securities  or  investments  which  shall  come  into  his  possession, 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  55 

and  the  vault  in  which  such  securities  are  deposited  shall  be  opened  by  him,  or 
by  the  Assistant  Treasurer  acting  for  him,  only  in  the  presence  of  one  other 
member  of  the  Finance  Committee.  All  securities  and  investments  shall  be 
subject  to  the  examination  of  the  Finance  Committee  as  often  as  that  com- 
mittee shall  desire,  and  not  less  than  once  each  year.  The  Treasurer  shall  give 
bond  in  an  amount  to  be  fixed  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  for  the  faithful 
performance  of  his  duties,  the  expense  of  which  shall  be  borne  by  the  Library. 
His  accounts  shall  at  all  times  be  subject  to  the  examination  of  the  Auditing 
Committee. 

Sec.  12.  The  Auditor  shall  have  charge  of  all  the  books  and  accounts,  and 
prescribe  the  manner  in  which  the  same  shall  be  kept,  so  as  best  to  fulfil  the 
requirements  of  the  various  departments.  He  shall  certify  to  the  correctness 
of  all  vouchers  to  be  paid  or  credited.  He  shall  require  that  all  pay-rolls,  bills 
or  expense  accounts  certified  to  him  for  vouching  shall  be  properly  approved 
by  the  Directors  or  the  executive  heads,  and  by  other  persons,  if  any,  ap- 
pointed for  that  purpose  by  the  committees  of  the  respective  departments, 
submitting  such  accounts,  etc.,  and  in  the  absence  of  said  Directors  or  execu- 
tive heads,  or  of  the  other  appointed  persons,  the  approval  shall  be  made  by 
some  duly  appointed  representative  whose  signature  must  first  be  filed  with 
the  Auditor.  He  shall  render  to  the  Board,  in  satisfactory  detail  each  month, 
financial  or  other  statements,  such  as  balance  sheets,  revenue  and  disburse- 
ments; and,  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year,  proper  annual  statements.  He  shall 
make,  from  time  to  time,  any  other  reports  required  by  the  President  or  the 
Board. 

Sec.  13.  The  Director  shall  be  under  the  supervision  of  the  Committee 
on  Library.  He  shall  have  charge  of  the  Library  and  its  branches,  and  the 
direction  of  its  administration  and  all  assistants  and  employes  therein,  and 
shall,  under  the  direction  of  the  Committee  on  Library,  carry  out  the  policy 
adopted  by  the  Board  in  regard  to  the  management  of  the  Library  and  the 
nature  and  quality  of  its  accessions,  and  shall  perform  all  other  duties  from 
time  to  time  assigned  to  him. 

Sec.  14.  The  Custodian  of  Buildings  and  Grounds  shall,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Committee  on  Buildings  and  Grounds,  have  general  charge  and 
supervision  of  the  main  and  branch  buildings  and  grounds. 

Sec.  15.  The  Committee  on  Finance  shall  consist  of  three  members,  of 
whom  the  Treasurer  shall  be  one  ex  officio,  and  shall  have  general  direction  and 
control  of  the  investments  and  financial  affairs  of  the  Board  of  Trustees.  It 
shall  report  annually  to  the  Board  in  detail,  the  amount  and  character  of  the 
investments  and  securities  in  its  control.  This  committee  shall  have  charge  of 
all  special  bequests,  deeds,  contracts,  securities,  and  other  evidences  of  prop- 
erty belonging  to  the  Board,  and  shall  deposit  same  in  such  depository  as  shall 
be  approved  by  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  access  thereto  shall  only  be  had  in 
presence  of  two  of  the  members  of  the  committee.     It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 

5 


56  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Finance  Committee  to  pay  over  to  the  Treasurer  all  income  from  the  invest- 
ments and  securities  in  its  charge,  as  it  shall  accrue.  It  shall  inspect  the  securi- 
ties in  the  custody  of  the  Treasurer  and  the  Assistant  Treasurer  at  least  once  a 
year,  reporting  the  result  to  the  Board. 

Sec.  16.  The  Committee  on  Audit  shall  annually,  or  oftener,  if  required 
by  the  Board,  audit  and  report  upon  the  accounts  of  the  Treasurer  and  all  other 
accounts,  and  certify  as  to  the  investments  and  securities  in  the  hands  of  the 
Treasurer  or  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Finance  Committee. 

Sec.  17.  The  Committee  on  Buildings  and  Grounds  shall  have  charge  of 
all  the  buildings  and  grounds,  direction  of  all  repairs  on  such  property,  and 
supervision  of  the  employes  connected  therewith. 

Sec.  18.  The  Committee  on  Library  shall  have  the  general  supervision  of 
the  administration  of  the  main  and  branch  libraries,  supervision  of  the  pur- 
chase and  circulation  of  books,  and  of  the  employes  connected  with  the  ad- 
ministration of  the  main  and  branch  libraries. 

Sec.  19.  The  several  standing  committees  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  Board  as  soon  after  the  annual  meeting  as  practicable.  He  shall 
also  designate  who  shall  be  chairmen  of  the  respective  committees.  Such  ap- 
pointments shall  be  certified  in  writing  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Board  who  shall 
thereupon  make  record  of  the  same  upon  the  minutes  of  the  Board,  and  duly 
notify  the  appointees  thereof.  The  committees  so  appointed  shall  continue  in 
office  one  year  or  until  their  successors  are  appointed.  Vacancies  occurring 
during  the  year  shall  be  filled  by  the  President  in  like  manner. 

Sec.  20.  Each  committee  shall  approve  all  bills,  pay-rolls,  etc.,  arising  out 
of  expenditures  in  its  respective  department;  and  the  vouchers  for  the  pay- 
ment thereof  shall  be  signed  by  the  President  of  the  Board,  Vice  President,  or 
the  Secretary  in  their  absence. 

Sec.  21.  These  By-Laws  may  be  amended  or  repealed  by  the  vote  of  two- 
thirds  of  the  members  present  at  the  regular  annual  meeting,  or  at  any  special 
meeting  called  for  the  purpose. 

Sec.  22.  Prescribes  the  order  of  business  at  all  regular  meetings  of  the 
Board. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  57 


AN  ORDINANCE 

Providing  for  the  Acceptance,  from  Andrew  Carnegie,  of  a  Free 

Library 

Whereas,  Andrew  Carnegie  has  generously  offered  to  the  City  of  Pitts- 
burgh a  gift  of  a  Free  Library,  as  set  forth  in  the  following  communication: 

Pittsburgh,  February  6,  1890. 
To  the  Mayor  and  Councils  of  Pittsburgh: 

Gentlemen:  Some  years  ago  I  had  the  pleasure  of  offering  to  expend  upon  a 
free  library  for  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  the  sum  of  two  hundred  and  fifty  thou- 
sand dollars ;  the  finances  of  the  city  were  not  then  in  condition  to  permit  of  its 
acceptance.  Having  expended  more  than  that  sum  in  our  sister  city  of  Alle- 
gheny, I  subsequently  intimated  that  I  was  prepared  to  expend  not  less  than 
half  a  million  for  Pittsburgh;  such,  however,  has  been  the  recent  growth  of  the 
city,  such  are  its  prospects  for  the  future,  that  careful  consideration  has  led  me 
to  the  conclusion  that  in  order  to  provide  such  libraries  as  Pittsburgh  should 
have  will  require  even  a  larger  sum. 

I  think  that  Pittsburgh  requires  a  central  building,  containing  a  reference 
and  circulating  library,  also,  suitable  accommodations  for  works  of  art,  which  I 
believe  its  citizens  would  soon  provide;  that  there  should  also  be  added  rooms 
for  the  meetings  of  the  various  learned  societies  of  the  city.  The  experience  of 
New  York,  Baltimore,  and  other  large  cities  has  proved  that  a  central  library 
should  be  supplemented  by  branch  libraries.  The  Free  Circulating  Library  of 
New  York  has  now  four  of  these ;  the  city  of  Baltimore  has  five ;  they  are  not 
extensive  structures,  but  each  contains  a  small  supply  of  the  books  most  in 
demand,  and  a  reading  room,  and  is  operated  in  connection  with  the  Central 
Library.  Such  branches,  I  think,  should  be  established  in  the  various  districts 
of  the  city,  probably  one  in  Birmingham,  another  in  Temperanceville,  another 
in  East  Liberty,  a  fourth  in  Lawrenceville,  perhaps  a  fifth  in  the  older  part  of 
the  city.  All  of  these  should  be  thoroughly  fireproof,  monumental  in  character 
and  creditable  to  the  city. 

To  provide  these  buildings  with  suitable  appliances  I  offer  to  expend  not  less 
than  one  million  dollars.  I  propose  that  their  location,  erection  and  manage- 
ment shall  be  entrusted  to  a  Board  of  Trustees,  composed,  ex  officio  of  the 
Mayor,  the  Presidents  of  Select  and  Common  Councils,  the  President  of  the 
Central  Board  of  Education,  and  a  Library  Committee  of  five  appointed  by 
the  Councils,  such  as  you  have  done  me  the  honor  to  appoint  to  confer  with  me; 
to  these  I  should  add  the  names  of  twelve  well  known  citizens  of  Allegheny 
County,  who  should  have  power  as  a  body  to  provide  for  the  reelection  of  its 
members  at  stated  times  and,  also,  to  fill  vacancies  in  their  number. 


58  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

The  libraries  to  be  formally  handed  over  to  the  city  upon  their  completion, 
free  from  lien,  in  trust,  for  the  purposes  specified. 

The  city  to  agree  to  receive  and  support  same  at  its  own  proper  cost,  under 
the  management  of  the  Trustees  as  above  provided. 

The  city  of  Baltimore  pays  $50,000  per  annum  for  the  support  of  its  public 
libraries,  established  by  Mr.  Enoch  Pratt,  who  gave  one  million  of  dollars  for 
the  purpose,  but  I  believe  that  $40,000  per  annum  would  be  sufficient  to  main- 
tain those  of  Pittsburgh,  and  not  less  than  this  sum  per  annum  I  require  the 
city  of  Pittsburgh  to  agree  to  place  at  the  disposal  of  the  Library  Trustees  to 
be  expended  upon  them. 

I  am  clearly  of  opinion  that  it  is  only  by  the  city  maintaining  its  public 
libraries  as  it  maintains  its  public  schools,  that  every  citizen  can  be  made  to 
feel  that  he  is  a  joint  proprietor  of  them,  and  that  the  public  library  is  for  the 
public  as  a  whole  and  not  for  any  portion  thereof;  and  I  am  equally  clear  that 
unless  a  community  is  willing  to  maintain  public  libraries  at  the  public  cost, 
that  very  little  good  can  be  obtained  from  them.  Not  to  save  me  further 
expenditure  therefor,  but  for  the  best  interests  of  the  city,  I  make  it  a  con- 
dition that  they  shall  be  properly  maintained  by  the  city. 

Very  respectfully, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

Section  1.  Be  it  ordained  and  enacted  by  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  in  Select 
and  Common  Councils  assembled,  and  it  is  hereby  ordained  and  enacted  by 
the  authority  of  the  same,  that  the  generous  gift  of  a  free  library  offered  by 
Andrew  Carnegie  to  the  city  of  Pittsburgh  is  hereby  accepted,  in  accordance 
with  the  letter  of  said  Andrew  Carnegie,  dated  Pittsburgh,  February  6,  1890, 
and  which  letter  forms  part  of  the  preamble  to  this  ordinance,  and  the  officers 
of  the  city  named  in  said  letter  are  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  act  as 
members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  composing  the  commission  therein  named, 
when  the  same  shall  have  been  completed  by  the  appointment  of  the  twelve 
members  to  be  appointed  by  the  said  Andrew  Carnegie,  and  the  Library  Com- 
mittee to  be  appointed  under  second  section  of  this  ordinance. 

Sec.  2 .  That  immediately  upon  the  passage  of  this  ordinance  and  at  the 
first  meeting  in  April  of  this  year  and  at  the  organization  of  Councils  every 
second  year  thereafter,  the  Presidents  of  Councils  shall  appoint  a  standing 
committee  of  five  persons,  two  of  whom  shall  be  members  of  Select  Council, 
and  three  of  whom  shall  be  members  of  Common  Council,  who  shall  be  known 
as  the  Library  Committee,  who  are  authorized  and  empowered  to  act  as  mem- 
bers of  the  Board  of  Trustees  in  conjunction  with  the  other  officials  and  with 
the  persons  named  by  the  said  Andrew  Carnegie  and  their  successors,  and 
any  vacancies  occurring  in  the  said  Board  of  Trustees  other  than  those  caused 
by  changes  of  the  public  officials,  shall  be  filled  by  a  majority  of  the  remain- 
ing members  of  the  Board. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  59 

Sec.  3.  That  the  libraries  as  herein  provided  for,  shall  be  known  and  desig- 
nated as  the  Carnegie  Free  Libraries  of  the  City  of  Pittsburgh. 

Sec.  4.  That  any  ordinance  or  part  of  ordinance  conflicting  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance  be  and  the  same  is  hereby  repealed,  so  far  as  the  same 
affects  this  ordinance. 

Ordained  and  enacted  into  a  law  in  Councils,  this  24th  day  of  February, 
A.  D.,  1890. 

H.  P.  Ford, 

President  of  Select  Council. 

G.  L.  HOLLIDAY, 

President  of  Common  Council. 
Approved:    Wm.  McCallin, 

Mayor. 

LETTER  NO.  2 

Pittsburgh,  May  6,  1890. 
John  S.  Lambie,  Esq.,  Chairman,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 

Dear  Sir:  Three  citizens,  members  of  the  Library  Commission,  having 
resigned,  nine  only  remain.  As  the  city  has  nine  official  representatives  upon 
the  commission,  equality  of  representation  will  be  secured  by  leaving  unfilled 
the  places  of  the  three  resigning  members,  and  this  will  be  done.  As  the  suc- 
cessors of  the  official  representatives  of  the  city  are  created  without  partici- 
pation upon  the  part  of  the  citizen  members,  equality  will  be  obtained  in  this 
matter,  also,  by  providing  that  the  citizen  members  should  themselves  elect 
their  successors. 

Hoping  that  Councils  will  approve  this  view  and  pass  an  amended  ordinance 
in  accordance  therewith,  and  thanking  yourself  and  colleagues  for  the  courtesy 
shown  me  during  today's  conference,  I  am  always, 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

Section  1.  Be  it  ordained  and  enacted  by  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  in  Select 
and  Common  Councils  assembled,  and  it  is  hereby  ordained  and  enacted  by 
the  authority  of  the  same,  That  the  generous  gift  of  the  free  libraries  offered  by 
Andrew  Carnegie  to  the  city  of  Pittsburgh  is  hereby  accepted,  in  accordance 
with  the  foregoing  letters  of  said  Andrew  Carnegie,  dated  Pittsburgh,  February 
6,  1890,  and  Pittsburgh,  May  6,  1890,  respectively,  which  letters  form  part  of 
the  preamble  to  this  ordinance;  and  the  officers  of  the  city  named  in  said  letters 
are  hereby  authorized  and  empowered  to  act  as  members  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  composing  the  Commission  therein  named,  in  conjunction  with  the 
nine  persons  heretofore  appointed  by  the  said  Andrew  Carnegie,  and  the 
Library  Committee  appointed  under  the  second  section  of  this  ordinance. 


60  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Sec.  2.  That  immediately  upon  the  passage  of  this  ordinance,  and  at  the 
organization  of  each  Council  hereafter,  the  Presidents  of  Councils  shall  ap- 
point a  standing  committee  of  five  persons,  two  of  whom  shall  be  members  of 
Select  Council  and  three  of  whom  shall  be  members  of  Common  Council,  who 
shall  be  known  as  a  Library  Committee,  authorized  and  empowered  to  act  as 
members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  in  conjunction  with  the  other  officials  and 
with  the  persons  named  by  the  said  Andrew  Carnegie  and  their  successors; 
and  any  vacancies  occurring  in  said  Board  of  Trustees  other  than  those  caused 
by  changes  of  public  officials  shall  be  filled  by  the  majority  of  such  remaining 
members  of  the  Board  who  are  not  public  officials. 

Sec.  3.  That  the  libraries  as  herein  provided  for  shall  be  known  and 
designated  as  the  Carnegie  Free  Libraries  of  the  City  of  Pittsburgh. 

Sec.  4.  That  any  ordinance  or  part  of  ordinance  conflicting  with  the  pro- 
visions of  this  ordinance  be  and  the  same  are  hereby  repealed,  so  far  as  the 
same  affects  this  ordinance. 

Ordained  and  enacted  into  a  law  in  Councils,  this  26th  day  of  May,  A.  D., 

1890. 

H.  P.  Ford, 

President  of  Select  Council. 

G.    L.    HOLLIDAT, 

President  of  Common  Council. 

Approved:    H.  I.  Gottrley, 

Mayor. 

When  Select  and  Commen  Councils  were  abolished  under  a 
new  city  charter  adopted  May  11,  1911,  and  were  replaced  by  one 
body,  the  City  Council,  the  following  decree  was  passed  in  Com- 
mon Pleas  Court  of  Allegheny  County,  February  10,  1912,  mak- 
ing the  proper  provision  for  the  city  members  on  the  Library- 
Board,  as  follows: 

That  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania,  is  entitled  to  have  nine  representa- 
tives on  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Free  Library  of  the  city  of 
Pittsburgh,  and  that  said  nine  representatives  on  said  Board  of  Trustees  shall 
be  ex  officio  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of  the 
city  of  Pittsburgh;  and  that  the  nine  representatives  of  the  said  city  entitled 
to  be  Trustees  as  aforesaid  are  and  shall  be  the  persons  who  now  or  hereafter 
may  hold  the  following  official  positions  in  said  city  of  Pittsburgh,  viz. :  the 
Mayor,  the  President  of  Council,  the  members  of  the  Library  Committee  of 
Council,  not  exceeding  six  in  number,  and  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Public 
Education  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  61 

LETTER    OF    MR.    CARNEGIE    ESTABLISHING    THE    CARNEGIE 

INSTITUTE1 

The  Carnegie  Steel  Co.,  General  Offices, 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  Jan.  2,  1896. 

Gentlemen:  Simultaneously  with  the  annual  appropriation  of  the  city  for 
the  support  of  the  Public  Library,  there  will  be  deposited  to  the  credit  of  your 
Treasurer,  from  my  estate  in  perpetuity  each  year,  the  sum  of  $50,000.  This 
sum  is  to  be  used  for  the  purposes  of  the  Art  Galleries  and  Museum  in  the  man- 
ner which  to  you  may  seem  best  calculated  to  render  these  institutions  most 
useful  for  the  general  public. 

There  is  only  one  provision  which  I  beg  you  to  regard,  viz.:  That  there  be 
purchased  each  year  two  or  more  pictures  by  American  artists  exhibited  in  that 
year,  preferably  in  the  Carnegie  Art  Gallery.  These  pictures  to  be  chosen  by 
a  two-thirds  majority  vote  of  the  Trustees  and  hung  upon  the  walls  of  the  Art 
Gallery  permanently,  year  after  year,  adjoining  each  other,  the  year  of  pur- 
chase being  conspicuously  marked  upon  them,  the  object  being  to  secure  a 
chronological  display  of  American  Art  from  this  time  forth,  as  shown  by  these 
pictures.  Should  the  Trustees  fail  to  find  satisfactory  pictures  from  among 
these  exhibits  in  any  year  in  the  Carnegie  Gallery,  they  are  authorized  to  select 
from  other  galleries. 

Should  extensions  of  the  building  be  found  necessary  at  any  future  time,  and 
the  Trustees  not  be  enabled  by  any  other  means  to  secure  necessary  funds  for 
such  extensions,  they  are  authorized  to  reduce  their  expenditures  from  the  fund 
for  a  series  of  years,  in  order  to  pay  for  these. 

I  make  no  further  restrictions,  believing  that  the  funds  will  be  most  benefi- 
cially administered  by  you  and  your  successors  for  all  time,  by  leaving  the 
Board  of  Trustees  entirely  free.  The  Trustees  will  always  be  citizens  of  this 
community,  and  therefore  most  zealous  to  serve  it  well,  especially  remem- 
bering that  the  fund  is  intended  to  benefit  the  masses  of  the  people. 

Very  truly  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

DEED   OF   TRUST 

Know  All  Men  by  These  Presents: 

That  I,  Andrew  Carnegie,  of  the  city  of  New  York,  State  of  New  York,  do 
hereby  declare  and  provide  as  follows: 

Whereas,  by  a  letter  of  mine  dated  February  6,  1890,  and  addressed  to  the 

Mayor  and  Councils  of  Pittsburgh,  I  offered,  out  of  my  own  resources,  to  erect 

and  provide  suitable  buildings  for  a  library,  as  also  for  works  of  art,  in  the  city 

of  Pittsburgh,  in  the  State  ©f  Pennsylvania,  in  which  I  made  it  a  condition  that 

sT*ie  original  title  chosen  by  the  Trustees  was  "The  Carnegie  Fine  Arts  and  Museum  Collec- 
tion Fund."  Afterwards,  on  April  20, 1898,  with  the  consent  of  Mr.  Carnegie,  the  Board  changed 
its  title  to  "The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute." 


62  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

the  city  of  Pittsburgh  should  annually  hereafter  provide,  at  least,  840,000  to 
maintain  the  said  buildings,  and  branches  thereof,  to  be  paid  annually  to  the 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  said  library  buildings,  which  said  offer  of  mine  was 
duly  accepted  by  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  by  an  ordinance  approved  May  31, 
1890,  and  of  record  in  Ordinance  Book,  Vol.  7,  page  422;  see,  also,  Municipal 
Record  of  1890-91,  page  233;  and, 

Whereas,  the  Board  of  Trustees  appointed  in  pursuance  of  my  offer  and  the 
acceptance  thereof  by  the  city  is  known  as  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Car- 
negie Library  of  Pittsburgh,  and  is  composed  of  eighteen  members,  nine  being 
official  representatives  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  and  nine  being  appointees  of 
my  own,  with  power  of  succession;  and, 

Whereas,  the  Central  Library  Building  was  located,  and  has  been  com- 
pleted at  Schenley  Park,  in  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  and  the  same  has  been  dedi- 
cated and  delivered  to  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  under  the  trusts  provided  in  my 
letters  and  the  ordinance  accepting  the  same;  and, 

Whereas,  I  have  for  some  time  purposed,  and  have  heretofore  declared  such 
intent,  to  devote  in  addition  to  the  money  for  the  erection  of  the  said  buildings, 
yearly,  and  each  year  hereafter  during  my  life-time,  and  thereafter  in  some  ap- 
propriate manner  at  my  election  by  my  will,  annually,  the  sum  of  850,000  for 
the  purpose  of  an  Art  Gallery  and  Museum  in  the  said  Carnegie  Library  Build- 
ing, located  as  aforesaid;  and, 

Whereas,  after  due  consideration,  I  am  satisfied  that  the  best  interests  of 
the  people  of  the  city  of  Pittsburgh  will  be  subserved,  and  the  greatest  good 
done,  by  the  appointment  of  a  new  Board  of  Trustees,  to  be  called  the  Trustees 
of  the  Carnegie  Fine  Arts  and  Museum  Collection  Fund,  to  which  Board  shall 
be  annually  paid  the  sum  of  850,000  hereinbefore  specified,  and  the  powers  of 
which  Board  shall  be  restricted  to  the  Fine  Arts  and  Museum  Collection; 

Now.   I  DO  HEREBY.  THEREFORE,  PROMISE  AND  DECLARE  aS  follows: 

First.  That  I  will  annually  hereafter,  and  upon  the  annual  payment  to  the 
Treasurer  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Library  of  Pittsburgh  of  the 
sum  of  840,000.  or  more,  by  the  city  of  Pittsburgh,  for  the  support  of  the  said 
Carnegie  Library  Building,  pay  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  said  Carnegie  Fine  Arts 
and  Museum  Collection  Fund,  the  sum  of  850,000,  as  above  provided. 

Second.  This  sum  of  850,000,  so  to  be  paid  annually,  shall  be  used  for  the 
purpose  of  an  Art  Gallery  and  Museum,  in  the  said  Central  Carnegie  Library 
Building,  at  Schenley  Park,  and  in  the  manner  which  to  said  new  Board  of 
Trustees  may  seem  best  calculated  to  render  the  said  Art  Galleries  and  Museum 
most  beneficial  for  the  general  public,  subject,  however,  to  the  following  pro- 
visions, viz.: 

That  there  be  purchased  each  year  two  or  more  pictures  by  American  artists, 
exhibited  in  that  year,  preferably  in  the  Carnegie  Art  Gallery.  These  pictures 
shall  be  chosen  by  a  two-thirds  majority  vote  of  the  said  new  Board  of  Trustees, 
and  hung  upon  the  walls  of  the  Art  Gallery  permanently,  year  after  year,  ad- 
joining each  other,  and  the  year  of  the  purchase  shall  be  conspicuously  marked 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  63 

upon  each.     My  object  in  so  providing  is  to  secure  a  chronological  display  of 
American  art,  from  this  time  forthwith,  as  shown  by  these  pictures. 

Should  the  Trustees  fail  to  find  satisfactory  pictures  from  among  those  ex- 
hibited in  any  year  in  the  Carnegie  Galleries,  they  are  authorized  to  select 
from  some  other  gallery  or  galleries  or  private  collection,  or  elsewhere. 

The  new  Board  of  Trustees  hereby  appointed  and  its  successors  shall  always 
be  the  owner  of  all  pictures  and  other  things  purchased  with  fund  hereby 
provided. 

Third.  Should  extensions  to  the  buildings  for  the  purpose  of  the  Museum 
or  Art  Galleries  be  found  necessary  at  any  future  time,  and  the  new  Board  of 
Trustees  are  not  enabled  by  any  other  means  to  secure  necessary  funds  for  such 
extension,  they  are  authorized  to  reduce  their  expenditures  from  the  said  annual 
sum  of  $50,000  per  year  for  a  series  of  years,  in  order  to  pay  for  the  extensions. 

Fourth.  I  make  no  further  restrictions  upon  the  expenditure  of  the  said 
annual  sum  of  $50,000,  believing  that  the  funds  will  be  most  beneficially  ad- 
ministered by  the  said  new  Board  of  Trustees,  and  its  successors;  but  I  desire 
them  to  especially  remember  that  the  said  fund  is  intended  to  benefit  the  masses 
of  the  people,  and  shall  be  so  expended  by  them  for  that  purpose. 

Fifth.  The  said  new  Board  of  Trustees,  to  be  called  the  Trustees  of  the 
Carnegie  Fine  Arts  and  Museum  Collection  Fund,  shall  be  composed  of  thirty- 
six  members,  and  the  said  Board  is  now  and  here  constituted  as  follows: 

All  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Library,  as  the 
said  Board  may  from  time  to  time  be  composed,  shall  be  ex  officio  members  of 
the  new  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Fine  Arts  and  Museum  Collection 
Fund. 

In  addition,  the  said  new  Board  shall  be  composed  of  eighteen  other  members, 
and  the  first  eighteen  I  do  now  nominate  and  appoint  as  follows: 

The  Rev.  Wm.  J.  Holland,  Chas.  C.  Mellor,  John  A.  Brashear,  John  Cald- 
well, Prof.  Gustave  Guttenberg,  Wm.  McConway,  Rev.  A.  A.  Lambing, 
Christopher  L.  Magee,  David  T.  Watson,  Albert  J.  Barr,  John  W.  Beatty, 
Josiah  Cohen,  Jos.  R.  Woodwell,  E.  M.  Bigelow,  A.  S.  Wall,  Henry  Phipps,  Jr., 
Samuel  H.  Church,  and  T.  M.  Carnegie,  all  of  the  County  of  Allegheny  in  the 
State  of  Pennsylvania. 

The  eighteen  members  thus  appointed  by  me  shall  have  the  power  to  fill  all 
vacancies  in  such  appropriate  manner  as  they  may  by  By-Laws  provide,  and 
for  the  filling  of  such  vacancies  no  one  else  may  vote,  except  the  survivors  of  the 
said  eighteen  members  named  by  me  and  their  successors  duly  chosen  and 
appointed. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  hereunto  set  my  hand  and  seal,  dated  the  2d  day 
of  March,  A.  D.,  1896. 

Andrew  Carnegie. 
Witness: 
W.  C.  Carnegie, 
F.  M.  Carnegie. 


64  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

LETTER  FROM  MR.  ANDREW  CARNEGIE  FOUNDING   THE 

TECHNICAL  SCHOOLS 

Pittsburgh,  Pa., 
November  15,  1900. 

Honored  Sir: 

I  learn  with  deep  interest  that  the  Central  Board  of  Education  had  asked  the 
city  of  Pittsburgh  for  $100,000  to  begin  a  Technical  School,  no  doubt  to  obtain 
fer  the  bright  youth  of  the  High  School  the  essential  advantages  which  techni- 
cal education  in  our  day  affords. 

For  many  years  I  have  nursed  the  pleasing  thought  that  I  might  be  the 
fortunate  giver  of  a  Technical  Institute  to  our  city  fashioned  upon  the  best 
models,  for  I  know  of  no  institution  which  Pittsburgh,  as  an  industrial  centre, 
so  much  needs.  I  postponed  moving  in  the  matter  because  I  wished  the  Car- 
negie Institute  to  be  fairly  launched  upon  its  new  development  before  drawing 
the  attention  of  Pittsburgh  to  the  Technical  Institute.  The  action  of  the 
Educational  Board,  however,  impels  me  to  step  forward  now  and  ask  that  I 
may  be  allowed  to  do  what  I  have  long  wished  to  do  for  Pittsburgh. 

I  have  given  much  attention  to  technical  schools  both  in  the  United  States 
and  Great  Britain  during  the  past  few  years.  The  work  now  being  done  by  the 
Technical  Institute  in  Boston  and  Worcester,  the  Drexel  Institute  in  Phila- 
delphia, the  Pratt  Institute  in  Brooklyn,  the  Armour  Institute  in  Chicago,  is 
most  encouraging. 

In  Great  Britain  the  Keithley  Institute  and  the  Halifax  Institute,  which  I 
visited  in  September  last,  to  distribute  the  prizes  to  the  students,  gave  me  quite 
a  surprise;  nearly  one-half  of  the  1,100  students  in  the  former,  and  fully  one- 
half  of  the  1,400  in  the  latter  were  young  men  and  women,  workers  during  the 
day,  improving  themselves  in  various  studies  pertaining  to  their  crafts  in  the 
evening  classes  of  these  institutions.  I  told  these  students  that  this  impressed 
me  more  than  any  other.  I  recalled  an  essay  written  by  my  grandfather  to 
Cobbett's  Register,  which  that  great  man  pronounced  the  most  valuable  com- 
munication ever  published  in  the  Register.  It  was  entitled  "Handication 
versus  Headication";  in  that  article  my  grandfather  thanked  God  that  in  his 
youth  he  had  learned  to  make  and  mend  shoes. 

It  is  really  astonishing  how  many  of  the  world's  foremost  men  have  begun  as 
manual  laborers.  The  greatest  of  all,  Shakespeare,  was  a  woolcarder;  Burns, 
a  plowman;  Columbus,  a  sailor;  Hannibal,  a  blacksmith;  Lincoln,  a  rail- 
splitter;  Grant,  a  tanner.  I  know  of  no  better  foundation  from  which  to 
ascend  than  manual  labor  in  youth.  We  have  two  notable  examples  of  this  in 
our  own  community  whose  fame  is  worldwide:  George  Westinghouse  was  a 
mechanic;  Prof.  Brashear,  a  millwright. 

I  believe  that  a  first  class  technical  school,  probably  as  large  as  that  of 
Worcester,  would  develop  latent  talent  around  us  to  such  extent  as  to  surprise 
the  most  sanguine. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  65 

If  the  city  of  Pittsburgh  will  furnish  a  site,  which  I  hope  will  be  of  ample  size 
for  future  extensions,  I  shall  be  delighted  to  provide  the  money  for  such  a 
school,  taking  care  to  provide  room  for  additions  to  the  buildings,  to  meet  the 
certain  growth  of  Pittsburgh.  I  would  endow  it  with  SI, 000,000  five  per  cent 
gold  bonds,  yielding  a  revenue  of  $50,000  per  year. 

The  rare  ability  with  which  the  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  have 
managed  it,  and  the  results  which  have  so  surprised  and  gratified  me,  naturally 
lead  me  to  beg  these  gentlemen  to  take  charge  of  the  Technical  Institute  and 
its  endowment.  I  had  only  to  plead  that  their  increased  labors  were  for  the 
good  of  Pittsburgh,  to  be  assured  by  everyone  I  have  so  far  had  an  opportunity 
of  consulting,  that  they  would  gladly  assume  the  enlarged  responsibility.  I 
propose,  therefore,  Mr.  Mayor,  to  include  the  Technical  School  with  the  Insti- 
tute, and  have  therefore  made  its  endowment  equal  to  the  latter. 

There  are  many  questions  to  decide,  involving  investigation,  careful  study 
and  much  labor;  among  these,  whether  fees  should  be  charged,  as  at  the 
Armour,  Drexel,  Worcester  and  Boston  Institutes,  and  in  fact  I  might  say  all 
the  technical  schools,  or  whether  we  can  take  a  new  departure  and  arrange  that 
the  students  of  the  High  School,  for  instance,  should  have  the  doors  of  the 
Technical  School  open  to  them  free.  This  and  many  other  questions  must  be 
left  to  the  Commission.  But  I  am  in  a  position  to  assure  you  that  the  Com- 
mission is  prepared  to  face  the  problem,  and  that  my  heart  is  in  the  work. 

Very  respectfully  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

Mayor  Diehl  transmitted  the  letter  to  the  City  Councils  in  the 
following  communication. 

Pittsburgh,  November  26,  1900. 

Gentlemen:  I  herewith  transmit  to  your  honorable  bodies  a  communication 
received  from  the  hands  of  Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie,  under  date  of  November  15, 
1900.  In  this  letter  Mr.  Carnegie  proposes  that  if  the  city  of  Pittsburgh  will 
furnish  a  suitable  site,  he  will  provide  all  the  money  for  a  polytechnical  insti- 
tute. He  will  also  endow  it  with  $1,000,000  five  per  cent  gold  bonds  yielding 
a  revenue  of  $50,000  a  year.  The  management  of  the  school  and  its  endow- 
ment, Mr.  Carnegie  desires,  should  be  undertaken  by  the  Board  of  Trustees 
now  having  charge  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  comprising  the  library,  art  gallery, 
museum  and  music  hall.  The  proposition  of  Mr.  Carnegie  is  hereby  submitted 
for  such  action  as  Councils  may  deem  proper. 

In  this  connection  I  desire  to  say  that  the  offer  of  Mr.  Carnegie  is  one  the 
value  of  which  is  beyond  measure.  We  have  continually  before  us  the  evidence 
of  the  great  good  that  has  been  and  is  being  accomplished  by  the  generous  gift 
he  has  already  made  to  this  city,  the  Carnegie  Institute.  The  means  of  enjoy- 
ing art,  music,  science  and  literature,  with  their  educating  influences,  have  been 
brought  within  reach  of  every  citizen  of  Pittsburgh.     They  have  been  a  great 


66  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

benefit  to  the  present  generation  and  it  is  beyond  question  that  they  will  exert 
a  powerful  and  beneficent  influence  over  the  generations  to  come. 

A  polytechnical  institute,  such  as  Mr.  Carnegie  proposes  to  establish  in  Pitts- 
burgh, will  be  of  unbounded  benefit.  To  a  manufacturing  center  such  as  this 
its  worth  can  not  be  estimated.  The  Central  Board  of  Education  has  recog- 
nized the  need  of  such  an  institute  and  the  magnificent  proposition  of  Mr. 
Carnegie  places  within  reach  of  the  city  at  a  bound  what  it  would  take  a  long 
time  to  obtain  by  the  ordinary  method  of  providing  for  the  cost  in  the  tax  rate. 
Mr.  Carnegie's  only  condition  is  that  the  city  provide  a  suitable  site  with  ample 
room  for  future  extension  to  meet  the  certain  growth  of  Pittsburgh.  I  trust 
Councils  will  accept  this  splendid  gift. 

Respectfully  yours, 

W.    J.    DlEHL, 

Mayor. 

The  above  letters,  together  with  the  following,  were  formally 
presented  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  at 
their  meeting  on  December  18,  1900. 

Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  December  18,  1900. 
My  dear  Mr.  Carnegie: 

I  have  called  a  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute 
for  next  Tuesday  afternoon  at  3:30,  for  the  purpose  of  taking  the  preliminary 
steps  towards  putting  in  operation  your  proposition  to  establish  a  technical 
school.  You  may  have  some  ideas  of  your  own  as  to  its  foundation  or  char- 
acter or  scope,  and  if  so,  we  will  be,  of  course,  very  glad  indeed  to  receive  them 
in  time  for  presentation  to  the  Board. 

I  think  also  there  should  appear  on  the  records  a  letter  from  you  stating 
specifically  that  you  place  under  the  control  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
Carnegie  Institute  the  establishment  and  management  of  the  Technical  School. 
This  for  the  purpose  of  showing  the  authority  of  the  Board  in  the  matter. 
Please  let  me  hear  from  you  prior  to  Tuesday. 

Very  truly  yours, 

"W.  N.  Frew,  President, 
Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute. 

New  York,  15th  December,  1900. 
President  Board  of  Trustees,  Carnegie  Institute. 

Dear  Mr.  Frew:  I  hereby  place  the  Technical  School  under  your  com- 
mission, glad  indeed  that  I  am  privileged  to  do  this,  after  having  received  assur- 
ance that  your  Board  was  willing  to  undertake  the  great  responsibility  involved. 
But  I  knew  that  you  would  do  this;  we  are  all  for  Pittsburgh,  now  and  forever, 
and  it  is  Pittsburgh  which  is  to  benefit  by  this  new  institution.     I  know  from 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  67 

the  past  management  of  the  Board  that  it  is  in  the  best  possible  hands.     Thank 
them  once  again. 

Very  truly  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 
Whereupon  it  was — 

Resolved,  That  this  Board  of  Trustees  does  hereby  accept  the  charge  of  the 
new  Technical  School  referred  to  in  the  foregoing  correspondence;  and  the 
Secretary  is  requested  to  inform  Mr.  Carnegie  to  that  effect. 

Resolved,  further,  That  the  President  and  Secretary  be  requested  to  send 
to  the  Mayor  of  Pittsburgh,  a  certified  copy  of  the  letter  from  Mr.  Carnegie  to 
Mr.  Frew,  dated  December  15,  1900,  placing  the  new  Technical  School  in  charge 
of  this  Board. 

WHEN  THE  WOMEN'S  SCHOOL  WAS  NAMED  AFTER 
MR.  CARNEGIE'S  MOTHER 

Fernandina,  Florida, 

January  22,  1906. 

Dear  Mr.  Church  :  The  tribute  to  my  mother  is  exquisitely  fine  and  one  she 
would  have  rejoiced  in  receiving.  The  interest  she  took  in  women  wherever 
we  lived  was  extraordinary.  She  became  the  sage  of  the  neighborhood  and 
was  constantly  in  demand  in  times  of  trouble  by  the  neighbors. 

I  am  delighted  with  the  action  of  the  Trustees.  Please  say  to  one  and  all 
that  I  am  deeply  touched  by  this  remembrance  of  one  to  whom  I  owe  every- 
thing that  a  wise  mother  ever  gave  to  a  son  who  adored  her. 

Always  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

Margaret  Morrison  Carnegie  would  perhaps  be  advisable  to  distinguish 
her  from  our  daughter  and  from  Mrs.  Margaret  Thaw  Carnegie. 

The  school  was  thereupon  named  the  Margaret  Morrison  Car- 
negie School  for  Women. 

EXTENSION  OF  TECHNICAL  SCHOOLS 

Hot  Springs,  Virginia, 

March  24,  1906. 
Wm.  N.  Frew,  Esq.,  President. 

Dear  Sir:  After  conferring  with  the  committee  here,  Messrs.  Buffington, 
Brashear  and  Hamerschlag,  I  am  convinced  the  Technical  School  has  taken 
root  and  that  we  can  safely  extend  it.  I  have  said  to  the  committee  that  I  will 
give  half  a  million  dollars  more  for  extensions,  additions  and  equipment  as  may 


68  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

be  needed.  This  should  increase  capacity  about  one-half.  I  congratulate  you 
all  of  the  committee,  and  especially  do  I  congratulate  Pittsburgh  upon  the  thirst 
for  instruction  shown  by  thousands  of  her  youth  of  both  sexes. 

The  needed  new  building  for  the  Margaret  Morrison  Carnegie  School  for  Girls 
will,  I  am  informed,  be  provided  from  the  additional  grant  just  given,  the  com- 
mittee being  impressed  with  the  importance  of  this  work.  It  is  sure  to  yield  a 
rich  harvest. 

Truly  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

P.  S.  I  have  ordered  the  two  million  dollars  endowment  to  be  sent  to  you 
in  first  five  per  cent  United  States  Steel  Bonds.     They  are  good. 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

INCREASE    OF    ENDOWMENT— CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE 

New  York. 

(The  letter  is  not  dated,  but  it  was  probably  written  April  2,  1907) 

To  the  President  and  the  Members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  the  Carnegie  Institute. 

Gentlemen:  There  will  be  sent  you  four  millions  of  United  States  Steel 
Corporation  five  per  cent  bonds,  which  doubles  the  present  endowment.  In 
addition,  one  million  cash  and  one  million  bonds  are  subject  to  your  call,  the 
former  as  needed  for  further  extensions  to  the  Technical  Schools,  the  latter 
when  these  are  opened  to  scholars. 

The  income  of  $450,000  per  annum  is  to  be  applied  by  the  Trustees  as  they 
deem  best  to  support  the  Technical  Schools,  Art  Department,  Museum,  Music 
Hall,  Librarians'  School,  and  such  other  classes  and  schools  as  may  be  estab- 
lished in  connection  therewith. 

I  think  the  Technical  Schools  rank  first  in  practical  importance,  since  they 
chiefly  instruct  the  sons  and  daughters  of  workers  in  the  mills  and  factories, 
who  labor  through  the  day  and  seek  instruction  at  night.  Their  success  under 
Dr.  Hamerschlag  has  been  phenomenal,  and  they  should  and  no  doubt  will 
receive  your  unfailing  support. 

The  Art  Department  should  not  purchase  "old  masters,"  but  confine  itself 
to  the  acquisition  of  such  modern  pictures  as  are  thought  likely  to  become  "old 
masters"  with  time.  The  Gallery  is  for  the  masses  of  the  people  primarily, 
not  for  the  educated  few. 

The  director  and  teachers  of  the  Technical  Schools  participate  in  the  pension 
fund  established  by  me  for  the  advancement  of  learning,  and  this  should  be 
availed  of.  Those  of  the  other  departments  do  not.  A  pension  system  is 
therefore  to  be  established  for  them  out  of  the  endowment  fund ;  after  the  death 
of  the  recipient  the  pension  to  be  continued  to  the  widow  in  all  cases  where 
needed. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF    PITTSBURGH  69 

I  desire  gratefully  to  acknowledge  my  unpayable  indebtedness  to  yourself 
and  the  Trustees  for  services  which  have  resulted  in  such  complete  triumph. 
My  highest  hopes  will  be  realized  if  the  future  yields  such  golden  harvest  as 
the  past. 

With  renewed  thanks, 

Gratefully  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

A  simple  rule  would  suffice  such  as  some  institutes  have.  Their  officials  get 
bo  much  after  certain  services,  or  in  case  of  ill  health,  or  in  old  age. 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

GIFT  OF  $3,500,000  BY  MR.   CARNEGIE 

(From  Minutes  of  Meeting  of  Board  of  Trustees,  Carnegie  Institute,  November  30,  1910) 

President  Frew  read  certain  correspondence  between  the  Com- 
mittee on  Technical  Schools  and  Mr.  Carnegie,  relative  to  certain 
desirable  extensions  to  the  schools,  to  develop  them  in  accord- 
ance with  the  original  plan  and  scope,  and  showing  that  Mr. 
Carnegie,  after  receiving  full  information  on  this  subject,  has 
made  a  further  gift  to  this  Board  of  Trustees  of  $3,500,000,  of 
which  $1,500,000  was  for  extensions  and  improvements,  and  the 
balance,  $2,000,000,  in  five  per  cent  bonds  of  the  United  States 
Steel  Corporation,  for  endowment.  Mr.  Carnegie  expressed  a 
desire  that  publication  of  the  fact  of  this  gift  should  be  made  on 
November  25,  1910,  his  seventy-fifth  birthday,  in  order  that  it 
might  come  as  a  birthday  gift  to  the  people  of  Pittsburgh. 
Whereupon  the  following  resolution  was  unanimously  adopted: 

Resolved,  that  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  gratefully 
accept  the  generous  gift  of  $3,500,000  from  Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie,  marking  his 
seventy-fifth  birthday,  said  sum  to  be  applied  as  follows:  $1,500,000  for  new 
construction  of  the  Technical  Schools,  and  $2,000,000  in  five  per  cent  bonds  of 
the  United  States  Steel  Corporation  (of  the  market  value  of  $2,300,000),  as 
an  addition  to  the  endowment  fund  to  provide  for  the  increased  enrollment  of 
the  Technical  Schools. 

Resolved,  further,  That  the  Trustees,  in  undertaking  to  promote  the 
noble  purposes  provided  for  in  this  splendid  gift,  assure  Mr.  Carnegie  of  their 
profound  appreciation  of  his  continued  generosity  and  loving  thought,  in  the 
development  of  the  Carnegie  Institute,  and  express  their  sincere  wishes  for  the 
long  life  and  happiness  of  himself  and  his  family. 


70  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

LETTER   FROM    MR.   CARNEGIE 

(From  Minutes  of  Meeting  of  Board  of  Trustees,  Carnegie  Institute,  February  10,  1911) 

2  East  91st  Street,  New  York, 

January  19,  1911. 
President,  Board  of  Trustees, 

Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh. 

Dear  Mr.  Frew:  I  should  like  to  hav  the  views  of  the  Trustees  as  to  what 
features  of  the  Institute  could  be  wisely  still  further  developt ;  which  is  suffer- 
ing most  for  lack  of  more  means  at  the  disposal  of  the  Directors.  I  had  better 
put  it  in  this  form  to  you  all — If  the  Institute  had  fifty  or  a  hundred  thousand 
dollars  yearly  more  income,  what  would  it  do  with  it,  and  in  what  amounts 
would  it  be  distributed  and  for  what  reasons? 

Is  there  any  new  department  that  would  add  to  its  usefulness?  I  shall  be 
very  glad  to  hav  the  views  of  yourself  and  the  Trustees  on  this  matter. 

Very  truly  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

After  the  reading  of  the  above  letter,  the  following  resolution 
was  adopted: 

Resolved,  that  Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie's  letter  of  January  19,  1911,  be  re- 
ferred to  a  special  committee  consisting  of  the  President  of  the  Board,  the 
chairmen  of  the  committees,  and  the  directors  of  the  departments  of  the 
Carnegie  Institute,  with  instructions  to  make  report  of  their  recommendations 
at  a  future  meeting  of  the  Board. 

The  committee  thus  appointed  to  make  an  investigation  of  all 
departments,  presented  its  report  with  recommendations  to  the 
Board  on  April  11,  1911. 

Whereupon,  the  following  resolution  was  adopted: 

Resolved,  that,  in  answer  to  Mr.  Carnegie's  kind  and  thoughtful  letter  of 
January  19,  1911,  the  Board  of  Trustees  makes  the  following  response: 

1 .  The  Board  does  not  think  the  creation  of  a  new  department  is  expedient 
at  the  present  time. 

2.  The  present  needs  of  the  Technical  Schools  seem  to  be  well  taken  care  of 
through  Mr.  Carnegie's  generous  endowments. 

3.  The  Board  therefore  believes  that  it  can  wisely  use  one  hundred  thou- 
sand dollars  additional  income  in  carrying  forward  and  extending  the  work  of 
the  Museum  and  Fine  Arts  departments,  both  of  which  are  now  cramped  in 
their  legitimate  activities  for  want  of  funds. 

4.  The  Board  takes  the  liberty  of  transmitting  to  Mr.  Carnegie  the  reports 
of  the  Directors  of  the  Museum  and  Fine  Arts  departments,  in  order  to  ac- 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTE    OF   PITTSBURGH  71 

quaint  him  with  the  ultimate  scope  and  purpose  of  these  departments,  and  the 
cost  of  developing  them  accordingly.  It  also  transmits  the  letter  of  the  Direc- 
tor of  the  Technical  Schools  on  the  same  subject. 

FURTHER    GIFT    FROM    MR.   CARNEGIE   OF  $1,000,000    TO    THE 
CARNEGIE   TECHNICAL  SCHOOLS 

(From  Minutes  of  Meeting  of  Board  of  Trustees,  Carnegie  Institute,  February  19,  1912) 

The  President  presented  the  following  correspondence,  con- 
cerning a  further  gift  of  $1,000,000  from  Mr.  Carnegie  for  the 
Technical  Schools,  which  was  on  motion  ordered  to  be  spread 
upon  the  minutes : 

January  26,  1912. 

Dear  Chief  Hamerschlag:  When  do  you  expect  to  take  in  the  additional 
students  in  the  new  quarters  now  building  and  how  many? 
I  wish  to  know  when  the  funds  promist  will  be  needed. 
Hope  all  goes  well  with  you  and  yours. 

Yours  ever, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

January  31,  1912. 

My  dear  Mr.  Carnegie:  Your  letter  of  January  26,  1912,  has  just  been 
received. 

In  reply  to  your  inquiry,  we  have  enrolled  this  year  over  twenty-four  hun- 
dred students.  This  includes  more  than  two  hundred  new  students  whom  we 
admitted  for  the  present  school  year  beginning  September  1,  and  they  and 
their  teachers  are  making  excellent  progress.  We  did  this  even  though  we 
were  much  overcrowded. 

When  the  buildings  are  completed,  additional  students  will  be  admitted 
until  a  total  of  three  thousand  is  reached.  Next  September  at  least  two  hun- 
dred more  can  be  accommodated,  and  as  each  building  is  ready  for  occupancy 
making  more  and  more  space  available,  the  number  will  be  increased.  In  the 
meantime,  we  are  having  great  difficulty  keeping  down  our  registration  figures 
for  the  balance  of  this  year;  so  many  eager  and  earnest  applicants  present 
themselves  daily. 

Some  time  ago,  the  Committee  on  Technical  Schools  of  the  Board  of  Trustees, 
appointed  Mr.  Charles  L.  Taylor  to  see  you  with  reference  to  making  available 
a  part  of  the  promised  endowment,  so  that  the  expense  of  maintenance  for  the 
new  students  enrolled  might  be  available  for  the  present  fiscal  year.  If  one 
million  dollars  in  bonds  were  made  available  to  date  from  September  1,  1911, 
another  million  ought  to  be  available  at  the  end  of  this  year;  we  would  then  be 
in  a  position  to  increase  our  enrollment  to  three  thousand.     .     .     . 

Yours  affectionately, 
6  Arthur  A.  Hamerschlag. 


72  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

New  York,  February  5,  1912. 

Dear  Mr.  Hamerschlag:  Yours  of  January  31  received.  Delited  to  get 
your  report. 

I  have  instructed  Mr.  Franks  to  send  the  million  dollars,  dating  from  Sep- 
tember 1,  1911. 

Yours  very  truly, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

INCORPORATION  OF  CARNEGIE  TECHNICAL  SCHOOLS 

And  now,  to  wit,  this  17th  day  of  April,  1912,  the  application  of  the  Carnegie 
Institute  of  Technology  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  having  been  presented  to  the  College 
and  University  Council  of  Pennsylvania,  and  having  been  duly  considered,  the 
said  College  and  University  Council  finds  that  the  amount  of  assets,  the  courses 
of  instruction  and  the  composition  of  the  faculty  for  each  of  the  proposed 
courses  in  pure  and  applied  science  and  the  arts,  are  satisfactory;  and  that  if 
the  standard  of  admission  to  the  proposed  four  year  courses  is  interpreted  to 
mean  a  standard  four  year  High  School  course  or  its  full  equivalent,  the  stand- 
ard of  admission  is  likewise  sufficient  to  justify  the  exercise  of  the  power  and 
privilege  to  confer  degrees.  The  Council  further  finds,  that  with  this  proviso 
as  to  standards  of  admission,  the  educational  needs  of  the  commonwealth  are 
likely  to  be  met  and  greatly  benefited  by  the  granting  of  said  application.  The 
College  and  University  Council  therefore  approves  the  petition,  and  respect- 
fully recommends  to  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  Allegheny  County  to  make 
a  final  decree,  granting  the  request  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  for 
the  right  and  power  to  grant  the  degrees  named  in  its  petition. 

James  D.  Moffat, 
Vice  President,  College  and  University  Council. 
Attest:     Nathan  C.  Schaeffer, 

Secretary. 

In  the  Court  of  Common  Pleas  of  Allegheny  County,  Pa. 

April  Term,  1912 

In  Re  Application  for  Charter  of 
Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

of  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania. 

No.  2319,  Docket  C 
Final  Decree 

And  now,  to  wit,  April  20,  1912,  it  appearing  to  the  court,  that  a  certified 
copy  of  the  certificate  of  incorporation  was  duly  forwarded  to  the  Superinten- 
dent of  Public  Instruction,  and  the  application  for  charter  heard  and  considered 
by  the  University  Council,  and  that  said  certified  copy  of  the  certificate  of  in- 
corporation has  been  duly  returned  to  the  court,  with  the  endorsement  thereon 


CARNEGIE   INSTITUTE    OF   PITTSBURGH  73 

of  the  findings  of  said  University  Council,  its  approval  of  said  certificate  and 
its  recommendation  that  the  application  of  the  petitioners  be  granted, 

Now,  Therefore,  after  giving  consideration  to  the  findings  of  said  Council 
and  guided  by  its  recommendation,  the  court  is  satisfied  with  the  propriety  of 
said  application,  in  view  of  all  the  facts,  and  approves  the  same,  and  it  is  now 
ordered  and  decreed,  that  upon  the  recording  of  said  certificate,  with  the  recom- 
mendation of  said  Council  and  a  copy  of  this  order,  in  the  office  of  the  Recorder 
of  Deeds,  etc.,  of  Allegheny  County,  Pa.,  the  subscribers  thereto  and  their 
associates  and  successors  shall  be  a  corporation,  for  the  purpose  and  upon  the 
terms  therein  stated,  and  henceforth  the  persons  named  therein  and  subscrib- 
ing the  same,  and  their  associates  and  successors,  shall  be  a  corporation  by  the 
name  therein  given,  with  power  to  confer  degrees  in  accordance  with  the  recom- 
mendation of  said  University  Council. 

[Seal.]  By  the  Court, 

Thomas  D.  Carnahan, 

Judge. 
William  B.  Kirker, 
PM 

ADDITIONAL  FUNDS  FOR  THE  CARNEGIE   INSTITUTE   OF 

TECHNOLOGY 

(From  Minutes  of  Meeting  of  Board  of  Trustees,  Carnegie  Institute,  January  14,  1915) 

The  President  stated  that  Mr.  Carnegie  had  authorized  the 
payment  of  new  funds  to  the  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology, 
in  a  letter  addressed  to  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York, 
under  date  of  December  8,  1913,  as  follows: 

Gentlemen:  The  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  is  to  increas  its  stu- 
dent body  of  200  per  year  for  three  years,  150  boys  and  50  girls.  Mr.  Hamer- 
schlag's  close  estimate  of  the  amount  required  for  bildings  and  equipment  is 
about  $400,000  for  each  200  students,  and  for  endowment  purposes  a  sum 
producing  $25,000  annually. 

If  the  cost  of  the  bilding  and  equipment  should  exceed  the  sum  of  Mr. 
Hamerschlag's  estimate,  it  should  be  paid. 

Will  you  pleas  submit  this  matter  to  your  Executive  Committee  for  favor- 
able action  at  your  earliest  opportunity. 

Very  truly  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

The  President  further  stated  that,  upon  the  receipt  of  this 
letter,  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  had  adopted  the 
following  resolution : 


74  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Resolved,  That  the  Treasurer  be  and  he  hereby  is  authorized  to  make  the 
following  payment: 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  four  hundred  thousand 
dollars  ($400,000)  in  sums  as  needed  to  cover  the  cost  of  erecting  buildings  and 
purchasing  equipment,  as  work  progresses.  Action  on  the  additional  endow- 
ment made  necessary  by  these  extensions,  to  be  taken  when  needed. 

The  following  letters  on  the  subject  were  thereupon  read,  and 
ordered  to  be  spread  upon  the  minutes  of  the  meeting : 

Carnegie  Institute 
Office  of  the  President.  Pittsburgh,  Pa., 

November  20,  1914. 
Mr.  R.  A.  Franks,  Treasurer, 
Carnegie  Corporation, 

576  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City. 
Dear  Mr.  Franks:  My  understanding  of  the  latest  grant  of  money  to  the 
Technical  Schools  is  as  follows: 

We  are  to  receive  $400,000  a  year  during  1914,  1915  and  1916  calendar  years 
respectively,  for  building  purposes,  and  $25,000  for  each  of  those  three  years 
for  endowment,  with  the  understanding  that  we  shall  add  two  hundred  new 
students  each  year  for  three  years.  Is  this  correct,  and  are  the  funds  available 
according  to  our  needs?  Sincerely  yours, 

S.  H.  Church, 

President. 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York 
576  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 

November  25,  1914- 
Mb..  S.  H.  Church,  President, 

Carnegie  Institute,  Pittsburgh,  Pa. 
My  dear  Mr.  Church:  I  am  in  receipt  of  yours  of  the  20th  instant. 
Your  understanding  of  the  last  grant  made  by  the  Carnegie  Corporation  for 
the  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  seems  to  be  correct. 

The  sum  of  $400,000  a  year  is  available  for  building  purposes  during  1914, 
1915  and  1916,  and  $25,000  additional  endowment  for  each  of  these  three  years; 
both  grants  being  conditional  on  an  increase  of  200  in  the  student  body  each 
year  for  three  years. 

The  building  fund  will  be  paid  in  instalments  as  required  to  make  payments 
on  account  of  new  construction.  Arrangements  for  payment  of  the  endow- 
ment will  be  made  later,  when  it  is  needed. 

Yours  very  truly, 

R.  A.  Franks, 

Treasurer. 


CARNEGIE   INSTITUTE    OF   PITTSBURGH  75 

WAR  WORK   OF   THE   CARNEGIE  INSTITUTE 

March  12,  1918. 
Mr.  James  Bertram,  Secretary. 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York, 
576  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City. 

My  dear  Sir:  I  think  it  proper  to  explain  to  the  members  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  that  in  making  use  of  the 
last  grant  of  8400,000  for  a  building  fund  for  the  expansion  of  the  Carnegie 
Institute  of  Technology,  we  have  undertaken  to  go  forward  with  a  portion  of 
the  construction  which,  while  a  part  of  the  original  plan,  would  not  have  been 
erected  at  this  time,  but  for  the  fact  that  the  United  States  Government  has 
chosen  our  school  as  an  Officers  Reserve  Training  School,  and  has  also  re- 
quested us  to  arrange  immediately  to  take  on  a  succession  of  classes  of  officers 
and  men  from  the  United  States  Army,  for  intensive  training  in  the  construc- 
tion and  operation  of  aeroplanes,  instruction  in  telegraphy  and  wireless  teleg- 
raphy, in  blacksmithing,  coppersmithing,  and  in  various  other  departments 
of  training,  in  order  to  fit  them  in  the  briefest  possible  time  for  special  service 
in  the  war.  There  are  at  this  moment  almost  one  thousand  officers  and  private 
soldiers  in  attendance  at  our  school,  and  we  have  been  notified  that  this  assign- 
ment will  be  increased  in  number  from  time  to  time. 

In  addition  to  putting  up  buildings  or  parts  of  buildings  which  are  called  for 
by  the  original  plan,  and  which  are  now  being  provided  in  response  to  this  war 
emergency,  we  find  that  the  necessity  for  taking  care  of  the  work  which  has 
been  assigned  to  us  by  the  government,  has  required  us  to  provide  certain 
building  facilities  which  were  not  contemplated  in  the  original  scheme,  but 
which  nevertheless  are  imperatively  necessary  in  adapting  the  school  to  the 
requirements  of  this  new  situation.  While  some  part  of  this  expenditure,  how- 
ever, has  been  controlled  by  the  war  emergency,  it  seems  clear  that  the  facilities 
thus  provided,  are  going  to  become  a  part  of  the  permanent  building  structure 
of  our  school  in  the  larger  field  of  instruction  which  will  follow  the  war.  For 
example,  we  have  expended  $55,500  for  the  Langley  Laboratory  of  Aeronau- 
tics, a  department  which  was  not  contemplated  in  the  original  scheme  but 
which  will  undoubtedly  become  a  useful  part  of  our  regular  curriculum.  The 
assignment  of  military  students  to  the  school  has  also  required  the  construc- 
tion of  troop  dormitories  at  a  cost  of  $80,500,  and  there  have  been  incidental 
expenses  due  to  superintendence  and  architect's  advice  which  are  roughly 
estimated  at  $15,000.  The  amounts  given  are  the  only  expenditures  thus  far 
incurred  for  building  construction  which  were  not  a  part  of  our  original  plan. 
Up  to  the  present  time,  the  only  immediate  expenditure  connected  with  the 
original  plan  has  been  for  an  extension  to  the  Applied  Industries  Dining  Hall, 
costing  $58,500  and  about  $18,000  for  superintendence  and  architect's  fees.  If 
the  war  should  be  prolonged,  there  will  doubtless  be  other  expenditures  for 


76  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

buildings  and  equipment  which  will  no  doubt  all  become  parts  of  the  permanent 
plan,  as  put  up  from  time  to  time. 

The  papers  which  show  the  relation  of  this  intensive  military  instruction  to 
the  wishes  of  the  government,  comprise  a  large  batch  of  letters  and  telegrams 
between  the  officers  of  the  school  and  the  authorities  at  Washington  with  which 
I  will  not  burden  your  files.  The  choice  of  our  institution  for  this  purpose  was 
initiated  in  verbal  conversations  between  Dr.  A.  A.  Hamerschlag,  then  Director, 
but  now  President  of  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  and  officers  of  the 
government  at  Washington,  and  these  conversations  were  followed  by  the 
letters  and  telegrams  I  have  referred  to  and  which  consist  mainly  of  advices 
from  the  government  that  they  are  forwarding  to  the  schools  assignments  of 
officers,  and  men  in  groups  running  from  one  hundred  to  five  hundred  persons, 
and  stating  the  nature  of  the  instruction  required,  and  it  was  these  assign- 
ments of  men  for  specific  instruction  which  obliged  us  to  provide  immediately 
buildings  and  facilities  enabling  us  to  do  the  work.  I  am,  however,  enclosing 
copies  of  about  a  dozen  letters,  telegrams  and  contracts  for  your  general  in- 
formation, which  will  show  the  nature  of  the  whole  correspondence  on  this 
subject. 

For  your  further  information,  I  am  enclosing  a  letter  addressed  to  me  by  Mr. 
A.  W.  Tarbell,  Acting  President  of  the  school,  together  with  the  statement 
therein  referred  to,  which  will  give  you  in  detail  the  expenditures  growing  out  of 
this  war  work  up  to  the  present  time. 

I  would  also  take  this  opportunity  of  saying  that  the  total  deficit  for  the 
operation  of  the  schools  for  the  fiscal  year,  April  1,  1917,  to  March  31,  1918, 
caused  by  loss  of  student  fees,  through  enlistment  of  students,  and  the  in- 
creased cost  of  operation,  has  been  found  to  be  $66,229.67,  of  which  $36,000 
was  appropriated  by  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  at  its  meeting  on 
November  7,  1917,  leaving  $30,229.67  to  be  appropriated. 

Very  truly  yours, 

S.  H.  Church, 

President. 


CARNEGIE  INSTITUTION 
OF  WASHINGTON 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF    WASHINGTON 

Founded  1902 

To  encourage  in  the  broadest  and  most  liberal  manner 

investigation,  research,  and  discovery,  and 

the  application  of  knowledge  to  the 

improvement  of  mankind. 

ORGANIZATION  AND  ACTIVITIES  OF  THE  INSTITUTION 

The  ideals  and  the  ideas  which  led  to  the  establishment  of  the 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  resulted  in  definite  proposals 
near  the  end  of  the  first  year  of  the  twentieth  century.  The 
founder  and  a  number  of  his  friends,  who  became  Trustees  of  the 
enterprise,  agreed  on  the  general  features  of  a  plan,  and  the  de- 
tailed specifications  and  development  rapidly  followed.  x  The  first 
formal  meeting  of  the  incorporators  of  the  proposed  institution 
was  held  January  4,  1902,  and  articles  of  incorporation  in  con- 
formit3r  with  the  laws  of  the  District  of  Columbia  were  filed  for 
record  in  the  office  of  the  Recorder  of  Deeds  on  the  same  day. 
The  name  designated  for  the  establishment  in  the  first  of  these 
articles  of  incorporation  was  Carnegie  Institution.  At  this  first 
meeting,  also,  twenty-seven  Trustees  were  elected  to  administer 
the  affairs  of  the  Institution.  Of  this  body  five,  namely,  the 
President  of  the  United  States,  the  President  of  the  Senate,  the 
Speaker  of  the  House  of  Representatives,  the  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  and  the  President  of  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences,  were  designated  as  ex  officio  members. 
The  first  meeting  of  these  Trustees  was  held  January  29,  1902, 
when  the  founder's  deed  of  trust  conveying  the  original  endow- 
ment was  received,  when  a  code  of  by-laws  was  adopted,  a  formal 
organization  under  the  title  Board  of  Trustees  effected,  and  the 
first  President  of  the  Institution,  Daniel  C.  Gilman,  elected. 
During  the  following  year  some  questions  arose  as  to  the  adequacy 

1  This  and  the  two  paragraphs  following  are  quoted  from  the  report  of  the  President  of  the 
Institution  for  the  year  1911. 


80  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

of  the  original  act  of  incorporation  under  the  laws  of  the  District 
of  Columbia,  and  at  the  stated  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
held  December  8,  1903,  it  was  decided  to  apply  to  Congress  for 
a  more  comprehensive  charter.  Accordingly,  new  articles  of 
incorporation  were  granted  by  the  Fifty-eighth  .Congress  in, 
"An  Act  to  Incorporate  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington," 
approved  April  28,  1904.  By  the  terms  of  these  new  articles, 
the  scope  and  limitations  of  the  Institution  are  clearly  defined, 
no  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  are  such  ex  officio,  and  the 
corporate  title  is  changed  from  Carnegie  Institution  to  Carnegie 
Institution  of  Washington.  At  a  special  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  held  May  18,  1904,  the  formal  steps  essential  to  tran- 
sition from  the  original  to  the  present  corporate  organization 
were  taken  and  ratified.  At  the  stated  meeting  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  held  December  13,  1904,  new  by-laws,  since  unchanged 
except  for  minor  amendments,  were  adopted.  The  first  article 
of  these  by-laws  specifies  that  "the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  con- 
sist of  twenty-four  members,  with  power  to  increase  its  member- 
ship to  not  more  than  twenty-seven  members,  and  that  Trustees 
shall  hold  office  continuously  and  not  for  a  stated  term." 

In  the  meantime,  while  the  foundations  of  the  organization  were 
being  laid,  the  Trustees,  the  Executive  Committee,  and  numer- 
ous advisory  committees  were  actively  engaged  in  devising  ways 
and  means  to  carry  out  the  comprehensive  provisions  of  the 
trust.  The  amount  of  work  of  this  kind  accomplished  during 
the  first  three  years  of  the  existence  of  the  Institution  appears 
truly  surprising  in  view  of  the  novelty  of  the  enterprise  and  in 
view  of  the  great  diversity  of  expert  opinion  with  respect  to  many 
fundamental  and  to  most  subsidiary  questions  which  had  to  be 
considered.  Special  credit  should  be  given  in  this  connection  to 
the  unselfish  labors  of  the  advisory  committees;  for,  although 
their  recommendations  contemplated  aggregate  annual  expendi- 
tures far  in  excess  of  available  income,  their  deliberations  helped 
in  a  signal  manner  to  fix  attention  on  practicable  projects  and 
on  conditions  essential  to  effective  research. 

In  the  meantime,  also,  the  actual  expenditures  under  this  in- 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF    WASHINGTON  81 

come  rose  rapidly  from  (using  round  numbers)  $32,000  in  1902 
to  $512,000  in  1904,  reaching  an  amount  of  $702,000  in  1907,  a 
maximum  of  $769,000  in  1909,  and  a  total  of  $4,791,000  by  the 
end  of  the  year  1910.  It  is  an  interesting  circumstance,  like- 
wise, worthy  of  special  study  at  some  later  date,  that  along  with 
this  rapid  growth  of  the  work  proper  to  the  Institution  there 
arose  equally  rapidly  a  wave  of  excessive  popular  expectations  as 
to  the  possibilities  of  the  new  establishment,  and  especially  as  to 
the  extent  and  the  capacity  of  its  income.  No  vagaries  of  fiction 
could  surpass  the  realities  of  the  unrealizable  ideals  and  of  the 
dreams  of  avarice  developed  in  this  wave,  which  culminated  in 
1905-06  and  is  only  now  slowly  subsiding. 

Three  principal  agencies  to  forward  the  objects  of  the  Insti- 
tution were  developed  early  in  the  decade  in  question.  The  first 
of  these  involved  the  formation  of  departments  of  research, 
within  the  Institution  itself,  to  attack  larger  problems  requiring 
collaboration  of  several  investigators,  special  equipment,  and 
continuous  effort.  The  second  provides  means  whereby  indi- 
viduals may  undertake  and  carry  to  completion  investigations 
not  less  important  but  requiring  less  collaboration  and  less  spe- 
cial equipment.  The  third  agency,  namely,  a  division  devoted  to 
the  editing  and  printing  of  books,  aims  to  provide  adequate 
publication  of  the  results  of  research  coming  from  the  first  two 
agencies,  and  to  a  limited  extent,  also,  for  worthy  works  not 
likely  to  be  published  under  other  auspices.  Twelve  of  the  larger 
departments  of  research  referred  to  have  been  thus  far  established. 
These,  in  the  order  of  their  authorization  as  shown  by  the  dates 
assigned,  are  the  following: 

Department  of  Experimental  Evolution December,  1903 

Department  of  Marine  Biology December,  1903 

Department  of  Historical  Research December,  1903 

Department  of  Economics  and  Sociology1 January,  1904 

Department  of  Terrestrial  Magnetism April,  1904 

JThl3  department  was  discontinued  by  resolution  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  at  their  meet- 
ing of  December  10,  1916.     See  report  of  the  President  for  the  year  ending  October  31,  1917. 


82  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Mount  Wilson  Observatory December,  1904 

Geophysical  Laboratory December,  1905 

Department  of  Botanical  Research December,  1905 

Nutrition  Laboratory December,  1906 

Department  of  Meridian  Astrometry March,  1907 

Department  of  Embryology December,  1914 

Eugenics  Record  Office December,  1917 

Along  with  these  larger  divisions  of  the  research  work  proper, 
there  may  be  not  improperly  classed,  for  the  present  purposes  of 
historical  summary,  the  divisions  of  administration  and  publica- 
tion, for  they  also  have  made  many  researches,  in  order  to  meet 
the  requirements  of  their  complex  relations  with  the  departments, 
with  research  associates,  with  collaborators,  and  with  a  host  of 
correspondents.  Originally  evolved  as  part  of  the  work  of 
administration,  the  editorial  and  publication  work  grew  to  such 
necessary  proportions,  that  it  was  given  a  separate  existence, 
under  the  title  "Division  of  Publication,"  in  July,  1909. 

Of  the  work  carried  on  by  these  departments  and  divisions,  and 
by  the  numerous  associates  and  collaborators,  only  a  few  statis- 
tical items  may  be  indicated  here.  For  details  concerning  the 
evolution  of  these  various  branches  of  the  Institution,  reference 
must  be  made  to  the  annual  reports  published  in  the  Year  Book 
and  to  the  Descriptive  Pamphlet  cited  below.  In  an  appendix  to 
the  Year  Book  for  1911  there  was  published  a  complete  list  of  the 
names  of  Trustees,  members  of  departmental  staffs,  associates, 
collaborators,  and  of  all  other  persons  who  had  been  connected 
with  the  Institution  up  to  that  date.  If  this  list  were  extended 
to  the  present  time,  it  would  include  the  names  of  about  two 
thousand  individuals,  who  have  participated  in  the  work  already 
accomplished  and  that  now  under  way.  A  complete  list  of  the 
fields  of  research,  to  which  contributions  have  been  made  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Institution,  would  include  a  plurality  of  the 
fields  ranging  alphabetically  from  archeology  and  astronomy 
through  law,  linguistics,  and  literature  up  to  thermodynamics 
and  zoology.  Researches  of  one  kind  or  another  have  been 
carried  on  in  nearly  every  country,  and  the  publications  of  the 
Institution  have  been  placed  in  nearly  all  of  the  leading  libraries 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF    WASHINGTON  83 

of  the  world,  and  especially  in  those  of  colleges,  universities  and 
learned  societies.  Up  to  date,  these  publications  have  been 
issued  under  253  different  titles  and  in  368  separate  volumes. 
Somewhat  more  than  a  total  of  100,000  printed  pages  are  com- 
prised in  these  publications.  They  have  been  distributed 
chiefly  by  gifts  to  libraries  and  to  authors,  but  they  are  dis- 
seminated to  a  noteworthy  extent,  also,  by  sales  to  the  increasing 
number  of  individuals  and  establishments  preferring  to  acquire 
books  by  purchase. 

In  addition  to  the  works  which  have  been  published  directly 
by  the  Institution,  some  thousands  of  papers,  giving  results  of 
investigations  made  under  its  direct  or  indirect  auspices,  have 
appeared  in  current  journals,  in  proceedings  of  societies,  and  in 
other  contemporary  media,  as  shown  by  the  bibliographies  of 
such  contributions  published  annually  in  the  Year  Books.  For 
the  larger  undertakings  in  research,  two  astronomical  observa- 
tories, seven  laboratories,  and  a  nonmagnetic  ship  have  been 
provided,  and  a  total  inventory  of  property  under  this  head 
includes  more  than  sixty  buildings,  ten  vessels,  and  fifteen  parcels 
of  land.  A  few  of  the  buildings  and  the  nonmagnetic  ship, 
Carnegie,  are  shown  in  the  accompanying  illustrations.  A  con- 
siderable aggregate  of  property  in  apparatus  and  equipment  has 
been  provided,  also,  by  grants  to  individual  investigators  who 
have  been  connected  mostly  with  colleges  and  universities.  As 
shown  by  the  data  of  the  financial  section  given  below,  the  total 
of  funds  appropriated  for  expenditure  by  the  Institution  to 
October  31,  1918,  the  end  of  the  last  fiscal  year,  is  $15,459,944.45. 
Of  this  amount,  $3,063,698.74  are  represented  in  land,  buildings, 
equipments,  and  publications  in  stock;  $744,045.12  have  paid 
the  costs  of  administration  and  miscellaneous  expenses  incident 
thereto;  $688,412.45  have  been  spent  in  the  work  of  publications; 
and  $9,640,307.83  have  been  applied  directly  to  the  prosecution 
of  research. 


84  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

SOURCES  OF  HISTORY  OF  THE  INSTITUTION 

It  is  a  somewhat  disturbing  but  generally  correct  induction 
that  the  salient  events  which  make  up  the  history  of  any  novel 
establishment  are  rarely  clearfy  visualized  by  contemporary 
observers.  Even  those  who  are  responsible  for  and  participate 
in  these  events  may  not  be  able  to  distinguish  what  is  essential 
from  what  is  adventitious  in  the  complexity  of  relations  and  inter- 
relations which  speedily  follow  the  foundation  and  the  develop- 
ment of  such  an  establishment,  The  novelty  of  the  Carnegie 
Institution  of  Washington,  the  rapidity  of  its  growth,  and  the 
wideh'  spread  interest  in  its  affairs,  along  with  excessive  romantic 
and  necromantic  popular  estimates  of  its  functions  and  capacities, 
render  the  present  an  unfavorable  time  for  an  attempt  at  its 
history  even  if  space  were  available  for  this  purpose.  It  is 
proposed  therefore,  only  to  indicate  the  principal  sources,  pub- 
lished and  unpublished,  of  that  history,  to  cite  some  of  its  more 
important  dates  and  events,  and  to  state  the  facts  and  the  figures 
essential  to  enable  one  to  formulate  a  correct  idea  of  the  present 
status  of  the  Institution,  as  well  as  an  intelligent  estimate  of  the 
extent  to  which  it  has  justified  the  ideals  of  its  founder,  the  efforts 
of  its  Trustees,  and  the  expectations  of  contemporaries. 

The  principal  sources  of  history  of  the  Institution  are  the  fol- 
lowing: 

1.  The  stenographic  but  unpublished  records  of  the  proceedings  of 
the  Board  of  Trustees.  These  proceedings  have  been  recorded 
verbatim  by  an  expert  stenographer  for  every  meeting  of  the 
Board,  and  typewritten  copies  prepared  by  the  stenographer  are 
preserved  in  the  archives  of  the  Institution.  These  records  are 
voluminous,  and  they  give  a  complete  account  of  the  transac- 
tions of  the  Trustees  at  their  annual  and  special  meetings. 
Although  unpublished,  these  records  can  be  rendered  accessible 
to  any  one  who  may  need  to  consult  them. 

2.  The  printed  but  unpublished  proceedings  of  the  Executive 
Committee.  Beginning  with  October,  1905,  the  proceedings  of 
the  Executive  Committee  have  been  printed  after  submission  for 
amendment  and  correction,  in  page  proof,  to  the  members  individ- 


Thk  Ship  "Carnegie" 


Telescope,  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 


Geophysical  Laboratory 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 


Laboratory  for  Terrestrial  Magnetism 
Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF   WASHINGTON  85 

ually  of  the  committee.  The  minutes  of  this  committee  made 
prior  to  that  date  are  preserved  in  typewritten  form.  In  addition 
to  these  formal  records  which  may  be  rendered  accessible  to  the 
historian,  a  classified  collection  of  the  principal  resolutions  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  and  of  the  Executive  Committee  has  been 
printed  for  the  use  of  the  Trustees,  of  public  auditors  of  the 
accounts  of  the  Institution,  and  of  the  office  of  administration. 

3.  Financial  statements.  Beginning  with  February,  1906, 
there  have  been  printed  monthly  financial  statements  showing  the 
status,  for  the  date,  of  every  principal  financial  account  of  the 
Institution,  along  with  summaries  of  the  receipts  and  disburse- 
ments of  the  Institution  (a)  from  the  beginning  of  the  fiscal  year 
to  date  and  (b)  from  the  foundation  of  the  Institution  to  date. 

4.  Year  Books.  These  annual  volumes  aim  to  give  a  condensed 
summary  of  the  work  of  the  Institution  for  any  year.  The  ear- 
lier volumes  naturally  dealt  largely  with  questions  of  plan,  scope, 
organization,  and  development;  while  the  later  volumes  are 
devoted  chiefly  to  reports  of  current  progress  in  the  numerous 
researches  carried  on  under  the  auspices  of  the  Institution. 
Roughly  speaking,  the  first  six  Year  Books  may  be  said  to  cover 
the  formative  period,  during  which  a  bewildering  variety  of  ideals 
and  no  little  conflict  of  opinion  were  encountered  in  efforts  to 
secure  effective  application  of  the  Institution's  income.  This 
was  a  critical  period,  since  it  ended  with  a  determination  essen- 
tially of  the  vital  question  whether  the  Institution  should  be  per- 
mitted to  assume  the  initiative  in  the  conduct  of  its  affairs,  or 
whether  it  should  attempt  to  play  the  secondary  and  more 
difficult  role  of  a  disbursing  agency  for  other  organizations. 

Of  the  numerous  theoretical  and  hence  debatable  considerations 
which  arose  in  the  earlier  years  of  the  Institution,  much  has  been 
said  in  the  administrative  reports  of  the  President  from  the  year 
1905  on;  more  especially  in  the  reports  for  1905,  1906,  1915,  1916, 
and  1917,  although  time  and  space  have  not  permitted  any  but 
the  most  summary  treatment  of  the  intricate  topics  discussed. 
But  along  with  the  evolution  of  appropriate  theories  for  the 
conduct  of  a  research  organization  there  have  been  carried  on 


86  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

also  numerous  experiments  in  research  whose  results  have  always 
proved  instructive  with  respect  to  the  methods  followed  and  occa- 
sionally determinately  destructive  to  them. 

In  respect  to  current  progress  of  the  investigations  under- 
taken by  and  promoted  by  the  Institution,  the  Year  Books  with 
their  annual  bibliographies  furnish  a  nearly  complete  record. 
A  brief  summary  of  the  work  accomplished  by  the  Institution  up 
to  the  year  1910  will  be  found  in  the  report  of  the  President  for 
that  year;  and  a  similar  condensed  statement  covering  the  first 
decade  of  the  Institution  is  given  in  his  report  for  1911.  An 
appendix  to  the  Year  Book  for  1911  contains,  also,  a  complete 
list  of  the  names  of  all  those  who  had  been  officially  connected 
with  the  Institution  up  to  November  1  of  that  year. 

5.  The  Descriptive  Pamphlet.  During  the  first  eight  years  in  the 
history  of  the  Institution,  it  had  no  fixed  habitation  for  its  office 
of  administration;  but  at  the  meeting  of  the  Trustees  in  Decem- 
ber, 1907,  it  was  decided  to  erect  a  building  which  might  serve 
as  a  central  office  and  permanent  home  in  the  City  of  Washing- 
ton. In  the  course  of  the  two  following  years  such  a  building, 
since  called  the  Administration  Building,  was  erected  on  the  south- 
east corner  of  Sixteenth  and  P  Streets,  northwest.  This  build- 
ing was  dedicated  in  December,  1909,  and  there  was  inaugurated  at 
this  time  a  series  of  exhibits  of  the  results  of  the  work  of  the 
departments  of  research,  the  divisions  of  publication  and  admin- 
istration, and  the  individual  research  associates  of  the  Institu- 
tion. As  a  souvenir  of  this  occasion  there  was  issued  a  semi- 
popular,  illustrated  pamphlet  descriptive  of  the  plan,  scope,  and 
activities  of  the  Institution,  together  with  much  historical  matter 
with  regard  to  personnel,  laboratories,  equipments,  and  the  like. 
This  pamphlet  has  been  revised  from  time  to  time,  and  has  now 
reached  its  sixth  issue.  This  and  the  descriptive  list  of  publica- 
tions (which  latter  now  requires  a  book  of  about  170  printed  8vo 
pages)  supply  the  readiest  means  thus  far  attained  for  replies 
to  continuous  inquiries  concerning  the  origin,  the  development, 
and  the  productivities  of  the  Institution. 

6.  Correspondence  with   departments   of  research   and  research 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF   WASHINGTON  87 

associates.  One  of  the  most  important  sources  of  historical  data 
concerning  the  work  of  the  Institution  is  found  in  the  extensive, 
but  unpublished  correspondence  with  the  heads  of  the  depart- 
ments of  research  and  the  research  associates  of  the  Institution. 
This  includes  the  bulk  of  what  may  be  called  the  fruitful  corre- 
spondence of  the  Institution. 

7.  Miscellaneous  correspondence.  Although  the  scope  of  the 
Institution  is  subject  to  the  obvious  restrictions  of  its  articles  of 
incorporation  and  to  the  obvious  limitations  of  its  income,  it 
has  been  regarded  quite  generally  as  a  quasi-public  establishment. 
Hence  it  has  carried  on  an  extensive  miscellaneous  correspond- 
ence whose  diversity  of  subject  matter  is  probably  unequaled  in 
contemporary  experience.  In  spite  of  itself  the  Institution  is 
regarded  as  an  intelligence  office  of  vastly  greater  capacities  than 
can  be  realized.  As  a  consequence,  most  of  this  correspondence 
has  proved  relatively  fruitless  in  the  rapid  march  of  events  which 
has  thus  far  been  the  most  striking  characteristic  of  the  evolution 
of  the  Institution.  But  to  the  historian,  the  psychologist,  and  the 
analyst,  much  of  this  correspondence  will  be  found  to  be  instruc- 
tive and  some  of  it  luminous,  in  respect  to  the  growth  of  ideas 
appropriate  in  the  promotion  of  research  and  in  respect  to  the 
conduct  of  an  organization  whose  sole  purpose  is  the  advance- 
ment of  learning. 

GIFTS  TO  THE   INSTITUTION 

During  the  relatively  short  period  of  its  existence,  the  Institu- 
tion has  received  three  considerable  gifts,  which  are  specially  note- 
worthy by  reason  of  the  fact  that  they  have  each  come  without 
suggestion  or  solicitation  from  the  Institution.  The  first  of  these 
gifts  was  made  by  Mr.  John  D.  Hooker,  a  manufacturer  of  Los 
Angeles,  California.  He  became  interested  in  the  work  of  the 
Mount  Wilson  Solar  Observatory  about  the  time  that  the  60-inch 
reflector,  constructed  in  the  instrument  shops  of  the  Observatory, 
was  approaching  completion.  The  largest  aperture  of  a  tele- 
scope completed  prior  to  this  time  was  that  of  the  40-inch  re- 
fractor of  the  Yerkes  Observatory  of  the  University  of  Chicago. 

7 


88  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

The  practicability  of  securing  larger  apertures  in  reflecting  tele- 
scopes, shown  by  the  success  of  the  60-inch  reflector,  encouraged 
Mr.  Hooker  to  believe  that  still  larger  reflectors  could  be  made. 
He  therefore  offered  to  furnish  funds  sufficient  to  start  the  con- 
struction of  a  100-inch  telescope.  To  this  work  he  contributed 
about  forty-five  thousand  dollars,  but  he  did  not  live,  unfortu- 
nately, to  witness  the  completion  of  the  enterprise.  He  died 
May  24,  1911.  Much  delay  resulted  in  securing  a  sufficiently 
perfect  disk  of  glass  to  warrant  the  great  labor  of  figuring  so  large 
a  reflector,  and  the  telescope  did  not  reach  substantial  comple- 
tion until  near  the  end  of  1917. 

Mr.  Richard  T.  Colburn,  a  man  of  business  of  New  York  City, 
who  died  December  9,  1913,  made  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington  and  the  American  Association  for  the  Advancement 
of  Science  his  residuary  legatees,  and  each  of  these  organizations 
received  securities  of  the  appraised  value  of  $85,195.  While 
Mr.  Colburn  was  primarily  a  man  of  affairs,  interested  in  many 
business  enterprises,  he  was  also  a  reflective  student  of  science 
and  of  contemporary  social  progress.  He  was  interested  espe- 
cially in  the  economic  and  sociologic  aspects  of  anthropology. 
He  was  a  well  read  layman  in  the  modern  doctrine  of  evolution 
and  an  optimist  with  regard  to  the  possibilities  of  human  ad- 
vancement, which  may  come  from  a  more  general  recognition  of 
the  principles  and  of  the  methods  of  science.  It  was  this  opti- 
mism, doubtless,  along  with  his  appreciation  of  those  principles 
and  methods,  that  led  him  to  leave  the  bulk  of  his  estate  for  the 
promotion  of  research.  The  design  of  Mr.  Colburn  in  making 
these  bequests  is  stated  in  his  own  words  as  follows:  "The  intent 
in  both  cases  being  to  have  the  revenue  applied  currently  to 
original  research  in  the  physical  and  psychic  demonstrable 
sciences." 

The  third  gift  was  made  by  Mrs.  E.  H.  Harriman,  of  New  York 
City.  It  consists  of  the  records  and  buildings  of  the  Eugenics 
Record  Office,  located  at  Cold  Spring  Harbor,  Long  Island,  of  a 
tract  of  eighty  acres  of  land  on  which  these  buildings  are  located, 
and  securities  of  the  par  value  of  $300,000  yielding  an  income  of 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF    WASHINGTON  89 

$12,000  per  annum.  The  Eugenics  Record  Office  was  estab- 
lished in  1910  under  the  direction  of  Professor  Charles  B.  Daven- 
port, Director  of  the  Department  of  Experimental  Evolution. 
It  was  originally  supported  by  funds  derived  from  several  sources, 
but  mainly  from  funds  furnished  by  Mrs.  Harriman.  Under 
her  liberal  and  judicious  patronage  it  demonstrated  a  fitness  to 
continue  its  work  on  a  more  permanent  basis.  Accordingly  the 
tender  of  Mrs.  Harriman  was  accepted  by  the  Board  of  Trustees 
at  their  meeting  of  December,  1917.  A  memorandum  concerning 
the  origin  and  development  of  this  novel  establishment  is  printed 
in  the  minutes  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Institution,  for 
their  meeting  of  January  11,  1918,  and  this  memorandum  is 
supplemented  by  the  following  resolution: 

Resolved,  That  in  accepting  from  Mrs.  E.  H.  Harriman  her  gift  of  the 
Eugenics  Record  Office  and  the  accompanying  provision  for  its  maintenance, 
the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  desire  to 
record  their  admiration  for  the  philanthropic  discernment  and  the  enlightened 
liberality  which  have  led  her  to  found  this  altruistic  enterprise,  and  to  express 
their  sense  of  obligation  to  maintain  and  to  pursue  its  researches,  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Institution  for  the  benefit  alike  of  our  contemporaries  and  of 
our  successors. 

GEOGRAPHICAL  EXTENT  OF  THE  WORK  OF  THE  INSTITUTION 

As  indicated  in  a  previous  section,  work  of  one  kind  or  another 
has  been  carried  on  under  the  auspices  of  the  Institution  in  nearly 
every  country,  and  on  a  great  number  of  the  islands  of  the 
oceanic  areas.  Thus  the  work  of  the  Department  of  Terrestrial 
Magnetism  alone,  which  is  making  a  magnetic  survey  of  the  globe, 
has  extended  to  nearly  every  country;  while  ocean  voyages  of 
the  nonmagnetic  ship  make  up  an  aggregate  of  distances  trav- 
ersed, greater  than  eight  times  the  circumference  of  the  earth. 
Naturally  the  pursuit  of  researches  in  many  localities,  in  libraries, 
and  in  many  archives  of  foreign  countries  has  brought  the  in- 
vestigators of  the  Institution  into  association  with  a  great  number 
of  officials  of  governments,  learned  societies,  libraries,  and  other 
establishments.     A    gratifying    characteristic    of   this    extended 


90  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

experience  is  that  the  work  of  the  Institution  has  been  cordially 
assisted  and  promoted  at  almost  every  turn.  Indeed,  it  may  be 
said  that  wherever  the  work  of  the  Institution  is  known,  it  is 
justly  appreciated.  To  indicate  the  nature  of  this  appreciation, 
a  single  instance  may  be  cited.  In  1908-09  there  was  established 
at  San  Luis,  Argentina,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Department  of 
Meridian  Astrometry  of  the  Institution,  a  temporary  observatory 
for  the  purpose  of  determining  precise  positions  of  a  large  number 
of  stars  of  the  Southern  Hemisphere.  Work  on  this  arduous 
astronomical  undertaking  was  begun  in  April,  1909,  and  com- 
pleted about  two  years  later.  The  party  of  observers  sent  from 
Dudley  Observatory  to  carry  on  this  work  was  in  charge  of 
Professor  R.  H.  Tucker,  now  of  the  Lick  Observatory,  California. 
Associated  with  him  was  a  staff  of  nine  other  observers.  When 
they  finished  their  work  in  April,  1911,  the  citizens  of  the  City  of 
San  Luis  gave  them  a  dinner  to  commemorate  the  occasion, 
presented  a  gold  medal  to  Professor  Tucker,  and  signed  an 
address  to  the  Institution  and  forwarded  it  to  the  President 
under  date  of  April  2,  1911.  A  translation  of  this  address  is 
given  below. 

San  Luis,  April  2,  1911. 

Dr.  R.  S.  Woodward, 

President  of  the  Carnegie  Institution, 
Washington,  D.  C,  U.  S.  A. 

The  City  of  San  Luis  has  been  honored  by  the  installation,  at  the  foot  of  its 
mountains,  of  one  of  the  historic  telescopes  of  the  world,  for  the  purpose  of 
recording  a  chapter  in  advanced  science.  The  horizon  of  our  Pampa,  parting 
its  curtain  of  clouds,  has  freely  allowed  to  be  pictured  the  beautiful  constella- 
tions of  its  sky. 

It  is  most  gratifying  to  us  to  recognize  the  excellence  of  the  work  done  at 
the  Observatory  of  San  Luis,  and  its  great  usefulness  for  the  advancement  of 
astronomy. 

The  plan  of  Professor  Boss  of  Albany,  Director  of  the  Department  of  Merid- 
ian Astrometry,  has  been  executed  with  complete  efficiency  by  the  staff  of  the 
Observatory:  Messrs.  R.  H.  Tucker,  A.  J.  Roy,  W.  B.  Varnum,  M.  L.  Zimmer, 
R.  F.  Sanford,  P.  T.  Delavan,  J.  M.  Fair,  M.  I.  Roy,  L.  Z.  Mearns,  and  H. 
Jenkins. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF   WASHINGTON  91 

The  Carnegie  Institution  has  in  this  manner  linked  the  name  of  San  Luis 
with  posterity,  and  our  people,  thus  distinguished,  have  expressed  their  spon- 
taneous feelings  towards  Prof.  R.  H.  Tucker,  by  offering  him  a  gold  medal  and 
a  public  banquet  on  this  occasion. 

The  citizens  of  San  Luis,  with  these  sentiments,  send  their  most  cordial 
greetings  to  the  honored  President  of  that  Institution,  recognizing  its  noble 
mission  of  stimulating  the  cultivation  of  the  sciences  which  most  honor  the 
progress  of  humanity. 

ENDOWMENT  AND   INCOME  OF  THE   INSTITUTION 

As  shown  by  the  founder's  deed  of  trust,  printed  in  a  subsequent 
section,  the  original  endowment  of  the  Institution  was  $10,000,- 
000.  This  endowment  was  increased  in  1907  by  an  addition  of 
$2,000,000;  and  it  was  still  further  increased  by  an  addition  of 
$10,000,000  in  1911.  The  total  par  value  of  the  endowment, 
therefore,  is  at  present  $22,000,000.  This  yields  an  annual  in- 
come in  round  numbers  of  $1,100,000. 

Not  all  of  this  income,  however,  is  available  for  purposes  of 
research.  When  the  founder  made  his  gift  of  $10,000,000  in  191 1, 
he  imposed  the  condition  that  half  of  the  current  income  there- 
from should  be  set  aside  annually  for  a  period  of  ten  years.  The 
letter  in  which  this  restriction  was  set  forth  is  an  historical  docu- 
ment worthy  of  reproduction  here.  The  economic  conditions  at 
the  time  justified  the  wisdom  of  the  restriction  in  question,  and 
subsequent  developments  have  served  only  to  fortify  the  founder's 
foresight. 

New  York,  January  19,  1911. 
Dear  Mr.  President: 

So  great  has  been  the  success  of  the  Institution,  that  I  have  decided  to 
increase  its  resources  by  adding  $10,000,000  of  five  per  cent  bonds,  value  $11,- 
500,000,  which  will  ultimately  give  you  $500,000  a  year  increased  revenue.  I 
stipulate  as  a  condition  of  this  gift,  that  unless  expressly  relieved  therefrom  by 
me,  you  shall  set  apart  annually  for  the  next  ten  years  a  sum  not  less  than  $250,- 
000  in  cash  each  year  to  be  held  in  a  reserve  fund  as  against  losses,  emergencies, 
reduction  in  income,  and  the  diminishing  purchasing  power  of  money.  This 
will  also  give  the  Board  more  time  to  study  suggestions  submitted  to  it  and 
avoid  the  danger  of  premature  action.  Better  that  new  ideas  should  be 
tested  upon  a  small  scale  before  going  deeply  into  them. 


92  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

I  hope  the  work  at  Mount  Wilson  will  be  vigorously  pushed,  because  I  am  so 
anxious  to  hear  the  expected  results  from  it.  I  should  like  to  be  satisfied 
before  I  depart,  that  we  are  going  to  repay  the  old  land  some  part  of  the  debt 
we  owe  them  by  revealing  more  clearly  than  ever  to  them  the  new  heavens. 

Congratulating  you  and  your  fellow  members  upon  the  undoubted  success 
of  your  labors, 

Very  gratefully  to  one  and  all  of  you, 

(Signed)     Andrew  Carnegie. 
Dr.  Robert  S.  Woodward, 

President,  Carnegie  Institution, 
Washington,  D.  C. 

Since  there  is  a  widely  prevalent  misapprehension  to  the  effect 
that  the  Institution  is  not  subject  to  the  limitations  of  its  income, 
it  should  be  here  stated  as  a  matter  of  fact  that  with  the  exception 
of  a  few  gifts  mentioned  in  a  previous  section  all  of  the  work 
accomplished  by  the  Institution  has  been  paid  for  out  of  income. 
No  encroachments  have  been  made  upon  the  Institution's  endow- 
ment and  no  gifts  have  been  received  from  the  founder  for  special 
purposes.  In  other  words,  the  Institution  has  lived  within  its 
income  and  has  never  adopted  the  popular  method  of  increasing 
capacities  by  incurring  deficits.  The  essential  facts  concerning 
the  finances  of  the  Institution  are  given  in  the  two  following 
tables.  Details  concerning  these  facts  are  verified  and  attested 
by  public  auditors,  whose  reports  are  published  annually  in  the 
Year  Books.  These  details  are  printed  also  in  the  monthly 
financial  statements  issued  by  the  Institution. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF    WASHINGTON 


93 


APPENDIX 

AGGREGATES  OF  FINANCIAL  RECEIPTS 


Year 
ending 
Oct.  31 

Interest  on 
endowment 

Interest 
on  bonds 
and  bank 

deposits 

Sales  of 
publications 

Refund  on 
grants 

Miscellaneous 
items 

Total 

1902 

1903 

1904 

1905 

1906 

1907 

1908 

1909 

1910 

1911 

1912 

1913 

1914 

1915 

1916 

1917 

1918 

$250,000.00 

500,000  00 

500.000.00 

500,000.00 

500,000.00 

500,000  00 

550,000  00 

600,000.00 

600,000.00 

975,000.00 

1,100,000.00 

1,103.355.00 

1,105,084.17 

1,100,375.00 

1,100,375.00 

1,100,408.75 

1,110,427.45 

$9.70 
5,867.10 
33,004 .  26 
25,698.59 
27,304.47 
22,934.05 
17,761.55 
14,707.67 
10,422.78 
14,517  63 
31,118.41 
46,315.60 
59,298.63 
67,888.31 
83,626.38 
100,702.60 
120,464.02 

$999.03 

200.94 

2,395.25 

2,708.56 

25.68 

2,351.48 

1,319.29 

4,236.87 

1,658.88 

3,227.53 

7,819.70 

8,322.87 

1,450.12 

32,950.22 

39,833.23 

$1,825.52 
.     101.57 

$251,835.22 

$2,286.16 
2,436.07 
3,038.95 
4,349.68 
6,026.10 
7,877.51 
11,182.07 
10,470.25 
10,892.26 
11,496.13 
12,208.66 
11,402.40 
10,297.79 
12,544.16 
11,921.35 
9,921  00 

508,254.83 
536,439.36 

150.00 

19.44 

15.22 

48,034.14 

103,564.92 

54,732.45 

923.16 

96,035.01 

345,769.95 

577.305.77 

28,162.79 

153,204.40 

179,611.97 

255,354.60 

529,088.48 

534,068.84 

531,683.93 

623,698.88 

731.S06.14 

676,944.73 

1,005,569.97 

1,240,308.42 

1,510,876.74 

1,760,910  67 

1,215,046.76 

1,351,200.06 

1,425,594  89 

1,536,000.30 

Total 

$13,195,025.37 

$681,641.75 

$138,350.54 

$109,499.65 

$1,844,810.91 

$15,969,328.22 

PURPOSES  FOR  WHICH  FUNDS  HAVE  BEEN  APPROPRIATED 


Minor  proj- 

Year 

ects,  special 

ending 

Investments 

Large 

projects, 

Publica- 

Adminis- 

Total 

Oct. 

in  bonds 

projects 

research  asso- 

tions 

tration 

31 

ciates,  and 
assistants 

1902 

$4,500.00 
137,564.17 
217,383.73 

$938.53 
11,590.82 

$27,513  00 
43,627.66 
36,967.15 

$32,013.00 

1903.. 

$100,475.00 
196,159.72 

282,605.36 

1904 

$49,848.46 

511,949.88 

1905 

51,937.50 

269,940.79 

149,843.55 

21,822.97 

37,208.92 

530,753.73 

1906 

63,015.09 

381,972.37 

93,176.26 

42,431.19 

42,621.89 

623,216.80 

1907 

2,000  00 

500,548.58 

90,176.14 

63,804.42 

46,005.25 

702,534.39 

1908 

68,209.80 

448,404.65 

61,282.11 

49,991.55 

48,274.90 

676,163.01 

1909 

116,756.26 

495,021.30 

70,813.69 

41,577.48 

45,292.21 

769,460.94 

1910 

57,889.15 

437,941  40 

73,464.63 

49,067.00 

44,011.61 

662,373.79 

1911 

51,921.79 

463,609.75 

63,048.80 

37,580  17 

45,455.80 

661,616.31 

1912 

436,276.03 

519,673.94 

103,241.73 

44,054.80 

43,791.13 

1,147,037.63 

1913 

666,428.03 

698,337.03 

110,083.06 

53,171.59 

43,552  89 

1,571,572.60 

1914 

861,915.73 

817,894.52 

107,456.05 

44,670.55 

44,159.54 

1,876,096.39 

1915 

206,203.21 

770,488.58 

109,569.37 

46,698.56 

48,224.04 

1.181,183.76 

1916 

473,702.70 

638,281.41 

99,401.26 

73,733.38 

49,454.08 

1,334,572.83 

1917 

505,473.49 

695,813.07 

97,526.69 

62,884.61 

48,776.29 

1,410,464.15 

1918 

528,815.55 

693,780  00 

170,220.74 

44,394.83 

49,118.76 

1,486,329.88 

Total 

$4,387,179.05 

$7,881,555.85 

$1,758,751.98 

$688,412.45 

$744,045.12 

$15,459,944  45 

94  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

OFFICIALS    OF    THE    INSTITUTION 
President,  Robert  S.  Woodward 

BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

Chairman,  Elihu  Root 

Vice  Chairman,  Charles  D.  Walcott 

Secretary,  Cleveland  H.  Dodge 

Robert  S.  Brookings  James  Parmalee 

John  J.  Carty  Stewart  Paton 

Charles  P.  Fenner  George  W.  Pepper 

Myron  T.  Herrick  Henry  S.  Pritchett 

Henry  L.  Higginson  Martin  A.  Ryerson 

Charles  L.  Hutchinson  Theobald  Smith 

Henry  Cabot  Lodge  Henry  P.  Walcott 

Andrew  J.  Montague  William  H.  Welch 

William  W.  Morrow  Henry  White 

William  Barclay  Parsons  George  W.  Wickersham 

Robert  S.  Woodward 

EXECUTIVE  COMMITTEE 

Charles  D.  Walcott,  Chairman 
Cleveland  H.  Dodge  Henry  S.  Pritchett 

William  Barclay  Parsons  Elihu  Root 

Stewart  Paton  Henry  White 

Robert  S.  Woodward 

FINANCE  COMMITTEE 

Cleveland  H.  Dodge,  Chairman 
Henry  S.  Pritchett  George  W.  Wickersham 

AUDITING   COMMITTEE 

Robert  S.  Brookings,  Chairman 
Charles  L.  Hutchinson  George  W.  Wickersham 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF    WASHINGTON  95 

FORMER   MEMBERS  OF   THE  BOARD   OF  TRUSTEES 

'Alexander  Agassiz  'William  Wirt  Howe 

'John  S.  Billings  'Samuel  P.  Langley 

'John  L.  Cadwalader  'William  Lindsay 

'William  E.  Dodge  'Seth  Low 

Simon  Flexner  'Wayne  MacVeagh 

'William  N.  Frew  'D.  O.  Mills 

Lyman  J.  Gage  'S.  Weir  Mitchell 

*Daniel  C.  Gilman  'John  C.  Spooner 

'John  Hay  William  H.  Taft 

'Abram  S.  Hewitt  'Andrew  D.  White 

'Ethan  A.  Hitchcock  Edward  D.  White 

xHenry  Hitchcock  'Carroll  D.  Wright 


ASSOCIATES  OF   THE  INSTITUTION 

Heads  of  Departments  of  Research 

Louis  A.  Bauer,  Director,  Department  of  Terrestrial  Magnetism. 

Francis  G.  Benedict,  Director,  Nutrition  Laboratory. 

Benjamin  Boss,  Director,  Department  of  Meridian  Astrometry. 

Charles  B.  Davenport,  Director,  Department  of  Experimental  Evolution. 

Arthur  L.  Day,  Director,  Geophysical  Laboratory. 

George  E.  Hale,  Director,  Mount  Wilson  Observatory. 

J.  Franklin  Jameson,  Director,  Department  of  Historical  Research. 

Daniel  T.  MacDougal,  Director,  Department  of  Botanical  Research. 

Alfred  G.  Mayor,  Director,  Department  of  Marine  Biology. 

George  L.  Streeter,  Director,  Department  of  Embryology. 

Other  Investigators  Primarily  Connected  with  the  Institution 

William  Churchill,  Associate  in  Primitive  Philology. 
Frederic  E.  Clements,  Associate  in  Ecology. 
Oliver  P.  Hay,  Associate  in  Paleontology. 
Elias  A.  Lowe,  Associate  in  Paleography. 
Sylvanus  G.  Morley,  Associate  in  American  Archeology. 
George  Sarton,  Associate  in  History  of  Science. 
Esther  B.  Van  Deman,  Associate  in  Roman  Archeology. 
George  R.  Wieland,  Associate  in  Paleontology. 

1  Deceased. 


96  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Investigators  Primarily  Connected  with  Other  Organizations 

Carl  Bartjs  (Brown  University),  Research  Associate  in  Physics. 
Henry  Bergen,  Research  Associate  in  Early  English  Literature. 
V.  Bjerknes  (Geofysisk  Institut,  Bergen,  Norway),  Research  Associate  in 
Meteorology. 

E.  C.  Case  (University  of  Michigan),  Research  Associate  in  Paleontology. 
W.  E.  Castle  (Harvard  University),  Research  Associate  in  Biology. 

T.  C.  Chamberlin  (University  of  Chicago),  Research  Associate  in  Geology. 
J.  C.  W.  Frazer  (Johns  Hopkins  University) ,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry. 
John  F.  Hayford  (Northwestern  University),  Research  Associate  in  Physics. 
Henry  M.  Howe  (Columbia  University),  Research  Associate  in  Metallurgy. 
L.  B.  Mendel  (Yale  University),  Research  Associate  in  Physiological  Chemistry. 
T.  H.  Morgan  (Columbia  University),  Research  Associate  in  Biology. 
Frank  Morley  (Johns  Hopkins  University),  Research  Associate  in  Mathe- 
matics. 
H.  N.  Morse  (Johns  Hopkins  University),  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry. 

F.  R.  Moulton  (University  of  Chicago),  Research  Associate  in  Mathematical 

Physics. 

E.  L.  Nichols  (Cornell  University),  Research  Associate  in  Physics. 

A.  A.  No  yes  (Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology),  Research  Associate  in 
Chemistry. 

Thomas  B.  Osborne  (Connecticut  Agricultural  Experiment  Station),  Re- 
search Associate  in  Physiological  Chemistry. 

1H.  L.  Osgood  (Columbia  University),  Research  Associate  in  History. 

T.  W.  Richards  (Harvard  University),  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry. 

H.  C.  Sherman  (Columbia  University),  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry. 

Edgar  F.  Smith  (University  of  Pennsylvania) ,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry. 

John  S.  P.  Tatlock  (Leland  Stanford  Junior  University),  Research  Asso- 
ciate in  Literature. 

THE  FOUNDER'S  DEED  OF  TRUST 

I,  Andrew  Carnegie,  of  New  York,  having  retired  from  active  business 
and  deeming  it  to  be  my  duty  and  one  of  my  highest  privileges  to  administer 
the  wealth  which  has  come  to  me  as  a  Trustee  in  behalf  of  others:  and  enter- 
taining the  confident  belief  that  one  of  the  best  means  of  discharging  that 
trust  is  by  providing  funds  for  improving  and  extending  the  opportunities  for 
study  and  research  in  our  country ;  and  having  full  confidence  in  the  gentlemen 
afternamed,  who  have  at  my  request  signified  their  willingness  to  carry  out 
the  trust  which  I  have  confided  to  them,  therefore  I  have  transferred  to  these 
the  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  ten  millions  of  regis- 
tered five  per  cent  bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation. 

1Died  September  11,  1918. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF    WASHINGTON  97 

The  said  gift  is  to  be  held  in  trust  for  the  purposes  hereinafter  named  or 
referred  to,  that  is  to  say,  for  the  purpose  of  applying  the  interest  or  annual 
income  to  be  obtained  from  the  said  bonds  or  from  any  other  securities  which 
may  be  substituted  for  the  same:  for  paying  all  the  expenses  which  may  be 
incurred  in  the  administration  of  the  trust  by  the  Trustees,  including  in  said 
expenses  the  personal  expenses  which  the  Trustees  may  incur  in  attending 
meetings  or  otherwise  in  carrying  out  the  business  of  the  trust:  and  second, 
for  paying  the  sums  required  by  the  said  Trustees  to  enable  them  to  carry  out 
the  purposes  hereafter  expressed.  I  hereby  confer  on  the  Trustees  all  the 
powers  and  immunities  conferred  upon  Trustees  under  the  law,  and  without 
prejudice  to  this  generality  the  following  powers  and  immunities,  viz.:  Power 
to  receive  and  realize  the  said  bonds,  and  the  principal  sums  therein  contained 
and  the  interest  thereof,  to  grant  discharges  or  receipts  therefor,  to  sell  the 
said  bonds,  either  by  public  sale  or  private  bargain,  at  such  prices  and  on  such 
terms  as  they  may  deem  reasonable,  to  assign  or  transfer  the  same,  to  sue  for 
payment  of  the  principal  sums  or  interest,  to  invest  the  sums  which  from  time 
to  time  may  be  received  from  the  said  bonds  on  such  securities  as  Trustees  are 
authorized  by  the  law  of  the  States  of  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  or  Massa- 
chusetts, to  invest  trust  funds — and  also  on  such  other  securities  as  they  in 
the  exercise  of  their  own  discretion  may  select,  and  to  alter  or  vary  the  invest- 
ments from  time  to  time  as  they  may  think  proper; 

And  I  hereby  expressly  provide  and  declare  that  the  Trustees  shall  to  no 
extent  and  in  no  way  be  responsible  for  the  safety  of  the  said  bonds,  or  for  the 
sums  therein  contained,  or  for  the  securities  upon  which  the  proceeds  of  the 
said  bonds  may  be  invested,  or  for  any  depreciation  in  the  value  of  the  said 
bonds  or  securities,  or  for  the  honesty  or  solvency  of  those  to  whom  the  same 
may  be  entrusted,  relying,  as  I  do,  solely  on  the  belief  that  the  Trustees 
herein  appointed  and  their  successors,  shall  act  honorably; 

And  I  further  hereby  empower  the  Trustees  to  administer  any  other  funds 
or  property  which  may  be  donated  or  bequeathed  to  them  for  the  purposes 
of  the  trust;  and  I  also  empower  them  to  appoint  such  officers  as  they  may 
consider  necessary  for  carrying  on  the  business  of  the  trust,  at  such  salaries  or 
for  such  remuneration  as  they  may  consider  proper,  and  to  make  such  arrange- 
ments, and  lay  down  from  time  to  time  such  rules  as  to  the  signature  of  deeds, 
transfers,  agreements,  cheques,  receipts,  and  other  writings,  as  may  secure  the 
safe  and  convenient  transaction  of  the  financial  business  of  the  trust.  The 
committee  shall  have  the  fullest  power  and  discretion  in  dealing  with  the  in- 
come of  the  trust,  and  expending  it  in  such  manner  as  they  think  best  fitted 
to  promote  the  objects  set  forth  in  the  following  clauses: 

The  purposes  of  the  trust  are  as  follows,  and  the  revenues  therefrom  are  to 
be  devoted  thereto: 

It  is  proposed  to  found  in  the  city  of  Washington,  an  institution  which  with 
the  cooperation  of  institutions  now  or  hereafter  established,  there  or  elsewhere, 


98  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

shall  in  the  broadest  and  most  liberal  manner  encourage  investigation,  research, 
and  discovery — show  the  application  of  knowledge  to  the  improvement  of 
mankind,  provide  such  buildings,  laboratories,  books,  and  apparatus,  as  may 
be  needed;  and  afford  instruction  of  an  advanced  character  to  students  prop- 
erly qualified  to  profit  thereby. 
Among  its  aims  are  these: 

1.  To  promote  original  research,  paying  great  attention  thereto  as  one  of 
the  most  important  of  all  departments. 

2.  To  discover  the  exceptional  man  in  every  department  of  study  whenever 
and  wherever  found,  inside  or  outside  of  schools,  and  enable  him  to  make 
the  work  for  which  he  seems  specially  designed  his  life  work. 

3.  To  increase  facilities  for  higher  education. 

4.  To  increase  the  efficiency  of  the  universities  and  other  institutions  of 
learning  throughout  the  country,  by  utilizing  and  adding  to  their  existing 
facilities  and  aiding  teachers  in  the  various  institutions  for  experimental  and 
other  work,  in  these  institutions  as  far  as  advisable. 

5.  To  enable  such  students  as  may  find  Washington  the  best  point  for  their 
Bpecial  studies,  to  enjoy  the  advantages  of  the  museums,  libraries,  laboratories, 
observatory,  meteorological,  piscicultural,  and  forestry  schools,  and  kindred 
institutions  of  the  several  departments  of  the  government. 

6.  To  ensure  the  prompt  publication  and  distribution  of  the  results  of 
scientific  investigation,  a  field  considered  highly  important. 

If  in  any  year  the  full  income  of  the  trust  can  not  be  usefully  expended  or 
devoted  to  the  purposes  herein  enumerated,  the  committee  may  pay  such 
sums  as  they  think  fit  into  a  reserve  fund,  to  be  ultimately  applied  to  those  pur- 
poses, or  to  the  construction  of  such  buildings  as  it  may  be  found  necessary 
to  erect  in  Washington. 

The  specific  objects  named  are  considered  most  important  in  our  day,  but 
the  Trustees  shall  have  full  power,  by  a  majority  of  two-thirds  of  their  number, 
to  modify  the  conditions  and  regulations  under  which  the  funds  may  be  dis- 
pensed, so  as  to  secure  that  these  shall  always  be  applied  in  the  manner  best 
adapted  to  the  changed  conditions  of  the  time;  provided  always  that  any  modi- 
fications shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  purposes  of  the  donor,  as  expressed  in 
the  trust,  and  that  the  revenues  be  applied  to  objects  kindred  to  those  named, — 
the  chief  purpose  of  the  founder  being  to  secure  if  possible  for  the  United 
States  of  America  leadership  in  the  domain  of  discovery  and  the  utilization  of 
new  forces  for  the  benefit  of  man. 

In  witness  whereof,  I  have  subscribed  these  presents,  consisting  of  what  is 
printed  or  typewritten  on  this  and  the  preceding  seven  pages,  on  [twenty- 
eighth]  day  of  [January,]  nineteen  hundred  and  two,  before  these  witnesses. 

Andrew  Carnegie. 
Witnesses,  January  28,  1902. 

Louise  Whitfield  Carnegie, 

Estelle  Whitfield. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF    WASHINGTON  99 

ARTICLES  OF  INCORPORATION 

Public  No.  260. — An  Act  to  Incorporate  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 

Washington 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  United  States 
of  America  in  Congress  assembled,  That  the  persons  following,  being  persons 
who  are  now  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institution,  namely,  Alexander  Agassiz, 
John  S.  Billings,  John  L.  Cadwalader,  Cleveland  H.  Dodge,  William  N.  Frew, 
Lyman  J.  Gage,  Daniel  C.  Gilman,  John  Hay,  Henry  L.  Higginson,  William 
Wirt  Howe,  Charles  L.  Hutchinson,  Samuel  P.  Langley,  William  Lindsay, 
Seth  Low,  Wayne  McVeagh,  Darius  O.  Mills,  S.  Weir  Mitchell,  William  W. 
Morrow,  Ethan  A.  Hitchcock,  Elihu  Root,  John  C.  Spooner,  Andrew  D.  White, 
Charles  D.  Walcott,  Carroll  D.  Wright,  their  associates  and  successors,  duly 
chosen,  are  hereby  incorporated  and  declared  to  be  a  body  corporate  by  the 
name  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington  and  by  that  name  shall  be 
known  and  have  perpetual  succession,  with  the  powers,  limitations,  and 
restrictions  herein  contained. 

Section  2.  That  the  objects  of  the  corporation  shall  be  to  encourage,  in  the 
broadest  and  most  liberal  manner,  investigation,  research,  and  discovery, 
and  the  application  of  knowledge  to  the  improvement  of  mankind;  and  in 
particular — 

(a)  To  conduct,  endow,  and  assist  investigation  in  any  department  of  science, 
literature,  or  art,  and  to  this  end  to  cooperate  with  governments,  universities, 
colleges,  technical  schools,  learned  societies,  and  individuals. 

(b)  To  appoint  committees  of  experts  to  direct  special  lines  of  research. 

(c)  To  publish  and  distribute  documents. 

(d)  To  conduct  lectures,  hold  meetings  and  acquire  and  maintain  a  library. 

(e)  To  purchase  such  property,  real  or  personal,  and  construct  such  building 
or  buildings  as  may  be  necessary  to  carry  on  the  work  of  the  corporation. 

(f)  In  general,  to  do  and  perform  all  things  necessary  to  promote  the 
objects  of  the  institution,  with  full  power,  however,  to  the  Trustees  herein- 
after appointed  and  their  successors  from  time  to  time  to  modify  the  condi- 
tions and  regulations  under  which  the  work  shall  be  carried  on,  so  as  to  secure 
the  application  of  the  funds  in  the  manner  best  adapted  to  the  conditions  of 
the  time,  provided  that  the  objects  of  the  corporation  shall  at  all  times  be 
among  the  foregoing  or  kindred  thereto. 

Section  3.  That  the  direction  and  management  of  the  affairs  of  the  corpora- 
tion and  the  control  and  disposal  of  its  property  and  funds  shall  be  vested  in  a 
Board  of  Trustees,  twenty-two  in  number,  to  be  composed  of  the  following 
individuals:  Alexander  Agassiz,  John  S.  Billings,  John  L.  Cadwalader,  Cleve- 
land H.  Dodge,  William  N.  Frew,  Lyman  J.  Gage,  Daniel  C.  Gilman,  John 
Hay,  Henry  L.  Higginson,  William  Wirt  Howe,  Charles  L.  Hutchinson, 
Samuel  P.  Langley,  William  Lindsay,  Seth  Low,  Wayne  MacVeagh,  Darius 


.^<^ 


100  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

O.  Mills,  S.  Weir  Mitchell,  William  W.  Morrow,  Ethan  A.  Hitchcock,  Elihu 
Root,  John  C.  Spooner,  Andrew  D.  White,  Charles  D.  Walcott,  Carroll  D. 
Wright,  who  shall  constitute  the  first  Board  of  Trustees.  The  Board  of  Trus- 
tees shall  have  power  from  time  to  time  to  increase  its  membership  to  not  more 
than  twenty-seven  members.  Vacancies  occasioned  by  death,  resignation, 
or  otherwise  shall  be  filled  by  the  remaining  Trustees  in  such  manner  as  the 
by-laws  shall  prescribe;  and  the  persons  so  elected  shall  thereupon  become 
Trustees  and  also  members  of  the  said  corporation.  The  principal  place  of 
business  of  the  said  corporation  shall  be  the  city  of  Washington,  in  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia. 

Section  4.  That  such  Board  of  Trustees  shall  be  entitled  to  take,  hold  and 
administer  the  securities,  funds,  and  property  so  transferred  by  said  Andrew 
Carnegie  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  and  such  other  funds  or 
property  as  may  at  any  time  be  given,  devised,  or  bequeathed  to  them,  or  to 
such  corporation,  for  the  purposes  of  the  trust;  and  with  full  power  from  time 
to  time  to  adopt  a  common  seal,  to  appoint  such  officers,  members  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  or  otherwise,  and  such  employes  as  may  be  deemed  necessary  in 
carrying  on  the  business  of  the  corporation,  at  such  salaries  or  with  such 
remuneration  as  they  may  deem  proper;  and  with  full  power  to  adopt  by-laws 
from  time  to  time  and  such  rules  or  regulations  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure 
the  safe  and  convenient  transaction  of  the  business  of  the  corporation;  and 
with  full  power  and  discretion  to  deal  with  and  expend  the  income  of  the  cor- 
poration in  such  manner  as  in  their  judgment  will  best  promote  the  objects 
herein  set  forth  and  in  general  to  have  and  use  all  powers  and  authority  neces- 
sary to  promote  such  objects  and  carry  out  the  purposes  of  the  donor.  The 
said  Trustees  shall  have  further  power  from  time  to  time  to  hold  as  investments 
the  securities  hereinabove  referred  to  so  transferred  by  Andrew  Carnegie, 
and  any  property  which  has  been  or  may  be  transferred  to  them  or  such 
corporation  by  Andrew  Carnegie  or  by  any  other  person,  persons,  or  cor- 
poration, and  to  invest  any  sums  or  amounts  from  time  to  time  in  such 
securities  and  in  such  form  and  manner  as  are  permitted  to  trustees  or  to 
charitable  or  literary  corporations  for  investment,  according  to  the  laws  of 
the  States  of  New  York,  Pennsylvania,  or  Massachusetts,  or  in  such  securities 
as  are  authorized  for  investment  by  the  said  deed  of  trust  so  executed  by 
Andrew  Carnegie,  or  by  any  deed  of  gift  or  last  will  and  testament  to  be  here- 
after made  or  executed. 

Section  5.  That  the  said  corporation  may  take  and  hold  any  additional  dona- 
tions, grants,  devises,  or  bequests  which  may  be  made  in  further  support  of 
the  purposes  of  the  said  corporation,  and  may  include  in  the  expenses  thereof 
the  personal  expenses  which  the  Trustees  may  incur  in  attending  meetings  or 
otherwise  in  carrying  out  the  business  of  the  trust,  but  the  services  of  the 
Trustees  as  such  shall  be  gratuitous. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF    WASHINGTON  101 

Section  6.  That  as  soon  as  may  be  possible  after  the  passage  of  this  Act  a 
meeting  of  the  Trustees  hereinbefore  named  shall  be  called  by  Daniel  C.  Gil- 
man,  John  S.  Billings,  Charles  D.  Walcott,  S.  Weir  Mitchell,  John  Hay, 
Elihu  Root,  and  Carroll  D.  Wright,  or  any  four  of  them,  at  the  city  of  Wash- 
ington, in  the  District  of  Columbia,  by  notice  served  in  person  or  by  mail 
addressed  to  each  Trustee  at  his  place  of  residence;  and  the  said  Trustees,  or  a 
majority  thereof,  being  assembled,  shall  organize  and  proceed  to  adopt  by- 
laws, to  elect  officers  and  appoint  committees,  and  generally  to  organize  the 
said  corporation ;  and  said  Trustees  herein  named,  on  behalf  of  the  corporation 
hereby  incorporated,  shall  thereupon  receive,  take  over,  and  enter  into  pos- 
session, custody,  and  management  of  all  property,  real  or  personal,  of  the 
corporation  heretofore  known  as  the  Carnegie  Institution,  incorporated,  as 
hereinbefore  set  forth  under  "An  Act  to  establish  a  Code  of  Law  for  the 
District  of  Columbia,  January  fourth,  nineteen  hundred  and  two,"  and  to  all 
its  rights,  contracts,  claims,  and  property  of  any  kind  or  nature;  and  the 
several  officers  of  such  corporation,  or  any  other  person  having  charge  of 
any  of  the  securities,  funds,  real  or  personal,  books  or  property  thereof,  shall 
on  demand,  deliver  the  same  to  the  said  Trustees  appointed  by  this  act  or 
to  the  persons  appointed  by  them  to  receive  the  same;  and  the  Trustees  of 
the  existing  corporation  and  the  Trustees  herein  named  shall  and  may  take 
such  other  steps  as  shall  be  necessary  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  this  act. 

Section  7.  That  the  rights  of  the  creditors  of  the  said  existing  corporation 
known  as  the  Carnegie  Institution  shall  not  in  any  manner  be  impaired  by 
the  passage  of  this  act,  or  the  transfer  of  the  property  hereinbefore  men- 
tioned, nor  shall  any  liability  or  obligation  for  the  payment  of  any  sums  due 
or  to  become  due,  or  any  claim  or  demand,  in  any  manner  or  for  any  cause 
existing  against  the  said  existing  corporation,  be  released  or  impaired;  but 
such  corporation  hereby  incorporated  is  declared  to  succeed  to  the  obligations 
and  liabilities  and  to  be  held  liable  to  pay  and  discharge  all  of  the  debts, 
liabilities,  and  contracts  of  the  said  corporation  so  existing  to  the  same  effect 
as  if  such  new  corporation  had  itself  incurred  the  obligation  or  liability  to 
pay  such  debt  or  damages,  and  no  such  action  or  proceeding  before  any  court 
or  tribunal  shall  be  deemed  to  have  abated  or  been  discontinued  by  reason 
of  the  passage  of  this  act. 

Section  8.  That  Congress  may  from  time  to  time  alter,  repeal,  or  modify  this 
act  of  incorporation,  but  no  contract  or  individual  right  made  or  acquired 
shall  thereby  be  divested  or  impaired. 

Section  9.  That  this  act  shall  take  effect  immediately. 

Approved,  April  28,  1904. 


102  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

BY-LAWS  OF  THE   INSTITUTION 

Adopted  December  13,  1904.     Amended  December  13,  1910,  and 

December  13,  1912. 

article  i 

1.  The  Board  of  Trustees  shall  consist  of  twenty-four  members,  with  power 
to  increase  its  membership  to  not  more  than  twenty-seven  members.  The 
Trustees  shall  hold  office  continuously  and  not  for  a  stated  term. 

2.  In  case  any  Trustee  shall  fail  to  attend  three  successive  annual  meetings 
of  the  Board  he  shall  thereupon  cease  to  be  a  Trustee. 

3.  No  Trustee  shall  receive  any  compensation  for  his  services  as  such. 

4.  All  vacancies  in  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  be  filled  by  the  Trustees 
by  ballot.  Sixty  days  prior  to  an  annual  or  a  special  meeting  of  the  Board, 
the  President  shall  notify  the  Trustees  by  mail  of  the  vacancies  to  be  filled 
and  each  Trustee  may  submit  nominations  for  such  vacancies.  A  list  of  the 
persons  so  nominated,  with  the  names  of  the  proposers,  shall  be  mailed  to  the 
Trustees  thirty  days  before  the  meeting,  and  no  other  nominations  shall  be 
received  at  the  meeting  except  with  the  unanimous  consent  of  the  Trustees 
present.  Vacancies  shall  be  filled  from  the  persons  thus  nominated,  but  no 
person  shall  be  declared  elected  unless  he  receives  the  votes  of  two-thirds  of 
the  Trustees  present. 

article  n 

1.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  be  held  in  the  City 
of  Washington,  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  on  the  first  Friday  following  the 
second  Thursday  of  December  in  each  year. 

2.  Special  meetings  of  the  Board  may  be  called  by  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee by  notice  served  personally  upon,  or  mailed  to  the  usual  address  of, 
each  Trustee  twenty  days  prior  to  the  meeting. 

3.  Special  meetings  shall,  moreover,  be  called  in  the  same  manner  by  the 
Chairman  upon  the  written  request  of  seven  members  of  the  Board. 

article  in 

1.  The  officers  of  the  Board  shall  be  a  Chairman  of  the  Board,  a  Vice  Chair- 
man, and  a  Secretary,  who  shall  be  elected  by  the  Trustees,  from  the  members 
of  the  Board,  by  ballot  to  serve  for  a  term  of  three  years.  All  vacancies  shall 
be  filled  bj'  the  Board  for  the  unexpired  term;  provided,  however,  that  the 
Executive  Committee  shall  have  power  to  fill  a  vacancy  in  the  office  of  Secre- 
tary to  serve  until  the  next  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

2.  The  Chairman  shall  preside  at  all  meetings  and  shall  have  the  usual 
powers  of  a  presiding  officer. 


CARNEGIE    INSTITUTION    OF   WASHINGTON  103 

3.  The  Vice  Chairman,  in  the  absence  or  disability  of  the  Chairman,  shall 
perform  his  duties. 

4.  The  Secretary  shall  issue  notices  of  meetings  of  the  Board,  record  its 
transactions,  and  conduct  that  part  of  the  correspondence  relating  to  the 
Board  and  to  his  duties.  He  shall  execute  all  deeds,  contracts  or  other  instru- 
ments on  behalf  of  the  corporation,  when  duly  authorized. 

ARTICLE   IV 

1.  There  shall  be  a  President  who  shall  be  elected  by  ballot  by,  and  hold 
office  during  the  pleasure  of,  the  Board,  who  shall  be  the  chief  executive  officer 
of  the  Institution.  The  President,  subject  to  the  control  of  the  Board  and 
the  Executive  Committee,  shall  have  general  charge  of  all  matters  of  adminis- 
tration and  supervision  of  all  arrangements  for  research  and  other  work  under- 
taken by  the  Institution  or  with  its  funds.  He  shall  devote  his  entire  time  to 
the  affairs  of  the  Institution.  He  shall  prepare  and  submit  to  the  Board  of 
Trustees  and  to  the  Executive  Committee  plans  and  suggestions  for  the  work 
of  the  Institution,  shall  conduct  its  general  correspondence  and  the  correspond- 
ence with  applicants  for  grants  and  with  the  special  advisers  of  the  Committee, 
and  shall  present  his  recommendations  in  each  case  to  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee for  decision.  All  proposals  and  requests  for  grants  shall  be  referred  to 
the  President  for  consideration  and  report.  He  shall  have  power  to  remove 
and  appoint  subordinate  employes  and  shall  be  ex  officio  a  member  of  the 
Executive  Committee. 

2.  He  shall  be  the  legal  custodian  of  the  seal  and  of  all  property  of  the 
Institution  whose  custody  is  not  otherwise  provided  for.  He  shall  affix  the 
seal  of  the  corporation  whenever  authorized  to  do  so  by  the  Board  of  Trus- 
tees or  by  the  Executive  Committee  or  by  the  Finance  Committee.  He  shall 
be  responsible  for  the  expenditure  and  disbursement  of  all  funds  of  the  Insti- 
tution in  accordance  with  the  directions  of  the  Board  and  of  the  Executive 
Committee,  and  shall  keep  accurate  accounts  of  all  receipts  and  disbursements. 
He  shall  submit  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  at  least  one  month  before  its  annual 
meeting  in  December  a  written  report  of  the  operations  and  business  of  the 
Institution  for  the  preceding  fiscal  year  with  his  recommendations  for  work 
and  appropriations  for  the  succeeding  fiscal  year,  which  shall  be  forthwith 
transmitted  to  each  member  of  the  Board. 

3.  He  shall  attend  all  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

article  v 

1.  There  shall  be  the  following  standing  committees,  viz.,  an  Executive 
Committee,  a  Finance  Committee,  and  an  Auditing  Committee. 

2.  The  Executive  Committee  shall  consist  of  the  Chairman  and  Secretary 
of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  the  President  of  the  Institution  ex  officio  and, 

8 


104  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

in  addition,  five  Trustees  to  be  elected  by  the  Board  by  ballot  for  a  term  of 
three  years,  who  shall  be  eligible  for  reelection.  Any  member  elected  to  fill 
a  vacancy  shall  serve  for  the  remainder  of  his  predecessor's  term:  provided, 
however,  that  of  the  Executive  Committee  first  elected  after  the  adoption  of 
these  by-laws  two  shall  serve  for  one  year,  two  shall  serve  for  two  years,  and 
one  shall  serve  for  three  years;  and  such  committee  shall  determine  their 
respective  terms  by  lot. 

3.  The  Executive  Committee  shall,  when  the  Board  is  not  in  session  and 
has  not  given  specific  directions,  have  general  control  of  the  administration  of 
the  affairs  of  the  corporation  and  general  supervision  of  all  arrangements 
for  administration,  research,  and  other  matters  undertaken  or  promoted  by 
the  Institution;  shall  appoint  advisory  committees  for  specific  duties;  shall 
determine  all  payments  and  salaries;  and  keep  a  written  record  of  all  trans- 
actions and  expenditures  and  submit  the  same  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  at 
each  meeting,  and  it  shall  also  submit  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  a  printed  or 
typewritten  report  of  each  of  its  meetings,  and  at  the  annual  meeting  shall 
submit  to  the  Board  a  report  for  publication. 

4.  The  Executive  Committee  shall  have  general  charge  and  control  of  all 
appropriations  made  by  the  Board. 

5.  The  Finance  Committee  shall  consist  of  three  members  to  be  elected  by 
the  Board  of  Trustees  by  ballot  for  a  term  of  three  years. 

6.  The  Finance  Committee  shall  have  custody  of  the  securities  of  the  cor- 
poration and  general  charge  of  its  investments  and  invested  funds,  and  shall 
care  for  and  dispose  of  the  same  subject  to  the  directions  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees.  It  shall  consider  and  recommend  to  the  Board  from  time  to  time 
such  measures  as  in  its  opinion  will  promote  the  financial  interests  of  the 
Institution,  and  shall  make  a  report  at  each  meeting  of  the  Board. 

7.  The  Auditing  Committee  shall  consist  of  three  members  to  be  elected 
by  the  Board  of  Trustees  by  ballot  for  a  term  of  three  years. 

8.  The  Auditing  Committee  shall,  before  each  annual  meeting  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  examine  the  accounts  of  business  transacted  under  the  Finance 
Committee  and  the  Executive  Committee.  They  may  avail  themselves  at 
will  of  the  services  and  examination  of  the  Auditor  appointed  by  the  Board 
of  Trustees.  They  shall  report  to  the  Board  upon  the  collection  of  moneys 
to  which  the  Institution  is  entitled,  upon  the  investment  and  reinvestment 
of  principal,  upon  the  conformity  of  expenditures  to  appropriations,  and 
upon  the  system  of  bookkeeping,  the  sufficiency  of  the  accounts,  and  the 
safety  and  economy  of  the  business  methods  and  safeguards  employed. 

9.  All  vacancies  occurring  in  the  Executive  Committee  and  the  Finance 
Committee  shall  be  filled  by  the  Trustees  at  the  next  regular  meeting.  In 
case  of  vacancy  in  the  Finance  Committee  or  the  Auditing  Committee,  upon 
request  of  the  remaining  members  of  such  committee,  the  Executive  Com- 


CARNEGIE   INSTITUTION    OF   WASHINGTON  105 

mittee  may  fill  such  vacancy  by  appointment  until  the  next  meeting  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees. 

10.  The  terms  of  all  officers  and  of  all  members  of  committees  shall  continue 
until  their  successors  are  elected  or  appointed. 

ARTICLE   VI 

1.  No  expenditure  shall  be  authorized  or  made  except  in  pursuance  of  a 
previous  appropriation  by  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

2.  The  fiscal  year  of  the  Institution  shall  commence  on  the  first  day  of 
November  in  each  year. 

3.  The  Executive  Committee,  at  least  one  month  prior  to  the  annual 
meeting  in  each  year,  shall  cause  the  accounts  of  the  Institution  to  be  audited 
by  a  skilled  accountant,  to  be  appointed  by  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  shall 
submit  to  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  a  full  statement  of  the  finances 
and  work  of  the  Institution  and  a  detailed  estimate  of  the  expenditures  for 
the  succeeding  year. 

4.  The  Board  of  Trustees,  at  the  annual  meeting  in  each  year,  shall  make 
general  appropriations  for  the  ensuing  fiscal  year;  but  nothing  contained 
herein  shall  prevent  the  Board  of  Trustees  from  making  special  appropria- 
tions at  any  meeting. 

5.  The  securities  of  the  Institution  and  evidences  of  property  and  funds 
invested  and  to  be  invested,  shall  be  deposited  in  such  safe  depository  or  in 
the  custody  of  such  trust  company  and  under  such  safeguards  as  the  Trus- 
tees and  Finance  Committee  shall  designate;  and  the  income  available  for 
expenditure  of  the  Institution  shall  be  deposited  in  such  banks  or  deposi- 
tories as  may  from  time  to  time  be  designated  by  the  Executive  Committee. 

6.  Any  trust  company  entrusted  with  the  custody  of  securities  by  the 
Finance  Committee  may,  by  resolution  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  be  made 
fiscal  agent  of  the  Institution  upon  an  agreed  compensation,  for  the  trans- 
action of  the  business  coming  within  the  authority  of  the  Finance  Committee . 

ARTICLE   VII 

1.  These  by-laws  may  be  amended  at  any  annual  or  special  meeting  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  members  present,  provided 
written  notice  of  the  proposed  amendment  shall  have  been  served  personally 
upon,  or  mailed  to  the  usual  address  of,  each  member  of  the  Board  twenty 
days  prior  to  the  meeting. 


CARNEGIE   HERO  FUND 
COMMISSION 


OBVERSE 


REVERSE 

Carnegie  Hero  Medal 


CARNEGIE   HERO  FUND   COMMISSION 

Established  1904 

Andrew  Carnegie  labored  for  many  years  as  a  captain  of  indus- 
try. He  was  always  a  pioneer  during  his  active  life;  a  leader  in 
thought  and  deed.  He  engaged  in  enterprises  of  great  magni- 
tude, achieved  commercial  success,  and  accumulated  a  fortune 
so  vast  that  the  unreflecting  regarded  him  as  a  mere  materialist, 
solely  absorbed  in  acquiring  wealth.  He,  however,  accepted  the 
obligation  of  great  riches  as  a  trust,  proclaimed  himself  a  "stew- 
ard of  wealth,"  and  determined  to  distribute  his  fortune  for 
the  benefit  of  mankind. 

When  in  the  spring  of  1904  Mr.  Carnegie  established  and 
endowed  for  the  United  States,  Canada,  and  Newfoundland  the 
first  Hero  Fund,  he  showed  the  width  of  his  vision  of  the  human 
need,  and  his  grasp  of  the  psychology  of  a  human  situation  before 
little  appreciated. 

From  the  point  of  view  of  the  idealist,  the  creation  of  Hero 
Funds  in  America  and  other  countries  differed  widely  from  any 
other  of  Mr.  Carnegie's  benefactions,  in  that  here  was  recognized 
in  concrete  form  the  value  to  the  human  race  of  the  quality  of 
individual  human  sacrifice. 

The  impulse  of  a  person  engaged  in  a  peaceful  occupation  to 
risk  his  life  in  heroic  effort  to  save  another,  as  differentiated 
from  that  of  one  who  is  trained  and  maintained  for  that  purpose, 
is  a  virtue  which  had  never  before  been  clearly  or  practically 
recognized. 

Under  the  stress  and  discipline  of  war,  men  are  expected  to 
enter  the  jaws  of  death  as  a  matter  of  duty;  but  heroic  sacrifice  in 
times  of  peace  is  quite  a  different  thing.  Such  self-sacrifice 
springs  from  an  impulse  which  far  exceeds  ordinary  courage  and 
devotion  to  duty;  it  makes  the  hero  of  peace  more  nearly  divine — 
"Greater  love  hath  no  man  than  this,  that  a  man  lay  down  his 
life  for  his  friends." 


110  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

In  the  first  paragraph  of  Mr.  Carnegie's  Deed  of  Trust  are  these 
memorable  words: 

We  live  in  an  heroic  age.  Not  seldom  are  we  thrilled  by  deeds  of  heroism 
where  men  or  women  are  injured  or  lose  their  lives  in  attempting  to  preserve 
or  rescue  their  fellows;  such  the  heroes  of  civilization.  The  heroes  of  bar- 
barism maimed  or  killed  theirs. 

In  the  administration  of  the  Fund,  the  Trustees  at  the  very- 
outset  recognized,  many  of  the  problems  to  be  solved  being  new, 
that  they  would  naturally  be  faced  with  many  difficulties  in  their 
new  field  of  altruistic  endeavor.  They  realized:  that  the  task 
assigned  to  them  was  one  not  to  be  undertaken  lightly;  that 
every  precaution  should  be  observed  to  prevent  natural  human 
sympathy  and  sentiment  from  interfering  with  sound  and  im- 
partial judgment;  that  every  case  would  have  to  be  met  not  only 
in  a  philanthropic  spirit,  but  also  and  above  all  with  a  discriminat- 
ing scrutiny;  and  that  the  award  made  in  each  case  should  be  not 
only  just,  but  such  as  would  not  demoralize  the  recipient.  The 
Trustees  have  constantly  kept  in  view  these  principles,  and  it  is 
gratifying  to  believe  after  an  experience  of  fifteen  years  that  the 
policy  pursued  has  won  public  approval,  and  that  the  awards  of 
the  Commission  are  held  in  high  respect.  Grants  of  money  for 
educational  and  other  purposes  have  invariably  been  made  upon 
the  basis  of  merit,  with  a  view  to  making  such  assistance  a  stim- 
ulus to  the  spirit  of  sacrifice  and  endeavor. 

In  the  operation  of  the  Fund,  each  alleged  heroic  act  reported 
to  the  Commission  has  been  diligently  investigated,  and  has  been 
given  careful  consideration.  Awards  have  been  granted  only  in 
cases  which  have  first  been  personally  investigated  by  a  repre- 
sentative of  the  Commission,  and  in  which  conclusive  evidence 
was  obtained  showing  that  the  person  performing  the  act  volun- 
tarily risked  his  own  life  in  saving  or  attempting  to  save  the  life 
of  a  fellow  being,  or  who  voluntarily  sacrificed  himself  in  an 
heroic  manner  for  the  benefit  of  others. 

Medals— gold,  silver,  or  bronze — have  been  presented  as 
memorials  in  all  cases  in  which  the  heroic  act  measured  up  to  the 
standard  set  by  the  Commission.     Pecuniary  grants  have  been 


CARNEGIE    HERO    FUND    COMMISSION  111 

made  only  where  and  when  needed,  and  under  restrictions  as  to 
their  proper  use.  Pensions  have  been  granted  to  184  widows  and 
420  other  dependents  of  heroes.  Special  appropriations  have 
been  made  from  time  to  time  to  funds  raised  for  relief  in  com- 
munities which  have  been  visited  by  great  and  appalling  disasters 
entailing  loss  of  life,  in  an  endeavor  to  alleviate  the  resultant 
suffering  and  distress.  Educational  awards  have  been  made  in 
230  cases,  affording  heroes  or  their  children  opportunities  to  fit 
themselves  for  useful  occupations.  In  numerous  cases  monetary 
awards  have  been  made  to  heroes  or  their  dependents  for  the 
purchase  of  homes,  to  liquidate  indebtedness,  to  establish  proper 
business  enterprises,  and  to  be  applied  in  many  other  useful  and 
helpful  ways. 

The  Commission  is  a  self-perpetuating  body  of  twenty-one 
men.  There  have  been  submitted  to  it  since  the  creation  of  the 
Fund  to  December  31,  1918,  19,333  cases  of  alleged  heroic  acts. 
A  total  of  1430  awards  have  been  made.  There  has  been 
expended  for  Pensions  $617,288.24;  for  Disasters  and  Special 
Appropriations,  $373,812.06;  for  Educational  Purposes,  $181,- 
559.51;  for  Home  Purchase,  $231,937.71;  and  for  Indebtedness 
Liquidation,  $169,057.65.  The  total  disbursements  from  income 
since  the  creation  of  the  Fund  to  the  end  of  1918  amounts  to 
$2,360,741.27. 


112  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

A  study  of  forty-one  educational  cases  in  which  the  students 
had  finished  their  courses  was  recently  made.  The  results  of  this 
study,  as  shown  in  the  tables  below,  reveal  the  work  accomplished 
and  throw  some  light  on  the  efforts  of  the  Commission  to  give 
practical  vocational  guidance  to  its  beneficiaries. 

SUMMARY  OF   CASES 
No.  of      Amounts      Amounts  Medals 

Sex              Awards     Granted         Spent       Bronze  Silver  Gold  Total 

Male 34       $61,850.00  $52,928.47        28          4  2  34 

Female...             J_         14,500.00     11,773.51          3           4  ..  7 

Total...              41       $76,350.00  $64,701.98       "il           8~  2~  41 

Types  of  Educational  Institutions  Represented 

Schools  Attended  Graduated 

Agriculture 2  1 

Colleges  and  Universities 21  19 

Commercial 3  2 

Physical  Education 1  1 

High 1  i 

Medical 6  5 

Music 3  2 

Nautical 1  j 

Technical 5  4 

Trade 1  1 

44  37 

Note. — The  difference  between  the  number  of  awards  and  the  number  of 
students  who  attended  school  is  due  to  the  fact  that  in  one  case  the  award  was 
applied  to  two  students  and  in  another  case  to  three  students. 

Degrees  Secured  from  Institutions 

Bachelor  of  Arts 5 

Bachelor  of  Science 9 

Unqualified  Degree 3 

In  Civil  Engineering 3 

In  Mechanical  Engineering 1 

In  Mining  Engineering 1 

In  Pedagogy 1 

Master  of  Arts 3 

Bachelor  of  Philosophy 1 

Bachelor  of  Medicine 1 

Doctor  of  Medicine 4 

Total  Number  of  Degrees  Secured 23 


CARNEGIE    HERO    FUND    COMMISSION 


113 


Institutions  Represented  and  Degrees  Granted 

Bachelor  of  Arts 

University  of  Michigan 

Drake  University 

Mount  Holyoke 

Syracuse  University 

Bachelor  of  Science 

Unqualified  Degree 

Bucknell  University 

Dartmouth  College 

Harvard  University 

In  Civil  Engineering 

Brown  University 

Cornell  University 

Norwich  University 

In  Mechanical  Engineering 

University  of  Cincinnati 

In  Mining  Engineering 

University  of  Minnesota 

In  Pedagogy 

Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

Bachelor  of  Philosophy 

University  of  Chicago 

Master  of  Arts 

Columbia  University 

Harvard  University 

Bachelor  of  Medicine 

Queen's  University 

Doctor  of  Medicine 

Ohio  State  Medical  College 

Washington  University 

Western  Reserve  University 


2 
1 
1 

1 


1 
3 

1 
4 


Total  Number  of  Degrees  Secured 


23 


114  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Present  Occupations  of  Beneficiaries 

Architect 1  Mine  Superintendent 1 

Clergyman 1  Musician 1 

Draftsman 3  Pattern-Maker  Foreman 1 

Editor  (Assistant) 1  Physician 5 

Engineer 5  (One  in  English  Army) 

(One  in  U.  S.  Army)  Salesman 1 

Farmer 1  Stenographer 2 

Government  Service 3  Student 3 

(Ambulance 1)  Teacher 7 

(Hospital 1)  Timekeeper 1 

(Merchant  Marine 1)  Towboat  Captain 1 

Housewife 3  Y.  M.  C.  A.  Secretary 1 

Laborer 2  

44 

Mr.  Carnegie  in  writing  to  the  Commission  expressed  himself 
concerning  the  operations  of  the  Hero  Fund,  as  follows: 

I  do  not  expect  to  stimulate  or  create  heroism  by  this  fund,  knowing  well 
that  heroic  action  is  impulsive;  but  I  do  believe  that  if  the  hero  is  injured  in  his 
bold  attempt  to  serve  or  save  his  fellows  he  and  those  dependent  upon  him 
should  not  suffer  pecuniarily  thereby. 

To  keep  an  imperishable  record  of  heroic  acts  performed  in  the 
peaceful  walks  of  life — to  award  the  medal  of  heroism — is  in  it- 
self a  contribution  to  civilization  needed  in  our  modern  life.  To 
add  to  it  the  principle  that  those  who  are  dependent  upon  the  hero 
should  be  sustained  and  educated  in  order  that  this  human  strain 
of  such  fine  quality  might  be  perpetuated,  even  though  the  hero 
be  dead,  is  a  greater  contribution.  In  the  creation  of  the  various 
Hero  Funds  Mr.  Carnegie  has  established  a  new  and  unique  type 
of  philanthropic  effort  which  will  cause  his  name  to  be  forever 
remembered  as  one  of  the  great  benefactors  of  mankind. 


CARNEGIE    HERO    FUND    COMMISSION  115 

APPENDIX 

Deed  of  Trust 

Acceptance  of  Trust 

Resolutions  Presented  to  Founder  of  Fund 

Regulations 

Method  of  Distribution  of  Pecuniary  Awards 

Summary  of  Awards  and  Statistics  of  Cases 

List  of  Officers  and  Members  of  Commission 

List  of  Hero  Funds  Established  by  Mr.  Carnegie 

DEED  OF  TRUST 

To  the  Hero  Fund  Commission: 

Gentlemen:  We  live  in  an  heroic  age.  Not  seldom  are  we  thrilled  by  deeds 
of  heroism  where  men  or  women  are  injured  or  lose  their  lives  in  attempting 
to  preserve  or  rescue  their  fellows;  such  the  heroes  of  civilization.  The 
heroes  of  barbarism  maimed  or  killed  theirs. 

I  have  long  felt  that  the  heroes  and  those  dependent  upon  them  should  be 
freed  from  pecuniary  cares  resulting  from  their  heroism,  and,  as  a  fund  for 
this  purpose,  I  have  transferred  to  the  Commission  five  million  dollars  of  first 
collateral  five  per  cent  bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation,  the  pro- 
ceeds to  be  used  as  follows: 

First.  To  place  those  following  peaceful  vocations,  who  have  been  injured 
in  heroic  effort  to  save  human  life,  in  somewhat  better  positions  pecuniarily 
than  before,  until  again  able  to  work.  In  case  of  death,  the  widow  and  chil- 
dren, or  other  dependents,  to  be  provided  for  until  she  remarries,  and  the 
children  until  they  reach  a  self-supporting  age.  For  exceptional  children 
exceptional  grants  may  be  made  for  exceptional  education.  Grants  of  sums 
of  money  may  also  be  made  to  heroes  or  heroines  as  the  Commission  thinks 
advisable — each  case  to  be  judged  on  its  merits. 

Second.  No  grant  is  to  be  continued  unless  it  be  soberly  and  properly  used, 
and  the  recipients  remain  respectable,  well-behaved  members  of  the  commu- 
nity, but  the  heroes  and  heroines  are  to  be  given  a  fair  trial,  no  matter  what 
their  antecedents.     Heroes  deserve  pardon  and  a  fresh  start. 

Third.  A  medal  shall  be  given  to  the  hero,  or  widow,  or  next  of  kin,  which 
shall  recite  the  heroic  deed  it  commemorates,  that  descendants  may  know  and 
be  proud  of  their  descent.  The  medal  shall  be  given  for  the  heroic  act,  even 
if  the  doer  be  uninjured,  and  also  a  sum  of  money,  should  the  Commission 
deem  such  gift  desirable. 

Fourth.  Many  cities  provide  pensions  for  policemen,  firemen,  teachers,  and 
others,  and  some  may  give  rewards  for  acts  of  heroism.     All  these  and  other 


116  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

facts  the  Commission  will  take  into  account  and  act  accordingly  in  making 
grants.  Nothing  could  be  further  from  my  intention  than  to  deaden  or  inter- 
fere with  these  most  creditable  provisions,  doubly  precious  as  showing  public 
and  municipal  appreciation  of  faithful  and  heroic  service.  I  ask  from  the 
Commission  most  careful  guard  against  this  danger.  The  medal  can,  of  course, 
be  offered  in  such  cases.  Whether  something  more  can  not  judiciously  be 
done,  at  the  request  of,  or  with  the  approval  of,  the  city  authorities,  the  Com- 
mission shall  determine.     I  hope  there  can  be. 

Fifth.  The  claims  upon  the  Fund  for  some  years  can  not  exhaust  it.  After 
years,  however,  pensioners  will  become  numerous.  Should  the  Commission 
find,  after  allowing  liberally  for  this,  that  a  surplus  will  remain,  it  has  power 
to  make  grants  in  case  of  accidents  (preferably  where  a  hero  has  appeared)  to 
those  injured.  The  action  taken  in  the  recent  Harwich  Mine  accident,  where 
Heroes  Taylor  and  Lyle  lost  their  fives,  is  an  illustration.  The  community 
first  raised  a  fund  of  840,000,  which  was  duplicated  by  me  after  waiting  until 
the  generosity  of  the  community  had  full  scope.  Here  again  the  Commission 
should  be  exceedingly  careful,  as  in  this  case,  not  to  deaden,  but  to  stimulate 
employers  or  communities  to  do  their  part,  for  such  action  benefits  givers 
themselves  as  well  as  recipients. 

Sixth.  It  seems  probable  that  cities  and  employers  on  this  continent  will 
ultimately  be  placed  under  similar  conditions  to  those  of  Britain,  Germany, 
and  other  European  States,  and  required  to  provide  against  accidents  to  em- 
ployes. Therefore,  the  Commission,  by  a  two-thirds  vote,  may  devote  any 
surplus  that  accrues  beyond  providing  for  heroes  and  their  dependents  (which 
provision  must  never  be  abandoned)  to  such  other  modes  of  benefiting  those 
in  want,  chiefly  caused  through  no  fault  of  their  own  (such  as  drunkenness, 
laziness,  crime,  etc.)  but  through  exceptional  circumstances,  in  such  manner 
and  to  such  extent  as  the  Commission  thinks  advisable  and  likely  to  do  more 
good  than  if  such  sums  were  given  to  those  injured  by  accident,  where  the 
latter  may  be  suitably  provided  for  by  law,  or  otherwise. 

Seventh.  The  field  embraced  by  the  Fund  is  the  United  States  of  America, 
the  Dominion  of  Canada,  the  Colony  of  Newfoundland,  and  the  waters  thereof. 
The  sea  is  the  scene  of  many  heroic  acts.  No  action  more  heroic  than  that 
of  doctors  and  nurses  volunteering  their  services  in  the  case  of  epidemics. 
Railroad  employes  are  remarkable  for  heroism.  AH  these  and  similar  cases 
are  embraced.  Whenever  heroism  is  displayed  by  man  or  woman  in  saving 
human  life,  the  Fund  applies. 

Eighth.  No  personal  liability  will  attach  to  members  for  any  act  of  the 
Commission.     The  Commission  has  power  to  fill  vacancies. 

Ninth.  The  Commission  has  full  power  to  sell,  invest,  or  re-invest  all  funds; 
to  employ  all  officials,  including  Secretary,  traveling  agents  to  visit  and  over- 
see beneficiaries,  etc.,  and  to  fix  their  compensation.     Members  of  the  Com- 


CARNEGIE    HERO    FUND    COMMISSION  117 

mission  shall  be  reimbursed  all  expenses  incurred,  including  traveling  expenses 
attending  meetings.  The  President  shall  be  granted  such  honoraria  as  the 
Commission  thinks  proper  and  as  he  can  be  prevailed  upon  to  accept. 

Tenth.  An  annual  report,  including  a  detailed  statement  of  sums  and 
medals  granted  and  the  reasons  therefor,  shall  be  made  each  year  and  pub- 
lished in  at  least  one  newspaper  in  the  principal  cities  of  the  countries  embraced 
by  the  Fund.  A  finely  executed  roll  of  the  heroes  and  heroines  shall  be  kept 
displayed  in  the  office  at  Pittsburgh. 

(Signed)  Andrew  Carnegie. 

Witness: 

Louise  Whitfield  Carnegie. 

New  York,  March  12,  1904. 


ACCEPTANCE  OF  TRUST 

Resolutions  Adopted  by  the  Commission,  April  15,   1904 

Resolved,  That  we,  the  Trustees  of  the  Hero  Fund,  desire  at  this  our  first 
meeting,  at  which  we  have  convened  for  the  purpose  of  organization,  to  ex- 
press to  Mr.  Carnegie  our  appreciation  of  the  high  honor  which  he  has 
conferred  upon  us  in  inviting  us  to  administer  the  affairs  of  the  trust  which 
he  has  created,  and  thus  in  some  measure  to  share  with  him  in  the  pleasure 
of  doing  good. 

Resolved,  That  a  committee  of  five,  of  which  the  President  of  the  Com- 
mission shall  be  a  member,  be  appointed  to  draw  up  a  series  of  resolutions 
suitably  expressing  our  sense  of  the  noble  character  of  the  gift  which  Mr. 
Carnegie  has  made  to  the  people  of  the  United  States,  of  Canada,  and  of 
Newfoundland,  the  said  resolution,  when  drafted,  to  be  submitted  to  the 
Commission  for  their  approval,  and  to  be  thereafter  suitably  engrossed  and 
transmitted  to  Mr.  Carnegie. 

Resolved,  That  the  transfer  to  this  Commission  of  five  million  dollars  of 
first  collateral  five  per  cent  bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation, 
stated  by  Mr.  Carnegie  in  his  letter  of  trust  dated  March  12,  1904,  be  accepted, 
and  the  President  be  authorized  to  accept  the  custody  of  the  same,  and  that 
the  formal  registration  of  such  bonds  be  deferred  until  the  question  of  incor- 
poration or  other  formal  organization  of  the  Commission  be  determined  by 
this  body. 


118  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

RESOLUTIONS  PRESENTED  TO  FOUNDER  OF  FUND 

Adopted  at  a  Meeting  of  the  Commission  Held  Mat  20,  1904,  Signed 

by  All  the  Original  Members  of  the  Commission,  and 

Forwarded  to  Andrew  Carnegie 

Whereas,  Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie  by  his  deed  of  gift,  dated  March  12,  1904, 
and  witnessed  by  Mrs.  Louise  Whitfield  Carnegie,  has  with  more  than  princely 
generosity  set  aside  from  his  fortune  the  sum  of  five  millions  of  dollars  for 
the  purpose  of  recognizing  in  a  suitable  manner  heroic  efforts  to  save  human 
life  made  by  those  following  peaceful  vocations,  to  relieve  those  injured  in 
making  such  efforts,  and  to  provide  for  their  widows  and  orphans  in  cases 
where  life  may  have  been  sacrificed,  and  to  aid  to  some  extent  those  who  may 
be  injured  by  accident  in  future  great  catastrophes  or  disasters,  and 

Whereas,  Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie  has  named  the  undersigned  as  the  first 
members  of  the  Carnegie  Hero  Fund  Commission,  charged  by  him  with  the 
important  duty  of  administering  the  trust  created  by  him  for  the  purposes 
above  mentioned;  therefore  be  it 

Resolved,  That  we  express  to  Mr.  Carnegie  our  grateful  appreciation  of 
the  high  honor  which  he  has  conferred  upon,  and  the  confidence  reposed  in, 
us  in  entrusting  the  execution  of  his  plans  and  purposes  to  our  keeping  and 
thus  permitting  us  and  our  successors  in  the  trust  to  share  with  him  to  some 
extent  in  the  inestimable  privilege  of  doing  good  to  our  fellow  men. 

Resolved,  That  we  individually  and  collectively  desire  to  express  to  Mr. 
Carnegie  our  sense  of  the  great  benevolence  displayed  by  him  in  this  gift, 
which  for  the  purposes  designated  is  altogether  without  parallel  in  the  history 
of  human  beneficence. 

Resolved,  That  we  believe  the  action  of  Mr.  Carnegie  is  calculated  to  foster 
in  the  minds  of  the  people  of  the  countries  named  in  the  deed  of  gift,  a  sense 
of  their  brotherhood  and  to  promote  among  them  the  spirit  of  self-sacrifice, 
which  is  one  of  the  most  exalted  traits  of  the  highest  civilization. 

Resolved,  That  we  appreciate  the  nobility  of  his  purpose  in  confining  the 
operations  of  this  Fund  to  those  who  have  shown  true  heroism  in  the  peaceful 
walks  of  life,  by  which  act  he  consistently  testifies  to  his  ardent  desire  for  the 
coming  of  that  better  day  when  men  shall  forget  the  arts  of  war  and  shall  seek 
for  peace  and  good-will  throughout  the  earth. 

Resolved,  That  in  accepting  this  trust  we  pledge  ourselves  to  the  sincerest 
endeavor  to  administer  it  according  to  the  best  of  our  knowledge  and  ability 
and  with  the  purpose  of  realizing,  so  far  as  possible,  the  hopes  and  aims  of  the 
generous  founder  of  the  Fund. 


CAENEGIE    HERO    FUND    COMMISSION  119 

REGULATIONS 

Scope  of  Fund  as  Applying  to  Heroic  Acts 
Adopted  by  the  Commission  October  19, 1904,  Amended  November  1, 1912 
The  scope  of  the  Fund  shall  be  confined  strictly  within  the  following  limita- 
tions : 

1.  To  acts  in  which  conclusive  evidence  may  be  obtained  showing  that  the 
person  performing  the  act,  voluntarily  risked  his  own  life  in  saving,  or  attempt- 
ing to  save,  the  life  of  a  fellow  being,  or  who  voluntarily  has  sacrificed  himself  in 
an  heroic  manner  for  the  benefit  of  others. 

2.  Such  acts  must  have  been  performed  by  persons  the  nature  of  whose 
duties  in  following  their  regular  vocations  does  not  necessarily  require  them  to 
perform  such  acts. 

3.  Such  acts  must  have  been  performed  in  the  United  States  of  America,  the 
Dominion  of  Canada,  the  Colony  of  Newfoundland,  or  the  waters  thereof. 

4.  Such  acts  must  have  been  performed  on  or  after  April  15,  1904,  and 
brought  to  the  attention  of  the  Commission  within  three  years  of  the  date  of 
the  act. 1 

5.  Mr.  Carnegie  having  directed  that,  in  case  of  death,  widows  and  children, 
or  other  dependents,  are  to  be  provided  for  until  the  widow  remarries  and  until 
the  children  reach  a  self-supporting  age,  and,  in  the  event  of  disability,  the 
disabled  to  be  provided  for  until  again  able  to  work,  the  maximum  death  or 
disablement  benefit  to  be  paid  in  any  one  year  to  any  one  family  or  dependent 
shall  not  exceed  $1,000,  the  amount  and  manner  of  payment  in  each  case  to  be 
fixed  by  the  Commission  upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Executive  Commit- 
tee, provided,  in  no  case,  however,  shall  death  or  disablement  benefits  be  paid 
unless  it  shall  be  clearly  shown  that  the  dependents  or  disabled  need  such 
assistance. 

6.  Medals,  when  awarded,  shall  be  presented  to  the  person  performing  the 
act,  or,  in  case  of  death,  to  the  widow  or  next  of  kin. 

7.  Heroic  acts  may  be  brought  to  the  attention  of  the  Commission  by  direct 
application,  or  through  the  public  press. 

'This  last  clause  is  an  amendment  which  became  effective  January  1,  1913. 


120  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

METHOD  OF  DISTRIBUTION  OF  PECUNIARY  AWARDS 

Pecuniary  awards  are  divided  into  three  classes:  Death  Benefits,  Disable- 
ment Benefits,  and  Betterment  Benefits;  and  the  last  named  class  has  the  fol- 
lowing seven  subdivisions:  Business  Establishment,  Educational  Expense, 
Health  Restoration,  Home  Purchase,  Indebtedness  Liquidation,  Living  Ex- 
pense, and  Miscellaneous  Aids. 

Awards  are  paid  in  two  ways:  namely,  in  regular  monthly  instalments,  as 
pensions;  and  in  irregular  instalments  or  in  one  sum,  according  to  the  nature  of 
the  need,  to  be  applied  to  specific  purposes. 

Death  Benefits  are  paid  in  cases  in  which  the  rescuers  lose  their  lives  as  the 
result  of  their  acts,  to  the  dependents  of  deceased  rescuers  who  have  sustained 
pecuniary  losses  by  the  rescuers'  deaths  and  who  are  in  need  of  assistance. 
Widows  receiving  pensions  are  required  to  certify  at  the  close  of  each  month 
whether  or  not  they  have  remarried,  whether  or  not  their  children  are  living 
with  them  and  are  dependent  upon  them,  and  whether  or  not  the  children  have 
attended  school  regularly.  The  certificate  has  to  be  sworn  to  before  a  notary 
and  attested  by  him.  Once  a  year,  or  oftener,  a  Special  Agent — a  trained  in- 
vestigator in  the  employ  of  the  Commission — is  sent  to  investigate  what  kind  of 
a  life  the  widow  is  leading,  whether  she  is  paying  her  bills,  what  kind  of  care 
she  is  taking  of  her  children,  etc.,  etc.  Dependents  other  than  widows  receive 
Death  Benefit  awards  in  the  form  of  pensions  the  same  as  widows,  or  in  other 
instalment  or  one-sum  payments  to  be  applied  to  specific  purposes,  such  as  those 
described  under  Betterment  Benefits. 

Disablement  Benefits  are  paid  to  rescuers  who  have  sustained  pecuniary 
losses  as  the  result  of  injuries  received  in  the  performance  of  their  acts  and  who 
need  assistance.  Beneficiaries  receiving  Disablement  Benefits  are  supervised 
in  a  manner  similar  to  those  receiving  Death  Benefits. 

Betterment  Benefits  are  paid  in  cases  in  which  no  losses  have  been  suffered  as 
the  result  of  the  acts.  The  object  in  granting  this  class  of  awards  is  to  improve 
the  condition  in  life  of  the  beneficiaries  in  a  permanent  way. 

In  a  Business  Establishment  case,  the  beneficiary  must  submit  a  detailed 
scheme  of  the  enterprise  in  which  he  proposes  to  engage.  His  scheme  is  care- 
fully considered,  and  his  statements  are  thoroughly  substantiated  either  by  a 
Special  Agent  or  through  other  reliable  sources;  and  if  there  seems  a  reasonable 
chance  of  success  for  his  scheme,  the  amount  of  his  award  requested  is  sent  him 
with  instructions  that  the  money  must  be  used  for  the  purpose  requested,  as 
outlined,  and  for  no  other. 

An  Educational  Expense  award  is  made  to  enable  the  beneficiary  to  acquire  a 
higher  education,  which  he  otherwise  would  not  have  been  able  to  acquire;  to 
finish  a  secondary  school  course  which  he  had  been  compelled  to  abandon ;  to 
take  a  technical  or  trade  school  course;  or  to  study  the  fine  arts.  Great  care  is 
exercised  to  see  that  a  student  takes  up  the  course  to  which  he  is  best  fitted, 
and  that  he  enters  a  school  which  is  well  equipped  to  teach  the  course.     After 


CARNEGIE    HERO    FUND    COMMISSION  121 

the  school  has  been  decided  upon,  the  student  must  file  a  detailed  estimate  of 
his  expenses  for  the  approaching  term  on  a  form  designed  for  the  purpose.  The 
estimate  is  carefully  scrutinized,  and  the  amount  that  is  deemed  necessary  for 
the  term  is  sent  him.  At  the  end  of  each  month,  on  a  printed  form,  he  must 
render  a  full  statement  of  his  expenses,  which  is  carefully  examined  before  being 
approved.  As  often  as  the  student's  marks  are  made  up,  the  school  furnishes  a 
report  showing  the  student's  standing;  and  if  his  marks  are  not  what  they 
6hould  be,  the  student's  attention  is  brought  to  his  poor  showing,  and  he  is 
urged  to  do  better. 

In  a  Health  Restoration  case,  before  an  amount  is  paid,  arrangements  are 
made  to  have  the  beneficiary  examined  by  a  specialist  of  standing  to  learn, 
first,  precisely  the  beneficiary's  condition;  and  second,  what  is  best  to  do  for 
him.  If  it  seems  likely  that  the  beneficiary  can  be  cured,  he  may  go  either  to  a 
sanitarium,  or  a  hospital,  for  a  course  of  treatment,  or  remain  at  home  and 
receive  attention,  whichever  seems  the  better  plan.  If  the  disease  is  incurable, 
the  beneficiary  is  made  as  comfortable  as  possible,  either  in  an  institution  or  at 
home. 

A  beneficiary  desiring  to  use  his  Home  Purchase  award  is  required  to  submit 
his  plans  in  detail.  He  must  give  the  size  and  location  of  the  lot;  the  size  and 
kind  of  house;  the  price;  the  terms  of  purchase,  and  the  amount  of  the  mortgage, 
if  any,  he  will  have  to  carry  on  the  property.  His  plans  are  carefully  considered 
to  see  whether  they  are  practical  and  economical,  and  whether  there  is  a  reason- 
able chance  of  his  carrying  them  through  successfully.  If  his  plans  seem  fea- 
sible, an  investigation  is  made,  generally  through  a  banker  of  standing  in  his 
community,  to  ascertain  whether  the  property  is  well  located  and  not  liable  to 
soon  depreciate  in  value,  whether  it  is  adapted  to  the  needs  of  the  beneficiary, 
and  whether  it  is  worth  the  price  asked.  Almost  invariably  bankers  have  been 
found  willing  to  obtain  and  furnish  the  information  desired  and  thus  help  to 
protect  the  interests  of  the  beneficiary  and  assist  the  Commission,  for  which 
grateful  acknowledgment  is  here  made.  If,  from  the  report  upon  the  property, 
the  soundness  of  the  beneficiary's  plans  is  confirmed,  his  proposition  is  ap- 
proved, subject  to  the  title  to  the  property  being  found  to  be  good.  When  a 
satisfactory  report  on  the  title  is  furnished,  the  amount  of  the  award  that  is 
needed  is  paid.  In  substance,  the  same  plan  is  followed  if  the  beneficiary 
wishes  to  purchase  a  farm  instead  of  a  house  and  lot. 

In  an  Indebtedness  Liquidation  case,  payment  is  made  to  lift  a  mortgage  or 
to  settle  floating  indebtedness  in  order  to  relieve  the  beneficiary  of  a  burden 
and  give  him  a  fresh  start.  The  beneficiary  is  required  to  furnish  certified 
itemized  statements  from  his  creditors,  and  to  explain  under  what  circumstances 
the  debts  were  contracted  and  remain  unpaid.  Payment  of  an  award  of  this 
class  depends  upon  whether  the  amounts  alleged  to  be  due  are  just  debts, 
whether  the  debts  were  incurred  under  proper  circumstances,  and  whether 
it  is  to  the  best  interest  of  the  beneficiary  at  the  time  to  liquidate  them. 


122  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Living  Expense  awards  are  made  to  rescuers  who  are  in  need  of  assistance 
and  who  are  old  and  unable  to  properly  support  themselves  without  help. 
They  are  usually  paid  as  pensions. 

Miscellaneous  Aids  covers  all  other  forms  of  Betterment  Benefit  payments 
which  are  not  sufficiently  distinct  in  character  to  classify  otherwise. 

In  no  case  is  a  beneficiary  paid  the  amount  of  his  award  to  be  used  for  such 
purposes  as  he  may  choose  to  use  it  without  any  restrictions.  In  every  case 
there  must  be  a  need  for  the  money,  and  the  beneficiary  must  submit  in  detail 
a  proposition  for  its  use  which  must  receive  approval  before  the  money  is  paid. 

SUMMARY  OF  AWARDS  AND  STATISTICS  OF  CASES 
Since  the  Establishment  of  the  Fund  to  December,  31,  1918 

Medal  Awards 

Gold 18 

Silver 442 

Bronze 970 


1,430 
Pecuniary  Awards 

To  Heroes  and  their  dependents,  including  pension 
payments   (Pensions  in  force  December  31,  1918, 

$92,940  per  annum) $1,685,178 .35 

To  Funds  for  relief  of  sufferers  from  disasters 169,462 .06 

To  Special  Purposes 200,000.00 

Total $2,054,640.41 

Cases 

Granted 1,430 

Refused 17,275 

Pending 628 

Total 19,333 


CARNEGIE    HERO    FUND    COMMISSION 


123 


OFFICERS 

President,  Charles  Lewis  Taylor 

Vice  President,  William  Jacob  Holland 

Treasurer,  James  Hay  Reed 

Secretary  and  Manager,  Frank  Moore  Wilmot 

Assistant  Manager,  Charles  Bright  Ebersol 

Assistant  Treasurer,  Sara  Elizabeth  Weir 


MEMBERS    OF    COMMISSION 


Taylor  Allderdice 
Thomas  Shaw  Arbuthnot 
William  Wallace  Blackburn 
Joseph  Buffington 
Ralph  Marshall  Dravo 
Robert  Augustus  Franks 
William  Jacob  Holland 
Howard  Hale  McClintic 
Jacob  Jay  Miller 
Thomas  Morrison 


George  Lyman  Peck 
Frederick  Curtis  Perkins 
Henry  Kirke  Porter 
James  Hay  Reed 
William  Lucien  Scaife 
Van-Lear  Perry  Shriver 
William  Holmes  Stevenson 
Charles  Lewis  Taylor 
Homer  David  Williams 
Frank  Moore  Wilmot 


FORMER    MEMBERS    OF    COMMISSION 

Edwin  Hatfield  Anderson,  resigned  January  18,  1905 

William  Scott,  died  February  27,  1906 

Charles  Chauncey  Mellor,  resigned  October  17,  1906; 

died  April  2,  1909 
John  Beard  Jackson,  resigned  October  18,  1907; 

died  October  31,  1908 
Robert  Pitcairn,  died  July  25,  1909 
Thomas  Noble  Miller,  died  December  16,  1911 
Albert  James  Barr,  died  February  24,  1912 
Thomas  Lynch,  died  December  29,  1914 
William  Nimick  Frew,  died  October  28,  1915 
William  Latham  Abbott,  resigned  October  29,  1915 
Alva  Clymer  Dinkey,  resigned  October  29,  1915 
Edward  Manning  Bigelow,  died  December  6,  1916 


With  the  exception  of   Mr.   Franks  whose  residence  is  Llewellyn  Park, 
Orange,  N.  J.,  all  the  Trustees  reside  in  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  or  its  suburbs. 


124 


MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 
HERO  FUNDS  ESTABLISHED  BY   MR.   CARNEGIE 


Date  of  Letter 


Country 

Name  of  Fund 

Amount 

Creating  t 

he  Fund 

United  States 
Canada 
Newfound- 
land 

Carnegie  Hero  Fund 
Commission 

$5,000,000 

March 

12, 1904 

British  Isles 

Carnegie  Hero  Fund  Trust 

1,250,000 

September 

21, 1908 

France 

Fondation  Carnegie 

1,000,000 

February 

9, 1909 

Germany 

Carnegie-Stiftung  fur 
Lebenstretter 

1,500,000 

September 

22, 1910 

Norway 

Carnegie  Heltefond  for  Norge 

i     125,000 

March 

21,1911 

Switzerland 

Fondation  Carnegie  pour  les 
Sauveteurs 

130,000 

March 

22, 1911 

Netherlands 

Carnegie  Heldenfonds 

200,000 

March 

23, 1911 

Sweden 

Carnegie  Stiftelsens 

230,000 

March 

24,  1911 

Denmark 

Carnegies  Belnningsfond  for 
Heltemod 

125,000 

March 

24, 1911 

Belgium 

Fondation  Carnegie 

230,000 

April 

17, 1911 

Italy 

Fondazione  Carnegie 

750,000 

June 

17, 1911 

THE  CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION 

FOR  THE 

ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING 


THE   CARNEGIE   FOUNDATION  FOR  THE 
ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING 

Founded  1905 

The  six  institutions  described  in  the  first  section  of  this  Manual 
were  founded  in  years  so  recent  that  their  beginnings  are  today 
fresh  in  the  memory  of  those  fortunate  enough  to  have  been  associ- 
ated in  their  inception  and  development.  To  them  the  person- 
ality of  the  founder,  his  belief  in  human  progress,  his  optimism  for 
the  future,  his  sincere  desire  to  do  the  best  with  the  great  fortune 
genius  had  brought  together,  were  part  and  parcel  of  these  early 
associations. 

Before  the  memories  of  these  days  grow  dim,  while  the  founder 
is  with  us,  still  full  of  faith  for  the  future,  notwithstanding  the 
confusion  and  the  pain  that  have  fallen  upon  the  world,  it  seems 
fitting  to  set  down  in  the  pages  of  this  Manual  an  account  of 
these  beginnings,  to  tell  briefly  the  story  of  how  these  enter- 
prises were  launched,  what  were  the  visions  that  set  them  afloat 
on  the  stream  of  time,  and  to  render  some  account  of  the  short 
voyage  they  have  made  in  common.  The  statement  which 
follows  is  the  story  of  the  first  twelve  years  of  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  the  fourth  in  time 
of  Mr.  Carnegie's  spiritual  children,  born  in  1905  and  christened 
by  an  Act  of  Congress  in  the  spring  of  1906. 

For  a  special  reason  the  present  moment  is  fitting  for  an  account 
of  this  Carnegie  Foundation,  told  not  entirely  in  statistics  but  in 
terms  of  human  experience. 

When  this  Foundation  was  begun  neither  the  founder  nor  the 
Trustees  conceived  of  the  teacher's  pension  except  in  terms  of 
a  free  gift  to  a  man  grown  old  in  a  life  of  unselfish  service.  While 
the  Act  of  Incorporation  and  the  Rules  adopted  by  the  Trustees 
reserved  to  them  full  power  to  change  their  policy  and  plans, 
this  conception  of  the  teacher's  pension  seemed  at  that  time 
the  basis  of  a  permanent  policy. 


128  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Quid  non  longa  valebit  permutare  dies?  or  as  Mr.  Carnegie  pre- 
ferred to  quote  from  one  of  Ins  own  poets — "Nae  man  can  tether 
time  or  tide."  Time  has  moved  swiftly  with  the  Carnegie 
Foundation,  and  the  lapse  of  fourteen  years  finds  it  working  for 
the  same  objects  for  which  it  was  founded,  but  through  plans 
greatly  modified  by  experience  and  study. 

In  no  respect  did  Mr.  Carnegie  show  greater  foresight  than  in 
emphasizing,  as  usual,  in  his  letter  of  gift  the  freedom  left  to  his 
Trustees  to  modify,  or,  under  certain  circumstances,  to  change 
completely  the  methods  of  applying  the  great  endowments  en- 
trusted to  them.  To  the  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation 
was  committed  the  problem  of  teachers'  pensions.  The  pension 
problem,  not  alone  for  teachers  but  for  all  groups  in  the  body 
politic,  became  within  a  few  years  thereafter  a  social  and  economic 
question  of  the  highest  importance.  The  Trustees  of  the  Foun- 
dation were  led  after  years  of  study  to  a  conception  of  a  pension 
system  widely  different  from  that  with  which  they  started.  As 
honest  and  conscientious  Trustees,  they  have  sought  to  face  reso- 
lutely the  difficulties  of  the  transformation  they  conceived  to  be 
necessary. 

In  this  process  the  founder  himself  took  the  keenest  interest. 
It  is  a  source  of  the  deepest  satisfaction  that  he  lived  to  approve 
step  by  step  the  process  under  which  the  original  plan  of  adminis- 
tration of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  has  been  modified,  in  the 
light  of  experience  and  study.  In  his  judgment  these  changes 
were  changes  in  method  only,  whose  only  object  is  to  serve  in  a 
deeper  and  larger  way  the  great  purpose  for  which  the  Founda- 
tion came  into  being. 

I 

ORGANIZATION   AND   ADMINISTRATION 

The  Carnegie  Foundation  was  the  outcome  of  Mr.  Carnegie's 
sympathy  with  the  cause  of  education,  and  of  his  desire  to  be  of 
service  to  the  teachers  of  America.  In  a  letter  of  April  16,  1905, 
announcing  a  gift  for  this  cause,  he  wrote  "I  have  reached  the 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING       129 

conclusion  that  the  least  rewarded  of  all  the  professions  is  that 
of  the  teacher  in  our  higher  educational  institutions.  .  .  . 
Able  men  hesitate  to  accept  teaching  as  a  career,  and  many  old 
professors  whose  places  should  be  occupied  by  younger  men  can 
not  be  retired.  ...  I  have,  therefore,  transferred  to  you 
and  your  successors,  as  Trustees,  $10,000,000  five  per  cent  first 
mortgage  bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation,  the  rev- 
enue from  which  is  to  provide  retiring  pensions  for  the  teachers 
of  universities,  colleges  and  technical  schools  in  our  country, 
Canada  and  Newfoundland,  under  such  conditions  as  you  may 
adopt  from  time  to  time."  This  letter  was  addressed  to  twenty- 
five  men,  including  in  their  number  many  of  the  best  known 
presidents  of  colleges  and  universities  in  the  United  States,  such 
as  President  Eliot  of  Harvard,  President  Harper  of  Chicago,  and 
President  Wilson  of  Princeton.  A  list  of  this  first  group  of  Trus- 
tees is  given  in  the  appendix  of  this  account. 

The  first  Executive  Committee  was  composed  of  the  following 
Trustees:  Henry  S.  Pritchett,  ex  officio,  Nicholas  Murray  Butler, 
Robert  A.  Franks,  Charles  C.  Harrison,  Alexander  C.  Humphreys, 
Frank  A.  Vanderlip,  Woodrow  Wilson. 

The  Executive  Committee,  by  the  direction  of  the  Board, 
obtained  from  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  an  act  of  in- 
corporation. 

This  act  enabled  the  corporation  to  receive  and  maintain  funds 
for  paying  pensions  to  college  teachers  in  the  United  States, 
Canada  and  Newfoundland,  and  "in  general  to  do  and  perform 
all  things  necessary  to  encourage,  uphold  and  dignify  the  pro- 
fession of  the  teacher  and  the  cause  of  higher  education"  in 
these  three  countries.    The  act  is  printed  in  full  in  the  appendix. 

Of  the  original  members  of  the  Board  fifteen  still  remain  in 
service.  President  William  R.  Harper  died  before  taking  his 
seat.  Other  members  have  resigned  as  they  have  given  up  their 
university  places. 

The  by-laws  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  provide  for  the  election 
each  year  of  a  chairman  of  the  Board,  who  has  duties  independent 
of  the  President,  including  the  presiding  over  meetings,  the  ap- 


130  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

pointment  of  committees  and  the  designation  each  year  of  an  in- 
dependent auditor  to  examine  the  books  and  accounts  of  the 
Foundation.  The  following  Trustees  have  served  as  chairman 
of  the  Board:  President  Charles  W.  Eliot,  from  1905  to  1909; 
Provost  Charles  C.  Harrison,  from  1909  to  1910;  Principal  Wil- 
liam Peterson,  from  1910  to  1914;  President  William  Frederick 
Slocum,  from  1914  to  1917;  President  Arthur  Twining  Hadley, 
since  1917. 

The  administrative  officers  of  the  Board  are:  Henry  S.  Pritchett, 
President;  Robert  A.  Franks,  Treasurer;  Clyde  Furst,  Secretary. 

These  officers  are  appointed  by  and  hold  office  at  the  pleasure 
of  the  Board. 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  is  held  on  the 
third  Wednesday  in  November,  a  date  which  falls  near  the  birth- 
day anniversary  of  Mr.  Carnegie.  It  has  been  the  custom  at  the 
annual  gatherings  for  Mr.  Carnegie  to  meet  the  Board  at  a  luncheon 
held  between  the  morning  and  afternoon  sessions  at  which,  with- 
out taking  part  in  the  business  meeting,  he  has  been  able  to  ex- 
press his  conception  of  the  scope  and  development  of  the  work 
of  the  Foundation.  These  conferences,  particularly  those  of  the 
earlier  years,  will  long  be  remembered  by  the  Trustees  as  gather- 
ings from  which  they  came  away  full  of  the  hope  and  the  faith 
of  which  the  founder  was  so  triumphant  a  representative. 

When  the  Board  had  obtained  a  charter  and  was  duly  organized 
for  its  work,  the  first  task  to  be  met  was  the  formulation  of  defi- 
nite rules  for  the  granting  of  retiring  allowances. 

It  was  clear  that  the  granting  of  such  allowances  upon  petition 
and  fortuitously  could  serve  no  permanent  purpose.  Retiring 
allowances  to  be  of  value  must  come  in  accordance  with  rules 
under  which  a  teacher  would  be  entitled  to  anticipate  such  an 
allowance  under  stated  conditions.  Furthermore,  it  was  clear 
that  the  funds  at  the  disposition  of  the  Trustees  could  provide 
retiring  allowances  for  a  limited  number  of  teachers  only.  The 
Trustees  therefore  admitted  to  the  privileges  of  the  retiring  allow- 
ances certain  institutions,  whose  work  was  clearly  of  true  college 
or  university  quality,  and  fixed  rules  for  retirement  under  which 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING   131 

the  teachers  in  these  institutions  would  receive  retiring  allow- 
ances.   These  are  known  as  associated  institutions. 

The  rules  adopted  for  conferring  retiring  allowances  were 
based  upon  length  of  service  and  upon  age.  Twenty-five  years 
of  service  as  a  professor  was  the  minimum  basis  of  the  service 
pension  and  sixty-five  years  the  minimum  limit  of  age  at  which 
retirement  could  be  asked. 

In  making  and  announcing  these  rules,  the  Trustees  of  the 
Foundation  took  pains  not  to  bind  themselves  to  any  contractual 
arrangement  or  to  promises  they  might  be  unable  to  fulfil.  In 
connection  with  the  announcement  of  the  rules,  and  as  part  of  the 
same  memorandum,  they  reserved  the  right  to  make  such  changes 
as  experience  might  indicate  as  desirable  for  the  benefit  of  the 
whole  body  of  teachers.  This  right  was  soon  exercised,  in  1908, 
by  the  extension  of  the  privileges  of  the  Foundation  to  widows  of 
teachers  and  to  instructors  as  well  as  to  professors,  and  in  1909 
by  the  elimination  of  the  pension  granted  on  the  basis  of  service 
alone. 

Notwithstanding  the  need  to  grant  retiring  allowances  accord- 
ing to  rule,  rather  than  in  response  to  requests  and  recommenda- 
tions, the  Trustees  realized  that  it  was  Mr.  Carnegie's  wish  to 
serve  the  old  and  faithful  teachers  of  this  generation  to  as  great 
an  extent  as  possible.  The  Trustees  have  therefore  always  de- 
voted a  considerable  proportion  of  the  income  of  the  endowment 
to  the  payment  of  retiring  allowances  to  individual  teachers  in 
institutions  not  associated  with  the  Foundation,  but  who  had 
grown  old  in  teaching,  and  who  had  rendered  long  and  distin- 
guished service  in  their  respective  States.  The  income  of  the 
Foundation  has  never  been  pledged  for  the  indefinite  future  to 
a  group  of  teachers. 

Immediately  upon  the  announcement  of  the  rules  of  retirement, 
the  Trustees  were  called  upon  to  decide  a  difficult  question  of 
general  policy.  Mr.  Carnegie,  in  the  language  of  his  letter  of 
gift,  did  not  "presume  to  include"  institutions  controlled  and 
supported  by  the  States.  The  representatives  of  the  tax-sup- 
ported institutions  made  vigorous  application  to  be  included  in 


132  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

the  list  of  institutions  sharing  in  the  pension  privileges.  The 
inclusion  of  State  institutions  was  urged  mainly  upon  three 
grounds — that  these  institutions  were  nonsectarian  and  therefore 
belonged  to  the  class  of  colleges  in  which  Mr.  Carnegie  was  most 
interested;  that  to  omit  them  from  the  pension  privileges  of  the 
Foundation  would  divide  American  institutions  of  learning  into 
two  contrasted  groups,  and  in  the  third  place  it  was  argued  that 
the  States  of  the  Union  and  the  provinces  of  Canada  would  never 
pay  pensions  to  teachers,  and  therefore  aid  from  private  sources 
was  essential  if  pensions  were  ever  to  be  obtained  by  the  teachers 
in  tax-supported  institutions. 

By  direction  of  the  Trustees  the  matter  was  made  the  subject 
of  a  special  report  by  the  President.  This  report  presented  the 
arguments  for  and  against  the  establishment  of  a  pension  system 
in  State  institutions  by  private  endowment,  and  urged  in  con- 
clusion that  the  best  interests  of  the  teachers  in  State  institutions 
would  be  conserved  by  obtaining  pension  privileges  through  the 
State  governments,  even  though  it  might  require  time  to  educate 
the  public  to  this  notion. 

Mr.  Carnegie  in  March,  1908,  offered  five  millions  of  dollars 
additional  endowment  to  enable  the  Trustees  to  enlarge  the  num- 
ber of  institutions  "should  the  governing  boards  of  any  State 
universities  apply  for  participation  in  the  fund  and  the  legisla- 
ture and  governor  of  the  State  approve  such  application."  He 
directed  that  this  sum  and  the  original  gift  of  ten  millions  be  con- 
sidered a  single  endowment.  In  accordance  with  these  condi- 
tions, application  has  been  made  on  behalf  of  all  of  our  State 
universities  for  a  share  in  the  pensions  provided  by  this  endow- 
ment, and  these  applications  have  been  approved  by  the  legisla- 
tures and  governors  of  the  respective  States.  Similar  action  has 
been  taken  in  the  provinces  of  Canada. 

It  is  interesting  to  note  that  although  little  more  than  ten  years 
have  elapsed  since  this  discussion,  pensions  for  teachers  are  al- 
ready being  paid  in  whole  or  in  part  by  the  following  State  or 
provincial  governments:  Arizona,  California,  Colorado,  Connec- 
ticut, Illinois,  Indiana,  Maine,  Maryland,  Massachusetts,  Min- 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING   133 

nesota,  Nevada,  New  Hampshire,  New  Jersey,  New  York,  North 
Dakota,  Pennsylvania,  Rhode  Island,  Vermont,  Virginia,  West 
Virginia  and  Wisconsin,  and  in  the  Canadian  provinces  of 
Ontario  and  Saskatchewan. 

Seventy-three  institutions  of  higher  learning  have  been  ad- 
mitted to  the  list  of  associated  institutions.  Of  these  sixty- 
three  are  endowed  colleges  controlled  by  boards  of  trustees, 
while  ten  are  tax-supported  institutions  controlled  by  State, 
provincial,  or  municipal  governments. 

Of  the  seventy-three  associated  institutions  seventy  are  in  the 
United  States  and  three  in  Canada.  There  are  in  the  United 
States  approximately  one  thousand  institutions  granting  college 
degrees.  In  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  where  the  degree-granting 
power  has  been  much  more  carefully  guarded,  there  are  some 
seventy  institutions  bearing  the  name  college  or  university.  The 
institutions  whose  professors  participate  in  the  privileges  of  the 
pension  system  of  the  Foundation  include,  therefore,  only  about 
seven  per  cent  of  the  degree-granting  institutions  of  the  United 
States  and  Canada,  but  as  these  institutions  include  some  of  the 
largest  endowed  and  tax-supported  universities  their  teachers 
constitute  a  larger  percentage  of  the  total  number  of  college 
teachers  in  the  two  countries.  A  list  of  the  associated  colleges 
and  universities  is  given  in  the  appendix. 

The  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  also  enjoys  the  privi- 
leges of  an  associated  institution,  thus  bringing  the  total  to 
seventy-four. 

In  these  seventy-four  colleges,  universities  and  technical  schools 
there  were,  as  of  date  April  1,  1917,  6,593  teachers  including 
professors,  associate  or  assistant  professors,  and  instructors.  Of 
these  715  were  women. 

The  cost  of  the  retiring  allowances  for  these  teachers  and  of 
pensions  for  widows  of  teachers  amounted  for  the  year  ending 
June  30,  1918,  to  $680,855.71.  For  the  thirteen  years  of  its 
existence  ending  November  20,  1918,  the  Foundation  has  granted 
469  retiring  allowances  and  151  widows'  pensions  in  the  associated 
institutions  at  a  cost  of  $4,910,967.17  and  135  allowances  and  43 


134  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

widows'  pensions  in  87  other  institutions  at  a  cost  of  $1,349,532.99. 
The  total  expenditure  for  the  entire  798  allowances  and  pensions 
amounted  therefore  at  the  date  mentioned  to  $6,260,500.16. 
These  payments  were  made,  in  the  main,  to  men  and  women 
grown  old  in  a  profession  in  which  there  had  been  scant  oppor- 
tunity to  provide  against  dependence  in  old  age.  How  much  of 
human  anxiety  the  expenditure  of  this  money  has  relieved,  no 
one  can  tell.  To  have  rendered  this  service  has  been  to  the 
founder  of  this  institution  one  of  the  greatest  satisfactions  amid 
the  gradually  lengthening  shadows  of  advancing  age.  To  him 
the  occasional  letter  of  appreciation  from  an  old  teacher,  or  from 
a  teacher's  widow,  has  meant  a  true  benediction. 

The  administration  of  the  Trust  as  far  as  Newfoundland  is  con- 
cerned has  presented  difficulties.  When  it  became  necessary,  in 
the  judgment  of  the  Trustees,  to  pay  retiring  allowances  through 
institutions  of  college  grade,  articulating  with  a  secondary  school 
system,  the  educational  system  in  Newfoundland  was  so  unlike 
those  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  that  it  has  been  found 
necessary  to  grant  such  retiring  allowances  as  were  paid  to 
teachers  in  Newfoundland  to  individuals,  upon  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  Newfoundland  authorities. 

The  transformation  of  the  retiring  allowance  system  into  a  con- 
tributory form,  as  described  hereafter,  will  offer  to  teachers  in 
higher  education  in  Newfoundland,  and  in  particular  to  those 
hereafter  entering  the  profession,  exactly  the  same  opportunities 
as  to  those  in  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

Among  the  distinguished  scholars  and  teachers  who  have  re- 
ceived retiring  allowances  at  the  hands  of  the  Trustees  of  the 
Foundation  have  been  the  following:  Professors  William  James, 
Palmer,  Peabody  and  Toy  of  Harvard,  Beers,  Sumner,  Ladd  and 
Woolsey  of  Yale,  Corson  and  De  Garmo  of  Cornell,  Burgess  and 
Chandler  of  Columbia,  Ormond  of  Princeton,  March  of  Lafayette 
and  Gildersleeve  of  Johns  Hopkins;  Deans  Wright  of  Yale,  Van 
Amringe  of  Columbia,  Stoddard  of  New  York  University,  and 
Snow  and  Woodward  of  Washington  University;  Edgar  Gardner 
Murphy,  secretary  of  the  Southern  Education  Board;  Presidents 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING   135 

Eliot  of  Harvard,  Patton  of  Princeton,  Remsen  of  Johns  Hopkins, 
Seelye  of  Smith,  and  Taylor  of  Vassar,  Gordon  of  Queen's  Univer- 
sity, Northrup  of  Minnesota,  Jesse  of  Missouri,  Jordan  of  Leland 
Stanford;  William  Pilot,  president  of  the  Council  of  Education  of 
Newfoundland;  and  William  T.  Harris,  United  States  Commis- 
sioner of  Education. 

II 
STUDIES   IN  EDUCATION 

In  the  charter  of  the  Foundation,  provision  is  made  for  engag- 
ing in  any  endeavor  within  the  field  of  education  that  tends  to 
promote  and  advance  the  profession  of  the  teacher.  It  has  always 
been  recognized  by  the  Trustees  that  the  study  and  report  upon 
educational  problems  is  one  of  the  fruitful  fields  of  endeavor  upon 
which  such  an  endowed  agency  could  enter.  For  this  work,  the  de- 
tachment of  the  Foundation  from  local  interests  and  institutional 
plans  presents  a  certain  advantage.  It  goes  without  saying  that 
those  in  charge  of  such  an  organization  can  assume  to  possess  no 
wisdom  superior  to  that  of  college  teachers,  or  of  university  presi- 
dents, or  of  officials  of  State  systems  of  education.  They  may, 
however,  by  reason  of  the  very  detachment  of  such  an  endow- 
ment, be  able  to  approach  such  questions  free,  to  some  extent  at 
least,  of  local  interest  or  of  institutional  parallax.  If  the  studies 
of  the  Foundation  have  resulted  in  a  real  service  to  education, 
the  result  is  due,  in  part  at  least,  to  this  fact. 

Recognizing  the  value  of  such  work,  Mr.  Carnegie,  as  president 
of  the  Carnegie  Corporation,  addressed  a  letter  on  January  31, 
1913,  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Foundation,  in  which  he  offered 
$1,250,000  of  four  per  cent  bonds  as  an  endowment  for  a  Division 
of  Educational  Inquiry.  The  Trustees  accepted  this  gift  as  a 
separate  trust,  and  the  fifty  thousand  dollars  of  annual  income 
has  been  devoted  to  the  work  of  educational  inquiry.  In  making 
such  studies,  the  effort  has  been  made  to  avoid  the  formation  of  a 
bureau  having  a  fixed  organization  and  a  crystallized  educational 
program.    The  principal  studies  have  been  made  by  men  selected 

10 


136  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

for  their  special  qualifications,  who  have  come  temporarily  to 
the  service  of  the  Foundation,  giving  their  whole  time  and  thought 
to  the  study  during  the  period  of  their  stay,  and  at  the  com- 
pletion of  the  study,  returning  to  their  former  places.  Universi- 
ties and  colleges  have  cooperated  most  cordially  with  the  Founda- 
tion by  lending  their  professors  for  periods  of  one,  two,  or  three 
years  for  such  studies.  Among  those  who  have  temporarily 
served  the  Foundation  in  its  various  studies  are  Abraham  Flexner, 
now  secretary  of  the  General  Education  Board;  Morris  Llewellyn 
Cooke,  now  of  the  War  Industries  Board;  Professor  Josef  Red- 
lich  of  the  University  of  Vienna;  Charles  Riborg  Mann,  now 
adviser  to  the  War  Department  Committee  on  Education;  Deans 
Pound,  Stone,  Hall,  Bates,  James  and  McGovney,  and  Professor 
Costigan  of  the  law  schools  of  Harvard,  Columbia,  Chicago, 
Michigan,  Missouri,  Iowa  and  Northwestern;  among  professors 
of  education:  Thorndike  and  Strayer  of  Columbia,  Dearborn 
of  Harvard,  McMurray  of  George  Peabody  College,  Bagley  of 
Illinois,  Josselyn  of  Kansas  and  Elliott  of  Montana;  and  Com- 
missioner Hillegas  of  Vermont.  Technical  advice  has  been 
secured  from  a  large  number  of  others. 

In  the  prosecution  of  educational  studies,  the  Foundation  has 
offered  to  those  who  thus  cooperated  with  it  the  largest  measure 
of  freedom,  both  in  their  methods  and  in  their  utterances.  The 
discussions  and  papers  relating  to  educational  inquiries  have  been 
printed  in  part  in  the  annual  reports  of  the  President,  and  in  part 
in  special  publications  known  as  bulletins.  These  discussions 
and  reports  have  covered  a  wide  range  of  topics,  such  as  military, 
civil,  clerical,  industrial  and  teachers'  pension  systems;  State, 
provincial,  and  denominational  support  and  control  of  higher  edu- 
cation and  financial  reporting;  college  advertising  and  catalogues; 
college  entrance  requirements  and  their  administration;  the  ap- 
pointment, salaries,  tenure,  and  retirement  privileges  of  college 
teachers;  the  reporting  of  college  finances;  the  present  state  of 
agricultural,  engineering,  legal,  and  medical  education  and  the 
training  of  teachers;  academic  standards  in  general;  education 
and  politics;    State  educational  reports:    the  legislative  history 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING       137 

of  federal  aid  to  education,  and  European  views  of  American 
education.  The  Foundation  has  just  issued  bulletins  concern- 
ing Engineering  Education  and  Pensions  for  Public  School 
Teachers.  Studies  of  the  training  of  teachers  and  of  legal  aid 
societies  are  nearly  ready.  Steady  progress  is  being  made  on  a 
comprehensive  study  of  legal  education. 

In  the  prosecution  of  these  studies  the  Foundation  has  had  an 
enlightening  experience,  not  only  as  to  the  difficulty  of  obtaining 
men  fitted  for  the  discriminating  and  laborious  study  of  educa- 
tional inquiry,  but  also  as  to  the  expenditure  of  time  and  money 
necessary  to  obtain  the  information  upon  which  alone  a  just  and 
useful  report  could  be  based. 

The  report  on  medical  education  in  the  United  States  and  in 
Europe  contained  in  two  bulletins,  occupied  four  years  in  prep- 
aration, and  cost,  including  publication,  approximately  forty 
thousand  dollars. 

The  report  on  the  educational  system  of  Vermont  occupied 
two  years  in  preparation,  and  cost  in  its  preparation  and  publica- 
tion twenty  thousand  dollars. 

The  study  of  the  training  of  teachers,  part  of  which  is  now  in 
press,  has  engaged  first  and  last  the  services  of  seventy-five  per- 
sons, and  deals  comprehensively  with  the  training  institutions 
and  the  twenty  thousand  teachers  of  a  great  State.  It  has 
occupied  more  than  four  years  and  has  cost  seventy-five  thou- 
sand dollars. 

The  report  on  legal  education  begun  in  1913  is  not  yet  complete. 
One  bulletin  has  already  appeared  dealing  with  the  Case  System 
of  instruction  in  law  schools.  A  second  bulletin,  entitled  "Jus- 
tice and  the  Poor,"  is  now  in  press.  The  study  has  involved  not 
only  the  examination  of  every  law  school  in  the  country  but  the 
study  of  the  system  of  admission  to  the  bar  in  forty-eight  States. 
At  times  as  many  as  fifty  people  have  been  occupied  simulta- 
neously in  this  study.  The  mass  of  material  brought  together  is 
enormous,  but  it  has  gradually  been  digested  to  the  point  where 
its  evidence  can  be  made  clear,  not  only  to  the  trained  lawyer, 


138  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

but  to  the  intelligent  layman  interested  in  the  administration  of 
justice. 

In  a  country  so  large  as  ours  where  conditions  are  so  varied 
and  the  number  of  men  and  of  organizations  to  be  considered  in 
any  educational  inquiry  is  so  great,  the  mere  gathering  of  the  in- 
formation necessary  to  come  to  a  fair  knowledge  of  the  truth  is 
a  costly  and  laborious  undertaking. 

Whenever  the  Foundation  has  undertaken  a  study  of  this  char- 
acter, it  has  adopted  the  principle  that  a  thorough  and  painstaking 
study,  based  upon  full  evidence  fairly  and  honestly  interpreted, 
is  worth  more  than  any  number  of  superficial  and  partial  reports. 
Having  begun  such  an  inquiry,  it  has  spared  neither  expense  nor 
time  to  procure  the  information  deemed  necessary  by  those  hav- 
ing the  study  in  charge,  and  it  has  steadily  declined  to  publish  a 
report  until  the  subject  has  been,  to  the  best  of  our  knowledge 
and  ability,  worked  out.  Having  reached  that  point,  the  Foun- 
dation has  endeavored  to  print  its  reports  in  as  clear  and  simple 
a  form  as  possible.  One  must  under  such  conditions  sometimes 
be  disappointed  by  unexpected  delays.  Time  is  itself  a  factor 
in  the  value  of  a  report  or  of  an  educational  study.  Neverthe- 
less, the  dangers  from  delays  due  to  such  causes  are  not  to  be 
compared  to  those  that  arise  from  hasty  investigations. 

A  list  of  the  publications  of  the  Foundation,  including  the 
annual  reports  and  the  bulletins  devoted  to  special  inquiries,  is 
given  at  the  end  of  this  chapter.  There  is  a  cumulative  index  to 
the  first  ten  reports. 

Ill 

THE   REORGANIZATION  OF  THE  PENSION  SYSTEM 

When  the  Carnegie  Foundation  was  incorporated  in  the  spring 
of  1906,  there  was  no  conception  of  a  pension  plan  in  the  minds  of 
Mr.  Carnegie  and  of  his  Trustees,  except  that  of  the  free  payment 
of  pensions  to  as  many  teachers  as  the  income  of  the  endowment 
would  provide.  In  making  such  payments,  the  Trustees  had 
clearly  recognized  that  such  pensions  or  allowances  must  be  sti-v 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING       139 

pendiary  in  character,  that  is  to  say,  they  must  have  some  fair 
relation  to  the  active  salary.  In  general,  the  rules  aimed  to  pro- 
vide an  old  age  pension  equal  to  approximately  sixty  per  cent  of 
the  active  pay  during  the  last  five  years  of  service.  The  rules 
were  so  framed  that  this  proportion  was  about  sixty  per  cent  for 
the  average  pay  of  the  full  professor;  being  larger  than  sixty  per 
cent  for  smaller  salaries  and  less  than  sixty  per  cent  for  larger 
ones.  Thus  a  man  retiring  at  sixty-five  on  a  salary  of  $1200 
received  a  retiring  allowance  of  $1000;  one  retiring  on  a  $3000 
salary  a  $1900  allowance,  while  one  retiring  on  a  $6000  salary 
received  an  allowance  of  $3400.  The  maximum  allowance  granted 
was  $4000. 

The  Trustees  likewise  adopted  as  a  general  policy  the  confer- 
ring of  retiring  allowances  through  designated  colleges  and  uni- 
versities. No  other  plan  was  possible  if  the  teacher  was  to  re- 
ceive his  allowance  under  definite  rules,  while  at  the  same  time 
the  number  of  teachers  to  whom  pensions  could  be  given  was 
necessarily  limited.  The  system  of  retiring  allowances  set  up  by 
the  Trustees  in  accordance  with  the  general  desire  of  the  founder, 
was,  therefore,  a  noncontributory  pension,  established  in  a  limited 
number  of  colleges  and  universities,  under  rules  fixed  by  the 
Trustees,  and  subject  to  modification  as  time  and  experience 
might  indicate. 

Within  a  very  short  time  the  defects  of  this  plan  began  to  show 
themselves.  The  establishment  of  a  privilege  so  valuable  as  a 
free  pension,  when  restricted  to  a  limited  number  of  institutions, 
involved  discriminations  between  institutions  which  as  time 
passed  became  more  and  more  difficult  to  justify. 

The  working  of  the  rules  themselves  began  to  show  results  not 
anticipated.  Mr.  Carnegie  had  in  mind  the  offer  of  a  pension  to 
the  teacher  grown  old  in  the  service.  To  the  old  teacher,  such 
a  privilege  coming  unexpectedly  at  the  end  of  long  and  faithful 
work  was  a  gracious  and  friendly  service.  The  situation  was 
entirely  different  when  the  promise  of  a  pension  was  held  before 
the  eyes  of  the  man  who  was  twenty,  thirty,  or  forty  years  away 
from  retirement.    Within  a  few  years,  both  Mr.  Carnegie  and  the 


140  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Trustees  began  to  have  serious  doubts  of  the  wisdom  of  any  sys- 
tem of  pensions  provided  entirely  without  the  cooperation  of  the 
beneficiary,  whether  he  were  a  teacher,  a  government  employe,  or 
an  industrial  worker. 

There  was  only  one  thing  that  right  minded  and  courageous 
men  could  do  under  such  circumstances,  and  that  was  to  make 
a  thorough  study  of  the  whole  subject  and,  after  full  knowledge, 
to  go  forward  to  a  constructive  and  permanent  solution  of  the 
problem  of  teachers'  pensions. 

As  a  preliminary,  the  literature  of  the  world  bearing  on  such 
questions  was  brought  together  and  discussed.  The  reports  of 
the  Foundation  and  the  material  gathered  at  its  office  contain 
probably  the  most  complete  statement  of  pension  literature  in  ex- 
istence. In  addition,  the  Trustees  of  the  Foundation  sought  the 
advice  and  aid  of  expert  actuaries,  statisticians,  and  economists. 

The  pension  problem  has  become  in  the  last  twelve  years 
a  social  and  economic  question  of  the  first  importance,  and 
the  Trustees  realized  that  the  right  solution  of  their  problem 
was  one  of  far-reaching  effect.  They  endeavored,  therefore,  to 
deal  not  only  with  the  details  of  teachers'  pensions,  but  to  deter- 
mine the  fundamental  principles  that  must  underlie  a  pension 
system  designed  for  any  group  in  the  body  politic. 

This  study  extended  over  a  series  of  years.  The  steps  by  which 
the  various  conclusions  were  reached  are  given  in  detail  in  the 
reports  and  bulletins  of  the  Foundation.  They  can  be  best  ex- 
amined in  those  publications. 

The  conclusions  to  which  the  Trustees  were  led  were  so  impor- 
tant, that  they  should  be  briefly  stated  in  any  account  of  the  first 
twelve  years  of  the  Foundation's  history. 

The  facts  clearly  established  by  these  investigations  were  the 
following. 

A  pension  system  paid  out  of  income,  whether  of  a  government 
or  of  a  corporation,  at  no  cost  to  the  beneficiary  is  expensive  be- 
yond all  anticipation.  Its  cost  is  not  only  impossible  to  estimate 
in  advance,  but  has  proved  an  intolerable  burden  even  to  the 
practically  unlimited  income  of  a  government. 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING      141 

Experience  shows  further  that  while  under  the  noncontrib- 
utory  plan  the  beneficiary  appears  to  get  something  for  nothing, 
it  is  certain  that  in  a  limited  number  of  years  the  pension  will  be 
absorbed  in  the  wage  or  salary  schedule,  and  become  practically 
deferred  pay,  received  by  only  a  minority  of  those  interested. 

The  effect  of  the  so-called  free  pension  upon  the  individual  is 
distinctly  demoralizing.  The  notion  of  getting  something  for 
nothing  appeals  to  our  universal  human  nature,  but  it  is  a  prolific 
breeder  of  human  selfishness.  Not  only  is  this  true,  but  the 
lifting  from  the  shoulders  of  the  individual  of  a  responsibility 
properly  and  rightfully  his  is  a  source  of  weakness,  not  of  strength. 
What  society  needs  is  the  machinery  under  which  the  individual 
shall  be  able  to  discharge  his  obligation,  without  making  an 
unreasonable  demand  either  upon  his  financial  resources  or  upon 
his  self-control. 

The  evidence  brought  together  convinced  the  Trustees  that  a 
noncontributory  pension  system,  such  as  they  had  inaugurated, 
was  not  in  the  permanent  interest  of  the  college  teacher,  and  that 
it  should  be  transformed  into  a  system  in  which  the  expense  could 
be  definitely  estimated  in  advance,  in  which  the  teacher  should 
have  the  security  of  an  individual  contract,  and  in  which  the 
teacher  and  his  employer,  the  college,  should  cooperate  in  estab- 
lishing, maintaining,  and  governing  the  organization  through 
which  the  contracts  for  retiring  allowances  were  to  be  made  and 
carried  out.  It  is  a  source  of  great  satisfaction  that  the  founder 
himself  approved  these  conclusions  heartily  and  completely. 

When  the  Trustees  had  come  thus  far,  their  task  was  only  be- 
gun. It  is  one  thing  to  point  out  the  defects  of  a  piece  of  social 
mechanism;  it  is  quite  another  to  construct  in  its  place  one  that 
will  serve.  In  this  constructive  effort  the  Trustees  sought  to  avail 
themselves  of  every  possible  aid  from  experts  in  America  and 
Europe,  and  they  endeavored  also  to  consult  all  those  directly 
interested  in  the  outcome,  desiring  not  only  to  obtain  the  benefit 
of  constructive  suggestion  but  also  to  meet  as  far  as  possible  the 
points  of  view  of  the  teachers  themselves,  and  of  the  various 
colleges  and  universities.     With  this  end  in  view  the  Foundation 


142  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

corresponded  not  only  with  hundreds  of  individual  teachers,  and 
with  college  and  university  authorities,  but  invited  organizations 
such  as  the  Association  of  American  Universities,  the  Association 
of  State  Universities,  the  Association  of  American  Colleges,  and 
the  American  Association  of  University  Professors  to  criticize 
the  provisional  plans  proposed,  and  to  set  forth  themselves  such 
constructive  measures  as  in  their  individual  or  collective  judg- 
ment were  desirable  or  important.  These  exchanges  occupied 
more  than  two  years  and  afforded  every  opportunity  for  con- 
ference with  and  the  cooperation  of  those  interested. 

Finally,  the  Trustees  of  the  Foundation  appointed  a  commis- 
sion to  consider  a  provisional  plan,  and  to  report  upon  the  funda- 
mental principles  of  a  pension  system.  Besides  Trustees  of  the 
Foundation,  this  commission  contained  representatives  of  the 
various  organizations  just  mentioned.  The  commission  had 
the  assistance  of  expert  actuaries.  In  their  report  to  the  Founda- 
tion the  commission  stated  in  definite  and  carefully  chosen  words, 
the  fundamental  principles  of  a  sound  pension  system.  These 
principles  fall  into  two  groups,  the  one  resting  upon  economic  and 
social  considerations,  the  other  upon  actuarial  and  financial  facts. 
The  principles  thus  formulated  by  the  commission  were  the 
following : 


1.  The  function  of  a  pension  system  is  to  secure  to  the  individual  who 
participates  in  it  protection  against  the  risk  of  dependence  due  to  old  age  or  to 
disability. 

2.  The  obligation  to  secure  this  protection  for  himself  and  for  his  family 
rests  first  upon  the  individual.  This  is  one  of  the  primary  obligations  of  the 
existing  social  order.  Society  has  done  its  best  for  the  individual  when  it  pro- 
vides the  machinery  by  which  he  may  obtain  this  protection  at  a  cost  within 
his  reasonable  ability  to  pay. 

3.  Men  either  on  salary  or  on  wages  are,  in  the  economic  sense,  employes. 
The  employer,  whether  a  government,  a  corporation,  or  an  individual,  has  a 
direct  financial  interest  in  the  establishment  of  some  pension  system  which 
shall  enable  old  or  disabled  employes  to  retire  under  satisfactory  conditions. 
In  addition,  society  demands  today  that  the  employer  assume  some  part  in  the 
moral  and  social  betterment  of  his  employes.     The  obligation  of  the  employer 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING       143 

to  cooperate  in  sustaining  a  pension  system  is  primarily  a  financial  one,  and  in 
the  second  place,  a  moral  one. 

4.  A  pension  system  designed  for  any  group  of  industrial  or  vocational 
workers,  should  rest  upon  the  cooperation  of  employe  and  employer. 

5.  Teachers'  pensions  should  be  stipendiary  in  character,  amounting  to  a 
fair  proportion  of  the  active  pay. 

II 

1.  In  actuarial  terms,  a  pension  is  a  deferred  annuity  upon  the  fife  of  one  or 
more  individuals,  payable  upon  the  fulfilment  of  certain  conditions. 

2.  In  order  that  an  individual  participating  in  a  pension  system  may  be 
assured  of  his  annuity  when  due,  one  condition  is  indispensable:  There  must 
be  set  aside,  year  by  year,  the  reserve  necessary,  with  its  accumulated  interest, 
to  provide  the  annuity  at  the  age  agreed  upon.  On  no  other  conditions  can 
the  participator  obtain  a  satisfactory  contract.  The  man  of  thirty  who  partici- 
pates in  a  pension  plan  under  which  he  expects  an  annuity  thirty-five  or  forty 
years  in  the  future,  will  take  some  risk  of  disappointment  in  accepting  any 
arrangement  less  secure  than  a  contractual  one. 

3.  A  pension  system  conducted  upon  the  actuarial  basis  of  setting  aside, 
year  by  year,  the  necessary  reserve  is  the  only  pension  system  whose  cost  can 
be  accurately  estimated  in  advance. 

4.  A  method  by  which  a  pension  is  paid  for  in  advance  in  annual  or  monthly 
instalments  is  the  most  practical  plan  which  can  be  devised  for  purchasing  a 
deferred  annuity,  provided  that  the  contributions  begin  early  in  the  employe's 
career,  and  provided  also  that  the  contributions  paid  in  year  by  year  receive 
the  benefit  of  the  current  interest  for  safe  investments. 

5.  As  a  matter  of  practical  administration,  a  pension  system  should  apply  to 
a  group  whose  members  five  under  comparable  financial  and  economic  condi- 
tions. To  attain  its  full  purpose,  participation  in  the  pension  system  to  the 
extent  of  an  agreed  minimum,  should  form  a  condition  of  entering  the  service 
or  employment  the  members  of  which  are  cooperating  in  the  pension  system. 

In  addition  to  this  formulation  of  the  underlying  principles  of 
a  pension  or  annuity  system,  the  commission  pointed  out  that  the 
problem  of  affording  protection  to  the  teacher  against  dependence 
in  old  age,  both  for  economic  and  for  financial  reasons,  should 
be  coordinated  with  that  of  protection  for  his  family  against  de- 
pendence in  case  of  his  premature  death.  In  other  words,  an  in- 
surance contract  covering  the  active  period  of  a  teacher's  service 
ought  to  articulate  with  an  annuity  contract  when  income  earning 
power   diminishes.     The   question   of   obtaining   such   facilities 


144  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

through  existing  insurance  companies  was  carefully  considered, 
and  the  opinions  of  actuaries  and  of  the  experts  in  state  depart- 
ments of  insurance  were  obtained.     These  opinions  were  unani- 
mous in   recommending  the   creation   of  an  agency   specially 
devoted  to  this  purpose.     The  commission,  therefore,  approved 
and  recommended  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Foundation  a  plan  for 
an  insurance  and  annuity  company  to  be  chartered  under  State 
law,  which  should  offer  to  teachers,  as  they  enter  their  profession, 
insurance  and  annuity  contracts  at  net  rates  and  in  forms  best 
adapted  to  their  needs.     This  recommendation  has  been  'carried 
out  by  the  establishment  of  the  Teachers  Insurance  and  Annuity 
Association  of  America,  chartered  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of 
New  York,  and  supplied  by  the  Carnegie  Corporation,  at  the  rec- 
ommendation of  the  Foundation,  with  a  capital  and  surplus  of 
one  million  dollars.    In  this  agency  is  now  provided  the  machin- 
ery through  which  the  teacher  may  obtain,  through  insurance  and 
annuity  contracts,  requisite  protection  for  himself  and  for  his  de- 
pendents.    The  handbook  of  the  Association  describes  in  detail 
the  various  policies,  their  cost,  and  the  arrangement  under  which 
the  premiums  may  be  paid  in  annual,  semi-annual,  quarterly,  or 
monthly  payments.     Any  information  desired    concerning  the 
policies  of  the  Association  can  be  had  by  addressing  the  Actuary 
of  the  Association  at  576  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City. 

Unless  one  has  had  the  time  and  the  patience  to  read  the  litera- 
ture of  old  age  pensions  and  of  social  insurance,  he  can  not  appre- 
ciate at  its  full  value  the  significance  to  the  teaching  profession 
of  the  solution  of  the  problem  of  old  age  pensions  and  teachers' 
insurance  thus  worked  out.  Teachers  themselves  will  perhaps 
appreciate  its  significance  only  after  the  lapse  of  some  years. 
Under  the  conditions  thus  established,  a  young  instructor  of 
thirty  can  carry  five  thousand  dollars  of  insurance  at  an  approxi- 
mate cost  of  five  dollars  a  month.  By  a  similar  monthly  payment 
in  cooperation  with  his  college,  he  may  secure  an  annuity  contract 
which,  if  he  lives  to  sixty-five,  will  provide  an  annual  income  of 
one  thousand  dollars,  or  in  case  of  death  before  that  age,  will  be 
added  with  its  accumulations  to  the  insurance  payment.     In  a 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING       145 

word,  the  conditions  have  been  established  under  which  the  am- 
bitious and  high-minded  man  entering  the  profession  of  the  teacher 
may,  within  his  reasonable  ability  to  pay,  protect  himself  and 
his  family,  and  may  do  this  with  full  consciousness  of  manly 
independence,  of  financial  security,  and  of  freedom  in  his  pro- 
fession. By  such  a  process  as  that  described,  the  problem 
that  Mr.  Carnegie  set  before  his  Trustees  has  been  brought  to  a 
solution. 

When  the  Trustees  of  the  Foundation  had  determined  upon  the 
wisdom  of  transforming  the  noncontributory  pension  system,  up- 
on which  they  had  entered,  into  a  contributory  system  of  annuity 
contracts,  and  of  offering  with  these  the  insurance  contracts  that 
would  naturally  supplement  the  annuities,  they  still  had  to  decide 
the  question:  What  is  a  just  and  reasonable  fulfilment  of  the  ex- 
pectations of  the  six  thousand  teachers  now  in  the  associated 
institutions  under  the  old  rules? 

While  the  Foundation  had  explicitly  reserved  from  the  begin- 
ning the  right  to  change  the  rules  governing  the  granting  of  these 
allowances,  nevertheless  there  was  a  very  natural  tendency  on 
the  part  of  the  beneficiaries,  both  individuals  and  colleges,  to 
construe  these  privileges  as  contracts.  The  Trustees  of  the 
Foundation  in  consultation  with  many  teachers  and  college  offi- 
cials, as  well  as  with  high-minded  and  disinterested  men  of  affairs, 
sought  to  determine  the  question  what  would  be  a  just  and  gener- 
ous fulfilment  of  these  expectations  without  involving  the  Founda- 
tion in  an  unwarrantable  use  of  trust  funds  for  a  very  long  period 
of  years  to  the  exclusion  of  the  claims  of  the  great  body  of  teachers 
in  the  United  States  and  Canada?  In  making  such  a  determina- 
tion the  Foundation  necessarily  took  counsel  with  the  Trustees  of 
the  Carnegie  Corporation,  to  whose  generous  interest  they  were 
indebted  for  the  additional  funds  necessary  to  provide  these 
pensions  for  the  distant  future. 

It  was  clear  that  teachers  nearing  retirement  had  expectations 
of  a  very  different  sort  from  those  of  young  men  twenty-five, 
thirty,  or  forty  years  away  from  retirement,  and  who  through  the 
Teachers  Insurance  and  Annuity  Association  could  at  very  small 


146  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

cost  supplement  their  pensions  by  additional  annuities.  To  all 
younger  men  in  the  associated  colleges  the  facilities  of  the  new- 
association  were  quite  as  valuable  as  to  teachers  in  colleges  not 
associated  with  the  Foundation. 

The  following  plan  was  therefore  adopted:  For  five  years  no 
change  is  made.  At  the  end  of  that  period  the  minimum  age  of 
retirement  is  raised,  year  by  year,  one  year  at  a  time,  for  a  second 
period  of  five  years,  by  which  time  it  has  been  brought  to  seventy 
years.  After  the  first  five  years,  a  teacher  retiring  before  the 
minimum  age  will  receive  an  allowance  diminished  by  one-fifteenth 
for  every  year  by  which  he  anticipates  the  minimum  age.  This 
arrangement  will  still  require  a  very  large  expenditure,  and  one 
that  will  absorb  practically  the  wThole  income  of  the  Foundation 
for  fifty  years.  In  addition  there  will  be  expended  the  entire 
principal  and  interest  of  one  million  dollars  accumulated  by  the 
Foundation  and  a  large  reserve  fund  of  eleven  millions  of  dollars, 
contributed  by  the  Carnegie  Corporation  for  this  purpose.  The 
Foundation  will  expend,  during  the  next  fifty  years,  some  sixty 
millions  of  dollars  in  carrying  out  the  expectations  of  the  teachers 
in  the  associated  institutions. 

While  the  income  of  the  Foundation  will  thus  be  devoted  for 
many  years  to  come  to  the  payment  of  pensions  of  teachers  in  the 
associated  colleges,  its  great  endowment  of  fifteen  millions  of 
dollars  is  untouched.  Its  income,  as  it  is  set  free,  will  be  devoted 
to  the  advancement  of  teaching  along  such  lines  as  the  Trustees 
of  that  day  may  decide. 

The  gift  of  the  Founder  of  this  institution  was  conceived  in  the 
most  generous  spirit.  It  has  enabled  hundreds  of  college  teachers 
grown  old  in  service  to  retire  in  comfort  and  security.  As  a  per- 
manent solution  of  the  problem  of  the  protection  of  teachers  from 
the  risk  of  dependence,  the  plan  originally  adopted  by  Mr.  Carne- 
gie and  by  the  Trustees  of  the  Foundation  was  insufficient.  It 
has  served  its  purpose.  The  real  gain  to  colleges,  both  of  the 
associated  list  of  institutions  and  of  those  not  so  related,  lies  in 
the  fact  that  the  pension  problem  has  been  worked  out  and  its 
solution  provided  for  upon  a  basis  that  is  reasonable,  sound  and 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING       147 

enduring.  The  solution  of  the  fulfilment  of  reasonable  expecta- 
tions of  teachers  under  the  old  rules  that  has  finally  been  reached 
is  made  possible  by  the  generous  aid  of  the  Carnegie  Corporation. 
This  solution  is  regarded  by  high-minded  and  thoughtful  men 
looking  at  the  matter  from  a  detached  and  disinterested  point  of 
view  as  a  most  generous  fulfilment  of  the  expectations  of  these 
teachers.  It  is  believed  that  it  will  be  so  regarded  by  the  teachers 
themselves. 

The  obligations  in  this  matter  do  not  lie  wholly  with  the  Trus- 
tees of  the  Carnegie  Foundation.  There  are  also  obligations 
upon  the  teachers  and  the  associated  colleges  who  have  been  for 
twelve  years,  and  who  will  continue  to  be  for  fifty  years  to 
come,  the  chief  beneficiaries  of  the  trust.  The  common  obliga- 
tions of  Trustees  and  beneficiaries  have  perhaps  been  nowhere 
better  stated  than  in  the  following  words  from  the  president  of 
the  American  Association  of  University  Professors,  in  a  recent 
presidential  address: 

The  founder's  idea  was  a  noble  and  unique  one ;  himself  and  his  Trustees  are 
entitled  to  our  heartiest  gratitude  and  cordial  sympathy.  The  grumbling  and 
even  hostile  attitude  sometimes  exhibited  is  not  justifiable.  All  parties  can 
and  should  approach  the  subject  in  a  spirit  of  desire  for  frank  exchange  of  views 
and  of  mutual  support.  .  .  .  The  situation  at  the  outset  was  novel;  the 
enterprise  was  in  some  degree  inevitably  experimental  and  alterable.  The 
Trustees  were  and  are  morally  entitled  to  make  such  changes  as  may  seem 
absolutely  necessary;  the  propriety  of  fulfilling  natural  expectations  of  bene- 
ficiaries being  as  obvious  to  the  Trustees  as  to  others.  Whatever  change  of 
plan  is  proposed  will  properly  rest  for  its  adoption  upon  the  just  and  enlight- 
ened judgment  of  the  Trustees  after  full  deliberation. 

The  story  of  the  twelve  years  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation  here 
briefly  told  touches  a  problem  of  vast  importance  to  the  people 
and  to  the  government  of  the  United  States.  War  pensions  in 
the  past  have  constituted  the  greatest  source  of  political  demorali- 
zation of  which  our  government  can  be  charged.  The  legislation 
relating  to  our  Civil  War  pensions  is  a  monument  to  the  weakness 
of  our  legislators  and  our  Presidents,  with  the  notable  exception 
of  Grover  Cleveland.  The  increases  of  these  pensions  even 
during  the  last  year,  a  half  century  after  the  war  ended,  has 


148  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

raised  the  annual  pension  roll  to  a  new  and  unheard  of  load  of 
$220,000,000. 

We  have  been  involved  in  a  war  in  which  the  number  of  soldiers 
engaged  enormously  exceeds  that  of  the  Civil  War.  If  there 
should  follow  upon  the  heels  of  peace  such  pension  legislation  as 
followed  the  Civil  War,  no  one  can  estimate  the  staggering  sum 
that  may  be  imposed  upon  the  country  in  the  matter  of  pensions. 
And  the  money  cost  is  only  the  smallest  part  of  the  load.  The 
demoralization  of  such  wholesale  exploitation  of  the  treasury  of 
the  government  is  beyond  words.  It  has  in  the  past  corrupted 
parties,  poisoned  legislation,  and  spoiled  the  sweet  taste  of  patri- 
otic devotion  for  millions  of  our  people. 

Very  wisely  our  government  is  seeking  to  forestall  such  an  event 
by  a  generous  system  of  insurance  for  soldiers  upon  the  lines 
adopted  in  the  Teachers  Insurance  and  Annuity  Association. 
Our  past  experience,  however,  indicates  that  once  the  people  are 
taught  to  expect  something  for  nothing,  nothing  short  of  an  edu- 
cation as  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  a  pension  will  suffice 
to  prevent  in  the  future  a  demand  for  free  pensions  more  costly 
and  more  demoralizing  than  those  of  the  past. 

The  Trustees  of  the  Foundation  have  sought  honestly  and 
sincerely  to  apprehend  and  to  state  clearly  the  fundamental 
conditions  for  a  pension  system  that  shall  be  effective  but  shall 
not  demoralize.  In  formulating  these  principles  and  in  recon- 
structing their  own  system  in  accordance  therewith,  they  have 
dealt  in  a  small  wajr  with  a  question  with  which  the  nation  must 
deal  on  a  far  greater  scale.  The  Trustees  have  sought  to  dis- 
charge their  obligation,  not  only  to  a  trust  and  to  a  particular 
group  in  the  body  politic  but  an  obligation  to  the  country  as  well. 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING       149 


APPENDIX 

The  following  documents  bearing  upon  the  organization, 
history  and  work  of  the  Foundation  are  included  in  the 
Appendix. 

(1)  The  Letter  of  Mr.  Carnegie  establishing  the  trust. 

(2)  The  Original  Board  of  Trustees  and  the  constitution  of  the  Board  as  of 
July  1,  1918. 

(3)  The  Executive  Officers. 

(4)  The  Charter. 

(5)  List  of  Associated  Colleges  and  Universities. 

(6)  List  of  Publications. 

New  York,  April  16,  1905. 

Gentlemen  : 

I  have  reached  the  conclusion  that  the  least  rewarded  of  all  the  professions  is 
that  of  the  teacher  in  our  higher  educational  institutions.  New  York  City 
generously,  and  very  wisely,  provides  retiring  pensions  for  teachers  in  her 
public  schools  and  also  for  her  policemen.  Very  few  indeed  of  our  colleges  are 
able  to  do  so.  The  consequences  are  grievous.  Able  men  hesitate  to  adopt 
teaching  as  a  career,  and  many  old  professors  whose  places  should  be  occupied 
by  younger  men,  can  not  be  retired. 

I  have,  therefore,  transferred  to  you  and  your  successors,  as  Trustees, 
$10,000,000.00,  5  per  cent  first  mortgage  bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel 
Corporation,  the  revenue  from  which  is  to  provide  retiring  pensions  for  the 
teachers  of  universities,  colleges,  and  technical  schools  in  our  country,  Canada 
and  Newfoundland  under  such  conditions  as  you  may  adopt  from  time  to  time. 
Expert  calculation  shows  that  the  revenue  will  be  ample  for  the  purpose. 
The  fund  applies  to  the  three  classes  of  institutions  named,  without  regard 
to  race,  sex,  creed  or  color.  We  have,  however,  to  recognize  that  State  and 
colonial  governments  which  have  established  or  mainly  supported  universi- 
ties, colleges  or  schools  may  prefer  that  their  relations  shall  remain  exclusively 
with  the  State.     I  can  not,  therefore,  presume  to  include  them. 

There  is  another  class  which  States  do  not  aid,  their  constitution  in  some 
cases  even  forbidding  it,  viz.,  sectarian  institutions.  Many  of  these  estab- 
lished long  ago,  were  truly  sectarian,  but  today  are  free  to  all  men  of  all  creeds 
or  of  none — such  are  not  to  be  considered  sectarian  now.  Only  such  as  are 
under  the  control  of  a  sect  or  require  trustees  (or  a  majority  thereof),  officers, 
faculty  or  students  to  belong  to  any  specified  sect,  or  which  impose  any 
theological  test,  are  to  be  excluded. 


150  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Trustees  shall  hold  office  for  five  years  and  be  eligible  for  reelection.  The 
first  Trustees  shall  draw  lots  for  one,  two,  three,  four  or  five  year  terms,  so 
that  one-fifth  shall  retire  each  year.  Each  institution  participating  in  the 
fund  shall  cast  one  vote  for  Trustees.1 

The  Trustees  are  hereby  given  full  powers  to  manage  the  trust  in  every 
respect,  to  fill  vacancies  of  non-ex-officio  members;  appoint  executive  com- 
mittees; employ  agents;  change  securities,  and,  generally  speaking,  to  do  all 
things  necessary,  in  their  judgment,  to  secure  the  most  beneficial  administra- 
tion of  the  funds. 

By  a  two-thirds  vote  they  may  from  time  to  time  apply  the  revenue  in  a 
different  manner  and  for  a  different,  though  similar  purpose  to  that  specified, 
should  coming  days  bring  such  changes  as  to  render  this  necessary  in  their 
judgment  to  produce  the  best  results  possible  for  the  teachers  and  for  educa- 
tion. 

No  Trustee  shall  incur  any  legal  liability  flowing  from  his  trusteeship.  All 
traveling  and  hotel  expenses  incurred  by  Trustees  in  the  performance  of  their 
duties  shall  be  paid  from  the  fund.  The  expenses  of  a  wife  or  daughter  accom- 
panying the  Trustees  to  the  annual  meeting  are  included. 

I  hope  this  fund  may  do  much  for  the  cause  of  higher  education  and  to 
remove  a  source  of  deep  and  constant  anxiety  to  the  poorest  paid  and  yet  one 
of  the  highest  of  all  professions. 

Gratefully  yours, 

(Signed)     Andrew  Carnegie. 

1  In  view  of  the  desirability  of  a  permanent,  self-perpetuating  governing  board,  the  pro- 
visions of  this  paragraph  were,  upon  the  advice  and  with  the  consent  of  Mr.  Carnegie, 
omitted  from  the  Act  of  Incorpoiation  which  forms  the  present  charter  of  the  Foundation. 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING      151 


ORIGINAL    TRUSTEES    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    FOUNDATION 


Hill  McClelland  Bell 

President  of  Drake  University 

Nicholas  Murray  Butler 

President  of  Columbia  University 

T.  Morris  Carnegie 

Edwin  Boone  Craighead 

President  of  Tulane  University 
William  Henry  Crawford 

President  of  Allegheny  College 

George  Hutcheson  Denny 

President  of  Washington  and  Lee 
University 
Charles  William  Eliot 

President  of  Harvard  University 
Robert  A.  Franks 

President  of  Home  Trust  Company 
Arthur  Twining  Hadley 

President  of  Yale  University 
William  Rainey  Harper 

President    of    the    University    of 
Chicago 
Charles  Custis  Harrison 

Provost     of     the     University     of 
Pennsylvania 

Edwin  Holt  Hughes 

President  of  DePauw  University 
Alexander    Crombie    Humphreys 

President   of  Stevens  Institute  of 
Technology 


David  Starr  Jordan 

President  of  Leland  Stanford  Junior 
University 

Henry  Churchill  King 
President  of  Oberlin  College 

Thomas  McClelland 
President  of  Knox  College 

Samuel  Black  McCormick 

Chancellor    of    the    University    of 
Pittsburgh 

William  Peterson 

Principal  of  McGill  University 
Samuel  Plantz 

President  of  Lawrence  University 
Henry  Smith  Pritchett 

President    of    the    Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology 

Jacob  Gould  Schurman 

President  of  Cornell  University 

Laurenus  Clark  Seelye 
President  of  Smith  College 

Charles  Franklin  Thwing 

President     of     Western     Reserve 

University 

Frank  Arthur  Vanderlip 

Vice    President  of   National    City 
Bank,  New  York 

Woodrow  Wilson 

President  of  Princeton  University 


11 


152 


MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE   BENEFACTIONS 


PRESENT  TRUSTEES  AND  OFFICERS  OF  ADMINISTRATION 

TRUSTEES 

Arthur  Twining  Hadley,  Chairman 
Henry  Churchill  King,  Vice  Chairman 
Charles  Franklin  Thwing,  Secretary  of  the  Board 


William  Lowe  Bryan 
Marion  Le  Roy  Burton 
Nicholas  Murray  Butler 
Thomas  Morris  Carnegie 
William  Henry  Crawford 
George  Hutcheson  Denny 
Robert  Falconer 
Robert  A.  Franks 
Alexander  Crombie  Humphreys 
James  Hampton  Kirkland 


Thomas  William  Lamont 
Abbott  Lawrence  Lowell 
Samuel  Black  McCormick 
William  Peterson 
Samuel  Plantz 
Henry  Smith  Pritchett 
Jacob  Gould  Schurman 
Edgar  Fahs  Smith 
Frank  Arthur  Vanderlip 


Henry  Smith  Pritchett,  President 
Robert  A.  Franks,  Treasurer 
Clyde  Furst,  Secretary 

New  York  Office  :  576  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING       153 


AN  ACT  TO  INCORPORATE  THE  CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR 
THE   ADVANCEMENT   OF   TEACHING 

Be  it  enacted  by  the  Senate  and  House  of  Representatives  of  the  United 
States  of  America  in  Congress  assembled, 

That  the  persons  following,  namely,  Arthur  T.  Hadley,  Charles  William 
Eliot,  Nicholas  Murray  Butler,  Jacob  G.  Schurman,  Woodrow  Wilson,  L.  Clark 
Seelye,  Charles  C.  Harrison,  Alexander  C.  Humphreys,  S.  B.  McCormick, 
Edwin  B.  Craighead,  Henry  C.  King,  Charles  F.  Thwing,  Thomas  McClelland, 
Edwin  H.  Hughes,  H.  McClelland  Bell,  George  H.  Denny,  William  Peterson, 
Samuel  Plantz,  David  S.  Jordan,  William  H.  Crawford,  Henry  S.  Pritchett, 
Frank  A.  Vanderlip,  T.  Morris  Carnegie,  Robert  A.  Franks,  their  associates 
and  successors  duly  chosen  are  hereby  incorporated  and  declared  to  be  a  body 
corporate,  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  by  the  name  of  The  Carnegie  Founda- 
tion for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  and  by  that  name  shall  be  known  and 
have  perpetual  succession,  with  the  powers,  limitations  and  restrictions  herein 
contained. 

Section  2.  That  the  objects  for  which  said  corporation  is  incorporated 
shall  be — 

(a)  To  receive  and  maintain  a  fund  or  funds  and  apply  the  income  thereof 
as  follows: 

To  provide  retiring  pensions,  without  regard  to  race,  sex,  creed  or  color,  for 
the  teachers  of  universities,  colleges  and  technical  schools  in  the  United  States, 
the  Dominion  of  Canada,  and  Newfoundland,  who,  by  reason  of  long  and 
meritorious  service,  or  by  reason  of  old  age,  disability,  or  other  sufficient  reason, 
shall  be  deemed  entitled  to  the  assistance  and  aid  of  this  corporation,  on  such 
terms  and  conditions,  however,  as  such  corporation  may  from  time  to  time 
approve  and  adopt:  Provided,  however,  That  the  said  retiring  pensions  shall 
be  paid  to  such  teachers  only  as  are  or  have  been  connected  with  institutions 
not  under  control  of  a  sect  or  which  do  not  require  their  trustees,  their  officers, 
faculties,  or  students  (or  a  majority  thereof)  to  belong  to  any  specified  sect, 
and  which  do  not  impose  any  theological  test  as  a  condition  of  entrance  therein 
or  of  connection  therewith. 

(b)  In  general,  to  do  and  perform  all  things  necessary  to  encourage,  uphold 
and  dignify  the  profession  of  the  teacher  and  the  cause  of  higher  education 
within  the  United  States,  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  and  Newfoundland  afore- 
said, and  to"  promote  the  objects  of  the  Foundation,  with  full  power,  however, 
to  the  Trustees  hereinafter  appointed  and  their  successors  from  time  to  time  to 
modify  the  conditions  and  regulations  under  which  the  work  shall  be  carried  on, 
so  as  to  secure  the  application  of  the  funds  in  the  manner  best  adapted  to  the 
conditions  of  the  time :  And  provided,  That  such  corporation  may  by  a  vote  of 
two-thirds  of  the  entire  number  of  Trustees  enlarge  or  vary  the  purposes  herein 


154  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

set  forth,  provided  that  the  objects  of  the  corporation  shall  at  all  times  be 
among  the  foregoing  and  kindred  thereto. 

(c)  To  receive  and  hold  by  gift,  bequest,  devise,  grant,  or  purchase,  any 
real  or  personal  property,  and  to  use  and  dispose  of  the  same  for  the  purposes 
of  the  corporation. 

Section  3.  That  the  direction  and  management  of  the  affairs  of  the  cor- 
poration, and  the  control  and  disposition  of  its  property  and  funds,  shall  be 
vested  in  a  Board  of  Trustees,  twenty-five  in  number,  to  be  composed  of  the 
following  individuals:  Arthur  T.  Hadley,  Charles  William  Eliot,  Nicholas 
Murray  Butler,  Jacob  G.  Schurman,  Woodrow  Wilson,  L.  Clark  Seelye,  Charles 
C.  Harrison,  Alexander  C.  Humphreys,  S.  B.  McCormick,  Edwin  B.  Craighead, 
Henry  C.  King,  Charles  F.  Thwing,  Thomas  McClelland,  Edwin  H.  Hughes, 
H.  McClelland  Bell,  George  H.  Denny,  William  Peterson,  Samuel  Plantz, 
David  S.  Jordan,  William  H.  Crawford,  Henry  S.  Pritchett,  Frank  A.  Vander- 
lip,  T.  Morris  Carnegie,  and  Robert  A.  Franks,  being  twenty-four  in  number 
with  power  to  said  Board  to  increase  the  same  to  twenty-five  in  all,  who  shall 
■constitute  the  first  Board  of  Trustees  and  constitute  the  members  of  the  cor- 
poration. Vacancies  occurring  by  death,  resignation,  or  otherwise  shall  be 
filled  by  the  remaining  Trustees  in  such  manner  as  the  by-laws  shall  prescribe, 
and  the  persons  so  elected  shall  thereupon  become  Trustees  and  also  members 
of  the  corporation. 

Section  4.  The  principal  office  of  the  corporation  shall  be  located  in  the 
District  of  Columbia,  but  offices  may  be  maintained  and  meetings  of  the  cor- 
poration or  the  Trustees  and  committees  may  be  held  in  other  places,  such  as 
the  by-laws  may  from  time  to  time  fix. 

Section  5.  The  said  Trustees  shall  be  entitled  to  take,  hold,  and  administer 
any  securities,  funds,  or  property  which  may  be  transferred  to  them  for  the 
purposes  and  objects  hereinbefore  enumerated,  and  such  other  funds  or  prop- 
erty as  may  at  any  time  be  given,  devised  or  bequeathed  to  them,  or  to  such 
corporation,  for  the  purposes  of  the  trust;  with  full  power  from  time  to  time 
to  adopt  a  common  seal,  to  appoint  officers,  whether  members  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  or  otherwise,  and  such  employes  as  may  be  necessary  in  carrying  on 
the  business  of  the  corporation  and  at  such  salaries  or  with  such  remuneration 
as  they  may  think  proper;  and  full  power  to  adopt  by-laws  and  such  rules  or 
regulations  as  may  be  necessary  to  secure  the  safe  and  convenient  transaction 
of  the  business  of  the  corporation ;  and  full  power  and  discretion  to  invest  any 
principal  and  deal  with  and  expend  the  income  of  the  corporation  in  such  man- 
ner as  in  their  judgment  will  best  promote  the  objects  hereinbefore  set  forth; 
and  in  general  to  have  and  use  all  the  powers  and  authority  necessary  to  pro- 
mote such  objects  and  carry  out  the  purposes  of  the  donor. 

The  said  Trustees  shall  have  further  power  from  time  to  time  to  hold  as  in- 
vestments any  securities  transferred  or  which  may  be  transferred  to  them  or 
to  such  corporation  by  any  person,  persons,  or  corporation,  and  to  invest  the 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING   155 

same  or  any  part  thereof  from  time  to  time  in  such  securities  and  in  such  form 
and  manner  as  is  or  may  be  permitted  to  Trustees  or  to  savings  banks  or  to 
charitable  or  literary  corporations  for  investment,  according  to  the  laws  of  the 
District  of  Columbia  or  in  such  securities  as  may  be  transferred  to  them  or 
authorized  for  investment  by  any  deed  of  trust  or  gift  or  by  any  deed  of  gift  or 
last  will  and  testament  to  be  hereafter  made  or  executed. 

Section  6.  That  the  said  corporation  may  take  and  hold  any  additional 
donations,  grants,  devises,  or  bequests  which  may  be  made  in  the  further  sup- 
port of  the  purposes  of  the  said  corporation. 

Section  7.  That  the  services  of  the  Trustees  of  the  said  corporation,  acting 
as  Trustees,  shall  be  gratuitous,  but  such  corporation  may  provide  for  the 
reasonable  expenses  incurred  by  Trustees  in  the  performance  of  their  duties. 

Section  8.  That  as  soon  as  may  be  possible  after  the  passage  of  this  act, 
a  meeting  of  the  Trustees  hereinbefore  named  shall  be  called  by  Henry  S. 
Pritchett,  Charles  William  Eliot,  Arthur  T.  Hadley,  Nicholas  Murray  Butler, 
Woodrow  Wilson,  Jacob  G.  Schurman,  Charles  C.  Harrison,  Alexander  C. 
Humphreys,  and  George  H.  Denny,  or  any  six  of  them,  at  the  Borough  of 
Manhattan,  in  the  City  and  State  of  New  York,  by  notice  served  in  person, 
or  by  mail,  addressed  to  each  Trustee  at  his  place  of  residence;  and  the  said 
Trustees  named  herein,  or  a  majority  thereof,  being  assembled,  shall  organize 
and  proceed  to  adopt  by-laws,  to  elect  officers,  fix  their  compensation,  and  gen- 
erally to  organize  the  said  corporation. 

The  corporation  hereby  incorporated  may  accept  a  transfer  of  all  real  and 
personal  property  of  any  other  corporation  created  for  similar  objects,  not- 
withstanding the  fact  that  both  said  corporations  may  have  common  Trustees, 
upon  such  terms  as  may  be  agreed  upon,  and  may  receive,  take  over,  and  enter 
into  possession,  custody,  and  management,  of  all  such  property,  real  and 
personal.  Provided,  however,  that  such  property  shall  be  applied  to  the  pur- 
poses of  the  corporation  hereby  incorporated  as  hereinbefore  set  forth. 

Section  9.  That  such  corporation  hereby  incorporated,  upon  accepting  a 
transfer  of  all  the  real  and  personal  property  of  such  other  corporation  shall 
succeed  to  the  obligations  and  liabilities  and  be  held  liable  to  pay  and  dis- 
charge all  the  debts,  liabilities,  and  contracts  of  any  such  corporation  so  exist- 
ing, to  the  same  effect  as  if  such  corporation  hereby  incorporated  had  itself 
incurred  the  obligation  or  liability  to  pay  such  debt  or  damages. 

Section  10.  That  Congress  may  from  time  to  time  alter,  repeal,  or  modify 
this  act  of  incorporation,  but  no  contract  or  individual  right  made  or  acquired 
shall  thereby  be  divested  or  impaired. 

Section  11.     This  act  shall  take  effect  immediately  on  its  passage. 

Approved  March  10,  1906. 


156 


MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 


LIST    OF    ASSOCIATED     INSTITUTIONS 


Allegheny  College 

Meadville,  Pennsylvania 
Amherst  College 

Amherst,  Massachusetts 
Bates  College 

Lewiston,  Maine 
Beloit  College 

Beloit,  Wisconsin 
Bowdoin  College 
Brunswick,  Maine 
University  of  California 

Berkeley 
Carleton  College 

Northfield,  Minnesota 
Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology 

Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania 
Case  School  of  Applied  Science 

Cleveland,  Ohio 
Central  University  of  Kentucky 

Danville 
University"  of  Cincinnati 

Cincinnati,    Ohio 
Clark  University 

Worcester,    Massachusetts 
Thomas    S.    Clarkson    Memorial 
College  of  Technology 
Potsdam,  New  York 
Coe  College 

Cedar  Rapids,  Iowa 
Colorado  College 

Colorado  Springs 
Columbia  University 

New  York  City 
Cornell  University 

.  Ithaca,  New  York 
Dalhousie   College   and   Univer- 
sity 
Halifax,  Nova  Scotia 
Dartmouth  College 

Hanover,  New  Hampshire 


Dickinson  College 

Carlisle,  Pennsylvania 
Drake  University 

Des  Moines,  Iowa 
Drury  College 

Springfield,  Missouri 

Franklin  College  of  Indiana 
Franklin 

Grinnell  College 
Grinnell,  Iowa 

Hamilton  College 
Clinton,  New  York 

Harvard  University 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts 

Hobart  College 

Geneva,  New  York 
Indiana  University 

Bloomington 
Johns  Hopkins  University 

Baltimore,  Maryland 

Knox  College 
Galesburg,  Illinois 

Lawrence  College 
Appleton,  Wisconsin 

Lehigh  University 

South  Bethlehem,  Pennsylvania 

Leland     Stanford     Junior     Uni- 
versity 
Stanford  University,  California 

McGill   University 

Montreal,    Quebec 
Marietta   College 

Marietta,  Ohio 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology 

Boston 

University  of  Michigan 
Ann  Arbor 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING 


157 


MlDDLEBURY   COLLEGE 

Middlebury,  Vermont 
University  of  Minnesota 

Minneapolis 
University  of  Missouri 

Columbia 
Mount  Holyoke  College 

South  Hadley,  Massachusetts 
New  York  University 

New  York  City 
Oberlin  College 

Oberlin,  Ohio 
University  of  Pennsylvania 

Philadelphia 
University  of  Pittsburgh 

Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania 

Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brook- 
lyn 
Brooklyn,  New  York 

Princeton  University 

Princeton,  New  Jersey 
Purdue  University 

Lafayette,  Indiana 
Radcliffe  College 

Cambridge,    Massachusetts 
Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute 

Troy,  New  York 

Ripon  College 
Ripon,  Wisconsin 

University  of  Rochester 

Rochester,  New  York 
Rose  Polytechnic  Institute 

Terre  Haute,  Indiana 
Smith  College 

Northampton,  Massachusetts 
Stevens  Institute  of  Technology 

Hoboken,  New  Jersey 

SWARTHMORE    COLLEGE 

Swarthmore,  Pennsylvania 
February,  1919. 


University  of  Toronto 

Toronto,  Ontario 
Trinity  College 

Hartford,  Connecticut 
Tufts  College 

Tufts  College,  Massachusetts 
Tulane  University  of  Louisiana 

New  Orleans 
Union  University 

Schenectady,  New  York 
Vanderbilt  University 

Nashville,  Tennessee 
Vassar  College 

Poughkeepsie,  New  York 
University  of  Vermont 

Burlington 
University  of  Virginia 

Charlottesville 
Wabash  College 

Crawfordsville,  Indiana 
Washington  and  Jefferson   Col- 
lege 

Washington,  Pennsylvania 
Washington  University 

St.  Louis,  Missouri 
Wellesley  College 

Wellesley,  Massachusetts 
Wells  College 

Aurora,  New  York 
Wesleyan  University 

Middletown,    Connecticut 
Western    Reserve  University 

Cleveland,  Ohio 
Williams  College 

Williamstown,  Massachusetts 
University  of  Wisconsin 

Madison 
Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute 

Worcester,  Massachusetts 
Yale  University 

New  Haven,  Connecticut 

Total— 76 


158  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS 
The  Annual  Reports 

These  contain  in  each  instance:  (I)  An  account  of  the  business  of  the  year, 
including  the  meetings  of  the  Trustees  and  of  the  Executive  Committee,  the 
admission  of  institutions  to  the  associated  list,  the  voting  of  retiring  allowances, 
and  the  general  administration  of  the  trust;  (II)  sundry  results  of  inquiry  into 
educational  problems  that  affect  the  advancement  of  teaching.  Some  refer- 
ence to  these  records  is  given  in  the  following  summaries;  (III)  brief  biographies 
of  recipients  of  retiring  allowances  who  have  died  during  the  year;  and  (IV) 
the  report  of  the  Treasurer. 

The  First  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  84  pages. 

1906. 

Including  an  historical  sketch  of  the  Foundation;  a  study  of  army  and 

professorial  pensions;  and  a  statement  of  the  general  policy,  the  educational 

standards,  and  the  administrative  rules  of  the  Foundation.     (Out  of  print.) 

The  Second  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  124  pages. 
1907. 
Including  discussions  of  the  place  of  the  college  and  the  university  in  the 
United  States,  the  function  of  college  entrance  requirements,  the  forms  of 
denominational  control,  the  relation  of  the  Foundation  to  denominational 
and  State  institutions,  and  the  ratio  between  institutional  cost  and 
efficiency.     (Out  of  print.) 

The  Third  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  211  pages. 
1908. 
Including  academic  and  financial  data  concerning  institutions  on  the  ac- 
cepted list;  and  discussions  of  the  problems  of  financial  reports,  pensions, 
and  life  insurance;  of  the  governmental  and  political  aspects  of  tax-sup- 
ported institutions;  of  entrance  requirements,  instruction,  higher  and 
professional  education,  and  of  the  influence  of  denominational  boards  of 
education. 

The  Fourth  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  201  pages. 
1909. 
Including  discussions  of  the  rules  for  retirement,  of  agricultural  education, 
of  college  administration  and  advertising,  and  complete  records  of  the 
practice  of  the  institutions  on  the  accepted  list  of  the  Foundation  in  ad- 
mitting regular,  conditioned,  and  special  students. 

The  Fifth  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  113  pages. 
1910. 
Including  discussions  of  the  relation  of  colleges  to  professional,  technical, 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING       159 

and  industrial  education,  to  secondary  schools,  to  the  training  of  teachers, 
and  to  State  supervision;  together  with  the  comments  of  Oxford  tutors  on 
American  education  as  represented  by  Rhodes  scholars. 

The  Sixth  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  154  pages. 
1911. 
Including  discussions  of  the  application  of  the  rules  for  retirement,  and 
the  obligations  and  influences  of  pension  systems;  together  with  a  critical 
and  constructive  survey  of  education  from  a  national  point  of  view,  as  this 
is  reflected  in  legislation,  State  systems,  regional  conditions,  the  relations 
of  school,  college,  and  university,  in  professional  and  graduate  study  and 
religious  education,  and  in  the  problems  of  political  and  alumni  influence. 

The  Seventh  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  194  pages. 
1912. 
Including  discussions  of  actual  and  possible  systems  of  college  pensions; 
State,  district,  and  local  pensions  for  public  school  teachers;  industrial 
and  civil  service  pensions;  contributory  and  noncontributory,  subsistence 
and  stipendiary  pensions  in  general;  and  a  review  of  the  administrative, 
financial,  and  educational  experience  of  the  Foundation;  together  with 
comments  upon  admission  to  college  and  to  advanced  standing,  medical 
progress,  college  financial  reporting,  advertising  in  education,  education 
and  politics,  and  sham  universities. 

The  Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  158  pages. 
1913. 
Including  discussions  of  recent  pension  developments,  of  the  Carnegie 
Corporation  of  New  York,  of  the  establishment  of  the  Division  of  Educa- 
tional Inquiry  and  its  studies  of  medical  education,  education  in  Vermont, 
and  legal  education;  together  with  comments  on  college  entrance  require- 
ments, the  State  regulation  of  higher  education,  politics  and  education 
in  Iowa,  the  improved  financial  status  of  college  teachers,  and  college 
catalogues. 

The  Ninth  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  154  pages. 
1914. 
Including  discussions  of  pension  principles  and  of  recent  developments  in 
the  field  of  teachers,  industrial,  and  federal  pensions;  records  of  the  prog- 
ress of  the  Foundation's  studies  of  legal  education,  engineering  education, 
and  the  training  of  teachers;  comments  upon  the  results  of  its  Study  of 
Education  in  Vermont  and  upon  recent  developments  in  medical  educa- 
tion; and  discussions  concerning  educational  standards,  State  educational 
reports,  and  educational  surveys. 

The  Tenth  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  142  pages. 
1915. 
Including  discussions  of  pensions  for  public  school  and  for    university 


160  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

teachers,  clergy  pension  funds,  and  industrial  pensions,  with  tabular 
statements  of  65  teachers  and  58  industrial  and  institutional  pension 
systems;  together  with  reports  of  the  progress  of  the  Foundation's  studies 
of  legal  education,  engineering  education,  and  the  training  of  teachers  in 
Missouri,  the  results  of  its  study  of  Education  in  Vermont;  and  a  discus- 
sion of  college  charges  for  tuition. 

Cumulative  Index  of  the  First  Ten  Annual  Reports,  78  pages.     1916. 

The  Eleventh  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  172 
pages.  1916. 
Including  discussions  of  a  comprehensive  plan  of  insurance  and  annuities 
for  college  teachers  with  the  comments  of  the  Associated  Institutions,  and 
discussions  of  teachers',  industrial  and  clergy  pension  funds  in  general; 
together  with  reports  of  progress  in  the  Foundation's  studies  of  legal 
education,  engineering  education,  agricultural  education,  and  the  training 
of  teachers;  and  a  study  of  college  entrance  certificates,  with  suggestions 
for  a  uniform  blank. 

The  Twelfth  Annual  Report  of  the  President  and  of  the  Treasurer,  154 
pages.  1917. 
Including  discussions  of  insurance  and  annuities  for  college  teachers,  with 
the  report  of  a  Commission  on  Insurance  and  Annuities  and  the  charter  of 
the  Teachers  Insurance  and  Annuity  Association  of  America;  descriptions 
of  current  developments  in  the  general  field  of  pensions;  and  reports  of 
progress  in  the  Foundation's  educational  inquiries. 

The  Bulletins 

Number  One.  Papers  Relating  to  the  Admission  of  State  Institutions  to  the 
System  of  Retiring  Allowances  of  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  45  pages. 
1907. 
Including  arguments  in  favor  of  the  admission  of  State  and  provincial 
universities  to  the  benefits  of  the  Foundation,  and  a  statement  by  the 
President  of  the  administrative  and  financial  problems  involved.  (Out  of 
print.) 

Number  Two.  The  Financial  Status  of  the  Professor  in  America  and  in 
Germany,  101  pages.  1909. 
A  study  of  the  expenditure  for  instruction  in  one  hundred  and  fifty-six 
American  institutions,  with  comparisons  of  the  maximum  and  average 
salaries,  the  average  age,  the  amount  of  teaching,  the  appointment,  tenure, 
and  retirement  privileges  of  professors  in  the  United  States  and  Canada 
and  in  Germany.     (Out  of  print.) 

Number  Three.     Standard  Forms  for  Financial  Reports  of  Colleges,  Uni- 
versities and  Technical  Schools,  37  pages.     1910. 
Containing  twenty-five  typical  blank  forms  for  the  public  reporting  of  the 


CARNEGIE  FOUNDATION  FOR  ADVANCEMENT  OF  TEACHING   161 

financial  receipts  and  expenditure  of  universities  and  colleges,  with  an 
introduction  recommending  the  modification  of  current  practice  in  direc- 
tions commended  by  educators,  financiers,  and  accountants.  (Out  of 
print;  a  new  edition  is  in  preparation.) 

Number  Four.  Medical  Education  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  346 
pages.  1910. 
A  comprehensive  report  to  the  Foundation,  by  Abraham  Flexner,  on 
medical  education  in  the  United  States  and  Canada,  with  regard  to  the 
course  of  study,  financial  aspects,  medical  sects,  State  boards,  postgradu- 
ate schools,  and  other  special  forms  of  medical  education ;  with  descriptive 
and  tabular  accounts  of  all  the  medical  schools  throughout  the  United 
States  and  Canada;  and  a  general  plan  for  reconstruction,  with  an  introduc- 
tion by  the  President  of  the  Foundation. 

Number  Five.  Academic  and  Industrial  Efficiency,  134  pages.  1910. 
A  report  to  the  Foundation,  by  Morris  Llewellyn  Cooke,  on  the  teach- 
ing and  research  in  physics  in  eight  American  universities,  colleges,  and 
technical  schools,  with  an  endeavor  to  estimate  efficiency  in  organization, 
teaching,  research,  the  use  of  buildings,  and  in  financial,  departmental, 
and  student  administration.     (Out  of  print.) 

Number  Six.     Medical  Education  in  Europe,  357  pages.     1912. 

A  report  by  Abraham  Flexner  concerning  the  contemporary  condition  in 
Germany,  Great  Britain,  and  France,  of  the  basis  of  medical  education, 
the  preliminary  and  the  medical  sciences,  clinical  instruction,  curricula 
and  examinations,  postgraduate  education,  the  medical  education  of 
women,  the  number  and  distribution  of  physicians,  the  financial  aspects 
of  medical  education,  and  the  problem  of  sects  and  quacks;  together  with 
an  introduction  by  the  President  of  the  Foundation,  contrasting  these 
European  conditions  with  those  in  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

Number  Seven.     Education  in  Vermont,  241  pages.     1914. 

A  study  prepared  at  the  request  of  the  Vermont  Educational  Commission, 
giving  the  reason  for  and  the  method  of  the  inquiry,  description  and  dis- 
cussion of  the  entire  educational  system  of  the  State,  with  certain  conclu- 
sions and  recommendations,  and  a  brief  statistical  appendix. 

Number  Eight.  The  Common  Law  and  the  Case  Method  in  American 
LTniversity  Law  Schools,  84  pages.  1914. 
A  report  to  the  Foundation  by  Josef  Redlich,  of  the  University  of 
Vienna,  dealing  with  law  as  a  science  and  a  profession,  early  methods  of 
legal  instruction,  the  development  and  success  of  the  Case  Method,  its 
weaknesses,  and  suggestions  for  improvement  in  legal  instruction,  scholar- 
ship, and  research. 

Number  Nine.     A  Comprehensive  Plan  of  Insurance  and  Annuities  for  Col- 
lege Teachers,  68  pages.     1916. 
A  discussion,  by  the  President  of  the  Foundation,  of  pensions,  annuities, 


162  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

and  life  insurance  in  general  and  for  teachers  in  particular,  with  indications 
of  the  limitations  of  the  Foundation's  present  system  and  suggestions  for 
the  development  of  a  comprehensive  and  permanent  plan. 
(Confidential  edition  for  officers  and  professors  of  the  institutions  that  are 
associated  with  the  Foundation,  October,  1915.  Reprinted,  with  a 
preliminary  statement,  for  general  distribution,  April,  1916.) 

Number  Ten.  Federal  Aid  for  Vocational  Education,  127  pages.  1917. 
A  study,  by  I.  L.  Kandel,  dealing  with  the  legislative  history  of  the  various 
acts  for  the  establishment  and  support  of  land  grant  colleges,  the  political 
and  educational  policies  underlying  this  form  of  legislation,  the  develop- 
ment of  the  land  grant  colleges  and  their  relation  to  social  demand,  and 
the  influence  of  the  precedents  established  by  these  acts  on  the  recent 
movement  for  federal  aid  for  vocational  education. 

Number  Eleven.  Engineering  Education,  135  pages.  1918. 
A  study,  by  Chakles  Riborg  Mann,  at  the  request  of  a  joint  committee 
of  the  national  engineering  societies,  of  the  development  of  engineering 
schools  in  the  United  States — their  aims,  resources,  administration,  cur- 
ricula, instruction,  and  student  progress ;  the  chief  problems  of  engineering 
education — admission,  curricula,  courses,  testing,  and  grading;  with  sug- 
gestions concerning  the  curriculum,  specialization,  teaching,  and  the  pro- 
fessional spirit. 

Number  Twelve.  Pensions  for  Public  School  Teachers,  90  pages.  1918. 
A  report,  by  Clyde  Furst  and  I.  L.  Kandel,  for  the  Committee  on  Sal- 
aries, Pensions,  and  Tenure  of  the  National  Education  Association, 
describing  all  existing  systems  of  pensions  for  teachers,  discussing  their 
limitations  in  the  light  of  experience  and  the  fundamental  principles  for 
pensions,  and  presenting  an  illustration  of  a  financially  and  socially  sound 
State  system  of  pensions  for  teachers,  based  upon  a  complete  census  of 
the  teachers  in  the  State  of  Vermont. 

Other  Publications 

Rules  for  the  Admission  of  Institutions  and  for  the  Granting  of  Retiring 
Allowances,  16  pages,  1906.  Revised,  12  pages,  1908;  12  pages,  1910; 
10  pages,  1913;  12  pages,  1918. 

A  Plan  for  an  Exchange  of  Teachers  between  Prussia  and  the  United  States, 
7  pages.     1908. 

An  American  Teacher's  Year  in  a  Prussian  Gymnasium,  37  pages.     1911. 

Curricula  Designed  for  the  Professional  Preparation  of  Teachers  for  American 
Public  Schools,  60  pages.     1917.     Provisional  suggestions  for  discussion. 

List  of  Publications,  16  pages.     1917. 

Bulletins  on  Legal  Education,  the  Training  of  Teachers,  and  Justice  and  the 
Poor  are  in  press. 


CARNEGIE  ENDOWMENT  FOR 
INTERNATIONAL  PEACE 


c 
e 


<; 

O 


o 


CARNEGIE   ENDOWMENT  FOR 
INTERNATIONAL  PEACE 

Founded, 1910 
PURPOSE  AND  PLANS 

Mr.  Carnegie's  letter  (December  14,  1910,  see  page  183),  estab- 
lishing the  Endowment  for  International  Peace,  "to  hasten  the 
abolition  of' international  war,  the  foulest  blot  upon  our  civiliza- 
tion," declares  that  "lines  of  future  action  can  not  be  wisely  laid 
down.  Many  may  have  to  be  tried,  and  having  full  confidence 
in  my  Trustees  I  leave  to  them  the  widest  discretion  as  to  the 
measures  and  policy  they  shall  from  time  to  time  adopt,  only 
premising  that  the  one  end  they  shall  keep  unceasingly  in  view 
until  it  is  attained,  is  the  speedy  abolition  of  international  war 
between  so-called  civilized  nations." 

The  Board  of  Trustees,  in  accepting  this  responsibility,  gave 
anxious  thought  to  projects  to  this  end,  ancient  and  modern,  and 
developed  a  general  plan  of  work,  since  consistently  followed. 
In  Article  II  of  the  Articles  of  Association  the  following  purposes 
are  laid  down: 

(a)  To  promote  a  thorough  and  scientific  investigation  and  study  of  the 
causes  of  war  and  of  the  practical  methods  to  prevent  and  avoid  it. 

(b)  To  aid  in  the  development  of  international  law,  and  a  general  agree- 
ment on  the  rules  thereof,  and  the  acceptance  of  the  same  among  nations. 

(c)  To  diffuse  information,  and  to  educate  public  opinion  regarding  the 
causes,  nature,  and  effects  of  war,  and  means  for  its  prevention  and  avoidance. 

(d)  To  establish  a  better  understanding  of  international  rights  and  duties 
and  a  more  perfect  sense  of  international  justice  among  the  inhabitants  of 
civilized  countries. 

(e)  To  cultivate  friendly  feelings  between  the  inhabitants  of  different  coun- 
tries, and  to  increase  the  knowledge  and  understanding  of  each  other  by  the 
several  nations. 

(f)  To  promote'  a  general  acceptance  of  peaceable  methods  in  the  settle- 
ment of  international  disputes. 

(g)  To  maintain,  promote,  and  assist  such  establishments,  organizations, 
associations,  and  agencies  as  shall  be  deemed  necessary  or  useful  in  the  accom- 
plishment of  the  purposes  of  the  corporation,  or  any  of  them. 


166  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

These  seven  postulates  were  divided  into  three  groups,  and 
on  March  9,  1911,  the  Executive  Committee  established  three 
Divisions,  each  with  a  Director  in  charge  as  follows: 

Division  of  Intercourse  and  Education. — To  promote 
the  objects  and  purposes  specified  in  (c),  (e)  and  (g).  Dr. 
Nicholas  Murray  Butler,  President  of  Columbia  University, 
while  unable  permanently  to  accept  the  Directorship  of  this 
Division,  consented  to  act  temporarily,  and  has  since  continued 
as  Acting  Director. 

Division  of  Economics  and  History. — To  which  was  assigned 
section  (a).  Dr.  John  Bates  Clark,  Professor  of  Political  Science 
in  Columbia  University,  was  appointed  Director. 

Division  of  International  Law. — Dr.  James  Brown  Scott 
was  appointed  Director,  and  discharges  the  duties  of  this  office 
in  connection  with  those  of  the  Secretary.  The  sections  assigned 
to  this  Division  by  the  Executive  Committee  were  (b),  (d)  and(f). 

The  activities  of  the  Endowment  are  international  in  scope, 
chiefly  scientific  and  educational  in  character,  the  plan  being  that 
the  scientific  results  of  the  work  of  the  Divisions  of  Economics 
and  History  and  International  Law  will  be  popularized  and  made 
the  basis  of  propaganda  by  the  first  Division,  in  addition  to  work 
undertaken  upon  its  own  initiative. 

Attitude  of  the  Endowment  on  the  War  and  its  Services 

to  the  Government 

The  entrance  of  the  United  States  into  the  European  War  made 
it  evident  that  a  large  part  of  the  earlier  activities  of  the  Endow- 
ment must  be  abandoned  until  the  restoration  of  peace. 

The  hope  of  the  world  for  permanent  international  peace  was 
concentrated  first  upon  the  prevention  of  German  domination. 
It  became  evident  to  the  point  of  demonstration  that  German 
domination  could  be  prevented  only  by  force  of  arms.  The  En- 
dowment has  endeavored  to  contribute  what  it  could  by  taking 
a  clear  and  definite  position  in  favor  of  the  active  and  relentless 
prosecution  of  the  war  to  final  victory. 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         167 

The  resolutions  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  of  the  Executive 
Committee  were  as  follows: 

Resolution  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  Adopted  April  19,  1917 

Resolved,  That  the  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment  for  International 
Peace,  assembled  for  their  annual  meeting,  declare  hereby  their  belief  that  the 
most  effective  means  of  promoting  durable  international  peace  is  to  prosecute 
the  war  against  the  Imperial  German  Government  to  final  victory  for  democ- 
racy, in  accordance  with  the  policy  declared  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States. 

Resolution  of  the  Executive  Committee  Adopted  November  1,  1917 

The  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace,  assembled 
in  annual  meeting  at  Washington,  D.  C,  on  April  19-20  last,  adopted  the 
following  resolution  by  unanimous  vote : 

Resolved,  That  the  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment  for  Interna- 
tional Peace,  assembled  for  their  annual  meeting,  declare  hereby  their  belief 
that  the  most  effective  means  of  promoting  durable  international  peace  is  to 
prosecute  the  war  against  the  Imperial  German  Government  to  final  victory 
for  democracy,  in  accordance  with  the  policy  declared  by  the  President  of  the 
United  States. 

In  view  of  recent  events,  emphasized  by  the  widespread  intrigues  of  the 
German  Government  to  deceive  and  mislead  the  peace-loving  people  of  the 
world,  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Endowment  unanimously  reaffirms 
this  declaration  and  pledges  the  Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace 
to  the  loyal  support  of  those  courses  of  action  that  will  assure  early,  complete 
and  final  victory  for  the  arms  of  the  Allied  forces.  The  path  to  durable  inter- 
national peace  on  which  the  liberty-loving  nations  of  the  world  would  so 
gladly  enter,  is  now  blocked  by  the  blind  reliance  of  Germany  upon  the  in- 
vincibility of  German  military  power  and  upon  its  effectiveness  as  an  instru- 
ment of  international  policy.  This  reliance  must  be  broken  before  any  other 
effective  steps  can  be  taken  to  secure  international  peace.  It  can  be  broken 
only  by  defeat. 

The  Executive  Committee  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment  call  upon  all  lovers 
of  peace  to  assist  in  every  possible  way  in  the  effective  prosecution  of  the  war 
which  has  peace  and  not  conquest  for  its  aim. 

The  officers  of  the  Endowment  have  considered  that  the  best 
service  the  Division  of  International  Law  could  render  to  the 
cause  of  international  peace  was  to  contribute  as  far  as  possible 
to  adequate  preparation  for  the  great  emergency  which  arose  at 
the  close  of  the  war.  It  has  accordingly  sought  to  help  bring 
about  adequate  preparation  in  two  ways. 

12 


168  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

In  the  first  place,  it  has  published  or  contributed  to  the 
publication  of  a  series  of  works  which  furnish  the  same  kind  of 
foundation  for  effective  consideration  of  the  questions  which 
arise  in  a  peace  conference  that  Madison's  Notes  and  Elliot's 
Debates,  and  the  earlier  history  of  the  development  of  consti- 
tutional law  in  the  United  States  furnish  for  the  consideration 
of  interstate  questions  in  America. 

The  other  method  of  contributing  to  this  preparation  was 
through  active  cooperation  with  the  officers  of  the  government, 
whose  official  positions  threw  upon  them  responsibility  for  the 
representation  of  the  United  States  in  the  Peace  Conference.  At 
the  meeting  of  April  19,  1917,  the  Board  of  Trustees  adopted  the 
following  resolution: 

Resolved,  That  the  Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace  offers  to 
the  government  the  services  of  its  Division  of  International  Law,  its  personnel 
and  equipment,  for  dealing  with  the  pressure  of  international  business  incident 
to  the  war. 

This  offer  of  the  Endowment  was  accepted  by  Secretary  of 
State  Lansing  on  April  26,  1917,  and  accordingly  the  Division  has 
been  engaged  since  that  time  almost  entirely  on  projects  for  the 
Department  of  State.  Ample  provision  was  made  by  the  Execu- 
tive Committee  for  the  increased  expenditures  made  necessary 
on  this  account,  and  the  personnel  of  the  Secretary's  office,  as 
well  as  of  the  Division  of  International  Law,  was  largely  increased. 

A  great  volume  of  material  has  thus  been  collected,  both  in 
printed  and  manuscript  form,  and  shipped  to  France  for  the  use 
of  the  Peace  Conference.  That  the  Administration  recognized 
the  value  of  these  services,  was  shown  by  its  appointment  of  Dr. 
Scott,  the  Secretary  and  the  Director  of  the  Division  of  Interna- 
tional Law,  as  Technical  Adviser  in  international  law  to  the 
American  representatives  at  the  Peace  Conference,  together 
with  four  of  the  expert  assistants  in  the  Division. 

The  Administration 

The  administrative  work  of  the  Endowment  is  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  Secretary,  James  Brown  Scott,  aided  by  the  Assistant 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR   INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         169 

Secretary  and  Statistician,  S.  N.  D.  North,  and  the  Assistant  to 
the  Secretary,  George  A.  Finch.  The  personnel  of  the  office 
consists  of  a  chief  clerk,  auditor,  translator  and  librarian, 
assisted  by  the  necessary  clerical  force. 

Offices 

The  headquarters  of  the  Endowment  are  located  at  Nos.  2,  4, 
and  6  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C.  The  three  buildings 
were  private  dwellings  purchased  at  intervals  and  since  connected. 
They  include  a  frontage  of  106.9  feet  on  Pennsylvania  Avenue,  and 
83  feet  on  Jackson  Place,  with  a  total  area  of  8,856  square  feet. 
The  property  fronts  the  White  House  and  the  State,  War  and 
Navy  Building  on  Pennsylvania  Avenue,  and  is  the  most  desir- 
ably located  property  in  Washington,  outside  of  that  owned  by 
the  government.  The  use  of  the  building  No.  6  was  donated  to 
the  Government  Committee  on  Public  Information  during  the 
continuance  of  the  war. 

Cooperative  Annuity  Plan 

As  a  recognition  of  efficient  service,  and  to  secure  permanency, 
the  Endowment  has  under  consideration  a  cooperative  arrange- 
ment with  the  Teachers  Insurance  and  Annuity  Association  of 
America  organized  by  the  Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Teaching,  under  which  its  officers  and  employes  will  have 
the  privilege  of  obtaining  annuities  and  life  insurance  at  cost,  free 
from  all  overhead  charges  of  every  kind.  Under  this  plan  they 
can  obtain  annuities,  half  the  cost  of  which  is  paid  by  the  Endow- 
ment, the  other  half  by  the  employe  at  the  rate  of  5  per  cent  of 
his  monthly  salary. 

The  Library 

The  library,  with  which  is  combined  the  general  information 
bureau,  is  one  of  the  most  important  auxiliaries  of  the  Secretary's 
office.  It  is  one  of  the  most  complete  libraries  on  international 
law,  the  peace  movement,  and  the  literature  of  the  recent  war,  in 
Washington.  The  public  is  freely  accorded  its  use,  and  it  has  a 
constantly  increasing  patronage  of  private  and  official  students. 
It  contains  some  16,500  titles,  properly  catalogued  and  shelved. 


170 


MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 


Expenditures  and  Accounts 

The  following  table  shows  the  expenditures  of  the  Endowment 
by  fiscal  years  and  by  Divisions,  since  its  foundation  in  1910: 


Fiscal 
Year 

Secretary's 
Office  and 
General  Ad- 
ministration 

Division  of 
Intercourse 
and  Educa- 
tion 

Division  of 
Economics 
and  History 

Division  of 

Interna- 
tional Law 

Purchase 
of  head- 
quarters 
buildings 
and  sites 

Total 

1911 

S32.436.16 
25,633.99 
51,385.53 
55,363.18 
76,182  28 
56,444.26 
60,817.65 
69,611.74 

S66.981.05 
145,475.31 
220,182.79 
253.714.69 
254,348.46 
301,183.30 
230,123.38 
241,071.10 

$12,661.78 
18,466.20 
44,449.88 
71,064.59 
47,845  82 
82,251  07 
40,456.55 
52,884.34 

$1,972.53 

7,844  71 

50,061.36 

82.909  03 

63.436.82 

110,716.90 

143,524.99 

85,577.70 

8114,051.52 

1912 

197,420  21 

1913 

1914 

1915 

$54,475.00 
82,525.00 

420,554.56 
545.576.49 
441,813  38 

1916 

550,595  53 

1917 

1918 

47,000  00 

521,922.57 
449,144.88 

Totals 

$427,874.79 

11,713,080.08 

$370,080.23 

$546,044.04 

$184,000.00 

$3,241,079.14 

The  receipt  and  distribution  of  funds  are  shown  in  detail  each 
month  in  the  printed  reports  of  the  Treasurer.  All  expenditures 
by  the  Endowment,  both  in  the  United  States  and  foreign  coun- 
tries, are  made  through  the  Secretary's  office,  where  the  vouchers 
and  checks  for  the  signature  of  the  Treasurer  are  prepared. 

Publications 

The  Secretary's  office  publishes  a  quarterly  List  of  Publica- 
tions of  the  Endowment.  This  list  already  numbers  123  titles, 
including  books  and  pamphlets.  As  indicative  of  the  amount  of 
propaganda  represented  in  these  publications,  it  may  be  stated 
that  they  total  25,286  printed  pages;  the  grand  total  number 
of  pages  printed  by  the  Endowment  is  approximately  48,185,199 
pages.  The  work  of  editing  these  publications  for  the  printer, 
of  proofreading  and  publishing  them,  is  a  large  and  steadily 
increasing  duty  of  the  Secretary's  office. 

An  examination  of  this  list  of  publications  will  convey  to  the 
reader  a  definite  conception  of  the  importance  of  many  of  them, 
and  of  their  immediate  and  vital  bearing  upon  the  problems  which 
have  arisen  in  connection  with  the  just  settlement  of  the  greatest 
war  in  the  world's  history.     The  list  of  publications  appears  at 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE        171 

the  end  of  this  article.  All  of  the  pamphlet  publications  of 
the  Endowment  are  issued  for  gratuitous  circulation.  Wherever 
a  price  is  indicated,  the  publications  may  be  obtained  by  remit- 
tance to  the  publishers,  either  the  Clarendon  Press,  Oxford, 
England,  or  the  Oxford  University  Press,  American  Branch,  35 
West  32d  Street,  New  York  City. 

Translation 

Translation  from  French,  Spanish,  German,  Italian,  and  other 
European  languages  forms  one  of  the  most  important  branches 
of  the  work  of  the  Secretary's  office,  by  reason  of  the  polyglot 
sources  from  which  it  procures  the  materials  for  its  publications. 

Depository  Libraries 

The  publications  of  the  Endowment  are  of  two  classes:  those 
which  are  distributed  gratuitously,  by  far  the  greater  portion; 
and  those  which  by  reason  of  their  highly  technical  and  scientific 
character,  and  the  restricted  demand,  are  sold  for  a  price  by  the 
Endowment's  publishers.  In  order  to  make  the  latter  freely 
available  for  general  use,  the  Endowment  has  established  a  chain 
of  693  depository  libraries,  of  which  379  are  located  in  the 
United  States,  and  314  in  foreign  countries.  No  libraries  are 
admitted  to  this  free  distribution  which  do  not  agree  carefully  to 
shelve  and  catalogue  these  publications,  and  make  them  freely 
accessible  to  all  applicants. 

DIVISION   OF  INTERCOURSE  AND  EDUCATION 

The  Division  of  Intercourse  and  Education,  in  addition  to  the 
service  above  outlined,  has  done  most  important  work  in  the 
broad  fields  assigned  it.  To  diffuse  information,  to  educate  pub- 
lic opinion,  to  cultivate  friendly  feelings  between  the  inhabitants 
of  different  countries,  and  to  increase  the  knowledge  and  under- 
standing of  each  other  by  the  several  nations,  it  has  prepared  and 
widely  circulated  some  sixteen  reports  of  great  value,  such  as  Dr. 
Charles  W.  Eliot's,  Some  Roads  Towards  Peace,  &  report  of  his 


172  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

visit  made  to  China  and  Japan  in  1912;  the  Report  of  the  Inter- 
national Commission  to  Inquire  into  the  Causes  and  Conduct  of  the 
Balkan  Wars,  published  with  maps  and  illustrations  in  1914;  the 
report  of  Honorable  Robert  Bacon  of  his  journey  to  South  Amer- 
ica in  1913,  entitled  For  Better  Relations  with  Our  Latin  American 
Neighbors  (also  printed  in  the  original  Spanish,  Portuguese  and 
French) ;  and  the  complete  record  of  the  reception  in  the  United 
States  in  1917  of  the  Imperial  Japanese  Mission  headed  by  Vis- 
count Ishii. 

European  Bureau 

The  Division  maintains  a  European  Bureau  at  No.  24  rue 
Pierre  Curie,  Paris,  presided  over  by  Senator  d'Estournelles  de 
Constant,  and  has  an  organized  corps  of  special  correspondents 
in  various  European  capitals  and  in  Tokio,  with  whom  it  is  in 
constant  communication. 

The  educational  work  of  the  Division  directly  and  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  other  Divisions  is  of  the  utmost  importance.  As  an 
illustration,  at  the  Second  Pan  American  Scientific  Congress  held 
in  Washington,  December  27,  1915-January  8,  1916,  besides  the 
official  delegates  appointed  by  the  governments  of  the  twenty-one 
American  Republics,  three  delegates  from  each  Republic  were 
invited  to  attend  the  Conference.  These  delegates  were  the 
guests  of  the  Endowment  from  the  date  of  their  departure  until 
their  return  to  their  homes.  They  contributed  very  greatly  to 
the  success  of  the  Congress,  and  incidentally  gave  the  Endow- 
ment a  prestige  in  Latin  America  it  would  have  been  difficult 
otherwise  to  obtain. 

Plans  have  been  made  for  the  exchange  of  professorships  be- 
tween South  American  and  North  American  universities,  and  are 
under  consideration  for  the  exchange  of  a  limited  number  of  stu- 
dents. In  1916,  the  Division  sent  to  the  Museo  Social  Argentino 
at  Buenos  Aires  a  gift  of  a  library  of  some  9,000  books,  pamphlets 
and  maps,  especially  selected  as  typical  of  the  political  and  intel- 
lectual life  of  the  United  States.  The  gift  was  profoundly  ap- 
preciated, and  plans  are  now  making  for  sending  similar  libraries 
to  other  South  American  capitals,  to  several  European  capitals, 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         173 

and  to  Tokio  and  Peking.  It  has  established  and  is  publishing  in 
alternate  months  and  alternately  in  Spanish  and  English,  a 
periodical  entitled  Inter- America,  for  the  purpose  of  overcoming 
in  part  the  barrier  of  language  which  hinders  the  exchange  of 
contemporary  thought.  It  has  established  a  series  of  volumes 
containing  authoritative  material  relating  to  war  and  peace,  for 
use  by  authors,  publishers  and  teachers.  These  books  are  used 
widely  in  both  public  and  private  schools.  It  has  established  a 
chain  of  international  polity  clubs,  and  provided  lecturers  for 
them,  and  courses  in  the  nonpartisan  study  of  international 
problems  with  particular  reference  to  American  foreign  policy. 
It  has  cooperated  with  seventy-nine  universities,  colleges  and 
State  normal  schools  in  offering  in  their  summer  sessions  courses 
to  stimulate  a  more  intelligent  interest  in  international  affairs. 
It  has  contributed  to  the  work  of  the  ancient  American  Peace 
Society,  of  the  American  Association  for  International  Concilia- 
tion and  of  the  American  Group  of  the  Interparliamentary  Union. 
This  summary  presents  only  a  partial  view  of  the  enormous 
amount  and  variety  of  the  educational  work  of  the  Division. 

DIVISION   OF  ECONOMICS  AND   HISTORY 

The  work  of  the  Division  of  Economics  and  History  was  organ- 
ized at  a  conference  held  in  Bern,  Switzerland,  in  August,  1911, 
under  the  direction  of  Dr.  John  Bates  Clark,  which  was  attended 
by  a  number  of  the  most  distinguished  economists  and  publicists 
of  the  European  countries,  together  with  representatives  from 
Japan  and  the  United  States.  Many  of  these  economists  were 
subsequently  organized  into  the  Committee  of  Research,  which 
constitutes  a  permanent  organization  of  the  Division. 

This  conference,  resolved  into  three  commissions,  outlined  a 
complete  program  "to  promote  a  thorough  and  scientific  investi- 
gation and  study  of  the  causes  of  war,  and  of  the  practical  methods 
to  prevent  and  avoid  it. "  Each  member  of  the  Committee  of  Re- 
search assumed  editorial  responsibility  for  groups  of  topics  out- 
lined by  the  three  commissions,  and  contracts  were  made  with 
about  200  contributors  and  collaborators,  to  whom  were  assigned 


174  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

subjects  upon  the  three  programs.  Many  of  these  studies  were 
completed  during  the  two  following  years,  and  nine  volumes  have 
been  published  by  the  Division. 

An  important  group  of  studies,  made  by  recognized  authorities 
on  the  question  of  armaments,  covering  the  military  situation 
in  a  large  number  of  countries,  was  completed  and  was  ready  for 
publication  when  the  European  War  broke  out.  It  was  deemed 
unwise  by  the  Executive  Committee  to  publish  at  the  time  this 
volume,  which  when  revised  and  issued  will  show  the  status  of 
armament  at  the  outbreak  of  the  war  and  afterwards.  A  number 
of  other  manuscripts  were  completed  and  received  by  the 
Director,  and  have  been  held,  awaiting  a  more  opportune  time 
for  publication.  One  large  series  consisting  of  fourteen  mono- 
graphs contains  a  complete  history  of  the  Socialist  movement  in 
as  many  countries.  Most  of  these  contributions  were  in  foreign 
languages,  and  their  translation  has  been  partially  made,  but 
publication  has  been  postponed  for  reasons  similar  to  those  above 
given.  Thus  the  European  War  has  seriously  interfered  with 
the  work  of  the  Division.  In  the  meanwhile,  it  has  organized 
a  commission  of  distinguished  Japanese  publicists  to  make 
similar  economic  studies  in  China  and  Japan,  and  this  work  is 
rapidly  approaching  completion. 

Economic   History   of   the   War 

An  important  undertaking  is  a  plan  for  the  compilation  and 
publication  of  an  Economic  History  of  the  War.  The  collection 
of  original  material  for  this  history  by  members  of  the  Commit- 
tee of  Research,  in  important  belligerent  countries,  has  been  in 
progress  since  the  war  began;  a  mass  of  printed  and  other  matter, 
which  probably  can  never  be  duplicated,  has  been  assembled,  and 
plans  are  now  in  the  making  for  preparation  of  the  history  itself. 

Preliminary  Economic  Studies  of  the  War 

In  the  meanwhile,  the  Division  is  publishing,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  Dean  David  Kinley  of  the  University  of  Illinois,  a  series  of 
Preliminary  Economic  Studies  of  the  War,  written  by  well  known 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         175 

economists  and  publicists  of  the  United  States.  Arrangements 
have  been  made  for  twenty-five  of  these  studies,  fifteen  of 
which  have  already  been  published,  and  the  list  will  be  further 
enlarged.  The  demand  for  these  monographs  has  been  unex- 
pectedly large,  demonstrating  that,  notwithstanding  their  neces- 
sarily tentative  character,  they  are  serving  a  useful  purpose. 

DIVISION   OF   INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

International  cooperation  and  agreement  are  indispensable  in 
any  scheme  for  the  development  and  acceptance  of  the  principles 
of  international  law.  The  plan  of  work  of  this  Division  of  the 
Endowment  was,  therefore,  not  definitely  decided  upon  until 
after  the  Director  had  consulted  with  and  obtained  the  advice  of 
the  Institut  de  Droit  International,  among  whose  members  may  be 
found  the  most  distinguished  living  authorities  in  the  science. 
At  the  session  of  the  Institut  held  at  Christiania  in  August,  1912, 
it  formally  accepted  the  title  and  functions  of  general  adviser  to 
the  Division  of  International  Law,  which  had  been  offered  to  it  by 
the  Trustees  of  the  Endowment,  and  elected  eleven  of  the  lead- 
ing European  international  jurists,  publicists,  statesmen  and  dip- 
lomats to  act  as  a  special  consultative  committee,  in  matters  of 
general  policy  for  the  Division.  From  this  eminent  consulting 
body,  much  valuable  advice  as  to  the  plan  and  scope  of  its  activi- 
ties was  obtained,  prior  to  the  outbreak  of  the  European  War. 

The  largest  part,  and  what  may  be  called  the  regular  routine 
work  of  the  Division,  consists  in  the  collection  of  materials  for  the 
compilation,  editing  and  publication,  in  pamphlet  and  volume 
form,  of  international  conventions,  treatises,  judicial  decisions, 
and  documents  explaining  and  interpreting  international  law,  or 
which  may  be  regarded  as  epochal  in  the  development  of  its  prin- 
ciples, many  of  winch  are  little  known  or  not  readily  accessible, 
but  whose  general  circulation  will  promote  the  objects  for  which 
the  Division  was  established. 

The  pamphlet  series  now  numbers  over  thirty,  and  the  volumes 
over  thirty.  They  include  volumes  on  the  Hague  Conventions 
and  Declarations  of  1899  and  1907,  printed  in  both  pamphlet 


176  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

and  volume  form,  and  in  several  languages,  the  decisions 
of  the  Hague  Tribunals  of  Arbitration,  and  other  authoritative 
documents  setting  forth  the  work  and  achievements  of  the  Hague 
Peace  Conferences  and  books  on  the  Declaration  of  London,  The 
Establishment  of  an  International  Court  of  Justice,  Treaties  for  the 
Advancement  of  Peace,  Diplomatic  Documents  relating  to  the 
Outbreak  of  the  European  War,  etc.  A  large  number  of  additional 
pamphlets  and  volumes  are  in  press  or  in  preparation,  among 
which  may  be  mentioned  an  English  translation  of  the  complete 
proceedings  of  the  two  Hague  Conferences,  and  the  following 
special  series: 

(a)  The  Classics  of  International  Law,  begun  in  1906  by  the 
Carnegie  Institution,  but  transferred  on  January  1,  1917,  to  the 
Division  of  International  Law,  being  a  reproduction  of  classic 
works  connected  with  the  history  and  development  of  inter- 
national law,  which  has  been  undertaken  on  account  of  the  diffi- 
culty of  procuring  the  texts  in  convenient  form  for  scientific  study. 

(b)  The  Bibliotheque  Internationale  du  Droit  des  Gens,  a  col- 
lection of  important  treatises  on  international  law,  originally  pub- 
lished in  languages  not  universally  used  and  now  translated  and 
published  by  the  Endowment  in  French,  the  diplomatic  language 
of  the  world,  so  as  to  make  their  contents  more  generally  accessible. 

(c)  A  collection  of  all  known  international  arbitrations,  under 
the  supervision  of  Professor  John  Bassett  Moore,  which  has  been 
in  progress  since  1912,  and  which  it  is  estimated  will  eventually 
require  twenty-five  volumes. 

(d)  A  collection  of  decisions  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the 
United  States,  in  controversies  between  States,  accompanied  by 
an  essay  by  the  Director  on  the  practice  and  procedure  of  the 
Supreme  Court  in  such  matters,  and  a  fourth  volume  in  the  series 
containing  a  study  of  the  United  States  as  an  example  of  interna- 
tional organization. 

(e)  Several  collections  on  Latin  American  relations,  including 
arbitration  treaties,  the  Monroe  Doctrine,  and  a  documentary 
diplomatic  history  of  the  emancipation  of  the  Latin  American 
countries. 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         177 

Besides  the  work  done  in  the  Division  itself,  it  has  undertaken 
as  a  part  of  its  regular  activities  to  encourage,  support  and  main- 
tain other  institutions  engaged  in  promoting  the  same  or  similar 
objects.  This  aid  has  been  extended:  (a)  By  granting  annual 
subventions  to  international  organizations,  such  as  the  Institut  de 
Droit  International,  the  Societe  de  Legislation  Comparee,  the  Amer- 
ican Society  for  Judicial  Settlement  of  International  Disputes, 
and  the  Grotius  Society  of  London.  In  this  connection,  the  part 
played  by  the  Division,  in  the  creation  and  maintenance  of  the 
American  Institute  of  International  Law,  deserves  special  men- 
tion. Through  the  initiative  of  the  Division,  national  societies 
of  international  law  have  been  organized  in  every  American 
country,  and  a  central  body,  composed  of  representatives  chosen 
from  these  societies,  has  been  established  under  the  name  of  the 
American  Institute  of  International  Law,  which  has  received 
the  financial  support  of  the  Endowment  toward  the  expenses  of 
its  meetings  and  the  issuance  of  its  publications,  notable  among 
which  is  its  Declaration  of  the  Rights  and  Duties  of  Nations 
adopted  at  its  inaugural  session  held  at  Washington  in  1916  under 
the  auspices  of  the  Second  Pan  American  Scientific  Congress, 
(b)  By  contributing  toward  the  expenses  of  publishing  the  several 
well  known  European  journals  of  international  law  and  the  Jap- 
anese journal  which,  on  account  of  their  scientific  character  and 
consequently  limited  circulation,  had  heretofore  been  published  at 
a  personal  loss  to  the  editors,  (c)  By  making  it  possible  for  in- 
dividual authors  to  secure  the  publication  of  meritorious  works 
on  international  law  which,  because  of  their  technical  nature,  are 
not  attractive  as  commercial  ventures.  This  aid  has  taken  the 
form  of  a  guaranty  by  the  Endowment  of  the  expenses  of  publi- 
cation, and  through  this  means,  a  number  of  valuable  contribu- 
tions to  the  science  have  made  their  appearance  which  it  is 
believed  would  otherwise  have  remained  unknown. 

Academy   of   International   Law 
One  of  the  first  undertakings  of  the  Division  was  to  promote 
the  establishment  of  an  Academy  of  International  Law  at  The 


178  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Hague,  with  a  teaching  and  student  body  representative  of  all 
the  leading  nations  of  the  world.  This  unique  project  has  thus 
far  failed  of  realization;  two  months  before  the  date  set  for  the 
opening  of  the  academy  the  outbreak  of  the  European  War 
necessitated  its  indefinite  postponement. 

In  1911,  the  Division  published  an  exhaustive  report  upon  the 
teaching  of  international  law  in  the  educational  institutions  of 
the  United  States.  Three  years  later  a  conference  of  American 
teachers  of  international  law  was  held  under  its  auspices.  This 
conference  adopted  a  series  of  recommendations,  designed  to  en- 
courage the  study  and  strengthen  the  teaching  of  international 
law,  which  the  Division  has  been  instrumental  in  putting  into 
effect.  The  recommendations  for  the  establishment  of  fellow- 
ships in  international  law  to  provide  a  corps  of  competent  teach- 
ers in  the  subject,  has  been  effected  directly  by  the  Division, 
which  now  awards  such  fellowships  as  an  annual  feature  of  its 
work. 

The  Division  has,  from  time  to  time,  brought  eminent  foreign 
international  authorities  to  the  United  States,  to  deliver  courses 
of  lectures  before  its  colleges  and  universities. 

In  addition  to  its  regular  work  the  Division,  since  the  entry  of 
the  United  States  into  the  war,  has  devoted  a  great  deal  of  its 
time  and  resources,  pursuant  to  the  offer  of  its  services  to  the 
government  by  the  Trustees,1  to  special  work  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  State,  with  respect  to  the  effect  of  the  war  on  the  princi- 
ples and  rules  of  international  law,  with  respect  to  proposals 
which  have  been  made  for  a  world  organization,  and  with  respect 
to  other  technical  and  scientific  questions  incident  to  the  great 
conflict.  To  enable  the  Division  to  prosecute  this  work  in  time 
for  use  at  the  Peace  Conference,  the  personnel  was  largely  aug- 
mented and  the  ordinary  funds  of  the  Division  increased  by  the 
addition  of  thirtj^  thousand  dollars. 

1  See  supra,  page  168. 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         179 

APPENDIX 

BOARD   OF   TRUSTEES 

President,  Elihtt  Root,  New  York 

Vice  President,  George  Gray,  Delaware 

Secretary,  James  Brown  Scott,  District  of  Columbia 

Treasurer,  Charlemagne  Tower,  Pennsylvania 

Assistant  Treasurer,  Andrew  J.  Montague,  Virginia 

Robert  Bacon,1  New  York 

Edgar  A.  Bancroft,  Illinois 

Robert  S.  Brookings,  Missouri 

Thomas  Burke,  Washington 

Nicholas  Murray  Butler,  New  York 

Arthur  William  Foster,  California 

Austen  G.  Fox,  New  York 

Robert  A.  Franks,  New  York 

David  Jayne  Hill,  District  of  Columbia 

William  M.  Howard,  Georgia 

Samuel  Mather,  Ohio 

George  W.  Perkins,  New  York 

Henry  S.  Pritchett,  New  York 

Jacob  G.  Schmidlapp,  Ohio 

Cordenio  A.  Severance,  Minnesota 

James  R.  Sheffield,  New  York 

James  L.  Slayden,  Texas 

Oscar  S.  Straus,  New  York 

Charles  L.  Taylor,  Pennsylvania 

John  Sharp  Williams,  Mississippi 

Robert  S.  Woodward,  District  of  Columbia 

EXECUTIVE   COMMITTEE 

Elihu  Root,  Chairman 

James  Brown  Scott,  Secretary 
Nicholas  Murray  Butler  Andrew  J.  Montague 

Austen  G.  Fox  Henry  S.  Pritchett 

Charlemagne  Tower 

FINANCE   COMMITTEE 

George  W.  Perkins,  Chairman 
Robert  A.  Franks  Samuel  Mather 

i  Died  May  29,  1919. 


180  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

FORMER  MEMBERS   OF   THE  BOARD 

John  L.  Cadwalader,  New  York,  died  March  11,  1914 
Joseph  H.  Choate,  New  York,  Vice  President,  died  May  14,  1917 
Cleveland  H.  Dodge,  New  York,  resigned  April  7,  1919 
Charles  W.  Eliot,  Massachusetts,  resigned  April  16,  1919 
John?  W.  Foster,  District  of  Columbia,  died  November  15,  1917 
Albert  K.  Smiley,  New  York,  died  December  2,  1912 
Andrew  D.  White,  New  York,  died  November  4,  1918 
Luke  E.  Wright,  Tennessee,  resigned  April  13,  1918 

ADMINISTRATION 

Secretary,  James  Brown  Scott 

Assistant  Secretary  and  Statistician,  S.  N.  D.  North 

Assistant  to  the  Secretary,  George  A.  Finch 

Office,  2  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Telephone,  Main  342S.     Cable,  Interpax,  Washington 

DIVISIONAL   ORGANIZATION 

I 

DIVISION   OF   INTERCOURSE   AND  EDUCATION 

Acting  Director,  Nicholas  Murray  Butler 
Assistant  to  the  Director,  Henry  S.  Haskell 

Office,  407  West  117th  Street,  New  York  City 

Telephone,  8644  Morningside.     Cable,  Interpax,  New  York 

Special   Correspondents 

Sir  William  J.  Collins,  London,  England 
Edoardo  Giretti,  Piemont,  Italy 
Christian  L.  Lange,  Christ  iania,  Norway 
T.    Miyaoka,  Tokio,  Japan 
Otfried   Nippold,   Thun,  Switzerland 

European  Organization 
Advisory  Council 

President,  Baron  Paul  d'Estournelles  de  Constant,  Paris,  France 

Fredrik  Bajer,  Copenhagen,  Denmark 

Leon  Bourgeois,  Paris,  France 

Rt.  Hon.  Sir  John  Brunner,  Chertsey,  England 

Rt.  Hon.  Thomas  Burt,  Newcastle,  England 

Eduardo  Dato,  Madrid,  Spain 

Jean  Efremoff,  Petrograd,  Russia 

Rt.  Hon.  Sir  Edward  Fry,1  Bristol,  England 

"Died  October  19,  1918. 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL   PEACE        181 

Prof.  Hans  J.  Horst,  Christiania,  Norway 

Axjguste  Houzeau  de  Lehaie,  Mons,  Belgium 

Henri  La  Fontaine,  Brussels,  Belgium 

Alfred  Lagerheim,  Stockholm,  Sweden 

Lou  Tseng-tsiang,  Peking,  China 

J.  Ramsay  MacDonald,  London,  England 

Rt.  Hon.  Viscount  Morley  of  Blackburn,  London,  England 

Count  Shigenobu  Okuma,  Tokio,  Japan 

Alberto  d'Oliveira,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil 

Prof.  Charles  Richet,  Paris,  France 

Khan  Montas  es  Saltaneh  Samad  (Persia),  Paris,  France 

Ernest  Solvay,  Brussels,  Belgium 

Rt.  Hon.  Baron  Weardale,  London,  England 

Prof.  Andre  Weiss,  Paris,  France 

European  Bureau 

Secretary  General,  Jules-Jean  Prudhommeaux 

Secretary,  Jules  Louis  Puech 

Auditor,  Th.  Ruyssen 

Office  of  Secretariat,  24  rue  Pierre  Curie,  Paris,  France 

Correspondents  of  the  European  Bureau 
Ernst  Beckman,  Djursholm  pres  de  Stockholm,  Sweden 
Corragioni  d'Orelli,  Paris,  France 
Jacques  Dumas,  Versailles,  France 
Edoardo  Giretti,  Piemont,  Italy 

Ralph  Lane  (better  known  as  Norman  Angell),  London,  England 
Christian  L.  Lange,  Christiania,  Norway 
V.  A.  Maklakoff,  Petrograd,  Russia 
Henri  Monnier,  La  Chaux-de-Fonds,  Switzerland 
Theodore  Ruyssen,  Bordeaux,  France 
E.  Semenoff,  Petrograd,  Russia 
Sanchez  de  Silvera,  Nantes,  France 

II 

DIVISION  OF  ECONOMICS   AND  HISTORY 

Director,  John  Bates  Clark 

Office,  407  West  117th  Street,  New  York  City 

Telephone,  8644  Morningside.     Cable,  Interpax,  New  York 

Committee  of  Research 

Eugene  Borel,  Geneva,  Switzerland 
Henri  La  Fontaine,  Brussels,  Belgium 
Charles  Gide,  Paris,  France 
H.  B.  Greven,  Leyden,  Holland 
Francis  W.  Hirst,  London,  England 


182  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

David  Kinley,  Urbana,  Illinois 

Luigi  Luzzatti,  Rome,  Italy 

Gotaro  Ogawa,  Kioto,  Japan 

Sir  George  Paish,  Limpsfield,  Surrey,  England 

Maffeo  Pantaleoni,  Rome,  Italy 

Paul  S.  Reinsch,  American  Minister,  Peking,  China 

Baron  Y.  Sakatani,  Tokio,  Japan 

Harald  Westergaard,  Copenhagen,  Denmark 

III 

DIVISION   OF   INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

Director,  James  Brown  Scott 
Assistant  Director,  George  A.  Finch 

Office,  2  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Telephone,  Main  3428.     Cable,  Interpax,  Washington 

General^ Adviser  to  the  Division  of  International  Law 
L'Institut  de  Droit  International 

Gregers  W.  W.  Gram,  Norway 

Francis  Hagerup,  Norway 

Sir  Thomas  Erskine  Holland,  Great  Britain 

Charles  Edouard  Lardy,  Switzerland 

Alberic  Rolin,  Belgium 

Milenko  R.  Vesnitch,  Serbia 

Bibliotheqtje  Internationale  dtj  Droit  des  Gens 

Director,  A.  G.  de  Lapradelle 

Office,  2  rue  Lecourbe,  Paris,  France 

Academy  of  International  Law  at  The  Hague 

Established  with  the  Cooperation  of  the 
Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace 

Alejandro  Alvarez,  Chile 

Baron  Descamps,  Belgium 

Carl  Goos,  Denmark 

Francis  Hagerup,  Norway 

Th.  Heemskerk,  The  Netherlands 

Charles  Edouard  Lardy,  Switzerland 

Lord  Reay,  Great  Britain 

James  Brown  Scott,  United  States 

Baron  Michel  de  Taube,  Russia 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         183 

MR.   CARNEGIE'S   LETTER  TO   THE   TRUSTEES 

December  14,  1910. 

Gentlemen:  I  hav  transferd  to  you  as  Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Peace 
Fund,  Ten  Million  Dollars  of  Five  Per  Cent  First  Mortgage  Bonds,  the  reve- 
nue of  which  is  to  be  administerd  by  you  to  hasten  the  abolition  of  international 
war.  the  foulest  blot  upon  our  civilization.  Altho  we  no  longer  eat  our  fellow 
men  nor  torture  prisoners,  nor  sack  cities  killing  their  inhabitants,  we  still  kill 
each  other  in  war  like  barbarians.  Only  wild  beasts  are  excusable  for  doing 
that  in  this,  the  twentieth  century  of  the  Christian  era,  for  the  crime  of  war  is 
inherent,  since  it  decides  not  in  favor  of  the  right,  but  always  of  the  strong. 
The  nation  is  criminal  which  refuses  arbitration  and  drives  its  adversary  to  a 
tribunal  which  knows  nothing  of  righteous  judgment.     .     .     . 

In  order  to  giv  effect  to  this  gift,  it  will  be  suitable  that  the  Trustees  herein 
named  shall  form  a  corporation  with  lawful  powers  appropriate  to  the  accom- 
plishment of  the  purposes  herein  exprest  and  I  authorize  the  conveyance  of 
the  fund  to  such  a  corporation. 

The  Trustees  hav  power  to  sell,  invest,  or  reinvest  all  funds,  either  in  the 
United  States  or  in  other  countries,  subject  as  respects  investments  in  the 
United  States  to  no  more  restriction  than  is  imposed  upon  savings  banks  or 
insurance  companies  in  the  State  of  New  York. 

No  personal  liability  will  attach  to  Trustees  for  their  action  or  nonaction  as 
Trustees.  They  may  act  as  a  Board.  They  hav  power  to  fill  vacancies  or  to 
add  to  their  number  and  to  employ  all  officials  and  to  fix  their  compensation 
whether  members  of  the  Board  or  not.  Trustees  shall  be  reimburst  all  ex- 
penses incurd  in  connection  with  their  duties  as  Trustees,  including  traveling 
expenses  attending  meetings,  including  expenses  of  wife  or  dauter  to  each 
annual  meeting.  A  majority  of  the  Trustees  may  act  for  the  whole.  The 
President  shall  be  granted  such  honoraria  as  the  Trustees  think  proper  and  as 
he  can  be  prevaild  upon  to  accept. 

Lines  of  future  action  can  not  be  wisely  laid  down.  Many  may  hav  to  be 
tried,  and  having  full  confidence  in  my  Trustees  I  leav  to  them  the  widest 
discretion  as  to  the  mesures  and  policy  they  shall  from  time  to  time  adopt, 
only  premising  that  the  one  end  they  shall  keep  unceasingly  in  view  until  it  is 
attaind,  is  the  speedy  abolition  of  international  war  between  so-cald  civilized 
nations. 

When  civilized  nations  enter  into  such  treaties  as  named,  and  war  is  discarded 
as  disgraceful  to  civilized  men,  as  personal  war  (duelling)  and  man  selling  and 
buying  (slavery)  hav  been  discarded  within  the  wide  boundaries  of  our  Eng- 
lish-speaking race,  the  Trustees  will  pleas  then  consider  what  is  the  next  most 
degrading  remaining  evil  or  evils  whose  banishment — or  what  new  elevating 
element  or  elements  if  introduced  or  fosterd,  or  both  combined — would  most 
advance  the  progress,  elevation  and  happiness  of  man,  and  so  on  from  century 

13 


184  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

to  century  without  end,  my  Trustees  of  each  age  shall  determin  how  they  can 
best  aid  man  in  his  upward  march  to  higher  and  higher  stages  of  development 
unceasingly;  for  now  we  know  that  man  was  created,  not  with  an  instinct  for 
his  own  degradation,  but  imbued  with  the  desire  and  the  power  for  improve- 
ment to  which,  perchance,  there  may  be  no  limit  short  of  perfection  even  here 
in  this  life  upon  erth. 

Let  my  Trustees  therefore  ask  themselvs  from  time  to  time,  from  age  to 
age,  how  they  can  best  help  man  in  his  glorious  ascent  onward  and  upward  and 
to  this  end  devote  this  fund. 

Thanking  you  for  your  cordial  acceptance  of  this  trust  and  your  harty 
approval  of  its  object,  I  am 

Very  gratefully  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 
Witness: 

Louise  Whitfield  Carnegie. 
Margaret  Carnegie. 


RESOLUTIONS  OF  ACCEPTANCE 

Resolved,  That  the  Trust  Fund,  for  the  promotion  of  peace,  specified  in 
the  instrument  subscribed  to  and  delivered  this  day  by  Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie, 
be  and  it  is  hereby  accepted  for  the  purposes  prescribed  by  the  donor. 

Resolved,  That  in  undertaking  to  hold  and  use,  in  trust,  this  munificent 
gift  for  the  benefit  of  mankind,  the  Trustees  are  moved  by  a  deep  sense  of  the 
sincere  and  noble  spirit  of  humanity  which  inspires  the  donor  of  the  Fund. 
They  feel  that  all  thoughtful  men  and  women  should  be  grateful  to  him,  and 
should  be  glad  to  aid,  so  far  as  lies  within  their  power,  towards  the  accomplish- 
ment of  the  much-to-be-desired  end  upon  which  he  has  fixed  his  hopes,  and  to 
which  he  desires  to  contribute.  They  are  not  unmindful  of  the  delicacy  and 
difficulty  involved  in  dealing  with  so  great  a  sum,  for  such  a  purpose,  wisely  and 
not  mischievously,  and  in  ways  which  shall  be  practical  and  effective.  They 
accept  the  Trust  in  the  belief  that,  although  doubtless  many  mistakes  may  be 
made,  great  and  permanent  good  can  be  accomplished. 


BY-LAWS 

ARTICLE   I 

Section  1.  Pending  the  incorporation  of  the  Trustees,  the  business  of  the 
Trust  shall  be  conducted  by  the  Trustees  as  an  unincorporated  association,  and 
shall  be  managed  and  controlled  by  the  Board  of  Trustees,  which  shall  consist 
of  twenty-eight  members,  who  shall  hold  office  continuously  and  not  for  a 
stated  term. 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE        185 

The  name  of  the  association  shall  be  "Carnegie  Endowment  for  International 
Peace." 

Section  2.  Vacancies  in  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  be  filled  by  the  Trus- 
tees, by  ballot,  by  a  vote  of  two-thirds  of  the  Trustees  present  at  a  meeting. 
No  person  shall  be  elected,  however,  who  shall  not  have  been  nominated,  in 
writing,  by  some  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  twenty  days  before  an 
annual  or  special  meeting.  A  list  of  the  persons  so  nominated,  with  the  names 
of  the  proposers,  shall  be  mailed  to  each  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
twenty  days  before  a  meeting,  and  no  other  nomination  shall  be  considered 
except  by  the  unanimous  consent  of  the  Trustees  present. 

Section  3.  In  case  any  Trustee  shall  fail  to  attend  three  successive  annual 
meetings  of  the  Board,  he  shall  thereupon  cease  to  be  a  Trustee. 

Section  4.  No  Trustee  shall  receive  any  compensation  for  his  services  as 
such. 

article  n 

Section  1.  The  principal  office  of  the  association  shall  be  in  the  City  of 
Washington,  in  the  District  of  Columbia.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  shall  be  held  on  the  third  Friday  of  April  in  each  year. 

Section  2.  Special  meetings  of  the  Board  may  be  called  by  the  Executive 
Committee  at  such  place  as  the  Committee  shall  determine,  by  notice  served 
personally  upon  or  mailed  to  the  usual  address  of  each  Trustee,  twenty  days 
prior  to  the  meeting,  as  the  names  and  addresses  of  such  Trustees  appear  upon 
the  books  of  the  association. 

A  special  meeting  of  the  Board  on  the  second  Friday  of  November  in  each 
year  shall  be  called  and  held  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  this  section, 
for  the  transaction  of  such  business  as  the  Board  shall  determine  upon,  includ- 
ing any  special  appropriations  that  may  be  found  necessary. 

Section  3.  Special  meetings  shall  be  called  by  the  president  in  the  same 
manner  upon  the  written  request  of  seven  members  of  the  Board. 

Section  4.     A  majority  of  the  Trustees  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

Section  5.  Prescribes  the  order  of  business  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees. 

article  in 

Section  1.  The  officers  of  the  association  shall  be  a  president  and  a  vice 
president,  who  shall  be  elected  from  the  members  of  the  Board  by  ballot  an- 
nually. There  shall  also  be  a  secretary  elected  from  the  members  of  the  Board, 
who  shall  serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  Board,  and  a  treasurer,  who  may  or 
may  not  be  a  member  of  the  Board,  who  shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  and 
serve  during  the  pleasure  of  the  Board. 

article  rv 
Section  1.     The  president  shall  be  the  presiding  officer  of  the  association 
and  chairman,  ex  officio,  of  the  Executive  Committee.     He  shall  preside  at  all 


186  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

meetings  of  the  Board  or  the  Executive  Committee,  and  exercise  the  usual 
duties  of  a  presiding  officer.  He  shall  have  general  supervision  of  all  matters 
of  administration  and  of  all  the  affairs  of  the  association. 

Section  2.  In  the  absence  or  disability  of  the  president,  his  duties  shall 
be  performed  by  the  vice  president. 

article  v 

Section  1.  The  secretary  shall  be  the  chief  administrative  officer  of  the 
association  and,  subject  to  the  authority  of  the  Board  and  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee, shall  have  immediate  charge  of  the  administration  of  its  affairs  and  of 
the  work  undertaken  by  it  or  with  its  funds.  He  shall  devote  his  entire  time 
to  the  work  of  the  association.  He  shall  prepare  and  submit  to  the  Board  of 
Trustees  and  to  the  Executive  Committee  plans,  suggestions  and  recommenda- 
tions for  the  work  of  the  association,  shall  carry  on  its  correspondence,  and 
generally  supervise  the  work  of  the  association.  He  shall  sign  and  execute  all 
instruments  in  the  name  of  the  association  when  authorized  to  do  so  by  the 
Board  of  Trustees  or  by  the  Executive  Committee  or  the  Finance  Committee. 
He  shall  countersign  all  cheques,  orders,  bills  or  drafts  for  the  payment  of 
money,  and  shall  perform  the  usual  duties  of  a  secretary  and  such  other  duties 
as  may  be  assigned  to  him  by  the  Board  or  the  Executive  Committee. 

Section  2.  He  shall  be  the  legal  custodian  of  all  property  of  the  association 
whose  custody  is  not  otherwise  provided  for.  He  shall  submit  to  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  at  least  thirty  days  before  its  annual  meeting,  a  writtemreport  of 
the  operations  and  business  of  the  association  for  the  preceding  fiscal  year, 
with  such  recommendations  as  he  shall  approve. 

Section  3.  He  shall  act,  ex  officio,  as  secretary  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and 
of  the  Executive  Committee,  and  shall  have  custody  of  the  seal  and  affix  the 
same  when  directed  so  to  do  by  the  Board,  the  Executive  Committee  or  the 
Finance  Committee. 

Section  4.  An  assistant  secretary  may  be  appointed  by  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee to  perform  the  duties  or  exercise  the  powers  of  the  secretary,  or  some 
part  thereof. 

ARTICLE    VI 

Section  1 .  The  treasurer  shall  have  the  care  and  custody  of  all  funds  and 
property  of  the  association  as  distinguished  from  the  permanent  invested  funds 
and  securities,  and  shall  deposit  the  same  in  such  bank,  trust  company  or  de- 
pository as  the  Board  of  Trustees  or  the  Executive  Committee  shall  designate, 
and  shall,  subject  to  the  direction  of  the  Board  or  the  Executive  Committee, 
disburse  and  dispose  of  the  same,  and  shall  perform  the  usual  duties  incident 
to  the  office  of  treasurer.  He  shall  report  to  each  meeting  of  the  Executive 
Committee.  He  shall  keep  proper  books  of  account  of  all  moneys  or  disposi- 
tion of  property  received  and  paid  out  on  account  of  the  association,  and  shall 
exhibit  the  same  when  required  by  the  Executive  Committee,  the  Finance  Com- 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         187 

mittee  or  any  officer  of  the  association.  He  shall  submit  a  report  of  the  ac- 
counts and  financial  condition  of  the  association,  and  of  all  moneys  received 
or  expended  by  him,  at  each  annual  meeting  of  the  association.  He  may  be 
required  to  give  a  bond  for  the  faithful  discharge  of  his  duties,  in  such  sum  as 
the  Executive  Committee  may  require. 

Section  2.  An  assistant  treasurer  may  be  appointed  by  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee to  perform  the  duties  and  exercise  the  powers,  or  some  part  thereof,  of 
the  treasurer.  Such  assistant  treasurer  may  be  either  an  individual  or  a  cor- 
poration, who  may  in  like  manner  be  required  to  furnish  a  bond. 

ARTICLE    VII 

Section  1.  There  shall  be  an  Executive  Committee,  consisting  of  the  presi- 
dent, the  secretary,  and  five  other  Trustees  elected  by  the  Board  by  ballot  for  a 
term  of  three  years  who  shall  be  eligible  for  reelection.  The  members  first 
elected  shall  determine  their  respective  terms  by  lot,  two  to  serve  three  years, 
two  to  serve  two  years  and  one  a  single  year.  A  member  elected  to  fill  a 
vacancy  shall  serve  for  the  remainder  of  the  term. 

Section  2.  The  Executive  Committee  shall,  subject  to  the  authority  of  the 
Board,  and  when  the  Board  is  not  in  session,  exercise  all  the  powers  of  the 
Board  in  the  management,  direction  and  supervision  of  the  business  and  the 
conduct  of  the  affairs  of  the  association.  It  may  appoint  advisory  committees, 
or  agents,  with  such  powers  and  duties  as  it  shall  approve,  and  shall  fix  salaries 
of  officers,  agents  and  employes. 

Section  3.  The  Executive  Committee  shall  direct  the  manner  in  which  the 
books  and  accounts  of  the  association  shall  be  kept,  and  shall  cause  to  be  ex- 
amined from  time  to  time  the  accounts  and  vouchers  of  the  treasurer  for  moneys 
received  and  paid  out  by  him.  Such  committee  shall  submit  a  written  report 
to  the  Board  at  each  meeting  of  the  Board,  and  shall  submit  an  annual  report 
to  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Board. 

Section  4.  Whenever  any  vacancy  shall  occur  in  the  Executive  Committee 
or  in  the  office  of  secretary  or  treasurer,  or  in  any  other  office  of  the  associa- 
tion by  death,  resignation  or  otherwise,  the  vacancy  shall  be  filled  by  appoint- 
ment by  the  Executive  Committee  until  the  next  annual  meeting  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees. 

Section  5.  A  majority  of  the  Executive  Committee  shall  constitute  a 
quorum. 

article  viii 

Section  1.  The  Finance  Committee  shall  consist  of  three  Trustees  to  be 
elected  by  the  Trustees  by  ballot  annually. 

Section  2.  The  Finance  Committee  shall  have  custody  of  the  permanent 
invested  funds  and  securities  of  the  association  and  general  charge  of  its  invest- 
ments, and  shall  care  for,  invest  and  dispose  of  the  same  subject  to  the  direc- 
tions of  the  Board  of  Trustees  and  of  the  Executive  Committee.     It  shall  con- 


188  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

sider  and  recommend  to  the  Board  from  time  to  time  such  measures  as  in  its 
opinion  will  promote  the  financial  interests  of  the  association,  and  shall  make 
a  report  at  each  annual  meeting  of  the  Board. 

Pending  incorporation  the  title  to  the  permanent  invested  funds  and  securi- 
ties of  the  association,  as  well  as  the  custody  thereof,  shall  be  vested  in  the 
Finance  Committee  in  trust  for  the  association. 

ARTICLE   IX 

The  terms  of  office  of  all  officers  and  of  all  members  of  committees  shall  con- 
tinue until  their  successors  in  each  case  are  appointed. 

article  x 

Section  1.  The  fiscal  year  of  the  association  shall  commence  on  the  first 
day  of  July  in  each  year. 

Section  2.  The  Executive  Committee,  at  least  one  month  prior  to  the  an- 
nual meeting  in  each  year,  shall  cause  the  accounts  of  the  association  to  be 
audited  by  a  skilled  accountant,  to  be  appointed  by  the  president,  and  shall 
submit  to  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  a  full  statement  of  the 
finances  and  work  of  the  association,  and  shall  mail  to  each  member  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  a  detailed  estimate  of  expenses  and  requirements  for  appro- 
priation for  the  ensuing  fiscal  year,  thirty  days  before  the  annual  meeting. 

Section  3.  The  Board  of  Trustees  at  the  annual  meeting  in  each  year  shall 
make  general  appropriations  for  the  ensuing  fiscal  year,  and  may  make  special 
appropriations  from  time  to  time. 

Section  4.  The  securities  of  the  association  and  other  evidences  of  property 
shall  be  deposited  under  such  safeguards  as  the  Trustees  or  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee shall  designate;  and  the  moneys  of  the  association  shall  be  deposited 
in  such  banks  or  depositories  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  designated  by  the 
Executive  Committee. 

ARTICLE    XI 

These  by-laws  may  be  amended  at  any  annual  or  special  meeting  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  by  a  majority  vote  of  the  members  present,  provided  written 
notice  of  the  proposed  amendment  shall  be  personally  served  upon,  or  mailed 
to  the  usual  address  of,  each  member  of  the  Board  at  least  twenty  days  prior 
to  such  meeting. 

ARTICLE   XII 

The  Executive  Committee  is  hereby  empowered  to  accept,  on  behalf  of  the 
association,  a  charter  of  the  tenor  and  form  reported  by  the  Judiciary  Com- 
mittee of  the  House  of  Representatives  to  the  House  on  the  third  day  of 
February,  1911  [H.  R.  32084,  "To  incorporate  the  Carnegie  Endowment  for 
International  Peace"],  and  laid  before  the  Trustees  of  this  association  on  the 
ninth  day  of  March,  1911,  with  such  alterations  and  amendments  thereto  as 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         189 

may  be  imposed  by  Congress  and  are  not,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Executive 
Committee,  inconsistent  with  the  effective  prosecution  of  the  purposes  of  the 
association. 

Upon  the  granting  of  such  charter  the  property  and  business  of  the  asso- 
ciation shall  be  transferred  to  the  corporation  so  formed  and  a  meeting  of  the 
Trustees  shall  be  called  for  the  purpose  of  regulating  and  directing  the  further 
conduct  of  the  business  by  the  corporation. 


190  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

LIST  OF  PUBLICATIONS 

All  publications  with  a  price  attached  should  be  ordered  directly  from  the  Oxford  Univer- 
sity Press,  American  Branch,  35  West  32d  Street,  New  York  City.  All  publications  distributed 
gratuitously  will  be  forwarded  by  the  Secretary,  No.  2  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C,  on 
request. 

Publications  of  the  Secretary's  Office 

Year  Books  of  the  Endowment  for  1911,  1912,  1913-1914, 1915,  1916,  1917,  1918  and  1919. 
Manual  of  the  Public  Benefactions  of  Andrew  Carnegie. 

Publications  of  the  Division  of  Intercourse  and  Education 

No.  1  Some  Roads  Towards  Peace:  A  Report  on  Observations  Made  in  China  and  Japan  in 
1912.     By  Dr.  Charles  W.  Eliot.     vi+88p.     1914. 

No.  2f  German  International  Progress  in  1913.  By  Professor  Dr.  Wilhelm  Paszkowski. 
iii  +  11  p.     1914. 

No.     3     Educational  Exchange  with  Japan.     By  Dr.  Hamilton  W.  Mabie.     8  p.     1914. 

No.  4 1  Report  of  the  International  Commission  to  Inquire  into  the  Causes  and  Conduct  of 
the  Balkan  Wars.     ix+418p.,illus.,maps.     1914. 

No.  5 1  Intellectual  and  Cultural  Relations  Between  the  United  States  and  the  Other  Repub- 
lics of  America.     By  Dr.  Harry  Erwin  Bard,     iv+35  p.     1914. 

No.     6f  Growth  of  Internationalism  in  Japan.     By  T.  Miyaoka.     iii+15  p.     1915. 

No.  7t  For  Better  Relations  with  our  Latin  American  Neighbors:  A  Journey  to  South  Amer- 
ica.    [English  Edition.]     By  Robert  Bacon,     viii  +  186  p.     1915. 

No.  8t  The  Same,  in  the  Original  Spanish,  Portuguese  and  French,  viii+221  p.  1915. 
A  second  edition  of  Mr.  Bacon's  report,  containing  Nos.  7  and  8  in  one  volume, 
has  also  been  published,  copies  of  which  are  still  available. 

No.  9  Former  Senator  Burton's  Trip  to  South  America.  By  Otto  Schoenrich.  iii+40  p. 
1915. 

No.  10  f  Problems  About  War  for  Classes  in  Arithmetic.  By  David  Eugene  Smith,  Ph.D., 
LL.D.     23  p.     1915. 

No.  lit  Hygiene  and  War;  Suggestions  for  Makers  of  Textbooks  and  for  Use  in  Schools. 
By  George  Ellis  Jones,  Ph.D.     207  p.     1917. 

No.  12  Russia,  the  Revolution  and  the  War.  An  Account  of  a  Visit  to  Petrograd  and  Helsing- 
fors  in  March,  1017.  By  Dr.  Christian  L.  Lange,  Secretary  General  of  the  Inter- 
parliamentary Union.     26  p.     1917. 

No.  13  Greetings  to  the  New  Russia.  Addresses  at  a  meeting  held  at  the  Hudson  Theater, 
New  York,  April  23,  1917,  under  the  auspices  of  the  National  Institute  of  Arts  and 
Letters.     14  p.     1917. 

No.  14  South  American  Opinions  of  the  War:  I.  Chile  and  the  War,  by  Carlos  Silva  Vild6- 
sola;  II.  The  Attitude  of  Ecuador,  by  Nicol&s  F.  Lopez.  Translated  from  the 
Spanish  by  Peter  H.  Goldsmith.     27  p.     1917. 

No.  15  The  Imperial  Japanese  Mission,  1917.  A  record  of  the  reception  throughout  the 
United  States  of  the  Special  Mission  headed  by  Viscount  Ishii,  together  w^ith  the 
text  of  the  Lansing-Ishii  agreement  of  1917  on  the  status  of  Japan  and  the  United 
States  in  China,  and  the  text  of  the  Root-Takahira  understanding  of  1908.  Fore- 
word by  Elihu  Root.     125  p.     1918. 

No.  16  Growth  of  Liberalism  in  Japan.  Two  addresses  delivered  by  T.  Miyaoka  before  the 
American  Bar  Association  at  Cleveland,  Ohio,  August  29,  1918,  and  before  the 
Canadian  Bar  Association  at  Montreal,  Canada,  September  5,  1918.     24  p.     1918. 

Publications  of  the  Division  of  Economics  and  History 

Nationalism  and  War  in  the  Near  East.  By  a  Diplomatist.  Edited  by  Lord  Courtney  of  Pen- 
with.  Published  by  the  Clarendon  Press,  Oxford,  England,  xxvi+434  p.  1915. 
Price,  in  Great  Britain,  12s.  6tf.;  in  U.  S.,  $4.15. 

t  No  longer  available  for  distribution. 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         191 

The  Industrial  Development  and  Commercial  Policies  of  the  Three  Scandinavian  Countries. 
By  Povl  Drachmann.  Edited  by  Harald  Westergaard,  LL.D.  Published  by  the 
Clarendon  Press,  Oxford,  England.  130  p.  1915.  Price,  in  Great  Britain,  4s.  6d.; 
in  U.  S.,  $1.50. 

Losses  of  Life  in  Modern  Wars:  Austria-Hungary;  France.  By  Gaston  Bodart,  LL.D. 
Military  Selection  and  Race  Deterioration.  By  Vernon  Lyman  Kellogg.  Edited 
by  Harald  Westergaard,  LL.D.  Published  by  the  Clarendon  Press,  Oxford,  Eng- 
land.    x+207+6p.     1916.     Price,  in  Great  Britain,  6s.;  in  U.  S.,  $2.00. 

Economic  Protectionism.  By  Josef  Grunzel.  Edited  by  Eugen  von  Philippovich.  Pub- 
lished by  the  Clarendon  Press,  Oxford,  England,  xiii +357 +6  p.  1916.  Price,  in 
Great  Britain,  8s.  6d.;  in  U.  S.,  $2.90. 

Epidemics  Resulting  from  Wars.  By  Dr.  Friedrich  Prinzing.  Edited  by  Harald  Westergaard, 
LL.D.  Published  by  the  Clarendon  Press,  Oxford,  England.  xii+340+6p.  1916. 
Price,  in  Great  Britain,  7s.  6<2.;  in  U.  S.,  $2.50. 

The  Colonial  Tariff  Policy  of  France.  By  Arthur  Girault.  Edited  by  Charles  Gide.  Pub- 
lished by  the  Clarendon  Press,  Oxford,  England.  x-|-305-|-6p.  1916.  Price,  in 
Great  Britain,  7s.  6d.;  in  U.  S.,  $2.50. 

The  Five  Republics  of  Central  America. — Their  Political  and  Economic  Development  and  Their 
Relations  with  the  United  States.  By  Dana  G.  Munro.  Edited  by  David  Kinley. 
Published  by  the  Oxford  University  Press,  American  Branch,  New  York,  N.  Y. 
xvi+332  p.     1918.     Price,  $3.50. 

Federal  Military  Pensions  in  the  United  States.  By  William  H.  Glasson.  Edited  by  David 
Kinley.  Published  by  the  Oxford  University  Press,  American  Branch,  New  York, 
N.  Y.     xii+305p.     1918.     Price,  $2.50. 

Fiscal  Freedom  of  Canada  and  the  Other  British  Dominions.  By  Edward  Porritt.  Edited  by 
David  Kinley.  Published  by  the  Oxford  University  Press,  American  Branch,  New 
York,  N.  Y.     In  Press.     Price  to  be  announced. 

Preliminary  Economic  Studies  of  the  War 

(Cloth  bound  copies  of  these  studies  can  be  purchased  from  the  Oxford  University  Press, 
American  Branch,  35  West  32d  Street,  New  York  City,  for  $1.00  each.  Paper  bound  copies  will 
be  sent  gratuitously  upon  application  to  the  Secretary,  2  Jackson  Place,  Washington,  D.  C.) 

No.  1  Early  Economic  Effects  of  the  War  upon  Canada.  By  Adam  Shortt,  formerly  Com- 
missioner of  the  Canadian  Civil  Service,  now  Chairman,  Board  of  Historical  Publi- 
cations, Canada. 

No.  2  Early  Effects  of  the  European  War  upon  the  Finance,  Commerce  and  Industry  of 
Chile.     By  L.  S.  Rowe,  Professor  of  Political  Science,  University  of  Pennsylvania. 

No.  3  War  Administration  of  the  Railways  in  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain.  By  Frank 
H.  Dixon,  Professor  of  Economics,  Dartmouth  College,  and  Julius  H.  Parmelee, 
Statistician,  Bureau  of  Railway  Economics. 

No.  4  Economic  Effects  of  the  War  upon  Women  and  Children  in  Great  Britain.  By  Irene 
Osgood  Andrews,  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  American  Association  for  Labor  Legis- 
lation. 

No.  5  Direct  Costs  of  the  Present  War.  By  Ernest  L.  Bogart,  Professor  of  Economics, 
University  of  Illinois. 

No.  6  Effects  of  the  War  upon  Insurance,  with  Special  Reference  to  the  Substitution  of 
Insurance  for  Pensions.  By  William  F.  Gephart,  Professor  of  Economics,  Washing- 
ton University,  St.  Louis. 

No.  7  The  Financial  History  of  Great  Britain,  1914-1918.  By  Frank  L.  McVey,  President, 
University  of  Kentucky. 

No.  8  British  War  Administration.  By  John  A.  Fairlie,  Professor  of  Political  Science,  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois. 

No.  9  Influence  of  the  Great  War  upon  Shipping.  By  J.  Russell  Smith,  Professor  of  Indus- 
try, University  of  Pennsylvania. 


192  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

No.  10    War  Thrift.    By  Thomas  Nixon  Carver,  Professor  of  Political  Economy,  Harvard 

University. 
No.  11     Effects  of  the  Great  War  upon  Agriculture  in  the  United  States  and  Great  Britain. 

By  Benjamin  H.   Hibbard,   Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics,   University   of 

Wisconsin. 
No.  12     Disabled  Soldiers  and  Sailors — Pensions  and  Training.     By  Edward  T.  Devine,  Pro- 
fessor of  Social  Economy,  Columbia  University. 
No.  13     Government  Control  of  the  Liquor  Business  in  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States. 

By  Thomas  Nixon  Carver,  Professor  of  Political  Economy,  Harvard  University. 
No.  14    British  Labor  Conditions  and  Legislation  during  the  War.     By  Matthew  B.  Ham- 
mond, Professor  of  Economics,  Ohio  State  University. 
No.  15     Effects  of  the  War  upon  Money,  Credit  and  Banking  in  France  and  the  United  States. 

By  B.  M.  Anderson,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics,  Harvard  University. 
No.  16     Effects  of  the  War  upon  Negro  Labor  and  Migration  in  the  United  States.     By 

Emmett  J.  Scott,  Secretary,  Tuskegee  Institute. 
No.  17     International  Control  over  International  Trade  and  Investments.     By   Henry  C. 

Adams,  Professor  of  Political  Economy  and  Finance,  University  of  Michigan. 
No.  18     Government  War  Control  of  Industry  and  Trade,  with  Special  Reference  to  Great 

Britain  and  the  United  States.     By  Charles  Whiting  Baker,  New  York  City. 
No.  19    Price  Control  in  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States.     By  Simon  Litman,  Assistant 

Professor  "of  Economics,  University  of  Illinois. 
No.  20    The  Relation  of  the  Economic  and  Social  Conditions  in  Southeastern  Europe  and  in 

Alsace-Lorraine  to  Conditions  of  Peace.    Two  volumes.    By  Stephen  Pierce  Duggan, 

Professor  of  Education,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York. 
No.  21     The  Present  Situation  in  Russia  and  Its  Economic  and  Social  Background.     By 

A.  A.  Goldenweiser. 
No.  22     Effects  of  the  War  on  Pauperism,  Crime  and  Programs  of  Social  Welfare.     By  Edith 

Abbott,  Lecturer  in  Sociology,  University  of  Chicago. 
No.  23     Monetary  Conditions  in  War  Times  in  India,  Mexico  and  the  Philippines.     By 

E.  W.  Kemmerer,  Professor  of  Economics  and  Finance,  Princeton  University. 
No.  24     Direct  and  Indirect  Costs  of  the  Great  World  War.     By  Ernest  L.  Bogart,  Professor 

of  Economics,  University  of  Illinois.     (Revised  edition  of  Study  No.  5.) 
No.  25     Government  War  Contracts.     By  John  F.  Crowell,  Consulting  Economist,  New  York 

City. 

Publications  of  the  Division  of  International  Law 

The  Hague  Conventions  and  Declarations  of  1899  and  1907.     Third  ed.     Edited  by  James 

Brown  Scott,  Director.     xxxiii+303p.     1918      Price,  in  Great  Britain,  6s.;  in  U.  S., 

$2.00. 

French  edition,     xxxiii+318  p.     1918.     Price,  $2.00. 
Spanish  edition,     xxxv+301  p.     1916.     Price,  $2.00. 
The  Freedom  of  the  Seas.     A  dissertation  by  Hugo  Grotius.     Translated  with  a  revision  of 

the  Latin  text  of  1633,  by  Ralph  Van  Deman  Magoffin,  Ph.D.     Edited  by  James 

Brown  Scott,  Director.     (Parallel  pages.)     xv+83  p.     1916.     Price,  $2.00. 
Instructions  to  the  American  Delegates  to  the  Hague  Peace  Conferences  and  Their  Official 

Reports.     Edited   by   James   Brown   Scott,    Director,     v+138   p.     1916.     Price, 

$1.50. 

French  edition  in  press.     Price  to  be  announced. 
The  Status  of  the  International  Court  of  Justice.     With  an  appendix  of  addresses  and  official 

documents.     By  James  Brown  Scott,  Director,     v+93  p.     1916.     Price,  $1.50. 
An  International   Court  of   Justice.     By  James  Brown  Scott,   Director.     ix  +  10S  p.     1916. 

Price,  $1.50. 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE         193 

Une  Cour  de  Justice  Internationale.     Par  James  Brown  Scott,  Direeteur.     (French  edition  of 
An  International  Court  of  Justice  and  The  Status  of  the  International  Court  of 
Justice,  in  combination.)     vi+269  p.     1918.     Price,  $2.50. 
Recommendations  on  International  Law  and  Official  Commentary  Thereon  of  the  Second 
Pan  American  Scientific  Congress  Held  in  Washington,  December  27,  1915- Jan- 
uary 8,  1916.     Edited  by  James  Brown  Scott,  Director.     vii+53p.     1916.     Price, 
$1.00. 
An  Essay  on  a  Congress  of  Nations  for  the  Adjustment  of  International  Disputes  without 
Resort  to  Arms.     By  William  Ladd.     Reprinted  from  the  original  edition  of  1840, 
with   an   introduction   by   James   Brown   Scott,    Director,     xlviii  +  162   p.     1916. 
Price,  $2.00. 
The  Hague  Court  Reports,  comprising  the  awards,  accompanied  by  syllabi,  the  agreements  for 
arbitration,  and  other  documents  in  each  case  submitted  to  the  Permanent  Court  of 
Arbitration  and  to  commissions  of  inquiry  under  the  provisions  of  the  Conventions 
of  1899  and  1907  for  the  pacific  settlement  of  international  disputes.     Edited  by 
James  Brown  Scott,  Director,     cxi+664  p.     1916.     Price,  $3.50. 
French  edition  in  press.     Price  to  be  announced. 
Resolutions  of  the  Institute  of  International  Law  Dealing  with  the  Law  of  Nations,  with  an 
historical  introduction  and  explanatory  notes.     Collected  and  translated  under  the 
supervision  of  and  edited  by  James  Brown  Scott,  Director,     xlv+265  p.      1916. 
Price,  $2.00. 

French  edition  in  press.     Price  to  be  announced. 
Diplomatic  Documents  Relating  to  the  Outbreak  of  the  European  War.     Edited  by  James 

Brown  Scott,  Director.     2  vols,     lxxxi+1516  p.     1916.     Price,  $7.50. 
The  Declaration  of  Independence;  the  Articles  of  Confederation;  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States.     Edited,   with   an  introductory   note,   by  James  Brown   Scott,   Director. 
xix+94p.     1917.     Price,  $1.00. 

Russian  edition  in  press.     Price  to  be  announced. 
The  Recommendations  of  Habana  Concerning  International  Organization  Adopted  by  the 
American  Institute  of  International  Law  at  Habana,  January  23,  1917-     Address 
and  commentary  by  James  Brown  Scott,  Director.     vi  +  lOOp.     1917.     Price,  81.00. 
The  Controversy  over  Neutral  Rights  between  the  United  States  and  France,  1797-1800. 
A  collection  of  American  State  Papers  and  Judicial  Decisions.     Edited  by  James 
Brown  Scott,  Director,     vi+510  p.     1917.     Price,  S3. 50. 
The  Reports  to  the  Hague  Conferences  of  1899  and  1907,  being  the  official  explanatory  and 
interpretative  commentary  accompanying  the  draft  conventions  and  declarations 
submitted  to  the  Conferences  by  the  several  commissions  charged  with  preparing 
them,  together  with  the  texts  of  the  Final  Acts,  Conventions  and  Declarations  aa 
signed,  and  of  the  principal  proposals  offered  by  the  delegations  of  the  various  Powers 
as  well  as  of  other  documents  laid  before  the  commissions.     Edited,  with  an  intro- 
duction, by  James  Brown  Scott,  Director.     xxxii+940p.     1917.     Price,  $5.00. 
French  edition  in  press.     Price  to  be  announced. 
The  Armed  Neutralities  of  1780  and  1800.     A  collection  of  official  documents  preceded  by  the 
view3  of  representative  publicists.     Edited  by  James  Brown  Scott,  Director.     (A 
combination    of     Pamphlets   Nos.   27    and    28,   with    revisions    and    additions.) 
xxxi+69Sp.     1918.     Price,  $5.00. 
The  International  Union  of  the  Hague  Conferences.     By  Walther  Schiicking.      Translated 
from  the  German  by  Charles  G.  Fenwick.     xiv+341  p.     1918.     Price,  in  Great 
Britain,  7s.  &d.\  in  U.  S.,  $2.50. 
The  Problem  of  an  International  Court  of  Justice.     By  Hans  Wehberg.     Translated  from  the 
German  by  Charles  G.  Fenwick.     xxxiii+251  p.     1918.     Price,  in  Great   Britain, 
7s.  6d.;  in  U.  S.,  $2.50. 
The  Treaties  of  1785,  1799  and  1828  between  the  United  States  and  Prussia.     As  interpreted 
in  opinions  of  attorneys  general,  decisions  of  courts,  and  diplomatic  correspondence. 
Edited  by  James  Brown  Scott.  Director.     viii+207p.     1918.     Price,  $2.00. 


194  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Judicial  Settlement  of  Controversies  between  States  of  the  American  Union:  Cases  decided 
in  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States.  Collected  and  edited  by  James  Brown 
Scott,  Director.     2  vols.     xlii+1775p.     1918.     Price  to  be  announced. 

Judicial  Settlement  of  Controversies  between  States  of  the  American  Union:  An  analysis 
of  cases  decided  in  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States.  By  James  Brown 
Scott,  Director.  In  one  volume,  uniform  with  the  above,  viii+543  p.  In  press. 
Price  to  be  announced. 

The  United  States  of  America:  A  Study  in  International  Organization.  An  essay  on  the  inter- 
national problems  met  and  solved  by  the  framers  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United 
States.    By  James  Brown  Scott,  Director.    493  p.    In  press.    Price  to  be  announced. 

The  Declaration  of  London,  February  26,  1909.  A  collection  of  official  papers  and  documents 
relating  to  the  International  Naval  Conference  held  in  London,  December,  1908- 
February,  1909.  With  an  introduction  by  Elihu  Root.  Edited  by  James  Brown 
Scott,  Director.     268  p.     In  press.     Price  to  be  announced. 

The  Doctrine  of  National  Serf-Determination.  A  study  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  pleb- 
iscites, with  a  collection  of  official  documents.  By  Sarah  Wambaugh.  In  press. 
Price  to  be  announced. 

Treaties  for  the  Advancement  of  Peace,  concluded  by  the  United  States  with  foreign  govern- 
ments during  the  first  administration  of  President  Wilson  by  the  Honorable  William 
J.  Bryan,  Secretary  of  State  of  the  United  States.  With  an  introduction  by  James 
Brown  Scott,  Director,     lxv  +152  p.     In  press.     Price  to  be  announced. 

War  and  Peace:  The  Evils  of  the  First,  and  a  Plan  for  Preserving  the  Last.  By  William  Jay. 
Reprinted  from  the  original  edition  of  1842,  with  an  introduction  by  James  Brown 
Scott,  Director.     In  press.     Price  to  be  announced. 

Debates  in  the  Federal  Convention  of  1787  which  Framed  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States 
of  America,  as  Reported  by  James  Madison.  International  Edition.  Edited  by 
Gaillard  Hunt  and  James  Brown  Scott.  In  three  parts:  Part  I,  Antecedents  of 
the  Federal  Convention;  Part  II,  The  Federal  Convention;  Part  III,  Documen- 
tary History.     In  press.     Price  to  be  announced. 

Pamphlet  Series 

No.     1     Arbitrations  and  Diplomatic  Settlements  of  the  United  States,     vii+21  p.     1914. 

No.  2  Limitation  of  Armament  on  the  Great  Lakes.  The  report  of  John  W.  Foster,  Secretary 
of  State,  to  the  President  of  the  United  States,  December  7,  1892.     vii  +  57p.     1914. 

No.  3  Signatures,  Ratifications,  Adhesions  and  Reservations  to  the  Conventions  and  Dec- 
larations of  the  First  and  Second  Hague  Peace  Conferences,     vii  +32  p.     1914. 

No.  4  The  Hague  Conventions  of  1899  (I)  and  1907  (I)  for  the  Pacific  Settlement  of  Inter- 
national Disputes.    iv+48p.     1915. 

No.  5  The  Hague  Conventions  of  1899  (II)  and  1907  (rV)  Respecting  the  Laws  and  Customs 
of  War  on  Land,    iv+33  p.     1915. 

No.  6  The  Hague  Conventions  of  1899  (ni)  and  1907  (X)  for  the  Adaptation  to  Maritime 
Warfare  of  the  Principles  of  the  Geneva  Convention.     iv  +  19p.     1915. 

No.  7  The  Hague  Declarations  of  1899  (TV,  1)  and  1907  (XIV)  Prohibiting  the  Discharge 
of  Projectiles  and  Explosives  from  Balloons,     iv  +5  p.     1915. 

No.  8  The  Hague  Declaration  (rV,  2)  of  1899  Concerning  Asphyxiating  Gases,  iv+2  p. 
1915. 

No.  9  The  Hague  Declaration  (IV,  3)  of  1899  Concerning  Expanding  Bullets,  iv+2  p. 
1915. 

No.  10  The  Final  Acts  of  the  First  and  Second  Hague  Peace  Conferences  together  with  the 
Draft  Convention  on  a  Judicial  Arbitration  Court,     iv  +40  p.     1915. 

No.  11  The  Hague  Convention  (H)  of  1907  Respecting  the  Limitation  of  the  Employment  of 
Force  for  the  Recovery  of  Contract  Debts,     iv+7  p.     1915. 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE        195 

No.    12     The  Hague  Convention  (HI)  of  1907  Relative  to  the  Opening  of  Hostilities,     iv+4. 

1915. 
No.    13     The  Hague  Convention  (V)  of  1907  Respecting  the  Rights  and  Duties  of  Neutral 

Powers  and  Persons  in  Case  of  War  on  Land.     iv+8p.     1915. 
No.    14     The  Hague  Convention  (VI)  of  1907  Relating  to  the  Status  of  Enemy  Merchant  Ships 

at  the  Outbreak  of  Hostilities,     iv+5  p.     1915. 
No.    15     The  Hague  Convention  (VH)  of  1907  Relating  to  the  Conversion  of  Merchant  Ships 

into  War-ships,     iv+5  p.     1915. 
No.    16     The  Hague  Convention  (VHI)  of  1907  Relative  to  the  Laying  of  Automatic  Submarine 

Contact  Mines.     iv+6p.     1915. 
No.    17     The  Hague  Convention  (IX)  of  1907  Concerning  Bombardment  by  Naval  Forces  in 

Time  of  War.     iv+6p.     1915. 
No.    18     The  Hague  Convention  (XI)  of  1907  Relative  to  Certain  Restrictions  with  Regard  to 

the  Exercise  of  the  Right  of  Capture  in  Naval  War.     iv+6  p.     1915. 
No.    19     The  Hague  Convention  (XII)  of  1907  Relative  to  the  Creation  of  an  International 

Prize  Court.     iv+21p.     1915. 
No.    20     The  Hague  Convention  (XHI)  of  1907  Concerning  the  Rights  and  Duties  of  Neutral 

Powers  in  Naval  War.     iv  +  11  p.     1915. 
No.    21     The  Geneva  Convention  of  1906  for  the  Amelioration  of  the  Condition  of  the  Wounded 

in  Armies  in  the  Field.     iv+17p.     1916. 
No.    22     Documents  Respecting  the  Limitation  of  Armaments.     v+32p.     1916. 
No.    23     Official  Communications  and  Speeches  Relating  to  Peace  Proposals,     vi  +  100  p. 

1917. 
No.    24     Documents  Relating  to  the  Controversy  over  Neutral  Rights  between  the  United 

States  and  France,  1 797-1800.     vii+91p.     1917. 
No.    25     Opinions  of  the  Attorneys  General  and  Judgments  of  the  Supreme  Court  and  Court  of 

Claims  of  the  United  States  Relating  to  the  Controversy  over  Neutral  Rights 

between  the  United  States  and  France,  1797-1800.     v+340  p.     1917. 
No.    26     Opinions  of  Attorneys  General,  Decisions  of  Federal  Courts,  and  Diplomatic  Corres- 
pondence Respecting  the  Treaties  of  1785,  1799  and  1828,  between  the  United 

States  and  Prussia.     vi+158p.     1917. 
Supplement  to  Pamphlet  No.  26. 
No.    27     Official  Documents  Bearing  on  the  Armed  Neutrality  of  1780  and  1800.     x+295  p. 

1917. 
No.    28     Extracts  from  American  and  Foreign  Works  on  International  Law  Concerning  the 

Armed  Neutrality  of  1780  and  1800.     vi  +  109  p.     1917. 
No.    29     Two  Ideals  of  Government,     v  +  17  p.     1917. 
No.    30     The  Effect  of  Democracy  on  International  Law.     Opening  address  by  Elihu  Root  as 

President  of  the  American  Society  of  International  Law  at  the  Eleventh  Annual 

Meeting  of  the  Society  in  Washington,  April  26,  1917.     ii  +10  p.     1917. 
No.    31     Peace  Proposals,  December  12,  1916,  to  November  n,  1918.     (Enlarged  edition  of 

Pamphlet  No.  23.)     xi+486  p.     1919. 

CLASSICS  OF  INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

The  following  works  have  appeared  and  are  now  on  sale.     The  price  is  indicated  for  each  work. 

Ayala,  Balthazar:  De  Jure  et  Officiis  Bellicis  et  Disciplina  Militari.     Edited  by  John  Westlake, 
2  vols.     1912.     Price,  $7.00.      [No.  2  of  the  series.] 
Vol.    I.     A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  edition  of   1582,  with  portrait  of  Ayala, 

introduction  by  John  Westlake,  etc.     xxvii+226  p. 
Vol.    II.     A  translation  of  the  text,  by  John  Pawley  Bate,     xii+250  p. 
Legnano,  Giovanni  da:    De  Bello,  De  Repraesaliis  et  De  Duello.     Edited  by  Sir  Thomas  E. 
Holland.     1  vol.     1917.     xxxiii+458  p.     Price,  42s.  6d.  in  Great  Britain;  $13.00 
in  the  United  States.     [No.  8  of  the  series.] 


196  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

1.  Collotype  of    the   Bologna   Manuscript  of  1393,  with  extended  and  revised  text  of 

same,  introduction,  list  of  authorities  cited,  etc.,  by  Sir  Thomas  E.  Holland*  to- 
gether with  photograph  of  Legnano's  Tomb. 

2.  A  translation  of  the  text,  by  J.  L.  Brierly. 

3.  A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  first  edition  (1477). 

Rachel,  Samuel:    De  Jure  Naturae  et  Gentium  Dissertationes.     Edited  by  Ludwig  von  Bar. 

2  vols.     1916.     Price,  $4.00.     [No.  5  of  the  series.] 
Vol.    I.     A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  edition  of  1676,  with  portrait  of  Rachel, 

introduction  by  Ludwig  von  Bar,  and  list  of  errata.     16a +x +335  p. 
Vol.    II.     A  translation  of  the  text,  by  John  Pawley  Bate,  with  index  of  authors  cited 

16a+iv+233  p. 
Textor,  Johann  Wolfgang:    Synopsis  Juris  Gentium.     Edited  by  Ludwig  von  Bar.     2  vols. 

1916.     Price,  $4.00.     [No.  6  of  the  series.] 
Vol.    I.     A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  first  edition  (1680),  with  portrait  of  Textor, 

introduction  by  Ludwig  von  Bar,  and  list  of  errata.     28a  +vi  +148  +168  p. 
Vol.    II.     A  translation  of  the  text,  by  John  Pawley  Bate,  with  index  of  authors  cited. 

26a  +v  +349  p. 
Vattel,  E.  de:   Le  Droit  des  Gens.     3  vols.     1916.     Price,  $8.00.     [No.  4  of  the  series.] 

Vol.    I.     A  photographic  reproduction  of  Books  I  and  II  of  the  first  edition  (1758),  with 

portrait  of  Vattel  and  introduction  by  Albert  de  Lapradelle.     lix+541  p. 
Vol.    II.     A  photographic  reproduction  of  Books  III  and  IV  of  the  first  edition  (1758). 

xxiv  +376  p. 
Vol.    III.     A  translation  of  the  text,  by  Charles  G.  Fenwick,  with  translation  (by  G.  D. 

Gregory)  of  introduction  by  Albert  de  Lapradelle.     lxxxviii+398  p. 
Victoria,  Franciscus  de:   Relectiones:  De  Indis  and  De  lure  Belli.     Edited  by  Ernest  Nys.     1 

vol.     1917.     500  p.     Price,  $3.00.     [No.  7  of  the  series.] 

1.  Introduction  by  Ernest  Nys,  and  translation  of  same,  by  John  Pawley  Bate. 

2.  A  translation  of  the  text,  by  John  Pawley  Bate. 

3.  Revised  text,  with  prefatory  remarks,  list  of  errata,  and  index  of  authors    cited,  by 

Herbert  F.  Wright. 

4.  A  photographic  reproduction  of  Simon's  Edition  (1696). 

Zouche,  Richard:   Juris  et  Judicii  Fecialis,  sive,  Juris  inter  Gentes,  et  Quaestionum  de  Eodem 

Explicatio.     Edited   by   Sir  Thomas   E.    Holland.     2   vols.     1916.     Price,   $4.00. 

[No.  1  of  the  series.] 
Vol.    I.     A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  first  edition  (1650),  with  introduction,  list 

of  errata,  and  table  of  authors,  by  Sir  Thomas  E.  Holland,  together  with  portrait 

of  Zouche.     xvi+204  p. 
Vol.    II.     A  translation  of  the  text,  by  J.  L.  Brierly.     xvii+186  p. 

ANNOUNCED  FOR  LATER  PUBLICATION 

Belli,  Pierino:   De  Re  Militari  et  De  Bello. 
Bynkershoek,  Cornelius  van:   De  Dominio  Maris. 

1.  A  translation  of  the  text,  by  Ralph  Van  Deman  Magoffin. 

2.  A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  edition  of  1744. 
Bynkershoek,  Cornelius  van :  Quaestiones  Juris  Publici. 

Translated  by  Tenney  Frank. 
Gentili,  Alberico:    Hispanica  Advocatio.      [No.  9  of  the  series.] 

Vol.    I.     A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  edition  of  1661,  with  an  introduction  by 

Frank  Frost  Abbott. 
Vol.    II.     A  translation  of  the  text,  by  Frank  Frost  Abbott,  with  an  index  of  authors, 
prepared  by  Arthur  Williams. 
Gentili,  Alberico :  De  lure  Belli. 
Translated  by  John  C.  Rolfe. 


CARNEGIE    ENDOWMENT    FOR    INTERNATIONAL    PEACE        197 

Gentili,  Alberico:  De  Legationibus. 
Translated  by  Gordon  J.  Laing. 
Grotius,  Hugo:  De  Jure  Belli  ac  Pacis.     [No.  3  of  the  series.] 

1.  A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  edition  of  1646. 

2.  A  translation  of  the  text  by  Francis  W.  Kelsey,  with  the  assistance  of  Henry  A.  San- 

ders and  Arthur  E.  Boak. 
Grotius,  Hugo:  De  Jure  Praedae. 

Menandrino,  Marsiglio  (Marsilius  of  Padua) :  Defensor  Pacis. 
Pufendorf,  Samuel  von:  De  Officio  Hominis  et  Civis  Juxta  Legem  Naturalem.     [No.  10  of 

the  series.] 

1.  A  translation  of  the  text,  by  Frank  Gardner  Moore. 

2.  A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  edition  of  1684. 
Pufendorf,  Samuel  von:  Elementa  Jurisprudentiae  Universalis. 

Translated  by  W.  A.  Oldfather. 
Suarez,  Francisco:  De  Bello  and  portions  of  De  Legibus  and  of  other  works. 

1.  Introduction  by  Ammi  Brown. 

2.  A  translation  of  the  text,  by  Ammi  Brown. 

Wheaton,  Henry:  Elements  of  International  Law  and  History  of  the  Law  of  Nations  in  Europe 

and  America. 
Wolff,  Christian  von:  Jus  Gentium  Methodo  Scientifica  Pertractatum. 

1.  Introduction  by  Otfried  Nippold,  and  translation  of  same  by  Francis  J.  Hemelt. 

2.  A  translation  of  the  text,  by  Joseph  H.  Drake. 

3.  A  photographic  reproduction  of  the  edition  of  1764. 

PUBLICATIONS   OF   THE   AMERICAN   INSTITUTE   OF 
INTERNATIONAL  LAW 

Institut  Americain  de  Droit  International.  Historique,  Notes,  Opinions.  153  p.  1916. 
Price,  81.00. 

The  American  Institute  of  International  Law:  Its  Declaration  of  the  Rights  and  Duties  of 
Nations.  By  James  Brown  Scott,  President.  125  p.  1916.  Price,  81.00.  The 
same  in  French.     1916.     Price,  SI  00. 

Le  Droit  International  de  l'Avenir.  Par  Alejandro  Alvarez,  Secretaire  G6n6ral.  153  p. 
1916.     Price,  81.00. 

The  Recommendations  of  Habana  Concerning  International  Organization.  By  James 
Brown  Scott,  President.     100  p.     1917.     Price,  81.00. 

Institut  Americain  de  Droit  International.  Acte  Final  de  la  Session  de  la  Havane.  (Deuxieme 
Session  de  1'Institut.)  22-27  Janvier  1917.  Resolutions.  Projets.  Question- 
naire.    xiii  +  129  p.     Price,  $1.00. 

Instituto  Americano  de  Derecho  Internacional.  Acta  Final  de  la  Sesi6n  de  la  Habana.  (Se- 
(runda  Sesi6n  del  Instituto.  I     22  a  27  de  enero  de  1917.     94  p.     Price,  $1.00. 

Actas  Memorias  y  Proyectos  de  las  Sesiones  de  la  Habana.  (Segunda  Reuni6n  del  Insti- 
tuto.)    22  a  27  de  enero  de  1917.     xxxvi+383p.     1918.     Price,  $1.00. 

Pamphlets 

The  Declaration  of  the  Rights  and  Duties  of  Nations  of  the  American  Institute  of  International 
Law.  Address  of  Elihu  Root,  President  of  the  American  Society  of  International 
Law,  at  its  Tenth  Annual  Meeting,  April  27,  1916,  Washington,  D.  C.  10  p.  In 
English,  French,  Spanish  and  Portuguese. 


CARNEGIE  CORPORATION 
OF  NEW  YORK 


14 


CARNEGIE  CORPORATION  OF  NEW  YORK 

Founded  1911 
CHARTER 

This  Corporation  was  chartered  under  the  Laws  of  the  State  of 
New  York,  June  9,  1911,.  "For  the  purpose  of  receiving  and 
maintaining  a  fund  or  funds  and  applying  the  income  thereof  to 
promote  the  advancement  and  diffusion  of  knowledge  and  under- 
standing among  the  people  of  the  United  States,  by  aiding  tech- 
nical schools,  institutions  of  higher  learning,  libraries,  scientific 
research,  hero  funds,  useful  publications,  and  by  such  other 
agencies  and  means  as  shall  from  time  to  time  be  found  appro- 
priate therefor." 

On  April  23,  1917,  the  Corporation  was  empowered  by  an 
amendment  of  its  charter,  to  hold  and  administer  funds  for  use  in 
Canada  or  the  British  Colonies,  for  the  same  purpose  as  those  to 
which  it  is  authorized  to  apply  its  funds  in  the  United  States. 

CONSTITUTION 

The  Constitution  of  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  pro- 
vides for  nine  Trustees,  of  whom  five  are  ex  officio,  the  Presidents 
of  the  five  other  organizations  founded  by  Mr.  Carnegie.  This 
measure  was  adopted  on  two  grounds.  First,  because  it  was  be- 
lieved to  furnish  a  wise  method  for  all  time  for  choosing  efficient 
Trustees.  These  organizations  are  governed  by  Boards  composed 
in  most  cases  of  men  drawn  from  different  parts  of  the  country. 
They  are  likely  to  choose  Presidents  upon  grounds  of  character 
and  ability,  and  they  are  free,  presumably,  from  local  preferences. 
Secondly,  this  method  of  choosing  Trustees  will  keep  the  five 
organizations  in  close  touch  with  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of 
New  York.  In  order  that  this  relationship  shall  not  be  impaired, 
it  is  provided  in  the  Constitution  of  the  Corporation,  that  when 
any  individual  ceases  to  be  President  of  one  of  the  five  institu- 


202  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

tions,  he  ceases  ipso  facto  to  be  a  Trustee  of  the  Carnegie  Corpora- 
tion of  New  York.  Of  the  other  four  memberships  of  the  Board 
three  are  for  life.  Whenever  any  of  the  life  memberships  be- 
comes vacant  it  shall  become  a  term  membership,  to  be  held  by- 
its  occupant  thereafter  for  terms  of  five  years,  so  that  the  Board 
will  ultimately  consist  of  five  holders  of  ex  officio  memberships 
and  four  holders  of  term  memberships,  elected  by  the  Board. 

HISTORY 

As  long  ago  as  1889,  Mr.  Carnegie  wrote  an  essay  for  the  North 
American  Review  entitled,  "The  Gospel  of  Wealth,"  in  which  he 
expounded,  as  mentioned  elsewhere  in  this  manual,  the  belief 
that  surplus  wealth  is  a  sacred  trust  to  be  administered  for  the 
good  of  society,  its  possessor  retaining  sufficient  only  to  insure 
for  himself  and  family  the  comforts  and  usages  to  which  they 
were  accustomed. 

It  was  in  conformity  with  this  Gospel  that  Mr.  Carnegie 
undertook  the  distribution  of  his  wealth,  by  endowing  the  activi- 
ties which  in  his  judgment  were  best  calculated  to  produce  the 
most  beneficial  results  for  his  fellow  men. 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  the  final  and  largest  of  the 
endowments,  is  the  logical  result  of  the  theory  that  all. surplus 
wealth  should  be  disposed  of  during  its  possessor's  lifetime.  After 
the  distribution  of  nearly  $200,000,000  to  many  causes,  Mr. 
Carnegie  conveyed  to  this  Corporation  $125,000,000,  par  value, 
in  bonds  of  the  highest  order  of  security. 

PURPOSES 

The  founder  expressed  a  desire  that  his  Trustees  should,  in  the 
first  place,  continue  the  work  which  he  had  been  carrying  on,  or 
similar  beneficial  work,  and  secondly,  that  the  income  should  be 
used  for  those  purposes  which  in  their  judgment  would  serve  the 
highest  aims  and  ideals  of  our  citizenship.  Mr.  Carnegie  has 
given  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  full  power  and  liberty  of  action, 
enabling  it  thereby  to  deal  with  the  changing  circumstances  that 
future  conditions  may  disclose. 


CARNEGIE    CORPORATION    OF   NEW    YORK  203 

As  we  have  seen,  the  five  organizations  previously  endowed  by 
Mr.  Carnegie  are  the  Carnegie  Institute,  at  Pittsburgh,  embrac- 
ing the  Fine  Arts  Department,  Museum,  Music  Hall,  Institute 
of  Technology  and  Library  School;  the  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington  devoted  to  scientific  research  and  discovery,  the 
Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching,  the 
Carnegie  Hero  Fund  Commission  and  the  Carnegie  Endowment 
for  International  Peace.  To  these  establishments,  Mr.  Carnegie 
had  already  given  between  eighty  and  ninety  millions  of  dollars. 

The  five  institutions  thus  founded  and  endowed  by  Mr.  Carne- 
gie are  devoted  to  stated  purposes.  Their  endowments  may  be 
used  under  his  deeds  of  gift,  only  for  the  objects  named  or  for 
similar  purposes  in  the  latitude  given  the  Trustees  under  the 
charters  of  their  respective  institutions. 

The  Carnegie  Corporation  was  created  to  serve  a  far  wider 
purpose.  While  it  may  aid  the  five  institutions  already  founded 
by  Mr.  Carnegie  to  develop  and  extend  their  work,  these  will  in 
the  nature  of  the  case  claim  only  a  minor  part  of  the  income  of 
this  great  trust.  That  income  he  intended  to  remain  unencum- 
bered, capable  of  being  turned  to  whatever  cause  or  agency  the 
Trustees  of  succeeding  generations  may  judge  most  significant. 
Mr.  Carnegie's  conception  was  a  far  reaching  one.  He  had  en- 
dowed agencies  in  education,  in  international  peace,  in  scientific 
research  and  in  philanthropy.  In  the  Carnegie  Corporation  he 
created  a  permanent  reservoir  of  social  energy.  The  income  of 
the  Corporation  remains  forever  liquid.  It  can  not  be  impris- 
oned in  fixed  form.  If  the  Trustees  of  one  year  or  of  a  term  of 
years  fail  to  use  the  income  for  the  highest  purposes,  they  will  at 
least  pass  on  to  the  Trustees  who  follow  them  the  same  potential 
ability  for  human  development.  Mr.  Carnegie  has  so  planned 
this  endowment  that  for  all  time  the  income  of  this  noble  gift  to 
his  countrymen  shall  be  in  mobile  form,  capable  of  being  turned 
to  the  solution  of  those  problems  and  to  the  aid  of  those  causes 
that  the  Trustees  of  each  generation  may  find  most  significant 
and  fruitful  in  promoting  the  increase  and  diffusion  of  knowledge 
and  understanding  amongst  the  people. 


204  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

The  advantages  of  such  flexibility  are  illustrated  by  the  meet- 
ing of  the  immediate  needs  arising  out  of  war  conditions  by  ap- 
propriations which  already  amount  to  more  than  three  million 
dollars.  Money  has  been  provided  to  enable  the  Carnegie 
Institution,  the  Institute  at  Pittsburgh,  and  the  Peace  Endow- 
ment to  devote  their  facilities  to  services  that  are  highly  valued 
by  the  government.  Library  buildings  have  been  provided  for 
the  National  Army  cantonments.  Generous  sums  have  been 
contributed  to  the  Red  Cross  and  to  the  war  funds  of  the  Knights 
of  Columbus,  the  Young  Men's  and  Young  Women's  Christian 
Associations,  and  of  sundry  similar  organizations. 

APPROPRIATIONS 

Since  its  organization  in  1911,  the  Corporation  has  voted  $49,817,450.54 
for  purposes  within  its  scope  under  the  following  heads: 

Affiliated  Organizations: 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington $300,000 .  00 

Carnegie  Institute,  at  Pittsburgh 6,500,979.67 

Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching.  . . .  *15,250,000.00 

Teachers  Insurance  and  Annuity  Association 1,000,000.00 

Church  Peace  Union 2,025,000 .  00 

Unaffiliated  Organizations: 

American  National  Red  Cross 1,500,000 .  00 

Knights  of  Columbus  War  Work  Fund 250,000 .  00 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association  War  Work  Fund 250,000 .  00 

Young  Women's  Christian  Association  War  Work  Fund ....  100,000 .  00 
War  Service  Committee,  American  Library  Association : 

For  the  erection  of  thirty-two  frame  library  buildings  at 

the  National  Army  Cantonments 320,000 .  00 

Study  of  Methods  of  Americanization 190,000 .  00 

National  Research  Council 150,000 .  00 

National  Security  League 150,000 .  00 

National  Civic  Federation 53,000 .  00 

Carried  forward $28,038,979.67 

*Of  this  amount  $2,000,000  was  part  of  the  original  endowment  of  the  Foundation, 
$1,250,000  (par  value  of  bonds)  was  given  to  provide  an  endowment  for  the  Division  of 
Educational  Inquiry.  The  remainder,  to  be  paid  over  a  term  of  years,  will  enable  the  Founda- 
tion to  complete  the  payment  of  pensions  to  teachers  in  the  colleges  associated  with  it,  and  to 
transform  its  pension  system  into  a  contributory  form,  planned  to  secure  a  permanent  solution 
of  the  problem  of  teachers'  pensions. 


CARNEGIE  CORPORATION  OF  NEW  YORK  205 

Brought  forward $28,038,979.67 

War  Camp  Community  Recreation  Service 50,000 .  00 

American  Museum  of  Safety 40,000 .  00 

American  Agricultural  Organization  Society 30,000 .  00 

Educational  Institutions  (not  including  medical) 2,533,552.78 

Medical  Education 1,769,333 .  33 

Immigration  and  Settlements 100,820 .  00 

Library  Buildings 14,174,148.91 

Church  Organs 1,891,294.65 

Miscellaneous : 

Church  Pension  Fund:  To  make  up  loss  of 
interest  arising  from  deferred  payments  of 
the  amounts  subscribed,  and  to  enable 
the  plan  to  be  put  into  immediate  opera- 
tion  $324,744.87 

New  York  Association  for  the  Blind: 

Towards  endowment $100,000 

Towards  general  expenses. .  .  .        2,000 

102,000.00 

New  York  Zoological  Society:  Towards  a  pen- 
sion fund  for  the  employes  of  the  Society    100,000 .  00 

Simplified  Spelling  Board 110,000 .  00 

Other  Miscellaneous 552,576 .  33 

1,189,321.20 


Total $49,817,450.54 

FINANCES 

At  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year,  September  30,  1918,  the  princi- 
pal funds  of  the  Corporation,  including  reserve,  amounted  to 
$129,670,303.84. 

The  appropriations  during  the  year  were  $15,973,239.66. 

In  an  Appendix,  the  Charter,  Deed  of  Trust,  Constitution 
and  By-Laws  of  the  Corporation  will  be  found  printed  in  full. 


206  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 


APPENDIX 

Organization — Charter — Deed     of     Trust — Acceptance — 

Constitution — By-Laws 

TRUSTEES    OF    CARNEGIE    CORPORATION 

Andrew  Carnegie 
Elihu  Root 
Henry  S.  Pritchett 
Robert  S.  Woodward 
Charles  L.  Taylor 
Robert  A.  Franks 
James  Bertram 
Samuel  H.  Church1 
John  A.  Poynton 

OFFICERS 

President,  Andrew  Carnegie 

Vice  President,  Elihu  Root 

Vice  President  and  Treasurer,  Robert  A.  Franks 

Secretary,  James  Bertram 

Address,  576  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City 

LETTERS  OF  GIFT  AND  RESOLUTIONS  OF  ACCEPTANCE 

New  York,  November  10,  1911. 
To  the  Trustees  of 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York. 

Gentlemen:  I  hereby  assign  and  transfer  twenty-five  millions  of  dollars  in 
first  mortgage,  fifty-year  bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation,  the 
principal  of  which  is  to  be  held  and  the  interest  and  income  thereof  applied  for 
the  purposes  of  the  Corporation,  as  stated  in  its  charter,  viz.,  "to  promote  the 
advancement  and  diffusion  of  knowledge  and  understanding  among  the  people 
of  the  United  States  by  aiding  technical  schools,  institutions  of  higher  lerning, 
libraries,  scientific  reserch,  hero  funds,  useful  publications,  and  by  such  other 
agencies  and  means  as  shall  from  time  to  time  be  found  appropriate  therefor." 

My  desire  is  that  the  work  which  I  hav  been  carrying  on,  or  similar  bene- 
ficial work,  shall  continue  during  this  and  future  generations. 

1  Elected  President  of  Carnegie  Institute,  November  19, 1914,  to  succeed  William  N.  Frew. 


CARNEGIE    CORPORATION    OF   NEW   YORK  207 

Conditions  upon  the  erth  inevitably  change;  hence,  no  wise  man  will  bind 
Trustees  forever  to  certain  paths,  causes  or  institutions.  I  disclaim  any  inten- 
tion of  doing  so.  On  the  contrary,  I  giv  my  Trustees  full  authority  to  change 
policy  or  causes  hitherto  aided,  from  time  to  time,  when  this,  in  their  opinion, 
has  become  necessary  or  desirable.  They  shall  best  conform  to  my  wishes  by 
using  their  own  judgment. 

I  direct  that  out  of  this  fund  each  Trustee  receiv  five  thousand  dollars  per 
year  for  his  servises. 

My  chief  happiness  as  I  write  these  lines  lies  in  the  thot  that  even  after  I 
pass  away  the  welth  that  came  to  me  to  administer  as  a  sacred  trust  for  the 
good  of  my  fellow  men  is  to  continue  to  benefit  humanity  for  generations  un- 
told, under  your  devoted  and  sympathetic  guidance  and  that  of  your  successors, 
who  can  not  fail  to  be  able  and  good  men. 

My  dear,  dear  friends,  I  thank  you  one  and  all.     God  bless  you. 

Ever  your  devoted 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

The  following  resolution  was  thereupon  duly  made,  seconded 
and  unanimously  carried: 

Resolved,  That  whereas  Andrew  Carnegie  has  by  deed  of  gift  dated  the 
10th  day  of  November,  1911,  given  to  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York 
bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation  of  the  face  value  of  twenty-five 
million  dollars, 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  does  hereby  accept  the  said  gift  upon 
the  terms  and  conditions  stated  in  the  said  deed  of  gift. 

The  following  resolution  was  thereupon  duly  made,  seconded 
and  unanimously  carried: 

Resolved,  That  Elihu  Root,  Henry  S.  Pritchett  and  Robert  A.  Franks  be 
and  they  hereby  are  constituted  a  committee  to  draft  a  statement  expressing 
the  appreciation  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New 
York  of  the  action  of  Mr.  Carnegie. 

The  Committee  presented  the  following  statement  of  appre- 
ciation, which  was  adopted  as  the  expression  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees: 

The  Trustees  selected  by  Mr.  Carnegie,  and  authorized  by  the  Legislature 
of  New  York,  to  direct  the  affairs  of  the  new  corporation,  accept  the  trust  and 
enter  upon  the  discharge  of  their  duties  with  a  deep  sense  of  responsibility 
toward  the  people  of  the  State  and  the  United  States,  whose  welfare  they  are 
charged  to  promote  by  the  advancement  and  the  diffusion  of  knowledge  and 


208  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

understanding,  toward  the  cause  of  education  the  world  over,  which  can  not 
fail  to  be  affected  by  the  way  in  which  this  trust  is  executed,  toward  Mr.  Car- 
negie, who  has  exhibited  toward  them  the  highest  confidence  in  entrusting  to 
them  the  care  of  his  enormous  gift,  and  the  continuance  of  the  plans  for  the 
benefit  of  his  fellow  men,  to  which  he  has  devoted  the  labor,  the  thought  and 
the  generous  enthusiasm  of  many  years,  and  toward  Mrs.  Carnegie,  and  Miss 
Margaret  Carnegie,  who,  with  cheerful  and  active  sympathy,  have  approved 
and  promoted  the  diversion  of  a  vast  fortune  from  the  ordinary  channels  of 
family  distribution  to  the  benefit  of  mankind.  The  Trustees  realize  that  the 
execution  of  the  trust  will  involve  many  difficulties  of  judgment  and  labors  of 
administration,  and  they  assume  their  obligation  in  the  hope,  and  with  the 
intent,  to  perform  their  duties  faithfully,  in  a  manner  adequate  to  the  great 
piupose  of  the  trust,  and  in  the  disinterested  public  spirit  which  has  moved  the 
founder  of  the  trust  to  this  great  benefaction. 

January  16,  1912. 
To  the  Trustees  of 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York. 

Dear  Sirs:  At  the  time  of  the  signing  and  delivering  of  this  letter  I  hav 
transferd  to  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  incorporated  by  Chapter 
297  of  the  Laws  of  1911,  seventy-five  million  ($75,000,000)  dollars,  face  value 
of  the  first  mortgage  5  per  cent  bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation. 

Fifty-five  million  dollars  ($55,000,000)  face  value  of  the  said  bonds  I  giv  to 
Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  to  be  used  for  its  general  purposes  in  the 
United  States  of  America. 

Twenty  million  dollars  ($20,000,000)  face  value  of  the  said  bonds  I  giv  to 
Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  for  the  continuance  of  gifts  for  libraries 
and  church  organs,  as  heretofore  made  by  me  in  Canada  and  in  the  United 
Kingdom  and  British  Colonies. 

Recognizing  the  fact  that  conditions  are  always  subject  to  change  and  that 
it  is  unwise  to  perpetually  bind  a  fund  to  a  specific  application,  I  giv  to  the 
Trustees  of  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  power,  in  their  discretion,  to 
discontinue  the  application  of  the  income  of  the  said  twenty  million  dollars 
($20,000,000)  to  any  or  all  of  the  specific  purposes  here  enumerated.  All  or 
any  portion  of  the  income  of  the  said  twenty  million  dollars  ($20,000,000) 
which  shall  not,  in  the  judgment  of  the  Trustees  of  Carnegie  Corporation  of 
New  York,  be  required  for  these  purposes,  or  such  of  them  as  shall  be  con- 
tinued by  the  Trustees,  shall  be  applied  by  Carnegie  Corporation  to  its  general 
purposes  in  the  United  States  of  America. 

I  request  that  of  the  income  of  the  fifty-five  million  dollars  ($55,000,000) 
face  value  of  United  States  Steel  Corporation  first  mortgage  5  per  cent  bonds 
by  me  on  this  day  transferd  to  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  sufficient 
sums  be  appropriated  from  year  to  year,  to  provide  a  pension  for  each  future 


CARNEGIE  CORPORATION"  OF  NEW  YORK  209 

ex-President  and  his  widow  unmarried,  of  twenty-five  thousand  dollars  ($25,- 
000)  per  year,  as  long  as  these  remain  unprovided  for  by  the  nation,  that  they 
may  be  able  to  spend  the  latter  part  of  their  lives  devoting  their  unique  knowl- 
edge gaind  of  public  affairs  to  the  public  good  free  from  pecuniary  cares.  My 
Trustees  are  requested  to  offer  these  pensions  promptly  to  ex-Presidents  or 
their  widows,  so  that  no  application  will  be  requird  from  them. 

Our  Republic  pays  its  officials  in  highest  offises  far  too  little,  President  and 
judges  especially. 

Sincerely  yours, 

(Signed)     Andrew  Carnegie. 

The  following  resolution  was  thereupon  duly  made,  seconded 
and  unanimously  carried: 

Resolved,  That  whereas  Andrew  Carnegie  has  by  deed  of  gift  dated  the 
16th  day  of  January,  1912,  given  to  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  bonds 
of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation  of  the  face  value  of  $75,000,000,  Car- 
negie Corporation  of  New  York  does  hereby  accept  the  said  gift  upon  the  terms 
and  conditions  stated  in  the  said  deed  of  gift. 

October  29,  1912. 
To  the  Trustees  of 

Carnegie  Corporation  op  New  York. 
Dear  Sirs:  I  hereby  assign  twenty-five  million  dollars  ($25,000,000),  face 
value  of  securities,  a  list  of  which  is  hereunto  annexed,  to  Carnegie  Corpora- 
tion of  New  York,  incorporated  by  Chapter  297  of  the  Laws  of  1911,  for  its 
corporate  purposes.  These  securities  were  turned  over  to  Carnegie  Corpora- 
tion of  New  York  during  the  summer  of  1912,  in  accordance  with  my  letter  to 
Mr.  Franks,  dated  May  15,  1912.  This  gift  is  made  in  substitution  for  the 
gift  of  twenty-five  million  dollars  ($25,000,000)  face  value  of  the  first  mortgage 
five  per  cent  bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation,  made  at  the  Execu- 
tiv  Committee  meeting  of  July  13,  1912,  which  faild  to  take  effect. 

Sincerely  yours, 

(Signed)    Andrew  Carnegie. 

CHARTER  OF  INCORPORATION 

The  People  of  the  State  of  New  York,  represented  in  Senate  and  Assembly,  do 
enact  as  follows: 

Section  1.  Andrew  Carnegie,  Elihu  Root,  Henry  S.  Pritchett,  William  N. 
Frew,  Robert  S.  Woodward,  Charles  L.  Taylor,  Robert  A.  Franks,  James 
Bertram  and  their  successors,  are  hereby  constituted  a  body  corporate  by  the 
name  of  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  and 
maintaining  a  fund  or  funds  and  applying  the  income  thereof  to  promote  the 


210  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

advancement  and  diffusion  of  knowledge  and  understanding  among  the  people 
of  the  United  States,  by  aiding  technical  schools,  institutions  of  higher  learn- 
ing, libraries,  scientific  research,  hero  funds,  useful  publications,  and  by  such 
other  agencies  and  means  as  shall  from  time  to  time  be  found  appropriate 
therefor. 

Section  2.  The  corporation  hereby  formed  shall  have  power  to  take  and 
hold,  by  bequest,  devise,  gift,  purchase  or  lease,  either  absolutely  or  in  trust, 
for  any  of  its  purposes,  any  property,  real  or  personal,  without  limitation,  as  to 
amount  or  value,  except  such  limitation,  if  any,  as  the  legislature  shall  here- 
after impose,  to  convey  such  property,  and  to  invest  and  reinvest  any  principal 
and  deal  with  and  expend  the  income  of  the  corporation  in  such  manner  as  in 
the  judgment  of  the  Trustees  will  best  promote  its  objects.  It  shall  have  all 
the  power  and  be  subject  to  all  the  restrictions  which  now  pertain  by  law  to 
membership  corporations  so  far  as  the  same  are  applicable  thereto  and  are  not 
inconsistent  with  the  provisions  of  this  act.  The  persons  named  in  the  first 
section  of  this  act,  or  a  majority  of  them,  shall  hold  a  meeting  and  organize  the 
corporation  and  adopt  a  constitution  and  by-laws  not  inconsistent  with  the 
constitution  and  laws  of  this  State.  The  constitution  shall  prescribe  the  quali- 
fications of  members,  the  number  of  members  who  shall  constitute  a  quorum 
for  the  transaction  of  business  at  meetings  of  the  corporation,  the  number  of 
Trustees  by  whom  the  business  and  affairs  of  the  corporation  shall  be  managed; 
the  qualifications,  powers,  and  the  manner  of  selection  of  the  Trustees  and  offi- 
cers of  the  corporation,  and  any  other  provisions  for  the  management  and  dis- 
position of  the  property  and  regulation  of  the  affairs  of  the  corporation  which 
may  be  deemed  expedient. 

Section  3.     This  act  shall  take  effect  immediately. 

LAWS   OF   NEW   YORK— By  Authority 
Chapter  246 

AN  ACT  to  further  prescribe  the  powers  of  the  corporation  created  by  chapter 
two  hundred  and  ninety-seven  of  the  laws  of  nineteen  hundred  and  eleven 
under  the  name  of  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York. 
Became  a  law  April  23,  1917,  with  the  approval  of  the  Governor.     Passed, 

three-fifths  being  present. 
The  People  of  the  State  of  New  York,  represented  in  Senate  and  Assembly,  do 
enact  as  follows: 
Section  1.     The  corporation  created  by  chapter  two  hundred  and  ninety- 
seven  of  the  laws  of  nineteen  hundred  and  eleven  under  the  name  of  Carnegie 
Corporation  of  New  York  is  hereby  empowered  to  hold  and  administer  any 
funds  given  to  it  for  use  in  Canada  or  the  British  colonies  for  the  same  pur- 
poses in  Canada  or  the  British  colonies  as  those  to  which  it  is  by  law  authorized 
to  apply  its  funds  in  the  United  States. 
Section  2.     This  act  shall  take  effect  immediately. 


CARNEGIE    CORPORATION    OF    NEW    YORK  211 

CONSTITUTION 

ARTICLE   I 

(As  amended  November  16,  1916) 

The  property  of  this  Corporation  shall  be  held,  and  its  business  shall  be 
managed  and  controlled,  by  a  Board  of  nine  Trustees. 

The  Board  of  Trustees  shall  be  constituted  as  follows: 

One  seat  shall  be  occupied  by  Samuel  H.  Church,  President  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  Carnegie  Institute  of  Pittsburgh;  one  seat  shall  be  occupied 
by  Robert  S.  Woodward,  President  of  the  Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington; 
one  seat  shall  be  occupied  by  Henry  S.  Pritchett,  President  of  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching;  one  seat  shall  be  occupied  by 
Charles  L.  Taylor,  President  of  the  Carnegie  Hero  Fund  Commission;  one 
seat  shall  be  "occupied  by  Elihu  Root,  President  of  the  Carnegie  Endowment 
for  International  Peace.  These  five  seats  shall  be  known  as  the  ex  officio  seats. 
They  shall  be  occupied  by  the  presidents  for  the  time  being  of  the  institutions 
above  named.  When  the  holder  of  any  of  such  seats  ceases  to  be  president  of 
one  of  the  said  institutions  he  shall  cease  to  be  a  Trustee  of  Carnegie  Corpora- 
tion of  New  York  and  his  seat  shall  be  occupied  by  the  person  who  succeeds 
him  as  president  of  such  institution.  If  at  any  time  there  shall  be  no  such 
president  ready  to  accept  such  seat,  the  remaining  Trustees  may  elect  a  new 
Trustee  to  occupy  such  seat  until  there  shall  be  such  a  president  ready  to 
accept  such  seat. 

Three  seats  on  the  Board  shall  be  known  as  life  seats  and  shall  be  occupied 
by  Andrew  Carnegie,  Robert  A.  Franks,  and  James  Bertram.  Whenever  any 
of  the  said  life  seats  shall  become  vacant,  it  shall  cease  to  be  a  life  seat  and 
shall  become  a  term  seat,  to  be  held  by  its  occupants  thereafter  for  terms  of  five 
years,  so  that  the  Board  will  ultimately  consist  of  five  holders  of  ex  officio  seats 
and  four  holders  of  term  seats. 

The  additional  seat  on  the  Board  shall  be  known  as  a  term  seat  and  shall  be 
held  by  its  occupant  for  the  term  of  five  years. 

Any  vacancy  in  the  Board  of  Trustees  may  be  filled  by  the  votes  of  a  majority 
of  the  remaining  Trustees.  An  election  to  fill  such  vacancy  may  be  held  at  any 
annual  meeting  without  special  notice,  or  at  a  special  meeting,  provided  written 
notice  of  such  meeting  and  of  the  intention  to  conduct  an  election  thereat  shall 
have  been  personally  served  upon  each  member  of  the  Board  or  mailed  to  him 
at  his  usual  address  at  least  two  weeks  prior  to  such  meeting. 

Every  person  becoming  a  Trustee  shall  be  a  member  of  the  Corporation  dur- 
ing his  Trusteeship. 

ARTICLE   II 

This  Corporation  is  established  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  and  maintaining 
a  fund  or  funds  and  applying  the  income  thereof  to  promote  the  advancement 
and  diffusion  of  knowledge  and  understanding  among  the  people  of  the  United 


212  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

States,  by  aiding  technical  schools,  institutions  of  higher  learning,  libraries, 
scientific  research,  hero  funds,  useful  publications,  and  by  such  other  agencies 
and  means  as  shall  from  time  to  time  be  found  appropriate  therefor. 

ARTICLE   III 

Five  members  of  the  Board  or  of  the  Corporation  shall  constitute  a  quorum 
for  the  transaction  of  business. 

ARTICLE    IV 

The  officers  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  a  President,  Vice  Presidents,  a  Sec- 
retary and  a  Treasurer. 

The  President  and  Vice  Presidents  must  be  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

The  Secretary  and  Treasurer  may  be  such  members,  in  the  discretion  of  the 
Trustees. 

The  President  and  Vice  Presidents  shall  be  elected,  and  the  Secretary  and 
Treasurer  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Board  at  its  first  meeting  or  as  soon  there- 
after as  may  be  convenient,  and  thereafter  at  each  annual  meeting. 

The  officers  so  elected  or  appointed  shall  hold  office  until  the  next  annual 
meeting  following  their  election  or  appointment,  and  thereafter  until  their 
successors  are  duly  elected  or  appointed. 

Any  two  of  these  offices  other  than  that  of  President  may  be  held  by  the 
same  person. 

The  Board  may  appoint  from  time  to  time  such  other  officers  or  agents  as  it 
may  deem  expedient. 

All  appointive  officers  and  agents  shall  hold  office  at  the  pleasure  of  the 
Board,  and  may  be  removed  from  office  at  any  time. 

The  officers  shall  perform  such  duties  as  shall  at  any  time  be  assigned  to 
them  by  the  Board  of  Trustees. 

In  the  absence  of  the  President  the  Vice  President  shall  perform  all  the  duties 
and  have  all  the  powers  of  the  President. 

article  v 
There  shall  be  an  Executive  Committee  to  consist  of  the  President  ex  officio, 
one  Vice  President  and  two  other  members  of  the  Board,  who  shall  be  elected 
at  the  first  and  thereafter  at  each  annual  meeting.  The  committee  shall  elect 
its  own  chairman.  Members  of  this  committee  shall  hold  office  until  their 
successors  are  elected.  During  the  intervals  between  the  meetings  of  the 
Board,  the  Executive  Committee  shall  exercise  the  powers  of  the  Board  of 
Trustees,  in  the  management  and  direction  of  the  business  and  the  conduct  of 
the  affairs  of  the  Corporation.  It  shall  have  supervision  of  the  property  of  the 
Corporation  and  shall  determine  the  investment  of  its  funds. 

ARTICLE   VI 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Treasurer  to  have  the  care  and  custody  of  all  the 
funds  and  property  of  the  Corporation  which  shall  come  into  his  hands. 


CARNEGIE    CORPORATION    OF   NEW    YORK  213 

An  Assistant  Treasurer  may  be  appointed  by  the  Trustees  to  perform  the 
duties  and  exercise  the  powers  of  the  Treasurer,  or  some  part  thereof.  Such 
Assistant  Treasurer  may  be  either  an  individual  or  corporation. 

AETICLE   VII 

The  seal  of  the  Corporation  shall  have  inscribed  thereon  the  following  words 
and  figures:  "Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York,  1911." 

ARTICLE    VIII 

This  constitution  may  be  amended  at  any  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
by  the  affirmative  vote  or  written  assent  of  two-thirds  of  all  the  Trustees,  pro- 
vided written  notice  of  the  proposed  amendment  shall  have  been  served  per- 
sonally upon  or  mailed  to  the  usual  address  of  each  member  of  the  Board  at 
least  one  week  prior  to  such  meeting. 


BY-LAWS 

ARTICLE    I 

The  principal  office  of  the  Corporation  shall  be  in  the  City  of  New  York. 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  shall  be  held  on  the  Thursday 
after  the  third  Wednesday  in  November  in  each  year,  unless  otherwise  arranged 
by  the  Board  or  the  Executive  Committee. 

Other  meetings  of  the  Board  shall  be  held  at  such  times  as  the  Board  shall 
prescribe. 

Special  meetings  of  the  Board  may  be  held  at  the  call  of  the  President  or 
Vice  President,  or  upon  the  written  request  of  three  members. 

Notice  of  meeting  shall  be  given  by  mailing  the  same  to  the  usual  address  of 
each  Trustee  as  it  appears  upon  the  books  of  the  Corporation,  not  less  than  one 
week  prior  to  the  time  of  the  meeting.  Such  notice  may  be  waived  by  written 
waiver  signed  by  all  of  the  Trustees. 

article  n 
The  Executive  Committee  shall  keep  a  record  of  its  proceedings  and  report 
the  same  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  at  each  next  succeeding  meeting. 

ARTICLE   III 

The  Treasurer  or  the  Assistant  Treasurer  shall,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees  or  the  Executive  Committee,  disburse  all  moneys  and  sign 
all  checks  and  orders  for  the  payment  of  money,  which,  however,  shall  be 
countersigned  by  some  other  member  of  the  Executive  Committee. 

He  shall  enter,  or  cause  to  be  entered,  in  proper  books  of  account,  full  and 
accurate  accounts  of  all  moneys  received  and  paid  out  on  account  of  the  Cor- 
poration. He  shall,  at  all  reasonable  times,  exhibit  his  books  and  accounts  to 
any  Trustee  of  the  Corporation  upon  application  at  the  office  of  the  Corpora- 
tion during  business  hours.     He  shall  render  a  statement  of  his  accounts  to  the 


214  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Trustees  or  to  the  Executive  Committee,  as  may  be  required,  and  shall  make  a 
report  at  each  regular  meeting  of  the  Trustees. 

He  shall  perform  all  acts  incident  to  the  position  of  Treasurer  and  may  be 
required  to  give  bond  for  the  faithful  discharge  of  his  duties  in  such  sum  as  the 
Executive  Committee  may  require. 

ARTICLE    IV 

There  may  be  a  director  or  superintendent  to  take  immediate  charge  of  the 
business  of  the  Corporation  under  the  direction  of  its  Trustees  and  officers. 

ARTICLE    V 

The  fiscal  year  of  the  Corporation  shall  commence  on  the  first  day  of  October 
in  each  year. 

The  Executive  Committee,  at  least  one  month  prior  to  the  annual  meeting 
in  each  year,  shall  cause  the  accounts  of  the  Corporation  to  be  audited  by  a 
skilled  accountant,  and  shall  submit  to  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  a 
full  financial  statement  which  shall  include  the  expenditures  of  the  last  pre- 
ceding year. 

The  securities  of  the  Corporation  and  evidences  of  property  shall  be  de- 
posited in  such  safe  deposit  or  other  Corporation  and  under  such  safeguards  as 
the  Trustees  or  the  Executive  Committee  shall  designate.  Access  shall  be  had 
to  such  securities  on  the  part  of  the  Corporation  only  by  two  members  of  the 
Executive  Committee,  or  by  any  two  persons  designated  for  that  purpose  from 
time  to  time  by  such  Committee,  or  by  the  Treasurer  accompanied  by  some 
member  of  the  Executive  Committee. 

ARTICLE    VI 

These  by-laws  may  be  amended  at  any  duly  convened  meeting  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  all  the  Trustees. 


THE   CARNEGIE 
UNITED   KINGDOM  TRUST 


15 


THE    CARNEGIE   UNITED   KINGDOM   TRUST 

Incorporated  by  Royal  Charter  1916 

The  Trust  Deed  of  the  Carnegie  United  Kingdom  Trust  directs 
that  the  income  of  the  Trust  "shall  be  applied  for  the  improve- 
ment of  the  well-being  of  the  masses  of  the  people  of  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  by  such  means  as  are  embraced  within  the 
meaning  of  the  word  'charitable,'  according  to  Scotch  or  English 
law,  and  which  the  Trustees  may  from  time  to  time  select  as  best 
fitted  from  age  to  age  for  securing  these  purposes,  remembering 
that  new  needs  are  constantly  arising  as  the  masses  advance." 

ACTIVITIES 

The  Trust  was  founded  by  Mr.  Carnegie  in  1913,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  carrying  on  as  far  as  might  be  necessary  his  benefactions, 
for  the  acquisition  of  libraries  and  church  organs,  and  to  enable 
the  Trustees  he  appointed  to  fulfil  the  wider  purposes  embraced 
in  the  direction  quoted  above. 

The  Trustees,  in  the  light  of  a  comprehensive  report  on  the 
whole  position  of  the  library  movement  prepared  for  them  by 
Professor  W.  G.  S.  Adams,  have  decided  to  extend  somewhat  the 
scope  of  Mr.  Carnegie's  benefactions  in  regard  to  the  library 
movement,  and  have  instituted  schemes  whereby  rural  library 
systems  applicable  to  county  areas,  may  be  instituted,  and  have 
devised  other  arrangements  whereby  the  library  movement  as  a 
whole  may  be  further  fostered  and  encouraged. 

With  regard  to  music,  the  Trustees  at  an  early  date  decided 
that  church  organs  had  been  provided  on  a  liberal  scale  by  Mr. 
Carnegie,  and  that  there  might  be  other  directions  in  which  the 
cause  of  music  in  the  United  Kingdom  could  suitably  be  assisted. 
Accordingly,  they  have  prepared  a  scheme  by  which  British 
composers  may  have  the  advantage  of  getting  their  musical 
works  published  at  the  expense  of  the  Trust.  Each  work  sub- 
mitted for  this  purpose,  is  examined  critically  by  a  Board  of  Ad- 


218  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

judication,  and,  in  the  light  of  the  Adjudicators'  report,  the 
Trustees  decide  which  works  in  any  year  should  be  considered 
from  this  point  of  view.  The  scheme  is  confined  to  composers  of 
British  parentage  and  nationality,  ordinarily  resident  in  the 
United  Kingdom. 

The  Trustees  have  also  decided  to  make  available  to  the  public 
the  wealth  of  British  church  music,  composed  in  the  Tudor  and 
Elizabethan  period  which  has  not  hitherto  been  accessible  to  the 
public.  The  music,  which  is  of  course  written  in  a  notation  but 
little  understood,  is  being  carefully  edited  and  transcribed  under 
the  guidance  of  Dr.  Terry  of  Westminster  Cathedral,  and  will 
be  published  in  two  forms — a  complete  library  edition  as  a 
classical  record  of  the  compositions  in  question,  and  the  more 
outstanding  works  will  be  printed  in  cheap  and  readily  accessible 

form. 

Owing  to  the  recent  war  and  the  lamentable  loss  of  life  that 
has  occurred  as  a  result,  the  whole  question  of  infantile  mor- 
tality and  the  physical  welfare  of  mothers  and  children  has 
become  one  of  the  most  urgent  problems  of  the  day.  In  accord- 
ance, therefore,  with  the  direction  of  the  trust  deed,  to  study 
the  necessities  of  the  people  as  they  may  vary  from  time  to  time, 
the  Trustees  have  decided  to  see  what  part  they  may  take  in 
helping  to  deal  with  that  particular  problem.  Comprehensive 
reports  have  been  prepared  by  recognized  experts,  on  the  whole 
subject  in  the  countries  comprising  the  United  Kingdom,  and 
have  been  made  available  to  all  bodies  and  persons  who  are  con- 
cerned therein,  for  their  information  and  profit.  As  a  further 
step,  they  have  decided  to  adopt  an  experimental  policy  under 
which  further  stimulus  may  be  given  to  the  movement.  A  few 
model  welfare  centers  will  be  built  and  equipped  by  the  Trust, 
and  these  will  be  maintained  by  the  recipient  authorities  from 
imperial  grants  and  local  rates.  There  are  also  other  directions 
in  which  the  Trustees  propose  to  help  the  movement  generally. 

Mr.  Carnegie,  in  his  trust  deed,  specifically  mentions  public 
baths  as  a  possible  direction,  in  which  help  from  the  Trust  might 
be  provided.     The  Trustees  have  published  a  comprehensive  re- 


CARNEGIE    UNITED    KINGDOM    TRUST  219 

port  containing  full  information  as  to  the  several  baths  in  the 
United  Kingdom.  This  report  forms  a  first  step  towards  the 
Trustees'  consideration  of  that  question.  The  impossibility  of 
proceeding  with  any  building  operations  during  the  war  delays 
further  proceedings  in  this  direction. 

There  are  a  number  of  other  matters  which  have  engaged  the 
attention  of  the  Trustees,  and  directions  have  been  found  from 
time  to  time  in  which  a  certain  measure  of  financial  assistance 
has  enabled  bodies  and  organizations  to  do  more  than  they 
have  hitherto  been  able.  In  particular,  it  may  be  mentioned, 
that  the  whole  system  of  providing  books  printed  in  Braille  and 
Moon  Type  for  the  blind  has  been  amplified  and  strengthened  by 
rehousing  the  great  National  Library  for  the  Blind,  and  putting 
it  in  a  position  to  supply  greater  numbers  of  books  for  the  blind 
people  of  the  United  Kingdom. 

LIFE  TRUSTEES 

David  D.  Blair  Sir  William  Robertson 

James  Brown  John  Ross,  LL.D. 

Mrs.  W.  L.  Courtney  The  Rev.  John  Sanderson,  B.A. 

The  Right  Honorable  The  Earl  of  Andrew  Scobie 

Elgin  and  Kincardine  The  Right  Honorable  Lord  Shaw 

Miss  Haldane,  LL.D.  of  Dunfermline 

John  Hynd  Andrew  R.  Shearer 
Sir  Donald  MacAlister,  K.C.B.,  M.D.  W.  L.  Hichens 

James  Currie  Macbeth,  B.L.  John  S.  Soutar,  B.L. 

Sir  William  S.  McCormick,  LL.D.  The  Rev.  Robert  Stevenson,  M.A. 

David  Marshall,  M.A.,  B.L.  Sir  John  Struthers,  K.C.B.,  LL.D. 

George  Mathewson  Alan  L.  S.  Tuke,  M.B.,  CM. 
James  Norval 

The  Right  Honorable  Sir  Horace  Plunkett,  K.C.V.O.,  F.R.S., 

D.C.L.,  LL.D. 

TRUSTEES  APPOINTED   BY  THE  CORPORATION   OF 

DUNFERMLINE 

The  Provost  (David  Harley)  Bailie  John  D.  Taylor 

Bailie  James  Dick  Bailie  William  Irvine 

Bailie  Robert  Wilson  Councilor  J.  H.  Fisher 

The  Provost  of  Dunfermline  is  a  Trustee  ex  officio 


220  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

TRUSTEES  APPOINTED   BY   THE   DUNFERMLINE   SCHOOL 

BOARD 

The  Chairman  (John  Ross,  LL.D.)  C.  D.  Allister 

The  Rev.  W.  A.  Hutchison 
The  Chairman  of  the  School  Board  is  a  Trustee  ex  officio 
Chairman  oj  the  Trustees,  John  Ross,  LL.D. 
Vice  Chairman  of  the  Trustees,  Sir  William  Robertson 
Secretary,  A.  L.  Hetherington,  M.A. 
Interim  Treasurer,  Thomas  Gorrie 
Office,  East  Port,  Dunfermline,  Scotland 

TRUST   DEED 

I,  Andrew  Carnegie  of  New  York  City,  and  of  Skibo,  in  the  County  of 
Sutherland,  considering  that  I  have  for  some  years  past  distributed  in  Great 
Britain  and  Ireland,  the  revenue  of  nearly  ten  million  dollars  (first)  for  the 
erection  of  public  libraries  maintained  from  the  local  rates,  and  (second)  for 
aiding  the  acquisition  of  organs  by  churches  of  all  denominations;  my  reasons 
for  selecting  public  libraries  being  my  belief,  as  Carlyle  has  recorded,  that 
"the  true  university  of  these  days  is  a  collection  of  books,"  and  that  thus  such 
libraries  are  entitled  to  a  first  place  as  instruments  for  the  elevation  of  the 
masses  of  the  people;  and  in  regard  to  organs,  because  of  my  own  experience 
that  the  organ  is  one  of  the  most  elevating  of  voices,  often  causing  me  to 
murmur  the  words  of  Confucius  as  I  listen  to  its  peals,  "Music,  sacred  tongue 
of  God,  I  hear  thee  calling  and  I  come";  and  also  because  of  the  consolation 
I  experience  under  the  influence  of  a  maxim  of  the  same  seer — "All  worship 
being  intended  for  the  true  God,  howsoever  addressed,  reaches  and  is  accepted 
by  Him": 

And  now  finding  it  essential  to  provide  for  the  future  permanent  adminis- 
tration of  this  fund  by  residents  within  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain 
and  Ireland,  who  are  familiar  with  prevailing  conditions  and  are  hence  better 
qualified  to  judge  as  to  the  utility  of  the  purposes  above  stated,  as  well  as 
other  purposes  which  may  appear  to  them  of  as  much  or  more  importance,  it 
being  my  impression  that  the  demand  for  public  libraries  will  grow  less  as 
cities  supply  themselves  with  these  indispensable  agencies  for  the  benefit  of 
the  masses;  and  that  the  calls  for  organs  will  decrease,  considering  the  large 
number  already  supplied,  particularly  if  it  be  understood,  as  I  desire  that  it 
may,  that  only  such  congregations  shall  receive  grants  as  are  in  needy  circum- 
stances and  unable  to  provide  organs  for  themselves: 

And  considering  that  I  having  been  much  gratified  with  the  highly  satis- 
factory manner  in  which  the  Carnegie  Dunfermline  Trustees  have  adminis- 
tered the  trust  committed  to  them  by  a  trust  deed,  dated  eighteenth  August 
nineteen  hundred  and  three,  as  well  as  by  their  administration  of  the  Carnegie 
Hero  Fund  Trust,  committed  to  them  by  a  trust  deed,  dated  seventeenth 


CARNEGIE    UNITED    KINGDOM   TRUST  221 

October  nineteen  hundred  and  eight,  and  being  desirous  that  this  additional 
trust  should  be  associated  with  Dunfermline,  endeared  to  me  as  my  native 
town,  and  hallowed  with  many  precious  associations,  I  expressed  to  these 
Trustees  my  wish  that  they  should  undertake  the  administration  of  its  affairs, 
but  with  power  (in  accordance  with  their  own  expressed  desire)  in  considera- 
tion of  the  wide  area  of  administration,  to  select  other  individuals  to  act  as 
additional  Trustees,  along  with  themselves,  as  hereinafter  provided;  with 
which  wish  they  readily  agreed  to  comply. 

Therefore,  I  hereby  undertake,  and  bind  and  oblige  myself,  my  heirs, 
executors,  and  successors,  forthwith  validly  to  transfer  and  deliver  in  trust 
bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation,  of  the  aggregate  face  value  of 
ten  million  dollars,  bearing  interest  at  five  per  cent  per  annum,  to  and  in 
favor  of 

1.  David  Deas  Blair,  solicitor,  Dunfermline. 

2.  James  Brown,  dyer,  Dunfermline. 

3.  The  Right  Honorable  Edward  James  Lord  Bruce. 

4.  John  Hynd,  retired  miner,  Dunfermline. 

5.  James  Currie  Macbeth,  solicitor,  Dunfermline. 

6.  George  Mathewson,  manufacturer,  Dunfermline. 

7.  Sir  William  Robertson,  Knight,  Dunfermline. 

8.  John  Ross,  Doctor  of  Laws,  Dunfermline. 

9.  Andrew  Scobie,  architect,  Dunfermline. 

10.  Andrew  Reid  Shearer,  manufacturer,  Dunfermline. 

11.  The  Reverend  Robert  Stevenson,  M.A.,  Dunfermline. 

12.  Alan  Leonard  Smith  Tuke,  Bachelor  of  Medicine  and  Master  of  Sur- 

gery, Dunfermline. 

And  also  to  and  in  favor  of  six  members  of  the  Corporation  of  Dunfermline 
and  three  members  of  the  School  Board  of  Dunfermline,  or  other  educational 
authority  of  the  burgh  for  the  time  being,  those  members  of  these  bodies  at 
present  acting  as  Trustees  of  "The  Carnegie  Dunfermline  Trust,"  being  hereby 
nominated  as  the  first  to  act  in  the  trust  hereby  constituted,  and  who  will  con- 
tinue to  act  during  the  currency  of  their  present  appointments,  and  thereafter 
those  to  act  being  chosen  by  the  respective  bodies  for  such  periods  as  they  may 
respectively  determine  in  all  time  coming;  the  Provost  of  the  Corporation  and 
the  Chairman  of  the  School  Board  or  other  educational  authority  for  the  time, 
being  always  of  the  said  six  and  three  members  respectively,  providing  always 
that  in  the  event  of  any  failure  by  the  above  bodies  to  elect  members,  the  other 
Trustees  shall  have  full  power  to  act  alone: 

And  likewise  to  and  in  favor  of  such  persons  as  the  Trustees,  who  are  here- 
inbefore personally  named,  may  from  time  to  time  assume,  or  as  may  be  as- 
sumed by  the  successors  of  those  so  named  or  so  assumed,  in  the  manner 
provided  by  the  law  of  Scotland  for  the  assumption  of  Trustees,  to  act  along 
with  themselves,  and  with  the  other  Trustees  before  referred  to,  it  being 


222 


MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 


hereby  provided  that  if  the  persons  so  assumed  shall  be  holders  of  public 
official  positions,  each  of  them  while  holding  such  a  position  shall  be  entitled 
to  act  either  by  himself  or  to  nominate  and  appoint  an  assessor  to  act  on  his 
behalf,  with  the  same  powers  and  immunities  as  if  such  assessor  were  herein 
named  as  a  Trustee,  such  assessor  holding  office  during  the  pleasure  of  the 
Trustee  by  whom  he  may  have  been  appointed : 

And  the  whole  body  of  Trustees  herein  named  or  referred  to,  or  to  be  as- 
sumed, and  the  aforesaid  assessors  shall  be  designated  "The  Carnegie  United 
Kingdom  Trustees,"  and  are  hereinafter  named  "The  Trustees,"  of  whom 
seven  members  present  at  any  meeting  duly  called  shall  form  a  quorum: 

And  I  hereby  provide  that  the  income  from  the  said  bonds,  and  from  such 
other  investments  as  may  from  time  to  time  be  held  by  the  Trustees,  shall  be 
applied  by  them  for  the  improvement  of  the  well-being  of  the  masses  of  the 
people  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  by  such  means  as  are  embraced  within 
the  meaning  of  the  word  "charitable,"  according  to  Scotch  or  English  law, 
and  which  the  Trustees  may  from  time  to  time  select  as  best  fitted  from  age 
to  age  for  securing  these  purposes,  remembering  that  new  needs  are  constantly 
arising  as  the  masses  advance: 

And  I  hereby  explain  that  as  I  have  already  provided  for  my  native  town 
a  fund,  administered  under  the  trust  deed  first  above  referred  to,  yielding 
thirty-seven  thousand  five  hundred  pounds  per  annum,  it  is  unnecessary  that 
any  part  of  the  income  of  the  Trust  hereby  created  be  used  for  that  town,  and 
the  Carnegie  Dunfermline  Trustees  will  thus  be  relieved  from  what  might  be 
considered  an  equivocal  position,  and  will  take  rank  with  the  other  Trustees 
to  be  assumed  as  equally  disinterested  and  equally  desirous  to  benefit  the 
masses  of  the  United  Kingdom : 

And  I  hereby  specially  provide  that  my  Trustees  shall  apply  no  part  of  the 
income  towards  research  designed  to  promote  the  development  of  implements 
or  munitions  of  war,  and  I  expressly  prohibit  any  part  of  the  Trust  funds  from 
being  used  in  any  way  which  could  lend  countenance  to  war  or  to  warlike 
preparations: 

And  I  recommend  them  to  consider  the  propriety  of  providing,  or  of  aiding 
in  the  providing  of  public  baths,  the  success  of  such  baths  in  Dunfermline 
having  been  very  remarkable  and  having  been  the  means  of  stimulating  other 
cities  to  follow  that  city  in  its  character  as  a  pioneer  city: 

And  I  provide  that  such  changes  in  the  objects  to  which  the  income  may 
be  applied  may  be  effected  by  a  majority  of  two-thirds  of  the  Trustees  present 
and  voting  at  a  meeting  duly  called  and  in  respect  to  which  notice  has  been 
given  of  the  business  proposed  to  be  transacted: 

And  I  hereby  direct  the  Trustees  from  time  to  time  to  appoint  an  Executive 
Committee  to  whom  may  be  deputed  the  administration  of  the  Trust,  one-half 
of  the  members  to  be  chosen  from  among  the  persons  assumed  to  act  as  Trus- 
tees who  are  not  members  of  the  Carnegie  Dunfermline  Trust,  or  the  assessors 


CARNEGIE    UNITED    KINGDOM    TRUST  223 

appointed  by  them,  and  the  other  half  to  be  chosen  from  among  the  Trustees 
who  are  members  of  the  Carnegie  Dunfermline  Trust: 

And  I  further  empower  the  Trustees  to  appoint  such  officers  as  they  may 
think  required  for  the  conduct  of  the  business  of  the  Trust,  at  such  salaries, 
and  under  such  conditions  as  they  think  proper;  and  to  provide  suitable 
offices,  by  leasing,  purchasing,  or,  after  a  few  years,  building  the  same,  care 
being  taken  in  erecting  a  building  that  it  shall  be  fire-proof,  and  plain,  solid 
and  stately: 

And  I  hereby  confer  on  the  Trustees  all  the  powers  and  immunities  con- 
ferred upon  Trustees  under  the  various  Trusts  (Scotland)  Acts,  and,  without 
prejudice  to  this  generality,  the  following  powers  and  immunities,  namely: — 
Power  to  uplift  and  realize  the  said  bonds,  and  the  principal  sums  therein 
contained,  and  the  interest  thereof,  to  grant  discharges  or  receipts  therefor,  to 
sell  the  said  bonds  either  by  public  roup  or  private  bargain,  at  such  prices  and 
on  such  terms  as  they  may  deem  reasonable,  to  assign  or  transfer  the  same,  to 
sue  for  payment  of  the  principal  sums  or  interest,  either  in  or  out  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  to  invest  the  sums  which  from  time  to  time  may  be  received  from 
the  said  bonds,  on  such  securities,  as  they  in  their  discretion  may  select,  and 
to  alter  or  vary  the  investments  from  time  to  time  as  they  may  think  proper; 
all  which  investments  may  be  taken  in  the  names  of  the  Chairman  and  Secre- 
tary of  the  Trust  and  their  successors  in  office  for  the  time  being, 

With  power  also  to  form  a  reserve  fund  from  the  income  of  the  Trust  invest- 
ments, which  may  at  any  time  be  used  for  any  of  the  Trust  purposes. 

And  I  hereby  expressly  provide  and  declare  that  the  Trustees  shall  not  to 
any  extent,  or  in  any  way,  be  responsible  for  the  safety  of  the  said  bonds  or 
securities,  or  for  any  depreciation  in  the  value  of  the  said  bonds  or  securities, 
or  for  the  honesty  or  solvency  of  those  to  whom  the  same  may  be  entrusted, 
relying  as  I  do  on  the  belief  that  the  Trustees  herein  appointed  or  to  be  as- 
sumed shall  act  honorably; 

And  I  empower  the  Trustees  to  receive  and  administer  any  other  funds  or 
property  which  may  be  donated  or  bequeathed  to  them  for  similar  purposes  to 
the  purposes  of  this  Trust; 

And  I  also  empower  them  to  frame  standing  orders  for  regulating  the  carry- 
ing on  of  the  business  of  the  Trust  and  procedure  at  meetings,  including  the 
appointment  of  a  Chairman,  who  shall  have  a  casting  as  well  as  a  deliberative 
vote;  and  to  make  such  arrangements  and  lay  down  from  time  to  time  such 
rules  as  to  the  signature  of  deeds,  transfers,  agreements,  checks,  receipts  and 
other  writings,  as  they  may  consider  desirable  in  order  to  secure  the  due  and 
safe  transaction  of  the  business  of  the  Trust; 

And  I  provide  and  declare  that  the  traveling  and  personal  expenses  which 
the  Trustees  or  their  assessors  may  incur  in  attending  meetings  or  otherwise 
in  carrying  out  the  business  of  the  Trust  shall  be  paid  from  the  Trust  income; 

And  I  appoint  that  the  accounts  of  the  Trustees  shall  annually  be  audited 


224  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

by  an  auditor  to  be  appointed  on  their  application  by  the  sheriff  of  the  County 
of  Fife,  and  that  an  abstract  of  the  accounts,  as  audited,  shall  be  inserted  in 
one  or  more  newspapers  published  in  each  of  the  cities  of  London,  Dublin,  and 
Edinburgh,  and  also  that  a  report  of  their  proceedings  be  printed  and  widely 
distributed;  and  I  consent  to  the  registration  hereof  in  the  Books  of  Council 
and  Session  for  preservation;  in  witness  whereof  I  have  subscribed  these  pres- 
ents written  upon  this  and  the  three  preceding  pages  by  Thomas  Thomson, 
Clerk  to  Messieurs  Ross  and  Connell,  Solicitors,  Dunfermline,  at  Skibo  Castle, 
on  the  third  day  of  October  nineteen  hundred  and  thirteen,  before  these  wit- 
nesses, Louise  Whitfield  Carnegie,  my  wife,  Margaret  Carnegie,  my  daughter, 
and  Estelle  Whitfield,  my  sister-in-law. 

(Signed)     Andrew  Carnegie. 

(Signed)     Louise  Whitfield  Carnegie,  Witness. 

(Signed)     Margaret  Carnegie,  Witness. 

(Signed)     Estelle  Whitfield,  Witness. 

FINANCIAL  STATEMENT 

For  the  Year  Ending  December  31,  1918 

Endowment  fund £2,367,900  0     0 

Reserve  funds 307,856  6     1 


£2,675,756  6  1 
Income 

Balance  in  bank  and  on  hand,  December  31,  1917 £26,867     8  3 

Receipts,  January  1,  1918,  to  December  31,  1918 125,239  11  8 


:i52,106  19  11 


Expenditure 
Grants  by  Mr.  Carnegie    or    the    Carnegie 
Corporation  of  New  York: 

Libraries £953  18  1 

Grants  by  the  Trustees : 

Libraries £23,218  4  2 

Physical  welfare 4,225  0  0 

Church  organs 2,845  0  0 

Music 4,072  6  5 

Miscellaneous 2,694  2  6 

£37,054  13  1 


Total  grants £38,008  11  2 


CARNEGIE    UNITED    KINGDOM    TRUST  225 

Miscellaneous  expenses,  including  reports  by- 
experts,  administrators'  expenses  and 
sundries £8,903  12    6 

Total  expenditure £46,912    3    8 

Sums  invested  and  carried  to  the  Reserve 

Funds 70,000    0    0 

Balance  in  bank  and  on  hand,  December  31, 

1918 35,194  16    3 

£152,106  19  11  £152,106  19  11 

PUBLICATIONS 

First  Annual  Report. 

Second  Annual  Report. 

Third  Annual  Report. 

Report  on  Library  Provision  and  Policy. 

Report  on  Physical  Welfare  of  Mothers  and  Children.     (4  Vols.) 

Report  on  Baths  and  Wash-houses. 


CARNEGIE   TRUST 

FOR  THE 

UNIVERSITIES   OF  SCOTLAND 


CARNEGIE  TRUST   FOR  THE  UNIVERSITIES 

OF  SCOTLAND 

Incorporated  by  Royal  Charter  1901 

Secretary,  Treasurer, 

Sir  W.  S.   McCormick  John  Ross 

The  deed  of  trust  by  Mr.  Carnegie,  is  dated  7th  June,  1901. 
The  funds  placed  in  trust,  consisted  of  bonds  of  the  United  States 
Steel  Corporation,  of  the  aggregate  value  of  ten  million  dollars. 
By  the  profits  derived  from  the  conversion  of  these  bonds  into 
the  War  Loan  of  the  United  Kingdom,  and  by  the  savings  from 
the  income  the  fund  is  now  as  above  stated  £2,674,194  3   8. 

The  trust  deed  directs — 

That  one-half  of  the  income  is  to  be  applied  towards  the  improvement  and 
expansion  of  the  four  Scottish  universities,  in  the  Faculties  of  Science  and 
Medicine,  also  for  improving  and  extending  the  opportunities  for  scientific 
study  and  research,  and  for  increasing  the  facilities  for  acquiring  a  knowledge 
of  History,  Economics,  English  Literature  and  Modern  Languages,  and  such 
other  subjects  cognate  to  a  technical  or  commercial  education,  as  can  be  brought 
within  the  scope  of  the  university  curriculum;  by  the  erection  and  maintenance 
of  buildings,  laboratories,  classrooms,  museums  or  libraries,  the  providing  of 
efficient  apparatus,  books  and  equipment,  the  institution  and  endowment  of 
professorships  and  lectureships,  including  postgraduate  lectureships  and 
scholarships,  more  especially  scholarships  for  the  purpose  of  encouraging 
research,  or  in  such  other  manner  as  the  Trustees  may  from  time  to  time 
decide. 

That  the  other  half  of  the  income,  or  such  part  thereof  as  may  be  found 
requisite,  shall  be  devoted  to  the  payment  of  the  whole  or  part  of  the  ordinary 
class  fees,  exigible  by  the  universities  from  students  of  Scottish  birth  or 
extraction. 

Power  is  given  to  the  Trustees  to  afford  students  of  exceptional 
merit  assistance  beyond  the  payment  of  fees. 

Mr.  Carnegie  in  a  letter  to  the  Trustees  expressed  his  wish 
that  no  student  should  be  debarred  from  attending  the  univer- 
sity on  account  of  the  payment  of  fees,  and  he  also  expressed  the 


230  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

belief  that  students  would  in  after  life  be  disposed  to  return  the 
fees  paid  for  them  although  these  were  free  gifts.  His  anticipa- 
tion has  been  largely  realized.  During  the  year  to  30th  Septem- 
ber, 1917,  £1,308  12  6  has  been  returned  by  students  who  have 
become  successful  in  life. 

Grants  to  the  universities  and  extra-mural  schools,  are  usually 
arranged  so  as  to  be  spread  over  periods  of  five  years.  For  the 
five  years  to  30th  September,  1917,  these  grants  amounted  to 
£203,250. 

Towards  the  Scheme  for  the  Endowment  of  Research,  there 
was  expended  during  the  year  to  30th  September,  1917,  £5,524 
19   7. 

Towards  the  payment  of  fees  for  the  same  year  there  was  ex- 
pended £26,498  16.  This  sum  is  much  less  than  in  previous 
years,  caused  by  the  number  of  students  who  have  joined  the 
army. 

LIFE  TRUSTEES,   ORIGINAL  AND   ASSUMED 

The  Right  Honorable  Lord  Balfour  of  Burleigh,  Chairman 

The  Right  Honorable  The  Earl  of  Rosebery 

The  Right  Honorable  Baron  Reay  of  Reay 

The  Right  Honorable  Arthur  James  Balfour,  M.P. 

The  Right  Honorable  Herbert  Henry  Asquith,  M.P. 

The  Right  Honorable  Viscount  Bryce 

The  Right  Honorable  Viscount  Morley 

The  Right  Honorable  Viscount  Haldane 

The  Right  Honorable  Lord  Shaw  of  Dunfermline 

The  Honorable  Lord  Sands 

William  John  Dundas,  Clerk  to  the  Signet 

Sir  George  Thomas  Beilby,  F.R.S. 

Lieut.  Colonel  Sir  David  Prain,  F.R.S. 

Sir  Joseph  John  Thomson,  F.R.V. 

EX  OFFICIO  TRUSTEES 

His  Majesty's  Secretary  for  Scotland 

The  Right  Honorable  The  Lord  Provost  of  the  City  of  Edinburgh 

The  Honorable  The  Provost  of  the  City  of  Glasgow 

The  Provost  of  Dunfermline 


CARNEGIE    TRUST    FOR    UNIVERSITIES    OF   SCOTLAND  231 

ELECTED   MEMBERS 

One  chosen  by  the  University  Court  of  each  of  the  four  Scottish  Universi- 
ties, viz.  St.  Andrews,  Glasgow,  Aberdeen  and  Edinburgh 

CHARTER  OF  INCORPORATION 

The  act  of  Parliament  chartering  the  Carnegie  Trust  for  the 
Universities  of  Scotland,  enacted  August  21,  1902,  after  a 
preamble  reciting  the  names  of  the  original  trustees  and  the  gift 
of  Mr.  Carnegie,  continues  as  follows: 

1.  For  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  provisions  of  the  said  trust  deed  and 
all  other  purposes  of  this  our  charter,  we  do  hereby  constitute  the  said 
Victor  Alexander,  Earl  of  Elgin  and  Kincardine;  Archibald  Philip,  Earl  of 
Rosebery;  Alexander  Hugh,  Baron  Balfour  of  Burleigh;  William,  Baron  Kel- 
vin; Alexander  Smith,  Baron  Kinnear;  Donald  James,  Baron  Reay  of  Reay; 
Arthur  James  Balfour;  Sir  Henry  Campbell-Bannerman;  James  Bryce;  John 
Morley;  Sir  Robert  Pullar;  Sir  Henry  Enfield  Roscoe;  Richard  Burdon  Hal- 
dane;  Thomas  Shaw;  our  Secretary  for  Scotland  for  the  time  being;  the  Lord 
Provost  of  the  City  of  Edinburgh  for  the  time  being;  the  Lord  Provost  of  the 
City  of  Glasgow  for  the  time  being;  the  Provost  of  Dunfermline  for  the  time 
being;  a  representative  to  be  chosen  by  the  University  Court  of  each  of  the 
four  Scottish  Universities,  videlicet: — St.  Andrews,  Glasgow,  Aberdeen,  and 
Edinburgh,  which  representatives  shall  be  elected  every  four  years,  and  such 
other  person  or  persons  as  a  majority  of  those  acting  as  Trustees  for  the  time 
may  assume  into  the  Trust  constituted  as  aforesaid,  according  to  the  provi- 
sions of  the  law  of  Scotland,  in  regard  to  the  assumption  of  gratuitous  Trus- 
tees, and  that  in  room  of  any  Trustee  or  Trustees  who  may  die,  resign,  or  be- 
come incapable  of  acting,  one  body  politic  and  corporate  by  the  name  and 
style  of  "The  Carnegie  Trustees  for  the  Universities  of  Scotland,"  And  we 
do  grant  that  by  the  same  name  and  style  the  said  Trustees  shall  have  per- 
petual succession  and  a  common  seal  with  power  to  break,  alter,  or  renew  and 
make  regulations  as  to  the  use  of  the  same  at  their  discretion,  and  we  do 
further  grant  that  the  said  body  politic  may  by  and  in  the  same  name  and 
style,  sue,  and  be  sued  in  any  court  or  place  of  judicature. 

2.  We  do  hereby  grant  to  the  Carnegie  Trustees  for  the  Universities  of 
Scotland  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  "The  Trustees")  power  to  hold  upon,  and 
for  the  trusts,  intents,  and  purposes,  set  forth  in  the  aforesaid  trust  deed  all 
the  aforesaid  bonds  and  all  the  investments  and  property  which  are  now 
vested  in  the  Trustees,  with  power  to  uplift  and  realize  the  said  bonds,  either 
by  public  roup  or  private  bargain,  at  such  prices  and  on  such  terms  as  they 
may  deem  reasonable,  and  to  assign  or  transfer  the  same,  and  to  sue  for  pay- 

16 


232  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

ment  of  the  principal  sums  or  interest,  either  in  or  furth  of  the  dominions  of 
us,  our  heirs  and  successors,  and  to  invest  the  sums  which  from  time  to  time 
may  be  received  from  the  said  bonds  on  such  securities  as  Trustees  in  Scot- 
land or  England,  or  Trustees  in  the  States  of  New  York,  New  Jersey,  or  Penn- 
sylvania, are  authorized  to  invest  trust  funds  upon,  and  also  on  such  other 
securities  as  they  in  the  exercise  of  their  own  discretion  may  select,  and  to  alter 
or  vary  the  investments  from  time  to  time  as  they  may  think  proper. 

3.  And  we  do  further  grant  to  the  Trustees  our  license  to  purchase,  ac- 
quire, and  hold  in  perpetuity  or  otherwise  by  themselves  solely  or  in  conjunc- 
tion with  other  persons,  Trustees,  or  corporations,  lands,  buildings,  tenements 
and  hereditaments  not  exceeding  in  whole  at  any  one  time  in  annual  value  the 
sum  of  fifty  thousand  pounds  such  value  to  be  assessed  at  the  annual  value  of 
such  lands,  buildings,  tenements,  and  hereditaments  at  the  respective  dates 
when  the  same  shall  be  purchased,  acquired,  or  taken  by  the  Trustees. 

4.  And  we  do  further  grant  to  the  Trustees  power  to  receive  and  hold  for  the 
objects  and  purposes  of  the  Trust  and  to  invest  along  with  the  Trust  funds  all 
such  other  moneys,  investments  and  property  as  may  be  assigned,  conveyed 
or  paid  to  them  by  any  persons,  or  Trustees,  or  corporation,  or  as  may  be 
bequeathed  to  them. 

5.  And  we  do  further  grant  to  the  Trustees  power  to  enter  into  contracts 
or  agreements  with  any  persons,  or  Trustees,  or  corporations,  or  universities 
or  other  institutions  relative  to  the  objects  and  purposes  of  the  Trust,  or  as  they 
may  consider  necessary  or  expedient  for  giving  effect  to  these  objects  and  pur- 
poses. 

6.  And  we  do  further  grant  power  to  the  Trustees  to  erect,  purchase,  or 
provide  buildings,  laboratories,  class-rooms,  museums,  or  libraries,  or  to  do  so 
in  association  with  any  other  persons,  person,  trust  or  corporation. 

7.  And  we  do  further  grant  power  to  the  Trustees  from  time  to  time  to  take 
on  lease  or  to  purchase  or  build  offices  or  other  buildings  for  carrying  on  the 
business  of  the  Trust,  and  to  appoint  such  secretaries,  treasurers,  auditors, 
clerks,  and  agents,  and  other  persons  as  shall  be  necessary  or  as  they  may 
think  proper  for  transacting  the  business  of  the  Trust  or  for  carrying  this  our 
charter  into  execution,  and  to  assign  to  such  persons  respectively  the  per- 
formance of  such  duties,  and  to  allow  and  pay  to  them  out  of  the  income  of  the 
Trust,  such  salaries  or  remuneration  as  such  Trustees  shall  think  proper,  and 
if  and  when  they  shall  think  proper  to  remove  any  person  or  persons  so  ap- 
pointed and  appoint  other  persons  in  their  room. 

8.  And  we  do  hereby  provide  that  the  administration  of  the  Trust  shall  be 
conducted  by  an  Executive  Committee  of  nine  members,  one  of  whom  shall  be 
Chairman  of  the  Trust. 

9.  It  shall  be  lawful  for  us,  our  heirs  and  successors  by  supplemental  char- 
ter to  add  to,  amend,  or  repeal  the  provisions  of  this  our  charter  or  any  of  them, 
provided  that  a  resolution  to  accept  and  approve  such  supplemental  charter 


CARNEGIE    TRUST    FOR   UNIVERSITIES    OF   SCOTLAND  233 

shall  have  been  submitted  to  the  Trustees  and  shall  have  been  carried  by  a 
majority  of  not  less  than  two-thirds  of  the  Trustees  present  and  voting  at  a 
general  meeting  specially  summoned  for  the  purpose. 

Lastly.  We  do  hereby  for  us,  our  heirs  and  successors  grant  that  these, 
our  letters  patent  shall  be  in  and  by  all  things  good,  firm,  valid,  sufficient  and 
effectual  in  law,  notwithstanding  any  omission,  imperfection,  defect,  matter, 
cause  or  thing  whatsoever  to  the  contrary  thereof  in  these  our  letters  patent 
contained,  and  shall  be  taken,  construed,  and  adjudged  in  the  most  favorable 
and  beneficial  sense  and  to  the  best  advantage  of,  and  for  the  said  Trustees,  as 
well  in  our  courts  of  law  as  elsewhere,  notwithstanding  any  recital,  mis- 
recital,  uncertainty,  or  imperfection  in  these  our  letters  patent.  In  witness 
whereof  we  have  ordered  the  seal  appointed  by  the  Treaty  of  Union  to  be 
kept  and  used  in  Scotland  in  place  of  the  Great  Seal  thereof  to  be  appended  to 
these  presents.  Given  at  our  court  at  Saint  James's  the  twenty-first  day  of 
August  one  thousand  nine  hundred  and  two  in  the  second  year  of  our  reign. 

Per  Signaturam  Manu  S.D.N.  Regis  supra  scriptam. 

THE  TRUST  DEED 

I,  Andrew  Carnegie,  of  New  York,  and  of  Skibo,  in  the  County  of  Suth- 
erland having  retired  from  active  business,  and  deeming  it  to  be  my  duty  and 
one  of  my  highest  privileges  to  administer  the  wealth  which  has  come  to  me 
as  a  trustee  on  behalf  of  others;  and  entertaining  the  confident  belief  that 
one  of  the  best  means  of  my  discharging  that  trust  is  by  providing  funds  for 
improving  and  extending  the  opportunities  for  scientific  study  and  research 
in  the  Universities  of  Scotland,  my  native  land,  and  by  rendering  attendance 
at  these  Universities  and  the  enjoyment  of  their  advantages  more  available 
to  the  deserving  and  qualified  youth  of  that  country  to  whom  the  payment 
of  fees  might  act  as  a  barrier  to  the  enjoyment  of  these  advantages;  and 
having  full  confidence  in  the  noblemen  and  gentlemen  afternamed,  who 
have  at  my  request  signified  their  willingness  to  carry  out  the  Trust  which 
I  desire  to  confide  to  them,  therefore  I  hereby  undertake,  and  bind  and 
oblige  myself,  my  heirs,  executors,  and  successors,  forthwith  validly  to  deliver 
to  or  transfer  to  and  vest  in  [here  follow  the  names  of  the  Trustees]  bonds 
of  the  United  States  Steel  Corporation,  of  the  aggregate  value  of  ten 
million  dollars,  bearing  interest  at  five  per  centum  per  annum,  and  having  a 
currency  of  fifty  years;  to  be  held  by  the  Trustees  before  named  or  designed, 
and  the  acceptors  and  survivors  of  them,  and  by  such  other  person  or  persons  as 
a  majority  of  those  acting  for  the  time  may  assume  into  the  Trust  hereby  con- 
stituted according  to  the  provisions  of  the  law  of  Scotland  in  regard  to  the  as- 
sumption of  gratuitous  Trustees,  and  that  in  room  of  any  Trustee  or  Trustees 
who  may  die,  resign,  or  become  incapable  of  acting,  which  Trustees  herein 
nominated,  or  to  be  assumed  as  aforesaid,  are  hereinafter  called  "the  Trustees," 


234  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

any  five  of  them  present  at  any  meeting  duly  called  being  hereby  declared  to  be 
a  quorum;  And  that  in  trust  for  the  purposes  hereinafter  named  or  referred 
to,  that  is  to  say,  for  the  purpose  of  applying  the  interest  or  annual  income  to 
be  obtained  from  the  said  bonds  or  from  any  other  securities  for  which  the 
same  may  be  substituted:  In  the  first  place,  towards  paying  the  whole  ex- 
penses which  may  be  incurred  in  the  administration  of  the  Trust  by  the  Trus- 
tees or  by  the  Executive  Committee  appointed  under  the  Constitution  of  Trust 
hereto  appended,  each  page  of  which  Constitution  is  signed  as  relative  thereto, 
and  is  declared  to  be  an  integral  part  of  these  presents,  including  in  said  ex- 
penses the  personal  expenses  which  the  Trustees  may  incur  in  attending  meet- 
ings or  otherwise  in  carrying  out  the  business  of  the  Trust :  And  second,  for  the 
purpose  of  paying  the  sums  required  by  the  said  Executive  Committee  to  en- 
able them  to  carry  out  the  purposes  expressed  in  the  said  Constitution;  and 
I  hereby  confer  on  the  Trustees  all  the  powers  and  immunities  conferred  upon 
Trustees  under  the  Trusts  (Scotland)  Acts,  1861  to  1891,  and  without  preju- 
dice to  this  generality  the  following  powers  and  immunities,  viz.:  Power  to 
uplift  and  realize  the  said  bonds,  and  the  principal  sums  therein  contained  and 
the  interest  thereof,  to  grant  discharges  or  receipts  therefor,  to  sell  the  said 
bonds,  either  by  public  roup  or  private  bargain,  at  such  prices  and  on  such 
terms  as  they  may  deem  reasonable,  to  assign  or  transfer  the  same,  to  sue  for 
payment  of  the  principal  sums  or  interest,  either  in  or  furth  of  the  United 
Kingdom,  to  invest  the  sums  which  from  time  to  time  may  be  received  from 
the  said  bonds  on  such  securities  as  Trustees  in  Scotland  or  England,  or  Trustees 
in  the  States  of  New  York,  New  Jersey,  or  Pennsylvania,  are  authorized  to  in- 
vest trust  funds  upon,  and  also  on  such  other  securities  as  they  in  the  exer- 
cise of  their  own  discretion  may  select,  and  to  alter  or  vary  the  investments 
from  time  to  time  as  they  may  think  proper;  And  I  hereby  expressly  provide 
and  declare  that  the  Trustees  shall  to  no  extent  and  in  no  way  be  responsible 
for  the  safety  of  the  said  bonds,  or  for  the  sums  therein  contained,  or  for  the 
securities  upon  which  the  proceeds  of  the  said  bonds  may  be  invested,  or  for 
any  depreciation  in  the  value  of  the  said  bonds  or  securities,  or  for  the  honesty 
or  solvency  of  those  to  whom  the  same  may  be  entrusted,  relying,  as  I  do, 
solely  on  the  belief  that  the  Trustees  herein  appointed,  or  to  be  assumed,  shall 
act  honorably;  And  I  further  hereby  empower  the  Trustees  to  receive  and 
administer  any  other  funds  or  property  which  may  be  donated  or  bequeathed 
to  them  for  the  purposes  of  the  Trust;  and  I  also  empower  them  to  appoint 
such  officers  as  they  may  consider  necessary  for  carrying  on  the  business  of 
the  Trust,  at  such  salaries  or  for  such  remuneration  as  they  may  consider 
proper,  and  to  make  such  arrangements,  and  lay  down  from  time  to  time  such 
rules  as  to  the  signature  of  deeds,  transfers,  agreements,  checks,  receipts,  and 
other  writings,  as  may  secure  the  safe  and  convenient  transaction  of  the  finan- 
cial business  of  the  Trust;  And,  inasmuch  as  it  may  hereafter  be  considered 
necessary  to  obtain  powers  from  Parliament  or  from  the  Court  of  Session, 


CARNEGIE    TRUST    FOR   UNIVERSITIES    OF   SCOTLAND  235 

fully  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  the  Trust,  or  to  modify  and  adapt  those  pur- 
poses to  circumstances  which  may  hereafter  emerge,  and  also  to  authorize  the 
universities  or  other  institutions  named  or  referred  to  in  the  Constitution  to 
act  in  association  with  the  Trustees  in  carrying  out  the  end  and  purposes  of 
the  Trust,  I  hereby  authorize  the  Trustees  from  time  to  time  to  promote  such 
bills  in  Parliament,  or  to  make  application  for  such  provisional  orders,  or  to 
present  such  petitions  to  the  Court  of  Session,  and  that  either  by  themselves 
or  in  association  with  others,  for  such  powers  as  they  may  consider  desirable, 
the  more  effectually  to  carry  out  the  purposes  of  the  Trust,  or  to  modify  or 
adapt  them  as  aforesaid;  and  I  provide  and  declare  that  the  whole  expenses 
attendant  on  such  proceedings  shall  be  paid  out  of  the  Trust  funds;  And  I 
consent  to  the  registration  hereof  in  the  Books  of  Council  and  Session  for 
preservation:  In  witness  whereof  I  have  subscribed  these  presents,  consisting 
of  what  is  printed  or  typewritten  on  this  and  the  four  preceding  pages,  and  I 
have  also  subscribed  the  Constitution  of  the  Trust  hereto  annexed,  printed  or 
typewritten  on  seven  pages,  at  London,  on  the  seventh  day  of  June,  nineteen 
hundred  and  one,  before  these  witnesses,  Mrs.  Louise  Whitfield  Carnegie, 
my  wife,  and  John  Ross,  solicitor,  Dunfermline. 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

Louise  W.  Carnegie,  Witness. 

John  Ross,  Witness. 
Recorded  in  the  Books  of  Council  and  Session,  9th  July  1901. 


EXTRACTS   FROM    THE    CONSTITUTION    OF    THE    TRUST 

The  Executive  Committee  shall  have  the  fullest  power  and 
discretion  in  dealing  with  the  income  of  the  Trust,  and  expending 
it  in  such  manner  as  they  may  think  best  fitted  to  promote  the 
objects  set  forth  in  the  following  clauses: 


One  half  of  the  net  annual  income  shall  be  applied  towards  the  improvement 
and  expansion  of  the  Universities  of  Scotland,  in  the  Faculties  of  Science  and 
Medicine;  also  for  improving  and  extending  the  opportunities  for  scientific 
study  and  research,  and  for  increasing  the  facilities  for  acquiring  a  knowledge 
of  History,  Economics,  English  Literature,  and  Modern  Languages,  and  such 
other  subjects  cognate  to  a  technical  or  commercial  education,  as  can  be 
brought  within  the  scope  of  the  university  curriculum,  by  the  erection  and 
maintenance  of  buildings,  laboratories,  class-rooms,  museums  or  libraries, 
the  providing  of  efficient  apparatus,  books  and  equipment,  the  institution  and 
endowment  of  professorships  and  lectureships,  including  postgraduate  lee- 


236  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

tureships  and  scholarships,  more  especially  scholarships  for  the  purpose  of 
encouraging  research,  or  in  such  other  manner  as  the  Committee  may  from 
time  to  time  decide;  the  Committee  being  always  entitled,  if  they  deem  it 
proper,  to  make  any  grant  allotted  to  any  of  the  aforesaid  purposes  conditional 
on  the  provision  by  any  other  person,  trust,  or  corporation,  of  such  additional 
sums  as  they  may  consider  reasonable,  or  as  may  be  required  to  attain  the  de- 
sired object. 

Further,  in  the  event  of  the  Committee  deciding  to  provide  any  such  build- 
ings, endowments  or  apparatus,  at  a  cost  in  excess  of  the  income  available  for 
the  time,  the  future  income  of  the  Trust  may  be  mortgaged,  subject  to  the 
consent  of  a  majority  of  the  Trustees  being  obtained  thereto,  to  such  an  extent 
as  may  be  considered  necessary. 

B 

The  other  half  of  the  income,  or  such  part  thereof  as  in  each  year  may  be 
found  requisite,  shall  be  devoted  to  the  payment  of  the  whole  or  part  of  the 
ordinary  class  fees  exigible  by  the  universities  from  students  of  Scottish  birth 
or  extraction,  and  of  16  years  of  age  or  upwards,  or  scholars  who  have  given 
two  years'  attendance  after  the  age  of  14  years,  at  such  schools  and  institu- 
tions in  Scotland  as  are  under  inspection  by  the  Scotch  Education  Department. 
They  must  have  passed  in  the  subject  matter  of  the  class  for  which  payment  of 
fees  is  to  be  made,  the  examination  qualifying  for  admission  to  the  study  of  that 
subject  at  the  universities,  with  a  view  to  graduation.  They  shall  make  ap- 
plication for  the  payment  of  their  fees  in  such  form  as  may  be  prescribed  by 
the  Committee.  The  decision  of  the  Committee  in  all  questions  of  qualifica- 
tion shall  be  final,  and  the  fees  of  all  applicants  declared  to  be  eligible  shall  in 
each  case  be  paid  by  the  Committee  as  they  become  due  to  the  factors  or 
authorized  officers  of  the  universities.  If  the  Committee  after  due  inquiry 
are  satisfied  that  any  student  has  shown  exceptional  merit  at  the  university, 
and  may  advantageously  be  afforded  assistance  beyond  the  payment  of  ordi- 
nary class  fees,  they  shall  have  power  to  extend  such  assistance  either  in  money 
or  other  privileges  upon  such  conditions  and  under  such  regulations  as  they 
may  prescribe.  They  shall  also  have  power  to  withhold  payment  of  fees  from 
any  student  who  is  guilty  of  misconduct,  or  who  fails  within  a  reasonable  time 
to  pass  the  ordinary  examinations  of  the  university,  or  any  of  them.  Any 
surplus  remaining  in  any  year  from  the  income  applicable  to  this  head  of  ex- 
penditure shall  be  applied  to  A,  the  first  head  of  expenditure.  Extra-mural 
colleges,  schools  or  classes  in  Scotland,  attendance  at  which  is  recognized  as 
qualifying  or  assisting  to  qualify,  for  graduation,  shall,  on  application,  be  en- 
titled to  participate  under  Clause  A  to  such  an  extent  as  the  Committee  may 
from  time  to  time  determine,  and  the  students  thereof  shall  be  admitted  to 
the  privileges  of  Clause  B.  In  case  of  schools  or  institutions  in  Scotland  es- 
tablished to  provide  technical  or  commercial  education  the  Committee  may 


CARNEGIE    TRUST    FOR   UNIVERSITIES    OF    SCOTLAND  237 

recognize  classes,  which,  though  outside  the  present  range  of  the  university 
curriculum,  can  be  accepted  as  doing  work  of  a  university  level,  and  may 
allow  them  and  the  students  thereof  to  participate  under  both  A  and  B  to 
such  an  extent  as  the  Committee  may  from  time  to  time  determine. 


Any  surplus  income  which  may  remain  after  satisfying  the  requirements 
under  A  and  B  shall  be  at  the  disposal  of  the  Committee,  who  may  expend  it 
(1)  in  establishing  or  assisting  to  establish  courses  of  lectures  in  convenient 
centers  by  professors  or  lecturers  of  the  universities,  or  extra-mural  colleges, 
or  schools  in  science,  and  the  subjects  before  mentioned;  or  (2)  for  the  benefit 
of  evening  classes  of  students  engaged  in  industrial  or  professional  occupations 
during  the  day;  or  (3)  in  any  other  way  the  trustees  may  think  proper  towards 
furthering  the  usefulness  of  the  Universities  in  connection  with  the  purposes  ex- 
pressed in  the  trust  deed  and  Constitution. 

If  in  any  year  the  full  income  of  the  Trust  can  not  be  usefully  expended  or 
devoted  to  the  purposes  herein  enumerated,  the  Committee  may  pay  such 
sums  as  they  think  fit  into  a  reserve  fund,  to  be  ultimately  applied  to  those 
purposes. 

The  benefits  of  the  Trust  shall  be  available  to  students  of  both  sexes. 

The  Trustees  shall  have  full  power,  by  a  majority  of  two-thirds  of  their  num- 
ber to  modify  the  conditions  and  regulations  under  which  the  funds  may  be 
dispensed,  so  as  to  secure  that  these  shall  always  be  applied  in  the  manner  best 
adapted  to  the  changed  conditions  of  the  time;  provided  always  that  any  modi- 
fications shall  be  in  accordance  with  the  purposes  of  the  donor,  as  expressed 
in  the  trust  deed  and  Constitution. 

CARNEGIE  TRUST  FOR  THE  UNIVERSITIES  OF  SCOTLAND 
Financial  Statement  for  the  Year  to  30th  September  1918 

Capital 

Endowment   Fund,    originally   consisting   of   $10,000,000 
fifty  year  5%  gold  bonds  of  the   United  States  Steel 

Corporation £2,000,000    0  0 

Increased  from  profits  on  sales  of  bonds  by 367,802    0  0 

Reserve  Fund 317,169  19  4 

Special  loans 43,500    0  0 

Property 10,000    0  0 

Undrawn  balances  awarded  universities  and  colleges 90,999  15  4 

Balance  on  Clause  A  account 7.923    4  1 


£2,837,394  18    9 


238  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Income 

Interest  on  capital  investments £125,217  19  9 

Grants  under  Research  Scheme  repaid 5    411 

Voluntary  repayment  of  fees  by  former  beneficiaries 959  14  6 

Interest  on  national  war  bonds  and  deposit  receipts 3,573    1  3 

Balance  from  previous  year 8,330    2  1 


Expenditure 

Expenses  of  management 

Under  Clause  A  of  trust  deed 

Under  Clause  B  of  trust  deed 

Added  to  Reserve  Fund 

Balance  at  close  of  year 


PUBLICATIONS 


£138,086  2 

6 

£3,552  13 
45,014  7 
29,595  17 
52,000  0 
7,923  4 

9 
2 
6 
0 
1 

£138,086  2 

6 

An  annual  report  is  published,  showing  the  whole  work  accom- 
plished and  containing  full  details  of  the  income  and  expenditure. 


CARNEGIE   DUNFERMLINE   TRUST 


CARNEGIE  DUNFERMLINE  TRUST 

Founded  1903 

In  addition  to  his  generous  gift  of  money,  Mr.  Carnegie  pre- 
sented to  Dunfermline  the  beautiful  property  known  as  Pitten- 
crieff  Park  and  Glen,  situated  near  the  heart  of  the  city,  and  he 
placed  its  administration  in  the  hands  of  the  Trustees.  Of  all 
the  benefits  conferred  upon  the  community,  none  is  greater  or 
more  universally  appreciated  than  the  privilege  of  free  access 
to  this  park,  which  with  its  varied  beauty  and  great  historic 
interest  is  a  center  of  attraction,  not  only  to  the  citizens  but  to 
many  thousands  of  visitors  from  the  world  outside.  The  Trus- 
tees early  applied  themselves  to  various  schemes  for  enhancing 
the  attractiveness  of  this  park  by  improving  the  walks,  planting 
additional  trees,  introducing  animal  and  bird  life,  and  providing 
a  bandstand  and  teahouse.  The  large  numbers  of  appreciative 
visitors  who  throng  the  park  at  all  times,  and  particularly  in  the 
summer  when  open-air  music  is  daily  provided,  are  the  proof  of 
the  success  of  their  efforts. 

The  advancement  of  musical  culture  in  the  community  has 
taken  a  prominent  place  among  the  means  adopted  by  the 
Trustees,  in  the  carrying  out  of  their  mission.  Besides  the 
open-air  music  alluded  to,  excellent  concerts  of  the  most  varied 
character  are  provided  at  prices  within  the  reach  of  all.  A  well 
equipped  and  efficiently  staffed  School  of  Music  has  been  estab- 
lished, and  financial  assistance  is  given  to  local  musical  societies. 
Provision  has  also  been  made  for  the  teaching  of  singing  in  the 
public  elementary  schools. 

Indoor  recreation  is  provided  in  a  number  of  District  Insti- 
tutes', containing  libraries,  reading  rooms,  and  facilities  for  vari- 
ous indoor  games.  Much  has  also  been  done  to  enhance  the 
usefulness  of  the  Carnegie  Public  Library,  by  annual  grants  in 
supplement  of  the  income  from  the  library  rate,  and  by  a  large 


242  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

extension  of  the  building.  Outdoor  recreation  also  has  been  pro- 
vided in  the  form  of  Bowling  Greens  and  of  a  Games  Park. 

The  Trustees  have  always  regarded  as  their  special  duty  and 
privilege  a  vigilant  attention  to  the  welfare  of  the  children,  and 
have  adopted  man}^  means  to  secure  that  end.  They  were  fortu- 
nate in  having  provided  for  them  at  the  outset  by  Mr.  Carnegie 
a  magnificent  building  containing  a  swimming  bath,  besides  other 
baths  of  every  description,  and  the  finest  gymnasium  in  the 
country.  The  fullest  use  has  been  made  of  these  facilities  in 
securing  for  the  children  the  highest  possible  standard  of  physical 
efficiency,  and  the  interests  of  physically  defective  children  are 
specially  cared  for  by  means  of  medical  and  dental  clinics,  and  a 
school  for  mothers.  The  Trustees  also  have  rendered  valuable 
assistance  to  the  local  educational  authority,  in  the  important 
work  of  medical  inspection  of  school  children. 

As  a  further  means  of  promoting  physical  health,  a  College  of 
Hygiene  and  Physical  Culture  has  been  founded.  This  important 
institution  has  become  the  center  for  Scotland  for  the  training  of 
teachers  of  physical  culture,  and  although  housed  in  buildings 
provided  by  the  Trustees  and  managed  by  them,  it  is  maintained 
out  of  public  funds  administered  by  the  Scotch  Education  De- 
partment. Primarily  designed  for  the  benefit  of  the  youth  of 
Dunfermline,  it  has  now,  by  sending  forth  annually  numbers  of 
highly  qualified  teachers,  proved  of  invaluable  service  to  the 
country  at  large. 

In  the  matter  of  educational  activities,  the  Trustees  do  not 
confine  their  efforts  to  the  physical  sphere.  They  have  instituted 
High  School  and  University  bursaries,  Day  School  and  Technical 
School  excursions,  a  Weaving  Scholarship — Dunfermline  having 
long  been  famous  for  the  manufacture  of  linen  damask — and  edu- 
cational lectures.  A  Craft  School  has  been  established  where  a 
highly  qualified  staff  give  instruction  in  such  artistic  handicrafts 
as  woodwork,  metal  work,  jewelry,  enameling  and  embroidery. 
Assistance  is  given  in  the  teaching  of  drawing,  by  an  art  master 
who  visits  the  elementary  schools.  The  teaching  of  horticulture 
has  been  provided  for  by  the  appointment  of  a  lady   gardener 


CARNEGIE    DUNFERMLINE    TRUST  243 

who  daily  gives  instruction  to  the  school  children  in  all  branches 
of  this  important  craft  in  school  gardens,  provided  and  managed 
out  of  Trust  funds.  The  horticultural  efforts  of  both  old  and 
young  are  encouraged  by  the  giving  of  prizes  for  garden  plots, 
and  for  the  culture  of  flowers  grown  in  the  homes,  and  also  by 
the  holding  of  annual  exhibitions. 

One  of  the  most  recent  enterprises  of  the  Trust,  is  the  experi- 
mental provision  of  a  home  where  children  who  are  of  delicate 
physique  and  whose  parents  are  in  poor  circumstances  spend  a 
holiday  in  the  country.  The  resulting  benefit  to  the  health  of 
these  children,  of  fresh  air,  a  plentiful  food  supply,  and  abundant 
facilities  for  recreation  has  been  so  gratifying,  that  the  Trustees 
have  decided  upon  the  establishment  of  a  permanent  home  on  a 
sufficiently  large  scale. 

Dunfermline  is  a  rapidly  expanding  community.  The  great 
naval  dockyard  of  Rosyth  and  a  wide  tract  of  land  lying  between 
Rosyth  and  the  old  city  have  been  recently  added  to  the  city 
area.  A  demand  has  arisen  among  the  members  of  the  new  com- 
munity, consisting  of  those  employed  at  the  dockyard  and  their 
families,  for  an  extension  to  Rosyth  of  the  benefits  of  the  Trust. 
This  demand  the  Trustees  propose  to  gratify  to  the  best  of  their 
power,  so  far  as  the  resources  at  their  command  will  allow. 

LIFE   TRUSTEES 

David  D.  Blair  Sir  William  Robertson 

James  Brown  John  Ross,  LL.D. 

The  Right  Honorable  The  Earl  of     Rev.  John  Sanderson,  B.A. 

Elgin  and  Kincardine  Andrew  Scobie 

John  Hynd  Andrew  R.  Shearer,  V.D. 

James  Currie  Macbeth  John  S.  Sotttar,  B.L. 

David  Marshall,  M.A.,  B.L.  Rev.  Robert  Stevenson,  M.A. 

George  Mathewson  Alan  L.  S.  Tuke,  M.B.,  CM. 
James  Norval 


244  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

TRUSTEES  APPOINTED   BY  THE   CORPORATION   OF 

DUNFERMLINE 

The  Provost  (David  Harley)  Bailie  John  D.  Taylor 

Bailie  James  Dick  Dean  of  Guild,  William  Irvine 

Bailie  Robert  Wilson  Councilor  John  H.  Fisher 

The  Provost  of  Dunfermline  is  a  Trustee  ex  officio 

TRUSTEES  APPOINTED  BY  THE   SCHOOL   BOARD   OF 

DUNFERMLINE 

The  Chairman  (John  Ross,  LL.D.)         John  Macgregor 

Rev.  W.  A.  Hutchison 
The  Chairman  of  the  School  Board  is  a  Trustee  ex  officio 
Chairman  of  the  Trustees,  John  Ross,  LL.D. 
Vice  Chairman,  Sir  William  Robertson 
Secretary,  Robert  Burns,  M.A.,  LL.B  (on  military  service) 
Interim  Secretary,  J.  B.  Davidson,  Solicitor 
Treasurer,  Hugh  Macrae,  C.A.  (on  military  service) 
Interim  Treasurer,  Thomas  Gorrie,  Solicitor 

MR.  CARNEGIE'S  LETTER 

Skibo  Castle,  Dornoch, 

August  2,  1903. 
Gentlemen  of  the  Commission: 

The  trust  deed,  of  which  this  may  be  considered  explanatory,  transfers  to 
you  Pittencrieff  Park  and  Glen,  and  two  million  five  hundred  thousand  dollars 
in  five  per  cent  bonds,  giving  you  an  annual  revenue  of  twenty-five  thousand 
pounds,  all  to  be  used  in  attempts  to  bring  into  the  monotonous  lives  of  the 
toiling  masses  of  Dunfermline  more  of  sweetness  and  light;  to  give  to  them — 
especially  the  young — some  charm,  some  happiness,  some  elevating  conditions 
of  life  which  residence  elsewhere  would  have  denied;  that  the  child  of  my 
native  town,  looking  back  in  after  years,  however  far  from  home  it  may  have 
roamed,  will  feel  that  simply  by  virtue  of  being  such,  life  has  been  made  hap- 
pier and  better.  If  this  be  the  fruit  of  your  labors  you  will  have  succeeded;  if 
not,  you  will  have  failed. 

It  is  more  than  twenty  years  since  I  provided  in  my  will  for  this  experiment, 
for  experiment  it  is.  My  retirement  from  business  enables  me  to  act  in  my 
own  lifetime,  and  the  fortunate  acquisition  of  Pittencrieff,  with  its  lovely  Glen, 
furnishes  the  needed  foundation  upon  which  you  can  build,  beginning  your 
work  by  making  it  a  recreation  park  for  the  people.  Needed  structures  will 
have  admirable  sites  upon  its  edge,  in  the  very  centre  of  population.  I  have 
said  your  work  is  experimental.     The  problem  you  have  to  solve  is — "What 


CARNEGIE    DUNFERMLINE    TRUST  245 

can  be  done  in  towns  for  the  benefit  of  the  masses  by  money  in  the  hands  of 
the  most  public-spirited  citizens?"  If  you  prove  that  good  can  be  done  you 
open  new  fields  to  the  rich  which  I  am  certain  they  are  to  be  more  and  more 
anxious  to  find  for  their  surplus  wealth. 

Remember  you  are  pioneers,  and  do  not  be  afraid  of  making  mistakes ;  those 
who  never  make  mistakes  never  make  anything.  Try  many  things  freely, 
but  discard  just  as  freely. 

As  it  is  the  masses  you  are  to  benefit,  it  follows  you  have  to  keep  in  touch 
with  them  and  must  carry  them  with  you.  Therefore,  do  not  put  before  their 
first  steps  that  which  they  can  not  take  easily,  but  always  that  which  leads 
upwards  as  their  tastes  improve. 

Not  what  other  cities  have  is  your  standard ;  it  is  the  something  beyond  this 
which  they  lack,  and  your  funds  should  be  strictly  devoted  to  this.  It  is  not 
intended  that  Dunfermline  should  be  relieved  from  keeping  herself  abreast  of 
other  towns,  generation  after  generation,  according  to  the  standards  of  the 
time.     This  is  her  duty,  and  no  doubt  will  continue  to  be  her  pride. 

I  can  imagine  it  may  be  your  duty  in  the  future  to  abandon  beneficent  fields 
from  time  to  time  when  municipalities  enlarge  their  spheres  of  action  and 
embrace  these.  When  they  attend  to  any  department  it  is  time  for  you  to 
abandon  it  and  march  forward  to  new  triumphs.  "Pioneers,  always  ahead," 
would  not  be  a  bad  motto  for  you. 

As  conditions  of  life  change  rapidly,  you  will  not  be  restricted  as  to  your 
plans  or  the  scope  of  your  activities. 

Permit  me  to  thank  you,  one  and  all,  for  the  cordial  acceptance  of  the  onerous 
duties  of  the  Trust.  Britain  is  most  fortunate  in  the  number  and  character 
of  able,  educated  men  of  affairs  who  labor  zealously  for  the  public  good  with- 
out other  reward  than  the  consciousness  of  service  done  for  others.  I  am  most 
fortunate  in  having  a  companion  commission  in  charge  of  the  Trust  for  the 
Universities  of  Scotland,  also  another  in  charge  of  Pittsburgh  Institute,  whose 
success  has  been  phenomenal,  as  I  believe  yours  is  to  be.  Let  me  commend  a 
great  truth  to  you  which  has  been  one  of  my  supports  in  life: — "The  gods  send 
thread  for  a  web  begun."  Thread  will  be  sent  for  that  you  are  about  to  weave, 
I  am  well  assured.  You  have  the  first  instalment  already  in  your  Chairman — 
emphatically  the  right  man  in  the  right  place.  Indeed,  Dr.  John  Ross  seems 
specially  designed  for  this  very  task,  original  though  it  be. 

Gratefully, 
Your  obliged  fellow  townsman, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

EXTRACT  FROM  LETTER  OF   MR.   CARNEGIE  TO   DR.  ROSS 

January  19,  1911. 
The  success  of  the  fund  has  been  so  great  that  I  have  decided  to  send  you 
£250,000  more  in  five  per  cent  bonds,  and  shall  watch  with  deep  interest  the 


246  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

use  the  Trust  makes  of  it.  I  often  think  of  the  unfair  division  of  labor  between 
us.  I  simply  give  the  money  that  I  am  glad  to  put  to  use,  and  the  members 
of  the  Trust  give  their  time  and  thought,  i.e.,  give  themselves  to  the  duty 
imposed  upon  them.  Let  me  tell  them,  however,  that  from  numerous  visitors 
I  have  heard  nothing  but  praise  for  the  President  and  members  of  the  Trust, 
so  that  they  are  not  without  some  reward  for  their  service. 

PUBLICATIONS 

An  annual  report  of  the  proceedings  of  the  Trustees  is  issued, 
containing  an  account  of  their  schemes  and  a  detailed  statement 
of  the  income  and  expenditure.  Copies  of  the  last  annual  report 
may  be  obtained  on  application  to  the  Secretary. 


CARNEGIE   DUNFERMLINE  TRUST 

Financial  Statement  for  the  Year  to  31st  December  1918 

Capital 
Endowment    Fund,    originally    consisting    of    $3,750,000 
fifty  year  5%  gold  bonds  of  the  United  States  Steel 

Corporation £750,000    0    0 

Surplus  over  par  value  on  realization 138,000    0  0 

Property 145,625    2  4 

Reserve  Funds 80,938    7  1 

Reserve  account 13,614  15  11 

£1,128,178    5  4 
Income 

From  investments £49,318    0  3 

Rent  from  properties 338  18  11 

Surplus  on  College  Hostel 14    8  8 

From  government  for  buildings  in  military  occupation 3,854    0  0 

Balance  from  previous  year 12,749  16  9 

£66,275    4  7 
Expenditure 

College  and  committees £24,784  14  2 

Property 10,575  14  6 

Added  to  Reserve  Funds 17,300    0  0 

Balance  at  close  of  year 13,614  15  11 

£66,275    4  7 


SIMPLIFIED   SPELLING  BOARD 


17 


SIMPLIFIED   SPELLING  BOARD1 

Founded  1906 
GENERAL  AIM 

The  defined  purpose  of  the  Simplified  Spelling  Board  is  to  has- 
ten the  process  of  rational  orthografic  change;  to  gide  it  in  the 
direction  of  simplicity  and  economy;  and  gradually  to  substitute 
for  our  present  caotic  spelling,  which  is  niether  consistent  nor 
etimologic,  a  simpler  and  more  regular  spelling,  based  on  existing 
rules  and  analogies,  and  in  harmony  with  the  history  and  genius 
of  the  language. 

Changes  in  spelling  hav  been  continuous  in  the  history  of  the 
English  language,  and  conscious  and  deliberate  efforts  to  simplify 
English  spelling  began  at  least  as  early  as  1554. 

The  American  Philological  Association  in  1875  started  the 
present  movement  to  improve  our  spelling — resulting  in  the 
formation  of  the  Spelling  Reform  Association  in  1876 — and  joind 
with  the  Philological  Society  (London)  in  making  specific  rec- 
ommendations in  1883. 

The  National  Education  Association  gave  its  approval  in  1898, 
adopting  a  brief  list  of  twelv  words,  of  which  the  simpler  spelling 
might  serv  as  an  earnest  of  what  ought  to  be  done  in  the  future. 
These  twelv  simpler  spellings  wer  adopted  in  various  educational 
journals,  and  a  few  of  them  soon  began  to  win  their  way  into  gen- 
eral use. 

Some  of  those  who  wisht  to  advance  the  movement  believd  that 
the  time  was  propitious  for  organizing  an  aggressiv  campain. 
Several  conferences  on  the  subject  wer  held  in  New  York,  and  in 
1905  the  conclusion  was  reacht  that  there  was  need  of  an  organiza- 
tion solidly  establisht  to  continue  the  work  stedily  thru  a  long 
series  of  years,  unhasting  but  unresting. 

1  This  contribution  follows  the  orthography  used  by  Mr.  Carnegie. 


250  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

The  obvious  advantage  of  such  an  organization,  conducted  on 
business  principles  to  achiev  a  practical  purpose  of  which  he 
hartily  approved,  appeald  to  Mr.  Carnegie.  In  a  personal  letter 
to  one  of  the  conferees  he  agreed  to  giv  the  necessary  financial 
support  for  a  term  of  years  if  he  wer  convinst  that  there  was  any 
real  likelihood  of  success.  He  askt  that  a  plan  of  campain  be 
submitted  to  him,  together  with  the  signatures  of  twenty  men  of 
prominence  to  an  agreement  to  use  in  their  private  correspon- 
dence the  twelv  simpler  spellings  of  the  National  Education 
Association. 

This  modest  pledge  was  promptly  signd  by  more  than  fifty 
men  of  distinction  (and  later  by  several  thousand) ;  and  on  reciev- 
ing  Mr.  Carnegie's  approval  of  the  plan  of  procedure  proposed,  the 
Simplified  Spelling  Board  was  formd  in  1906  to  carry  on  the  work, 
and  to  administer  the  annual  subventions  contributed  by  Mr. 
Carnegie,  which  assured  the  material  support  that,  had  been 
lacking  in  all  the  earlier  efforts  to  better  English  spelling.  The 
membership  was  representativ  of  the  American  Philological  Asso- 
ciation, the  (British)  Philological  Society,  the  Spelling  Reform 
Association,  the  National  Education  Association,  the  American 
Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  the  Modern  Lan- 
guage Association  of  America,  and  other  learned  societies,  and 
included  the  editors  of  the  Century,  Oxford,  Standard,  and 
Webster's  dictionaries,  eminent  filologists,  educators,  sientists, 
men  of  letters,  and  men  of  affairs. 

The  Board  was  formally  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the 
State  of  New  York  in  May,  1907,  shortly  after  its  first  annual 
meeting. 

THE    WORK   OF    THE    BOARD 

The  Board  maintains  an  office  in  the  Metropolitan  Bilding, 
No.  1  Madison  avenue,  New  York. 

Immediately  on  its  organization  the  Board  began  an  activ 
propaganda,  by  sending  forth  a  preliminary  circular  in  which  it 
askt  those  who  simpathized  with  its  aims  to  take  a  simple  initial 


SIMPLIFIED    SPELLING    BOARD  251 

step.  Inclosed  with  the  circular  was  a  list  of  three  hundred  com- 
mon words  for  which  alternativ  spellings,  one  more  simple  and 
regular  than  the  others,  ar  given  by  the  leading  dictionaries  and 
sanctiond  by  the  usage  of  eminent  writers.  All  who  approved 
the  aims  of  the  Board  wer  askt  to  sign  a  card  agreeing  to  use  the 
simpler  forms  as  far  as  practicable. 

The  response  to  this  circular  was  beyond  expectation.  Within 
a  few  months  a  large  proportion  of  the  leading  filologists,  educa- 
tors, sientists,  and  men  of  letters,  announst  their  adhesion  to  the 
movement;  and  many  thousands  of  teachers,  fisicians,  lawyers, 
clergymen,  and  other  professional  men;  business  men,  firms,  and 
corporations;  editors  and  publishers,  signd  the  agreement.  The 
number  of  these  "signers"  is  constantly  increasing;  but  even  so, 
it  represents  only  a  small  proportion  of  those  who  approve  and  use 
the  simpler  spellings,  as  has  been  found  by  later  canvasses. 

The  Board  of  Superintendents  of  New  York  City  in  1906 
unanimously  recommended  the  use  of  the  list  of  three  hundred 
words  in  the  New  York  City  scools.  The  Modern  Language 
Association  of  America  adopted  in  the  same  year  the  same  list  for 
use  in  its  publications,  and  has  since  accepted  the  later  recom- 
mendations of  the  Board.  President  Roosevelt  adopted  this  list 
in  his  official  correspondence;  and  his  recommendation  in  1906 
that  the  Government  Printing  Office  adopt  the  same  stile,  when 
not  otherwize  requested,  gave  the  movement  a  wide  publicity. 
The  discussion  that  followd,  both  in  the  Congress  and  in  the  pres, 
afforded  the  frends  of  orthografic  reform  extraordinary  op- 
portunity— of  which  they  did  not  fail  to  take  advantage — to 
present  their  arguments  and  appeals.  The  results  of  this  pub- 
licity wer  distinctly  favorable.  State  Teachers'  Associations  in 
several  States  adopted  resolutions  favorable  to  the  movement; 
the  scool  sistems  of  many  cities  and  towns  granted  permission 
to  teach  the  simpler  spellings  in  their  clasrooms;  and  the  authors 
of  several  spelling  books  included  the  recommendations  of  the 
Board  iether  in  the  main  text  or  in  an  appendix. 


252  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

GENERAL  PROGRESS 

In  the  course  of  the  next  seven  years  the  Board  issued  and 
freely  distributed  three  more  lists  of  recommended  spellings,  an 
alfabetic  list  of  all  the  words  included  in  the  first  three  lists,  and 
twenty-one  other  circulars,  setting  forth  arguments  for  the  move- 
ment written  by  eminent  men  in  many  different  vocations.  In 
the  meantime,  it  appointed  volunteer  local  agents;  supplied 
speakers  to  make  public  addresses;  organized  a  leag  of  periodicals 
and  newspapers;  began  in  1909  the  quarterly  publication  of  the 
Simplified  Spelling  Bulletin,  to  serv  as  a  medium  of  news  and 
discussion;  and  by  these  and  other  legitimate  means  of  publicity 
gaind  additional  thousands  of  adherents. 

UNIVERSITIES,   COLLEGES,   AND   NORMAL   SCOOLS 

The  Board  shortly  after  the  issue  of  its  fourth  list  resolvd  to 
propose  no  further  changes  in  spelling  until  the  recommendations 
alredy  made  should  be  more  widely  accepted,  but  to  devote  its 
income  and  energies  mainly  to  an  intensiv  field  campain  of  educa- 
tion. Field  agents  of  professorial  rank  wer  engaged,  and  in  1914 
an  aggressiv  campain  was  organized  to  win  a  more  general  official 
approval  of  the  aims  of  the  Board  by  the  leading  educational 
institutions  of  America. 

The  results,  most  of  which  wer  obtaind  in  the  next  two  years, 
wer  extremely  gratifying.  Four  hundred  and  sixty-one  universi- 
ties, colleges,  and  normal  scools,  with  twenty-seven  thousand 
teachers  and  three  hundred  and  thirty  thousand  students,  now 
iether  use  simplified  spellings  in  their  official  publications  and 
correspondence,  or  permit  students  to  use  them  in  written  work. 
One  hundred  and  seventy-three  of  these  institutions,  including 
nineteen  State  universities,  hav  formally  approved  the  movement, 
in  most  cases  by  faculty  resolution,  and  hav  adopted  in  all  cases 
more  than  two  hundred  of  the  simpler  spellings,  and  in  some 
cases  many  more.  Of  the  American  universities  and  colleges 
listed  in  the  Educational  Directory  issued  by  the  United  States 
Buro  of  Education,  fifty-seven  per  cent  (seventy-two  per  cent 


SIMPLIFIED    SPELLING    BOARD  253 

of  the  institutions  heard  from)  now  recognize  and  accept  the 
simplified  spellings  of  the  Board ;  nearly  twenty-five  per  cent  hav 
agreed  to  use  simpler  spellings  in  their  official  publications  and 
correspondence;  and  only  eighteen  per  cent  hav  placed  themselvs 
on  record  as  opposed  to  the  movement.  The  remaining  institu- 
tions hav  iether  given  noncommittal  ansers,  or  hav  faild  to  re- 
spond to  inquiries. 

PUBLIC  SCOOLS 

Meanwhile  there  was  no  cessation  of  activity  in  presenting  the 
aims  of  the  Board  to  teachers  in  the  scools  where  spelling  takes 
an  important  place  in  the  curriculum.  Twenty-one  State 
Teachers'  Associations,  including  the  Inland  Empire  Teachers' 
Association,  representing  Oregon,  Montana,  Wyoming,  Idaho, 
and  Washington,  hav  now  adopted  resolutions  favorable  to  the 
movement.  The  National  Education  Association,  which  in  1907 
had  approved  the  work  of  the  Board  and  had  directed  the  use  of 
the  simpler  spellings  of  the  three  hundred  words  in  its  publica- 
tions, adopted  July  7,  1916,  the  spelling  -t  for  -ed  in  past  tenses  of 
English  verbs  ending  in  -ed  pronounst  t,  and  is  now  using  it  in 
its  official  publications  and  correspondence.  The  Association,  by 
its  acceptance  of  this  rule  —  which  simplifies  the  spelling  of  more 
than  nine  hundred  words  in  addition  to  the  twelv  words  adopted 
in  1898  —  and  by  its  preference  for  the  simpler  of  alternativ 
spellings  having  dictionary  recognition,  approves  and  uses  about 
fifteen  hundred  simplified  spellings.  With  the  cooperation  of 
several  State  Superintendents  of  Education  the  Board  began 
(1916)  a  campain  having  as  its  object  the  teaching  in  the 
public  scools  of  the  simpler  spellings  that  hav  recievd  dictionary 
recognition. 

NEWSPAPERS  AND   MAGAZINES 

The  rapid  increase  of  educational  support  encouraged  the 
Board  to  undertake  coincidentally  a  special  campain  among 
editors  and  publishers  to  promote  the  use  of  simplified  spelling 
in  the  pres.     As  a  result,  more  than  five  hundred  and  fifty  news- 


254  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

papers  and  periodicals — more  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  of 
which  ar  dailies  in  important  cities — ar  now  using  the  twelv 
words  and  most  of  the  other  simpler  spellings  in  the  list  of  three 
hundred  words  —  an  increase  of  more  than  five  hundred  journals 
since  1914.  The  total  circulation  of  all  these  publications  is  more 
than  18,000,000. 

The  National  Editorial  Association  (1916),  "desiring  to  co- 
operate with  the  National  Education  Association,  the  Simplified 
Spelling  Board,  and  other  educational  organizations,  in  their 
efforts  to  accustom  the  general  public  to  the  use  of  simplified 
spelling  in  print,"  approved  the  use  of  the  twelv  words,  adopted 
them  for  use  in  the  official  publications  and  correspondence  of  the 
Association,  and  recommended  their  use  by  individual  members 
in  their  respectiv  newspapers.  Similar  action  was  taken  by 
various  other  editorial  and  newspaper  associations. 

HANDBOOK  OF  SIMPLIFIED   SPELLING 

Experience  gaind  in  these  aggresiv  campains  soon  developt  the 
need,  for  general  distribution,  of  a  Handbook  of  Simplified  Spelling 
that  should  cover  succinctly  the  various  fases  of  the  subject 
treated  in  the  separate  circulars  issued  up  to  that  time  by  the 
Board,  and  to  take  their  place.  Some  of  the  earlier  circulars  had 
in  fact  been  superseded  by  those  publisht  later,  while  others  had, 
in  their  turn,  become  out  of  date  and  had  been  withdrawn  from 
general  circulation.  The  preparation  of  such  a  compendium, 
which  was  accordingly  begun,  suggested  the  advizability  of 
undertaking  at  the  same  time  a  general  revizion  and  more  com- 
plete coordination  of  the  rules,  and  the  selection  of  those  deemd 
most  suitable  for  special  emfasis  at  the  present  stage  of  the  move- 
ment. This  work  of  revizion,  carrid  on  by  the  Filology  Commit- 
tee, was  approved  by  the  Board  early  in  1919;  and  Part  One  of  the 
Handbook,  "English  Spelling  and  the  Movement  to  Improve  It," 
which  had  meanwhile  been  drafted,  under  the  supervizion  of  the 
Filology  Committee,  by  the  Secretary,  was  issued  in  April.  Part 
Two,  "The  Case  for  Simplified  Spelling,"  and  Part  Three,  "Rules 
and  Dictionary  List,"  wil  follow  at  three  months'  intervals. 


SIMPLIFIED    SPELLING    BOARD  255 

A   PATRIOTIC  SERVICE 

Pending  the  completion  of  this  important  task,  the  Board  had 
mesurably  reduced  its  field  activities,  which  the  unrest  in  the 
colleges,  incident  to  the  reorganization  of  educational  work  to 
meet  the  conditions  imposed  by  the  country's  entry  into  war,  had 
in  itself  made  advizable.  As  soon  as  more  favorable  conditions 
develop,  the  Board  stands  redy  to  resume  an  activ  propaganda  to 
the  extent  that  financial  support  and  volunteer  effort  may  be 
forthcoming.  It  trusts  that  the  great  part  that  a  rational 
simplification  of  English  spelling  can  take,  not  only  in  the  more 
speedy  Americanization  of  our  foren  population,  but  in  rendering 
English  more  available  as  a  means  of  international  communica- 
tion, wil  forcibly  appeal  to  all  those  who  cherish  these  patriotic 
aims,  and  wil  make  it  possible  to  continue  the  work  so  auspi- 
ciously and  whole-hartedly  inaugurated  by  Mr.  Carnegie. 

ADVIZORY    COUNCIL 

In  order  to  hav  the  benefit  of  as  wide  and  representativ  an 
expression  of  educated  opinion  as  possible  in  reference  to  its  im- 
mediate and  future  proposals,  the  Board,  shortly  after  its  forma- 
tion, requested  a  large  number  of  scolars,  educators,  and  others 
interested  in  intellectual  and  social  progress,  to  act  as  an  Advizory 
Council. 

The  qualifications  for  membership  in  the  Council  ar  the  same 
as  those  expected  for  membership  in  the  Board — a  belief  in  the 
principle  and  in  the  immediate  practis  of  simplified  spelling  in 
some  degree,  and  a  recognized  status  and  influence  as  educator, 
scolar,  writer,  or  man  of  affairs.  The  Council  is  representativ  of 
all  parts  of  the  country  and  of  all  fases  of  educated  opinion  favor- 
able to  the  general  idea  that  English  spelling  can  be  and  ought  to 
be  improved.  Its  membership  is  approximately  two  hundred  and 
fifty. 


256  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

OFFICERS 

President,  Charles  H.  Grandgent,  Massachusetts 
Vice  Presidents,  William  Archer,  England 

George  W.  Cable,  Massachusetts 
Irving  Fisher,  Connecticut 
William  Trttfant  Foster,  Oregon 
David  Starr  Jordan,  California 
Alexander  H.  MacKay,  Nova  Scotia 
William  F.  Maclean,  Ontario 
William  H.  Maxwell,  New  York 
Homer  H.  Seerley,  Iowa 
Treasurer,  Gano  Dunn,  New  York 
Secretary,  Henry  Gallup  Paine,  New  York 
Office,  1  Madison  Avenue,  New  York  City 

TRUSTEES 

Brander  Matthews,  New  York,  Chairman 

Melvil  Dewey,  New  York 

Gano  Dunn,  New  York 

Charles  H.  Grandgent,  Massachusetts 

Hamilton  Holt,  New  York 

Henry  Holt,  New  York 

Fred  J.  Miller,  Pennsylvania 

Calvin  Thomas,  New  York 

MEMBERS 

William  Archer,  England 

Henry  M.  Belden,  Missouri 

Henry  Bradley,  England 

Elmer  Ellsworth  Brown,  New  York 

Richard  E.  Burton,  Minnesota 

Nathaniel  Butler,  Illinois 

George  W.  Cable,  Massachusetts 

Andrew  Carnegie,  New  York,  Honorary  Member 

Hermann  Collitz,  Maryland 

George  0.  Curme,  Illinois 

Charles  Henry  Davis,  Massachusetts 

Melvil  Dewey,  New  York 

Gano  Dunn,  New  York 

Oliver  F.  Emerson,  Ohio 

David  Felmley,  Illinois 

Irving  Fisher,  Connecticut 


SIMPLIFIED    SPELLING    BOARD 

William  Trufant  Foster,  Oregon 
Lyman  J.  Gage,  California 
Hamlin  Garland,  New  York 
Charles  H.  Grandgent,  Massachusetts 
George  Hempl,  California 
Emil  G.  Hirsch,  Illinois 
Hamilton  Holt,  New  York 
Henry  Holt,  New  York 
Edwin  M.  Hopkins,  Kansas 
H.  Stanley  Jevons,  India 
David  Starr  Jordan,  California 
William  Williams  Keen,  Pennsylvania 
John  R.  Kirk,  Missouri 
Alexander  H.  MacKay,  Nova  Scotia 
William  F.  Maclean,  Ontario 
Brander  Matthews,  New  York 
William  H.  Maxwell,  New  York 

Fred  J.  Miller,  Pennsylvania 

William  W.  Morrow,  California 

Charles  P.  G.  Scott,  New  York 

Homer  H.  Seerley,  Iowa 

Edward  0.  Sisson,  Montana 

David  M.  Solo  an,  Nova  Scotia 

Sir  Robert  Stotjt,  New  Zealand 

John  S.  P.  Tatlock,  California 

Frank  M.  Taussig,  District  of  Columbia 

Calvin  Thomas,  New  York 

John  Cresson  Traxjtwine,  Jr.,  Pennsylvania 

Thomas  G.  Tucker,  Australia 

E.  0.  Vaile,  Illinois 

Joseph  Wright,  England 

DECEAST   MEMBERS 

E.  Benjamin  Andrews 

O.  C.  Blackmer 

David  J.  Brewer 

Samuel  L.  Clemens 

Isaac  K.  Funk 

Frederick  J.  Furnivall 

Richard  Watson  Gilder 

William  T.  Harris 

Thomas  Wentworth  Higginson 


257 


258  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

William  James 
Thomas  R.  Lounsbury 
Francis  A.  March 
James  A.  H.  Murray 
Theodore  Roosevelt 
Walter  William  Skeat 
Benjamin  E.  Smith 
Z.  X.  Snyder 
Charles  E.  Sprague 
William  Hayes  Ward 
Andrew  D.  White 

RESOLUTIONS  OF  APPRECIATION 

April  3,  1907 
Andrew  Carnegie,  Esq., 

Dear  Sir:  We  your  fellow  workers  of  the  Simplified  Spelling  Board  wish 
to  express  to  you,  on  the  occasion  of  the  first  meeting  of  the  Board,  our  pro- 
found appreciation  of  the  patriotism  and  munificence  by  which  you  have  made 
our  common  labors  possible. 

We  wish  also  to  express  our  conviction,  which  experience  already  seems  to 
justify,  that  you  have  not  only  made  our  labors  possible,  but  have  insured  that 
they  shall  be  successful  —  that  thru  you,  and  with  you,  will  ultimately  be  secured 
for  countless  generations,  a  great  diminution  in  the  labor  of  teaching  and  learn- 
ing, with  a  proportionate  increase  in  the  things  taught  and  learned;  a  vast  in- 
crease in  the  facility  of  spreading  ideas,  and  therefore  a  vast  increase  in  each 
individual's  stock  of  ideas;  and  a  vast  increase  in  the  diffusion  among  the  na- 
tions of  the  earth,  of  those  principles  of  individual  development,  self-govern- 
ment, and  ordered  liberty,  which  have  become  identified  with  Anglo-Saxon 
practise  and  Anglo-Saxon  speech,  and  which  are  the  most  precious  possessions 
of  the  human  race. 

We  wish  further  to  state  our  conviction  that  among  the  monuments  more 
enduring  than  bronze  which  your  love  of  your  fellow  men  has  built  for  you,  this 
one  will  be  not  only  the  greatest  and  most  enduring,  but  among  those  most 
significant  of  your  generosity,  in  that  it  can  never  bear  your  honored  name. 

In  the  earnest  hope  that  this  great  work  of  yours  will  contribute  its  full  share 
to  the  proverbial  result  of  the  consciousness  of  duty  well  done,  in  securing  to 
you  yet  many  full  and  happy  years,  we  are,  dear  Sir, 

Your  friends  and  fellow  workers, 

The  Simplified  Spelling  Board 

An  engrost  copy  of  these  resolutions  was  signd  by  all  the 
members  and  transmitted  to  Mr.  Carnegie. 


SIMPLIFIED    SPELLING    BOARD  259 

BY-LAWS 

1.  The  Board  shal  consist  of  not  more  than  fifty  members.  Its  term  of 
membership  shal  be  five  years,  and  it  shal  be  divided  into  five  classes  of  ten 
each,  to  serv  one,  two,  three,  four,  and  five  years.  At  each  annual  meeting,  or 
within  one  month  thereafter  by  vote  by  mail,  ten  members  shal  be  elected  for  a 
term  of  five  years  in  place  of  the  clas  then  retiring. 

2.  The  annual  meeting  shal  be  held  the  first  Tuesday  in  April,  unless  another 
time  and  place  hav  been  announst  by  the  Trustees  three  months  in  advance. 
At  this  meeting  the  Board  shal  elect  a  President  and  six  other  Trustees. 

3.  These  Trustees  may  ad  to  their  own  number,  and  shal  elect  to  serv  both 
Board  and  Trustees  five  or  more  Vice  Presidents,  a  Secretary,  Tresurer,  and 
any  other  needed  officers,  agents,  or  committees.  All  terms  of  office  shal  begin 
at  the  close  of  the  annual  meeting. 

4.  In  intervals  between  annual  meetings  the  Trustees  may  in  all  matters  act 
for  the  Board,  but  all  proposals  involving  change  in  by-laws,  general  policy, 
election  of  members,  or  recommendations  of  any  change  in  spelling,  shal  be 
submitted  for  vote  by  mail  to  each  member,  and  any  member  whose  vote  is  not 
recievd  within  fifteen  days  after  mailing  a  second  notis  shal  be  considerd  as 
assenting.  A  two-thirds  vote  shal  make  any  such  proposal  effectiv.  Approval 
of  the  Board  shal  make  promulgation  of  new  spellings  by  the  Trustees  per- 
missiv,  but  not  mandatory. 

5.  In  carrying  on  the  work  of  the  Board  the  Trustees  shal  incur  no  liability 
beyond  its  available  resources,  and  make  an  annual  report  to  the  Board. 

6.  These  by-laws  may  be  amended  on  recommendation  of  the  Trustees  by 
the  Board  by  a  two-thirds  vote  by  mail. 


THE   CHURCH  PEACE  UNION 


THE  CHURCH  PEACE  UNION 

Founded  1914 

Mr.  Carnegie  established  The  Church  Peace  Union  on  February 
10,  1914.  The  first  piece  of  work  undertaken  on  a  large  scale, 
was  to  bring  together  delegates  of  the  churches  of  the  various 
countries  of  Europe  and  Asia,  and  of  the  United  States.  A  Con- 
ference was  called  for  August  1,  2  and  3,  at  Constance,  Germany. 
Sixty  delegates  were  carried  from  the  United  States,  and  the 
Trustees  of  The  Church  Peace  Union  went  as  the  personal  guests 
of  Mr.  Carnegie.  About  twenty-five  delegates  went  from  Great 
Britain,  and  proportionate  numbers  from  the  other  countries  of 
Europe.  The  purpose  of  the  Conference  was  to  discuss  how  the 
churches  of  the  world  might  work  together  for  promoting  interna- 
tional good  will  and  establishing  peaceful  and  judicial  machinery 
to  take  the  place  of  wars  in  the  settlement  of  international  disputes. 

The  Conference  met  in  Constance  at  the  Insel  Hotel,  in  the 
same  room  in  which  the  great  Council  of  the  Churches  met  five 
hundred  years  before.  It  met  as  the  war  clouds  were  every- 
where gathering.  In  fact  these  meetings  were  broken  up  by  the 
rush  of  war  preparations.  After  a  day  and  a  half  at  Constance 
the  delegates  were  offered  cars  on  the  last  train  crossing  Germany. 
The  Conference  adjourned  to  London  and  there  completed  its 
work. 

Although  meeting  under  such  difficulties  and  with  the  whole 
world  plunging  into  war,  the  Conference  was  not  in  vain,  for  out 
of  it  was  born  the  World  Alliance  for  International  Friendship 
Through  the  Churches.  A  Continuation  Committee  of  sixty, 
representing  all  countries,  was  appointed  at  London,  and  under 
the  direction  of  that  committee,  Prof.  Benjamin  F.  Battin  of 
Swarthmore  College  has  been  devoting  all  his  time,  even  while 
the  war  has  been  raging,  to  organizing  branches  and  councils  of 
the  World  Alliance  in  the  various  countries  of  Europe. 

Drs.  Frederick  Lynch  and  Sidney  L.  Gulick  were  made  Secre- 

18 


264  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

taries  for  America,  and  in  this  country,  in  cooperation  with  the 
Commission  on  International  Justice  and  Good  Will  of  the  Fed- 
eral Council  of  the  Churches  of  Christ  in  America,  a  large  con- 
stituency has  been  built  up,  and  a  considerable  work  of  propa- 
ganda and  organization  accomplished.  While  the  World  Alliance 
is  not  an  integral  part  of  The  Church  Peace  Union,  yet  it  is 
largely  financed  by  the  Union.  Its  Secretary  is  the  Secretary  of 
The  Church  Peace  Union,  and  most  of  its  officers  are  chosen  from 
the  Trustees.  Its  inception,  and  its  direction  in  large  measure 
have  come  from  The  Church  Peace  Union,  and  it  is  understood 
that  it  is  one  of  the  handmaids  of  the  Union  for  work  among  the 
churches.  More  than  one-third  of  the  income  has  been  annually 
expended  for  work  through  the  World  Alliance,  in  cooperation 
with  various  commissions  of  the  Federal  Council  of  Churches. 

On  April  25,  1916,  The  Church  Peace  Union  brought  together 
the  American  Council  of  the  World  Alliance  for  International 
Friendship  through  the  Churches  for  a  two  days'  conference  at 
Garden  City,  Long  Island,  New  York.  At  this  conference,  about 
two  hundred  of  the  leading  clergymen  and  religious  workers  in 
the  United  States  assembled,  and  the  subjects  "What  the  Church 
can  do  to  Foster  Friendly  Relationships  Between  Nations"  and 
"The  Securing  of  the  Substitution  of  Peaceable  and  Judicial 
Methods  for  War  in  the  Settlement  of  International  Disputes" 

were  discussed. 

WORK  FOR  JAPAN 

The  Union  since  its  inception  has  been  interested  in  cementing 
the  friendship  existing  between  Japan  and  the  United  States,  by 
means  of  work  through  the  churches.  In  cooperation  with  the 
Federal  Council,  it  has  taken  part  in  the  sending  of  Christian 
leaders  of  America  to  the  churches  of  Japan.  It  has  supplied  the 
Japanese  churches  with  literature  bearing  on  international  good 
will  from  the  Christian  point  of  view,  and  it  has  endowed  to  some 
extent  the  peace  organizations  in  Japan  directly  related  to  the 
churches.  It  has  taken  part  in  welcoming  leaders  of  the  Japanese 
churches  in  America,  and  has  quite  generously  endowed  the  Com- 
mission on  Friendly  Relations  with  the  Orient  of  the  Federal 
Council  of  Churches. 


THE    CHURCH    PEACE    UNION  265 

PUBLICATIONS 

The  Church  Peace  Union  has  published  or  circulated  hundreds 
of  thousands  of  pamphlets  and  books  on  international  good  will, 
written  largely  by  churchmen,  from  the  Christian  point  of  view. 
There  has  been  a  great  demand  for  such  literature  both  before 
the  beginning  of  the  war  and  since.  The  Union  has  also  under- 
taken to  furnish  pastors  in  the  United  States  with  such  literature 
as  would  help  them  in  the  preparation  of  sermons  bearing  on  the 
subject  of  permanent  peace. 

APPROPRIATIONS 

The  Trustees  of  The  Church  Peace  Union  have  made  many 
and  varied  appropriations  to  organizations  directly  related  to  the 
churches,  carrying  on  the  work  of  international  good  will.  These 
appropriations  have  been  made  to  organizations  in  the  countries 
of  Europe  and  of  Asia  as  well  as  in  the  United  States. 

INTERNATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON  THE  CHURCHES  AND  THE 
MORAL  AIMS  OF  THE  WAR 

At  the  Annual  Meeting  of  The  Church  Peace  Union  on  Decem- 
ber 6,  1917,  the  following  resolutions  were  adopted: 

Having  in  view  the  special  ideas  and  principles  distinctive  of  The  Church 
Peace  Union,  which  has  been  established  to  promote  permanent  world  peace 
based  upon  enduring  religious  sanctions,  we  recommend: 

1.  That  The  Church  Peace  Union  undertake,  during  the  year  1918,  to  pre- 
sent to  conferences  of  clergymen  and  other  Christian  workers,  and  to  the 
churches  of  the  United  States,  the  various  proposals  now  engaging  the  atten- 
tion of  the  leading  statesmen  and  thinkers  of  the  world  looking  toward  some 
"concert"  or  "League  of  Nations,"  which  shall  insure  the  judicial  settlement 
of  international  disputes  and  a  just  and  permanent  peace. 

2.  That  The  Church  Peace  Union  accept  the  invitation  of  the  Committee 
on  Public  Information  of  the  Administration,  to  cooperate  with  them  in 
educating  the  people  of  the  United  States  in  the  aims  of  this  war,  basing  our 
interpretation  of  those  aims  on  the  messages  and  addresses  of  the  President 
of  the  United  States,  to  whose  declared  policy  we  pledge  our  support,  and  that 
we  also  offer  our  services  to  Colonel  House  in  laying  before  the  public  the 
results  of  the  study  of  his  assistants,  along  the  lines  of  world  organization  for 
lasting  peace. 


266  MANUAL    OF    THE    CAKNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

3.  That  we  accept  the  invitation  of  the  Committee  on  Public  Information 
of  the  Administration,  to  appoint  a  representative  of  The  Church  Peace  Union 
to  membership  upon  its  Advisory  Committee. 

4.  That  we  appoint  a  Committee  of  Five  from  our  Trustees,  with  power, 
which  shall  be  so  constituted  that  it  can  hold  frequent  meetings,  to  conduct 
the  campaign  outlined  above,  but  which  shall  act  in  close  cooperation  with 
the  Executive  Committee. 

5.  That  we  approve  the  request  of  the  League  to  Enforce  Peace,  which  with 
its  highly  developed  organization  and  eminent  members  can  be  of  great  service, 
to  cooperate  with  us,  and  request  them  to  appoint  a  Committee  of  Five  to  act 
with  the  committee  appointed  by  The  Church  Peace  Union. 

6.  That  we  welcome  the  offer  of  the  Joint  Committee  of  the  World  Alliance 
for  Promoting  International  Friendship  through  the  Churches  and  the  Com- 
mission on  International  Justice  and  Good  Will  of  the  Federal  Council  of  the 
Churches  of  Christ  in  America,  to  put  their  machinery  and  resources  at  our 
•disposal,  and  that  we  ask  them  to  take  part  with  us  in  this  campaign,  espe- 
cially in  conserving  the  results  of  the  meetings,  in  study  groups,  in  sermons, 
;and  in  the  distribution  of  literature  bearing  upon  the  general  subject. 

7.  That  The  Church  Peace  Union  appropriate  $65,000  for  this  work,  half 
to  be  taken  from  this  year's  income,  half  to  be  borrowed  from  the  income  of 
1919. 

A  meeting  was  then  held  with  certain  members  of  the  League 
to  Enforce  Peace,  and  a  Joint  Committee  was  appointed,  with 
Charles  S.  Macfarland  representing  the  Federal  Council  of 
Churches,  Sidney  L.  Gulick  representing  the  World  Alliance, 
Hamilton  Holt,  Arthur  J.  Brown,  William  P.  Merrill,  George  A. 
Plimpton  and  Frederick  Lynch  representing  the  Church  Peace 
Union,  and  William  H.  Taft,  Alton  B.  Parker,  Talcott  Williams, 
Glenn  Frank  and  William  H.  Short  representing  the  League  to 
Enforce  Peace. 

Dr.  Henry  A.  Atkinson  was  secured  as  Executive  Secretary, 
and  work  was  immediately  begun  in  conjunction  with  the 
Speaking  Division  of  the  Committee  on  Public  Information. 

Meetings  have  been  planned  and  an  itinerary  arranged  cover- 
ing approximately  300  centres  throughout  the  United  States. 

Up  to  the  date  of  writing  this  report  266  meetings  have  been 
held  in  144  cities.     The  attendance  at  the  Conferences  of  Min- 


THE    CHURCH    PEACE    UNION  267 

isters  has  been  9,847,  and  the  attendance  at  the  mass  meetings 
has  totaled  about  113,665. 

Besides  these  regular  meetings  held  under  the  auspices  of  our 
committee,  speakers  have  been  furnished  for  a  number  of  occa- 
sions, and  have  addressed  large  audiences  gathered  together  under 
outside  auspices.  In  our  campaign  we  have  used  about  forty 
different  speakers. 

The  committee  has  published  five  pamphlets  as  follows: 

1.  The  Moral  Aims  of  the  War. 

2.  A  League  of  Nations. 

3.  The  Moral  Values  of  a  League  of  Nations. 

4.  The  Minister  and  His  Preaching  in  this  Time  of  War. 

5.  Program  of  the  Church  in  this  Time  of  War. 

During  June  and  July  several  institutes  for  ministers  and 
Christian  workers  were  held  at  such  centers  as  New  York, 
Boston,  Amherst,  Bangor,  Chicago,  Minneapolis,  Berkeley  (Cal.), 
Austin  (Texas),  Nashville.  At  these  institutes  from  two  to  three 
hundred  were  brought  together  for  three  days  as  guests  of  the 
committee.  The  program  in  general  followed  this  order:  The 
first  day  was  devoted  to  the  general  topic  of  "The  Moral  Aims 
of  the  War."  The  second  day  was  devoted  to  a  discussion  of  the 
various  plans  proposed  for  world  organization  after  the  war,  such 
as  those  of  the  American  League  to  Enforce  Peace,  the  English 
League  of  Nations  Society,  and  the  various  programs  put  out 
by  the  labor  groups  of  Great  Britain.  The  third  day  was  de- 
voted to  the  problem  of  reconstruction — industrial,  political  and 
religious. 


268  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

TRUSTEES 
President,  William  Pierson  Merrill 
Vice  President,  William  H.  P.  Faunce,  Rhode  Island 
Secretary,  Frederick  Lynch,  New  York 
Treasurer,  George  A.  Plimpton,  New  York 
Peter  Ainslie,  Maryland 
Arthur  Judson  Brown,  New  York 
Francis  E.  Clark,  Massachusetts 
James  Cardinal  Gibbons,  Maryland 
John  J.  Glennon,  Missouri 
David  H.  Greer,  New  York 
Frank  O.  Hall,  New  York 
E.  R.  Hendrix,  Missouri 
Emil  G.  Hirsch,  Illinois 
Hamilton  Holt,  New  York 
William  I.  Hull,  Pennsylvania 
Charles  E.  Jefferson,  New  York 
Jenkin  Lloyd  Jones,1  Illinois 
Charles  S.  Macfarland,  New  York 
Marcus  M.  Marks,  New  York 
Shailer  Mathews,  Illinois 
Edwin  D.  Mead,  Massachusetts 
John  R.  Mott,  New  York 
Junius  B.  Remensnyder,  New  York 
Henry  Wade  Rogers,  New  York 
Robert  E.  Speer,  New  York 
James  J.  Walsh,  New  York 
Luther  B.  Wilson,  New  York 

EXECUTIVE   COMMITTEE 

Charles  E.  Jefferson,  Chairman 
Frederick  Lynch,  Secretary,  70  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York  City 
Hamilton  Holt  William  Pierson  Merrill 

William  I.  Hull  George  A.  Plimpton 

Charles  S.  Macfarland  Robert  E.  Speer 

James  J.  Walsh 

FINANCE   COMMITTEE 

George  A.  Plimpton,  Chairman 
Marcus  M.  Marks  Robert  E.  Speer 

INTERNATIONAL  COMMITTEE  ON  THE  CHURCHES  AND  THE 
MORAL  AIMS  OF  THE  WAR 

Henry  A.  Atkinson,  Secretary 
1  Deceased 


THE    CHURCH    PEACE    UNION  269 


MR.  CARNEGIE'S  LETTER  OF  GIFT 

February  10,  1914. 
Gentlemen  of  Many  Religious  Bodies,  All  Irrevocably  Opposed  to 
War  and  Devoted  Advocates  of  Peace: 

We  all  feel,  I  believe,  that  the  killing  of  man  by  man  in  battle  is  barbaric 
and  negatives  our  claim  to  civilization.  This  crime  we  wish  to  banish  from 
the  earth;  some  progress  has  already  been  made  in  this  direction,  but  recently 
men  have  shed  more  of  their  fellows'  blood  than  for  years  previously.  We 
need  to  be  aroused  to  our  duty  and  banish  war. 

Certain  that  the  strongest  appeal  that  can  be  made  is  to  members  of  the 
religious  bodies,  to  you  I  hereby  appeal,  hoping  that  you  will  feel  it  to  be  not 
only  your  duty  but  your  pleasure  to  undertake  the  administration  of  two 
millions  of  dollars  five  per  cent  bonds,  the  income  to  be  used  as  in  your  judg- 
ment will  most  successfully  appeal  to  the  people  in  the  cause  of  peace  thru 
arbitration  of  international  disputes;  that  as  man  in  civilized  lands  is  com- 
pelled by  law  to  submit  personal  disputes  to  courts  of  law,  so  nations  shall 
appeal  to  the  Court  at  The  Hague  or  to  such  tribunals  as  may  be  mutually 
agreed  upon,  and  bow  to  the  verdict  rendered,  thus  insuring  the  reign  of 
national  peace  thru  international  law.  When  that  day  arrives,  either  thru 
such  courts  of  law  or  thru  other  channels,  this  trust  shall  have  fulfilled  its 
mission. 

After  the  arbitration  of  international  disputes  is  established  and  war  abol- 
ished, as  it  certainly  will  be  some  day,  and  that  sooner  than  expected,  probably 
by  the  Teutonic  nations,  Germany,  Britain  and  the  United  States  first  deciding 
to  act  in  unison,  other  Powers  joining  later,  the  Trustees  will  divert  the  revenues 
of  this  fund  to  relieve  the  deserving  poor  and  afflicted  in  their  distress,  espe- 
cially those  who  have  struggled  long  and  earnestly  against  misfortunes  and 
have  not  themselves  to  blame  for  their  poverty.  Members  of  the  various 
churches  will  naturally  know  such  members  well,  and  can  therefore  the  better 
judge;  but  this  does  not  debar  them  from  going  beyond  membership  when 
that  is  necessary  or  desirable.  As  a  general  rule,  it  is  best  to  help  those  who 
help  themselves,  but  there  are  unfortunates  from  whom  this  can  not  be  expected. 

After  war  is  abolished  by  the  leading  nations,  the  Trustees  by  a  vote  of  two- 
thirds  may  decide  that  a  better  use  for  the  funds  than  that  named  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  has  been  found,  and  are  free  according  to  their  judgment  to 
devote  the  income  to  the  best  advantage  for  the  good  of  their  fellow  men. 

Trustees  shall  be  reimburst  for  all  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with 
their  duties  as  Trustees,  including  traveling  expenses,  and  to  each  annual 
meeting,  expenses  of  wife  or  dauter. 


270  MANUAL    OF    THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Happy  in  the  belief  that  the  civilized  world  will  not,  can  not,  long  tolerate 
the  killing  of  man  by  man  as  a  means  of  settling  its  international  disputes,  and 
that  civilized  men  will  not,  can  not  long  enter  a  profession  which  binds  them 
to  go  forth  and  kill  their  fellow  men  as  ordered,  although  they  will  continue 
to  defend  their  homes  if  attacked,  as  a  duty,  which  also  involves  the  duty  of 
never  attacking  the  homes  of  others,  I  am, 

Cordially  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

RESOLUTIONS  OF  ACCEPTANCE 

Resolved,  That  the  Trustees  of  The  Church  Peace  Union,  deeply  grateful 
to  Andrew  Carnegie  for  establishing  this  great  and  significant  foundation,  and 
for  the  honor  done  themselves  in  being  called  to  its  administration,  accept  with 
high  appreciation  his  generous  gift,  and  pledge  themselves  to  the  faithful 
fulfilment  of  the  trust  committed  to  them. 

Resolved,  That  in  expressing  our  gratitude  and,  as  in  confidence  we  may, 
that  of  the  various  religious  bodies  with  which  we  are  associated,  for  this  im- 
pressive provision  for  our  sacred  cause,  we  desire  to  record  our  sense  of  the 
commanding  duty  which  it  imposes  upon  the  religious  world  and  its  peculiar 
moment  for  humanity  at  this  hour.  The  present  system  of  war  and  arma- 
ments stands  condemned  by  the  conscience  and  intelligence  of  mankind  as 
unworthy  of  the  civilization  which  we  have  achieved.  Opposed  to  the  first 
principles  of  modern  industry,  economy  and  politics,  it  is  above  all  opposed  to 
the  principles  of  morality  and  religion,  and  we  consecrate  ourselves  unitedly, 
in  the  spirit  and  purpose  of  the  founder  of  this  Church  Peace  Union,  to  un- 
tiring effort  to  rally  the  world's  moral  forces  and  men  of  all  religions,  to  the 
work  of  supplanting  war  by  justice  and  international  brotherhood. 


THE  PALACE  OF  PEACE  AT  THE  HAGUE 


Staircase  in  the  Palace  of  Peace 


THE  PALACE  OF  PEACE  AT  THE  HAGUE 

Founded   1903 

It  became  known  at  The  Hague  in  1902  that  Andrew  Carnegie 
had  been  so  deeply  impressed  with  the  work  of  the  Hague  Peace 
Conference  of  1899  that  he  was  prepared  to  establish  a  library 
of  international  law  for  the  use  of  the  Permanent  Arbitration 
Court  created  by  that  Conference,  "  believing  that  the  establish- 
ment of  such  a  tribunal  is  the  most  important  step  forward  of  a 
worldwide  humanitarian  character  which  has  ever  been  taken 
by  the  joint  Powers,  as  it  must  ultimately  banish  war."  The 
offer  excited  great  interest,  and  led  to  extended  correspondence 
with  Mr.  Carnegie,  to  which  the  late  Frederick  W.  Holls  and  the 
late  Dr.  Andrew  D.  White  were  important  contributors.  In  the 
end,  Mr.  Carnegie  extended  his  original  plan,  and  offered  to 
place  at  the  disposal  of  the  Dutch  Government  the  sum  of 
$1,500,000,  to  build  a  home  for  the  Permanent  Court,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  library  he  originally  proposed,  the  two  to  constitute 
the  Palace  of  Peace. 

To  put  the  matter  in  legal  form  and  provide  for  a  permanent 
administration,  Mr.  Carnegie  executed  a  Stichting  (foundation  or 
trust  under  the  Netherland  law).  This  document  was  executed 
in  Skibo,  October  7,  1903,  and  reads  as  follows: 

A  DEED  TO   CREATE   A   "STICHTING" 

For  the  purpose  of  erecting  and  maintaining  at  The  Hague  (Kingdom  of  the 
Netherlands)  a  Court  House  and  Library  for  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbi- 
tration, established  by  the  Treaty  of  the  29th  of  July,  1899. 

Believing  that  the  establishment  of  a  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration  by 
the  Treaty  of  the  29th  of  July,  1899,  is  the  most  important  step  forward  of  a 
worldwide  humanitarian  character  which  has  ever  been  taken  by  the  joint 
Powers,  as  it  must  ultimately  banish  war,  and  further,  being  of  opinion  that 
the  cause  of  the  Peace  Conference  will  greatly  benefit  by  the  erection  of  a  Court 
House  and  Library  for  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration, 

I,  Andrew  Carnegie,  of  the  City  of  New  York,  am  willing  to  furnish  a  sum 


274  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

of  one  and  one-half  million  dollars  for  the  said  purpose,  which  sum  has  been 
placed  at  the  disposal  of  the  Netherland  Government. 

Understanding  that  it  would  be  desirable  to  give  a  permanent  character 
to  my  intention,  and  that  it  will  be  necessary,  for  that  purpose,  to  create  with 
the  said  sum  a  "Stichting"  (foundation  or  trust  under  the  Netherland  law), 

I,  Andrew  Carnegie,  have  declared  and  declare  hereby:  to  create  with  the 
sum  of  one  and  one-half  million  dollars  mentioned  above  and  named  by  me  in 
my  letter  to  Baron  Gevers,  dated  22dof  April,  1903,  a  "Stichting"  (founda- 
tion or  trust  under  the  Netherland  law)  for  the  purpose  of  building,  estab- 
lishing and  maintaining  in  perpetuity  at  The  Hague  a  Court  House  and  Library 
(Temple  of  Peace)  for  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration  established  by  the 
Treaty  of  July  29,  1899. 

The  seat  of  this  "Stichting"  is  at  The  Hague. 

In  accordance  herewith  I  renounce  irrevocably,  forever,  for  myself  and 
my  heirs,  the  sum  aforesaid,  destined  for  the  erection,  establishment  and 
maintenance  of  the  Court  House  and  Library  for  the  Permanent  Court  of 
Arbitration. 

The  Netherland  Government  according  to  agreement  will  see  to  the  appoint- 
ment of  a  board  of  directors  under  proper  control,  and  draw  up  the  rules 
according  to  which  the  "Stichting"  shall  be  governed,  so  as  to  ensure  in  per- 
petuity its  maintenance  and  efficiency.  The  words  maintaining,  maintenance 
in  this  agreement  are  not  to  be  construed  as  relieving  the  signatory  Powers  to 
the  Treaty  of  July  29,  1899,  from  the  financial  obligations  incurred  and  so 
far  discharged  in  connection  with  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration. 

If  at  any  time  the  purpose  for  which  the  "Stichting"  was  founded  should 
fail,  the  assets  of  the  "Stichting"  shall  be  employed  for  promoting  the  cause 
of  international  peace  and  concord  in  such  a  manner  as  shall  be  determined 
jointly  by  the  Sovereign  of  the  Netherlands  and  the  President  of  the  United 
States. 
Signed  in  the  Skibo  the  7th  of  October,  1903, 

in  presence  of  His  Excellency  W.  A.   F.     (Signed)  Andrew  Carnegie. 

Baron    Gevers,    Envoy   Extraordinary   of 

H.  M.  The  Queen  of  the  Netherlands  to 

the  United  States. 

(Signed)  W.  A.  F.  Baron  Gevers. 

Under  this  trust,  the  Dutch  Government  appointed  a  commit- 
tee called  the  Carnegie  Foundation,  to  frame  the  statutes  for  its 
permanent  administration.  A  board  of  five  members  was 
appointed,  four  by  the  Queen,  and  the  fifth  by  the  Administrative 
Council  of  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration.  This  board 
was  placed  under  the  direction  of  a  council,  consisting  of  the 


THE    PALACE    OF   PEACE    AT    THE    HAGUE  275 

Ministers  of  Foreign  Affairs,  Justice,  Finance,  Public  Waterways, 
the  Presidents  of  the  two  Chambers  of  the  States  General,  the 
Vice  President  of  the  State  Council,  and  the  President  and 
Attorney  General  of  the  High  Council,  which  constitutes  the 
present  governing  board.  The  States  General  of  the  Netherland 
Government  appropriated  the  sum  of  700,000  fl.  for  the  purchase 
of  a  site  of  fifteen  acres,  part  of  the  former  royal  park  Zorgvliet. 

An  international  competition  to  obtain  plans  for  the  proposed 
Palace,  open  to  the  competition  of  architects  of  all  lands,  was 
established,  for  which  more  than  three  thousand  designs  were 
submitted.  The  first  prize  was  awarded  to  W.  M.  Cordonnier, 
of  Lille.  The  original  plans  were  subsequently  materially 
modified. 

The  construction  of  the  Palace  was  begun  in  1907;  it  was 
completed  in  1913  and  dedicated  on  August  28  of  that  year.  The 
dedication  was  one  of  the  most  notable  events  in  the  history 
of  Holland,  Queen  Wilhelmina  being  a  principal  figure  in  the 
ceremonies.  M.  van  Karnebeek,  the  President  of  the  Carnegie 
Foundation,  formally  handed  over  the  Palace  to  the  Adminis- 
trative Council  of  the  Arbitration  Court.  Addressing  Mr. 
Carnegie  in  person,  he  said : 

You  stand,  as  it  were,  before  the  whole  civilized  world,  before  the  forty-two 
states  affiliated  to  the  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitration,  before  the  Sovereign 
of  the  country  that  became  the  seat  of  this  world-institution.  Coupled  with 
the  Court  of  Arbitration,  your  name  will  pass  to  posterity  as  the  founder  of  the 
Temple  of  Peace. 

During  the  proceedings  Mr.  Carnegie  was  decorated  with  the 
Grand  Cross  of  the  Order  of  Orange-Nassau.  Mr.  Carnegie 
did  not  speak  at  the  dedication,  but,  on  the  following  day,  a 
marble  bust  of  the  late  King  Edward,  presented  by  the  Peace 
Society  of  London,  and  a  bronze  bust  of  Sir  William  Randal 
Cremer,  presented  by  the  International  Arbitration  League, 
were  unveiled,  the  former  by  the  British  Minister,  and  the  latter 
by  Mr.  Carnegie.  In  the  course  of  his  address,  Mr.  Carnegie 
said: 


276  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

My  first  duty  today  is  to  unveil  the  bust  of  one  of  the  pioneers  of  the 
greatest  of  all  causes,  the  abolition  of  war,  the  killing  of  man  by  man,  the 
greatest  of  all  crimes.  The  hero  we  are  about  to  honor  by  unveiling  his  statue 
in  this,  the  World's  Temple  of  Peace,  as  among  the  foremost  of  peacemakers, 
was  destined,  as  we  have  seen,  to  strange  contrasts  from  beginning  to  end. 
Nor  are  these  contrasts  apparently  destined  to  end,  even  with  death,  for  his 
statue  stands  here  next  to  that  of  his  late  Majesty  the  King  of  Great  Britain, 
a  fellow  worker  for  international  peace.  Both,  monarch  and  subject,  by  their 
labors  endeavored  to  leave  the  world  better  than  they  found  it,  and  we  believe 
they  succeeded  in  doing  so,  and  advanced  the  greatest  of  all  causes,  the 
brotherhood  of  man,  through  international  peace.  At  last,  the  civilized  world, 
after  ages  of  sore  trial,  realizes  that  our  greatest  of  all  blessings  is  world  peace. 
No  ruler  of  civilized  men,  from  Emperor  to  Secretary  of  State,  but  recognizes 
this.  It  is  forced  upon  them — so  far  has  mankind  already  advanced.  Slowly 
has  the  truth  been  borne  in  upon  men  that  nations  were  not  intended  to  live 
or  to  labor  separately,  each  for  itself,  but  by  interchange  of  their  respective 
products.     .     .     . 

I  submit  that  the  only  measure  required  today  for  the  maintenance  of  world 
peace  is  an  agreement  between  three  or  four  of  the  leading  civilized  Powers 
(and  as  many  more  as  desire  to  join — the  more  the  better)  pledged  to  cooperate 
against  disturbers  of  world  peace,  should  such  arise,  which  would  scarcely  be 
possible,  however,  in  face  of  the  partnership  agreement  suggested. 

To  the  furnishing  and  equipment  of  the  Palace  of  Peace  all  of 
the  great  nations  contributed  gifts,  thus  making  it  a  remarkable 
symbol  of  the  growing  amity  of  the  peoples  of  the  world.  There 
are  at  present  four  busts  in  the  Palace,  the  late  King  Edward, 
presented  by  the  English  Peace  Society,  Sir  Randal  Cremer,  gift 
of  the  International  Arbitration  League  which  he  founded,  and 
William  T.  Stead,  a  tribute  from  the  journalists  of  Holland. 
The  fourth  bust  is  of  Hugo  Grotius,  the  founder  of  international 
law,  and  himself  a  citizen  of  Holland. 

Other  national  gifts  were: 

France:     A  painting  for  the  Great  Court  and  a  Gobelin  tapestry  for  the 

smaller  one. 
Germany:     The  gates  and  railings  at  the  entrance  to  the  Palace. 
Holland:     The  site  of  the  Palace,  seven  windows  and  the  entrance  steps. 
Italy :     Marble  for  the  corridor. 
Austria-Hungary :     Candelabra  and  vases. 
Russia:     A  jasper  vase  for  the  center  hall. 
United  States:     A  group  representing  "Peace  Through  Justice." 


THE    PALACE    OF   PEACE    AT    THE    HAGUE  277 

China:    Vases. 

Japan:     Silk  cartoons. 

Australia:     The  desk  for  the  President's  room. 

Turkey:     The  carpet  for  the  Great  Hall. 

Belgium:     Iron-work  gates. 

Norway :     Granite. 

Sweden :     Granite. 

Switzerland:     The  clocks. 

Mexico :     Onyx  for  staircases. 

Argentina:     Precious  woods. 

Denmark:     Porcelain  for  the  fountain. 

Other  gifts  are  the  grand  staircase,  presented  by  the  City  of  The  Hague,  and 

the  wood  for  the  chamber  of  the  Secretary,  contributed  by  the  negro 

Republic  of  Haiti. 


THE   CENTRAL  AMERICAN 
COURT  OF  JUSTICE 


19 


THE   CENTRAL  AMERICAN   COURT  OF 

JUSTICE 

In  December,  1907,  a  Central  American  Peace  Conference 
was  held  at  Washington,  the  delegates  representing  the  five 
Central  American  Republics,  Costa  Rica,  Guatemala,  Honduras, 
Nicaragua  and  Salvador.  Mexico  and  the  United  States  were 
invited  to  participate  in  this  Conference  and  accepted  the 
invitation. 

The  Conference  grew  out  of  the  initiative  taken  during  the 
previous  summer  by  the  Presidents  of  the  United  States  and 
Mexico,  in  an  endeavor  to  secure  an  adjustment  of  then  pending 
disputes  between  several  of  these  Republics,  in  some  form  that 
would  secure  permanent  peace  among  them  and  foster  their 
development.  Before  adjourning  on  December  20,  nine  treaties 
and  conventions  were  concluded  between  the  five  Republics,  and 
the  third  of  these  conventions'  was  one  for  the  establishment 
of  a  Central  American  Court  of  Justice.  This  convention  con- 
tains twenty-eight  articles,  and  Sefior  Don  Luis  Anderson,  then 
Secretary  of  Foreign  Affairs  of  Costa  Rica,  said  of  it: 

The  Central  American  Court  of  Justice,  the  first  of  its  kind  that  will  be 
established  among  nations,  gives  material  form  to  the  thought  of  eminent 
statesmen  and  philanthropists,  who  for  a  long  time  have  been  struggling  to 
establish  means  in  consonance  with  the  tendencies  of  civilization  for  the 
settlement  of  international  conflicts. 

The  first  home  of  the  Central  American  Court  of  Justice  was 
built  at  Cartago,  and  its  building  was  made  possible  by  Andrew 
Carnegie,  who  contributed  the  sum  of  $100,000  for  that  purpose. 
This  structure  was  destroyed  by  the  earthquake  of  1910,  and 
immediately  upon  receipt  of  news  of  the  disaster,  Mr.  Carnegie 
provided  a  second  $100,000  for  the  construction  of  a  new  building, 
which  was  located  at  San  Jose,  Costa  Rica,  opposite  Concord 
Park.  It  is  a  one  story  structure  into  the  design  of  which  the 
architect  has  infused  an  atmosphere  of  democratic  stateliness 

1  The  text  of  this  convention  is  found  in  Malloy's  Treaties  and  Conventions  of  the  United 
States,  Vol.  II,  2391-2420. 


282  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

combined  with  a  refinement  of  detail  and  form  which  give  the 
building  a  dignity  and  character  in  keeping  with  its  noble  func- 
tion. Safety  from  seismic  disturbances  was,  however,  the  prime 
consideration  in  the  structural  design.  It  is  built  throughout  of 
reinforced  concrete,  the  walls,  floors  and  ceilings  forming  a 
hollow  cube  resting  on  beams,  which  in  turn  are  supported  by 
concrete  piers  below  grade. 

The  convention  of  December,  1907,  by  which  the  Central 
American  Court  of  Justice  was  established,  and  under  which  a 
number  of  international  differences  between  the  Central  Ameri- 
can States  were  happily  settled,  expired  by  limitation  in  1917, 
and  most  unfortunately  for  the  peace  and  future  prosperity  of 
the  Central  American  Republics,  it  has  not  been  renewed. 

In  certain  respects  this  creation  under  the  Treaty  of  Washing- 
ton was  the  most  notable  tribunal — in  idealism  and  in  potential 
significance — ever  instituted  among  men.  Having  in  mind  the 
triumphant  reality  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  the  United  States 
and  the  proposed  Permanent  Court  of  Arbitral  Justice  of  The 
Hague,  this  may  seem  an  exaggerated  estimate.  But  the  Ameri- 
can Supreme  Court  is  an  interstate  court  of  an  "indissoluble 
union"  of  states  into  one  national  government,  while  the  Hague 
tribunal  is  as  yet  not  even  a  court.  In  either  case  the  jurisdiction 
is  far  more  restricted  than  is  that  of  the  Central  American  Court. 
The  Central  American  Court,  springing  from  the  genius  of  the 
then  American  Secretary  of  State,  Elihu  Root,  embodied  the 
lofty  conception  of  a  true  international  court,  quite  as  Mr.  Root 
sought  in  his  instructions  to  the  American  delegates  to  the 
Second  Hague  Conference  to  have  impressed  upon  the  larger 
proposed  tribunal:  "It  should  be  your  effort  to  bring  about  a 
development  of  the  Hague  tribunal  into  a  permanent  tribunal 
composed  of  judges  who  are  judicial  officers  and  nothing  else; 
.  .  .  and  who  will  devote  their  entire  time  to  the  trial  and 
decision  of  international  causes  by  judicial  methods  and  under  a 
sense  of  judicial  responsibility."  This  is  the  judicial  ideal  real- 
ized, albeit  for  a  time  only,  in  the  constitution  of  the  Central 
American  Court  of  Justice. 


THE  PAN  AMERICAN  UNION  BUILDING 


c 

H 

o 
2: 

X 


o 

Q 
i— i 
P 

PQ 

15 
O 

I— I 

o 

K 

a 
s 
<! 

< 

Ph 


THE   PAX  AMERICAN  UNION  BUILDING 

The  institution  now  known  as  the  Pan  American  Union  was 
organized  at  the  International  American  Conference  held  in 
Washington  in  1889-1890,  when  Honorable  James  G.  Blaine  was 
Secretary  of  State,  at  which  all  the  American  countries,  with  the 
exception  of  Santo  Domingo,  were  represented.  This  Congress 
agreed  to  establish  "a  voluntary  organization  of  the  twenty-one 
American  Republics,  including  the  United  States,  maintained  by 
their  annual  contributions,  controlled  by  a  governing  board  com- 
posed of  the  diplomatic  representatives  in  Washington,  of  the 
other  twenty  governments,  and  the  Secretary  of  State  of  the 
United  States,  who  is  chairman  ex  officio,  and  devoted  to  the 
development  and  conservation  of  peace,  friendship  and  com- 
merce between  them  all." 

As  Secretary  of  State,  the  Honorable  Elihu  Root  was  the 
honorary  chairman  of  the  Pan  American  Union,  and  on  Decem- 
ber 4,  1906,  he  addressed  a  letter  to  Mr.  Carnegie,  which  is 
printed  below  with  Mr.  Carnegie's  reply,  and  which  embodies 
the  history  of  the  origin  of  the  beautiful  building  in  Washington, 
which  is  illustrated  here,  and  the  cornerstone  of  which  was  laid 
on  May  11,  1908,  by  Mr.  Root.  Mr.  Root  also  made  the  dedica- 
tory speech  upon  the  completion  of  the  building  on  April  26,  1910. 

Department  of  State,  Washington, 

.  _     _  . ,       _  December  4,  1906. 

My  Dear  Mr.  Carnegie: 

Your  active  and  effective  cooperation  in  promoting  better  communication 

between  the  countries  of  America,  as  a  member  of  the  commission  authorized 

by  the  Second  Pan  American  Conference  held  in  Mexico,    your  patriotic 

citizenship  in  the  greatest  of  American  Republics,  your  earnest  and  weighty 

advocacy  of  peace  and  good  will  among  the  nations  of  the  earth,  and  your 

action  in  providing  a  suitable  building  for  the  International  Tribunal  at  The 

Hague,  embolden  me  to  ask  your  aid  in  promoting  the  beneficent  work  of  the 

Union  of  American  Republics,  which  was  established  by  the  Conference  of 

Washington  in  1889,  continued  by  the  Conference  of  Mexico  in  1902,  and  has 

now  been  made  permanent  by  the  Conference  of  Rio  de  Janeiro  in  1906. 

There  is  a  general  feeling  that  the  Rio  Conference,  the  South  American  journey 

of  the  Secretary  of  State,  and  the  expressions  of  courtesy  and  kindly  feeling 


286  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

which  accompanied  them,  have  given  a  powerful  impulse  to  the  growth  of  a 
better  acquaintance  between  the  people  of  all  the  American  countries,  a  better 
mutual  understanding  between  them,  the  establishment  of  a  common  public 
opinion,  and  the  reasonable  and  kindly  treatment  of  international  questions 
in  the  place  of  isolation,  suspicion,  irritation,  strife,  and  war. 

There  is  also  a  general  opinion  that  while  the  action  of  the  Bureau  of  Ameri- 
can Republics,  designed  to  carry  on  this  work  from  conference  to  conference, 
has  been  excellent  so  far  as  it  has  gone,  the  scope  of  the  Bureau's  work  ought  to 
be  enlarged  and  its  activity  and  efficiency  greatly  increased. 

To  accomplish  this,  a  building  adequate  to  the  magnitude  and  dignity  of 
the  great  work  to  be  done  is  indispensable.  With  this  view,  the  nations  con- 
stituting the  Union  have  expressed  their  willingness  to  contribute,  and  some  of 
them  have  contributed,  and  the  Congress  of  the  United  States  has,  at  its  last 
session,  appropriated  to  the  extent  of  $200,000,  funds  available  for  the  purchase 
of  a  suitable  site  in  the  city  of  Washington.  With  this  view  also  the  Conference 
at  Rio  de  Janeiro,  on  the  13th  of  August,  1906,  adopted  resolutions  looking  to 
the  establishment  of  a  "permanent  center  of  information  and  of  interchange 
of  ideas  among  the  Republics  of  this  Continent  as  well  as  a  building  suitable 
for  the  library  in  memory  of  Columbus,"  and  expressed  the  hope  that  "  before  the 
meeting  of  the  next  International  American  Conference,  the  International 
Bureau  of  American  Republics  shall  be  housed  in  such  a  way  as  to  permit  it  to 
properly  fulfil  the  important  functions  assigned  to  it  by  this  conference." 

Those  functions  are,  in  brief,  to  give  effect  to  the  work  of  the  conference; 
to  carry  out  its  resolutions;  to  prepare  the  work  of  future  conferences;  to  dis- 
seminate through  each  American  country  a  knowledge  of  the  affairs,  the  senti- 
ments and  the  progress  of  every  other  American  country;  to  promote  better 
communication  and  more  constant  intercourse;  to  increase  the  interaction 
among  all  the  Republics  of  each  upon  the  others  in  commerce,  in  education, 
in  the  arts  and  sciences,  and  in  political  and  social  life,  and  to  maintain  in  the 
city  of  Washington  a  headquarters,  a  meeting  place,  a  center  of  influence  for 
the  same  peaceful  and  enlightened  thought  and  conscience  of  all  America. 

I  feel  sure  of  your  hearty  sympathy  in  the  furtherance  of  this  undertaking, 
so  full  of  possibilities  for  the  peace  and  the  prosperity  of  America  and  of  man- 
kind, and  I  appeal  to  you  in  the  same  spirit  that  has  actuated  your  great 
benefactions  to  humanity  in  the  past,  to  provide  for  the  erection,  upon  the 
site  thus  to  be  supplied  by  governmental  action,  of  a  suitable  building  for  the 
work  of  the  Union,  the  direction  and  control  of  which  has  been  imposed  by  our 
respective  governments  upon  the  Governing  Board,  of  which  I  have  the  honor 
to  be  Chairman. 

With  great  respect  and  esteem,  I  am,  my  dear  Mr.  Carnegie, 

Very  sincerely  yours, 

Elihu  Root, 
Secretary  of  State  and  ex  Officio  Chairman  of  the  Governing 
Board  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Republics 


THE    PAN   AMERICAN    UNION    BUILDING  287 

MR.   CARNEGIE   TO   MR.   ROOT 

New  York, 
January  1,  1907. 
Hon.  Elihu  Root, 

Secretary  of  State  and  ex  Officio  Chairman  of  the  Governing  Board  of  the 
Bureau  of  South  American  Republics,  Washington,  D.  C. 

Dear  Sir:  I  am  greatly  pleased  that  you  and  your  colleagues  of  the  South 
American  Republics  have  done  me  the  honor  to  suggest  that  I  might  furnish 
a  suitable  home  in  Washington  for  the  Bureau  of  American  Republics. 

The  approval  of  your  application  by  the  Governing  Board  of  the  Interna- 
tional Bureau,  and  President  Roosevelt's  hearty  expressions  of  satisfaction, 
are  most  gratifying. 

You  very  kindly  mention  my  membership  of  the  first  Pan  American  Con- 
ference and  advocacy  of  the  Pan  American  Railway,  the  gaps  of  which  are 
being  slowly  filled.  The  importance  of  this  enterprise  impresses  itself  more 
and  more  upon  me,  and  I  hope  to  see  it  accomplished. 

I  am  happy,  therefore,  in  stating  that  it  will  be  one  of  the  pleasures  of  my 
life  to  furnish  to  the  Union  of  all  the  Republics  of  this  hemisphere,  the  neces- 
sary funds  ($750,000)  from  time  to  time  as  may  be  needed  for  the  construction 
of  an  international  home  in  Washington. 

The  cooperation  of  our  own  Republic  is  seen  in  the  appropriation  of  funds 
by  Congress  for  the  purchase  of  the  site,  and  in  the  agreement  between  the 
Republics  for  the  maintenance  of  the  Bureau  we  have  additional  evidence  of 
cooperation,  so  that  the  forthcoming  American  Temple  of  Peace  will  be  the 
joint  work  of  all  of  the  Republics.  Every  generation  should  see  them  drawing 
closer  together. 

It  is  a  cheering  thought  that  all  these  are  for  the  first  time  to  be  represented 
at  the  forthcoming  Hague  Conference.  Henceforth  they  are  members  of  that 
body,  whose  aim  is  the  settlement  of  international  disputes  by  that  "High 
Court  of  Nations"  or  other  similar  tribunal. 

I  beg  to  express  to  each  and  all  of  them  my  heartfelt  thanks  for  being  per- 
mitted to  make  such  a  New  Year's  gift  as  this.  I  have  never  felt  more  keenly 
than  I  do  this  New  Year's  morning  how  much  more  blessed  it  is  to  give  than 
to  receive,  and  I  consider  myself  highly  honored  by  being  considered  worthy 
to  provide  the  forthcoming  union  home,  where  the  accredited  representatives 
of  all  the  Republics  are  to  meet  and,  I  trust,  to  bind  together  their  respective 
nations  in  the  bonds  of  unbroken  peace. 

Very  truly  yours, 

Andrew  Carnegie. 

The  ceremonies  connected  with  the  laying  of  the  cornerstone 
of  the  Pan  American  Union  building  were  held  May  11,  1908. 


288  MANUAL   OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

Mr.  Elihu  Root,  then  Secretary  of  State,  delivered  the  principal 
address,  in  the  course  of  which  he  said: 

The  public  spirit  and  enthusiasm  for  the  good  of  humanity,  which  have 
inspired  an  American  citizen,  Mr.  Andrew  Carnegie,  in  his  administration  of  a 
great  fortune,  have  led  him  to  devote  the  adequate  sum  of  three  quarters  of  a 
million  dollars1  to  the  construction  of  this  building.     .     .     . 

The  graceful  courtesy  of  the  twenty  Republics  who  have  agreed  upon  the 
capital  of  the  United  States  for  the  home  of  this  International  Union,  the  deep 
appreciation  of  that  courtesy  shown  by  the  American  Government  and  this 
representative  American  citizen,  and  the  work  to  be  done  within  the  walls 
that  are  to  rise  on  this  site,  can  not  fail  to  be  powerful  influences  towards  the 
creation  of  a  spirit  that  will  solve  all  disputed  questions  of  the  future  and 
preserve  the  peace  of  the  Western  World. 

The  completed  building  was  dedicated  April  26,  1910.  The 
address  of  dedication  was  also  made  by  Mr.  Root,  then  a  member 
of  the  United  States  Senate.  Following  is  a  brief  extract  from 
this  address: 

I  am  sure  that  this  beautiful  building  must  produce  a  lively  sense  of  grateful 
appreciation  in  all  who  care  for  the  growth  of  friendship  among  Americans; 
to  Mr.  Carnegie,  not  merely  for  his  generous  gift  but  for  the  large  sympathy 
and  far  vision  that  prompted  it;  and  to  the  associate  architects,  Mr.  Albert 
Kelsey  and  Mr.  Paul  Cret,  who,  not  content  with  making  this  structure 
express  their  sense  of  artistic  form  and  proportion,  have  entered  with  the  devo- 
tion and  self-absorption  of  true  art  into  the  spirit  of  the  design  for  which  their 
bricks  and  marble  are  to  stand.  They  have  brought  into  happy  companion- 
ship architectural  suggestions  of  the  North  and  of  the  South;  and  have  wrought 
into  construction  and  ornament  in  a  hundred  ways  the  art,  the  symbolism, 
the  traditions,  and  the  history  of  all  the  American  Republics;  and  they  have 
made  the  building  a  true  expression  of  Pan  Americanism,  of  open  mind  and 
open  heart  for  all  that  is  true  and  noble  and  worthy  of  respect  from  whatever 
race  or  religion  or  language  or  custom  in  the  western  continents.     .     .     . 

The  building  is  more  important,  however,  as  the  symbol,  the  ever-present 
reminder,  the  perpetual  assertion,  of  unity,  of  common  interest  and  purpose 
and  hope  among  all  the  Republics.  This  building  is  a  confession  of  faith,  a 
covenant  of  fraternal  duty,  a  declaration  of  allegiance  to  an  ideal. 

'Later  increased  to  $950,000,  to  complete  the  approaches. 


THE  ENGINEERING  BUILDING 


Engineering  Building,  New  York 


THE   ENGINEERING   BUILDING 

On  March  14,  1904,  Mr.  Carnegie  offered  to  pay  the  cost  of 
the  erection  of  a  building  in  New  York  City  for  the  use  of  the 
National  Engineering  Societies  of  America.  He  especially  named 
in  his  letter  the  American  Institute  of  Electrical  Engineers,  the 
American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  and  the  American 
Institute  of  Mining  Engineers,  as  the  three  organizations  which 
should  control  the  erection  and  administration  of  the  building. 
Duly  appointed  representatives  of  these  bodies  were  incorporated 
and  empowered  to  accept  and  administer  this  trust,  by  the 
Legislature  of  the  State  of  New  York,  in  a  special  act  which 
became  a  law  in  May,  1904.  The  corporation  created  is  desig- 
nated by  the  act  as  the  "United  Engineering  Society."  Each  of 
the  three  societies  thus  chosen  to  be  the  founders  under  Mr. 
Carnegie's  gift  appointed  three  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  the  United  Engineering  Society,  and  the  same  men,  forming 
"The  Engineering  Building  Committee,"  proceeded  to  secure  a 
site,  to  engage  the  services  of  architects,  and  to  enter  into  a  con- 
tract for  the  erection  of  the  building.  Work  was  begun  in  July, 
1905. 

The  Trustees  recognized  that  they  were  constituted  by  the 
donor  and  by  their  respective  societies  not  only  a  committee  to 
erect  a  building,  but  also  a  board  to  administer  the  trust  for  the 
benefit  of  the  profession  of  engineering  in  New  York  City  and  in 
America.  To  this  end  the  Trustees  have  sought  to  make  the 
building  widely  available  for  the  furtherance  of  engineering  and 
of  the  arts  and  sciences  naturally  affiliated  with  it. 

The  site  purchased  is  on  the  north  side  of  Thirty-ninth  street, 
between  Fifth  and  Sixth  avenues.  It  has  a  frontage  of  one  hun- 
dred twenty-five  feet,  with  a  depth  of  one  hundred  feet.  The 
height  of  the  building  is  two  hundred  ten  feet,  the  front  one  hun- 
dred fifteen  feet,  and  the  depth  eighty-five  feet. 

On  the  first  floor  above  the  street  is  the  large  auditorium  with 


292  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

its  gallery.  This  assembly  room,  with  its  noteworthy  archi- 
tectural detail,  is  designed  to  seat  one  thousand  persons.  The 
corridors  give  abundant  retiring  space,  which  experience  has 
found  so  desirable  a  feature  for  many  professional  gatherings.  At 
the  front,  adjoining  the  stage,  are  reception  rooms  for  speakers 
and  committees,  and  an  apartment  within  which  apparatus 
received  by  the  freight  elevator  from  the  driveway  below  can  be 
set  up  and  made  ready  for  exhibition.  The  platform  has  pro- 
vision for  electric  current,  direct  and  alternating,  compressed  air, 
gas,  water  and  drainage  outlets,  so  that  scientific  lectures,  demon- 
strations, experiments,  and  the  like  are  well  provided  for.  An 
electric  projection  lantern  and  screen  are  permanent  attachments. 
On  the  floor  above  the  auditorium  are  two  smaller  assembly  rooms 
accommodating  from  two  hundred  fifty  to  four  hundred  persons. 

The  Engineering  Building  not  only  provides  public  meeting 
places,  but  furnishes  the  societies  with  the  necessary  office 
accommodations.  Above  the  assembly  hall  are  five  floors  of 
the  type  which  are  found  in  an  office  building,  specially  designed 
for  the  convenience  of  scientific  and  publishing  bodies. 

On  the  upper  two  floors  is  accommodated  one  of  the  building's 
greatest  elements  of  usefulness,  for  here  the  three  founder  socie- 
ties have  united  their  libraries  as  the  nucleus  of  a  great  engineer- 
ing library.  The  reading  room  and  reference  libraries  are  placed 
at  the  top  of  the  building  to  secure  air,  light  and  freedom  from 
dust.  On  the  floor  below  are  the  stack  rooms,  and  an  Engineer- 
ing Museum  where  interesting  historical  and  technical  exhibits 
can  be  safely  displayed. 


LIBRARY  BUILDINGS 
CHURCH   ORGANS  AND   COLLEGES 


tfi 

Eh 

P 
E 
O 
<! 
cc 
a: 


- 


< 


PTR5T  STORY  FLAN 


SECC1E'  ZTZT'f  PLAN 

Plans  of  First  and  Second  Floors  of  Springfield  Library 


LIBRARY  BUILDINGS 
CHURCH  ORGANS  AND   COLLEGES 

LIBRARIES     ■ 

Although  burdened  with  the  guidance  of  one  of  the  greatest  and 
most  successful  business  enterprises  of  his  time,  Andrew  Carnegie 
at  an  early  date  was  devoting  his  alert  and  imaginative  mind,  his 
nervous  strength,  and  last  and  least  his  money,  to  the  realization 
of  what  had  been  his  dream  since  childhood,  the  betterment  of 
mankind  by  education.  By  contributing  in  money  in  many 
directions  to  meritorious  and  promising  causes,  as  well  as  by 
giving  a  great  part  of  his  time  to  able  and  timely  exposition  of  the 
public  questions  of  the  day,  in  the  reviews,  periodicals  and  daily 
press,  he  was  demonstrating  his  philosophy  of  the  Trusteeship  of 
Wealth — practicing  what  he  had  preached,  notably  in  two  articles 
in  the  North  American  Review,  from  which  the  following  para- 
graphs are  taken: 

The  main  consideration  should  be  to  help  those  who  will  help  themselves; 
to  provide  part  of  the  means  by  which  those  who  desire  to  improve  may  do  so; 
to  give  those  who  desire  to  rise  the  aid  by  which  they  may  rise;  to  assist,  but 
rarely  or  never  to  do  all.  Neither  the  individual  nor  the  race  is  improved  by 
almsgiving.  Those  worthy  of  assistance,  except  in  rare  cases,  seldom  require 
assistance.     (June,  1889.) 

The  first  requisite  for  a  really  good  use  of  wealth  by  the  millionaire,  who  has 
accepted  the  gospel  which  proclaims  him  only  a  trustee  of  the  surplus  that 
comes  to  him,  is  to  take  care  that  the  purposes  for  which  he  spends  it  shall  not 
have  a  degrading,  pauperizing  tendency  upon  its  recipients,  but  that  his  trust 
shall  be  so  administered  as  to  stimulate  the  best  and  most  aspiring  poor  of  the 
community  to  further  efforts  for  their  own  improvement.     (December,  1889.) 

The  work  which  has  made  Andrew  Carnegie's  name  a  household 
word  all  over  the  world,  is  that  of  systematically  providing  public 
library  buildings  for  the  free  use  of  the  people.  Wherever  the 
English  language  is  spoken,  not  only  in  the  United  States  and  in 
his  native  land,  but  in  the  islands  of  the  Pacific,  of  the  Indian 
Ocean,  and  of  the  Caribbean  Sea,  there  public  library  buildings 
20 


296  MANUAL    OF  THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

will  be  found,  their  permanence  insured  by  the  wise  provision 
attached  to  such  gifts  by  the  donor  that  a  minimum  annual 
revenue  from  taxation  should  be  provided  for  their  maintenance. 

The  idea  of  this  medium  of  distribution  was  conceived  in  filial 
sentiment,  and  also  in  gratitude  to  a  boyhood  benefactor,  but  its 
fruition  was  based  on  his  logical  belief  that  self-help  is  the  basis 
of  every  improvement,  material,  intellectual  or  spiritual,  and 
that  no  mode  of  public  benefaction  could  be  chosen  which  exacted 
cooperation  from  the  individual  to  such  an  extent  as  the  public 
library. 

While  the  weavers  of  his  native  town  worked  at  the  loom,  their 
thirst  for  education  was  such  that  it  was  their  custom  to  club 
together  and  pay  one  of  their  number  to  read  aloud  while  the 
web  of  damask  grew  under  the  hands  of  his  fellow  craftsmen. 
I  have  heard  Mr.  Carnegie  mention  as  one  of  his  earliest  recollec- 
tions those  craftsmen,  his  father  among  the  number,  moving  the 
first  free  library  with  which  he  was  acquainted  from  one  site  to 
another  in  their  aprons.  Concerning  the  library  benefactor  of 
his  boyhood,  his  own  words  are: 

It  is,  no  doubt,  possible  that  my  own  personal  experience  may  have  led 
me  to  value  a  free  library  beyond  all  other  forms  of  beneficence.  When  I  was 
a  working  boy  in  Pittsburgh,  Colonel  Anderson  of  Allegheny — a  name  that  I 
can  never  speak  without  feelings  of  devotional  gratitude — opened  his  little 
library  of  four  hundred  books  to  boys.  Every  Saturday  afternoon  he  was  in 
attendance  at  his  house  to  exchange  books.  No  one  but  him  who  has  felt  it 
can  ever  know  the  intense  longing  with  which  the  arrival  of  Saturday  was 
awaited,  that  a  new  book  might  be  had.  My  brother  and  Mr.  Phipps,  who 
have  been  my  principal  business  partners  through  life,  shared  with  me  Colonel 
Anderson's  precious  generosity,  and  it  was  when  reveling  in  the  treasures 
which  he  opened  to  us  that  I  resolved,  if  ever  wealth  came  to  me,  that  it  should 
be  used  to  establish  free  libraries,  that  other  poor  boys  might  receive  opportu- 
nities similar  to  those  for  which  we  were  indebted  to  that  noble  man. 

Finally,  in  answer  to  the  question:  "What  is  the  best  gift  that 
can  be  made  to  a  community?"     Mr.  Carnegie  wrote: 

A  free  library  occupies  the  first  place,  provided  the  community  will  accept 
and  maintain  it  as  a  public  institution,  as  much  a  part  of  the  city  property  as 
its  public  schools,  and,  indeed,  an  adjunct  to  these. 


c 
o 


o 

B 

o 
p-i 

< 


< 
-f. 

< 
I* 

Pi 
<! 

B 

B 


< 
o 


SB 
< 

J 

o 


pq 


LIBRARIES,    ORGANS   AND    COLLEGES  297 

Thus  it  was  that  Andrew  Carnegie's  original  and  unique  public 
benefactions  were  for  the  building  of  public  libraries,  the  aggre- 
gate of  his  distributions  for  this  purpose  exceeding  that  for  any 
other. 

For  many  years  an  average  of  five  hundred  applications  annu- 
ally from  communities  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  alone 
were  received  for  the  erection  of  free  public  library  buildings,  and 
nearly  as  many  more  from  other  English-speaking  communities. 
Thus  far  funds  for  the  erection  of  2811  library  buildings  have  been 
provided,  1946  in  the  United  States,  the  balance  throughout  the 
English-speaking  world,  Canada,  the  British  Isles,  Australia, 
New  Zealand,  the  West  Indies,  the  Fiji  Islands,  Seychelles 
and  Mauritius.  Complete  statistical  information  is  given  in 
the  Summary  Statement  of  Gifts. 

While  this  work  was  still  in  what  might  be  called  the  pioneer 
stage,  it  was  realized  that  systematic  apportionment  was  neces- 
sary; also  a  formal  contractual  obligation  on  the  part  of  the  bene- 
ficiary community,  embodied  in  a  city  ordinance  under  state  laws 
for  the  establishment  and  regulation  of  public  libraries.  The 
method  of  procedure  early  adopted  was  simple  and  direct,  and 
has  been  followed  in  principle  by  Carnegie  Corporation,  with 
additional  safeguards  found  necessary  from  time  to  time. 

If  an  application  seemed  of  a  serious  and  responsible  character, 
but  not  from  a  city  government,  letters  of  inquiry  of  stereotyped 
character,  but  varying  with  circumstances,  were  sent.  If  the 
application  was  the  result  of  official  action  of  a  particular  commun- 
ity, a  schedule  of  questions  was  sent  to  the  Mayor  or  City  Clerk, 
this  being  done  only  at  a  later  stage  if  the  application  was  unoffi- 
cial. It  was  found  indispensable  to  have  the  Mayor  and  Council 
committed  to  any  application  before  it  received  recognition. 

Where  no  adequate  library  building  existed  in  the  community, 
and  when  the  other  facts  brought  out  in  the  answers  on  the 
printed  schedule  and  in  correspondence  pointed  to  the  need  of  a 
library  and  the  adequacy  of  the  tax  revenue  offered,  providing 
no  complicating  obstacles  had  developed,  a  library  building  would 
be  promised  at  a  specific  cost  and  a  memorandum  on  library 


298  MANUAL    OF  THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

building  with  type  plans  sent.  In  connection  with  this  memo- 
randum on  building  it  may  be  stated  that  at  first,  in  giving 
funds  to  communities  for  the  erection  of  library  buildings,  Mr. 
Carnegie,  always  a  firm  believer  in  home  rule  and  in  the  educa- 
tional value  of  responsibility  and  learning  by  doing,  left  the 
matter  of  plans  entirely  to  those  managing  the  affair  locally. 
When  results  began  to  be  shown,  however,  in  the  plans  and 
photographs  of  completed  buildings  received,  it  was  seen  that 
a  change  of  method  was  necessary.  There  appeared  to  be  no 
"library  building  practice";  in  many  cases  architects  showed  an 
almost  inconceivable  neglect  to  lay  out  floor  space  economically 
or  effectively,  and  designed  ponderous  or  ornate  exteriors.  The 
immediate  necessity  was  a  campaign  to  secure  economy  of  in- 
terior layout  combined  with  exteriors  of  simple,  dignified  design 
and  construction.  This  effort  has  never  been  relaxed,  and  the 
present  "Notes  on  the  Erection  of  Library  Buildings  with  Type 
Plans"  [see  Appendix]  is  the  sixth  edition  of  the  first  memo- 
randum. Twenty  years  ago  in  a  great  majority  of  communities 
a  public  library  building  was  not  considered  the  necessity  that 
it  has  come  to  be  regarded,  and  the  donation  of  a  building  had 
frequently  to  be  something  of  an  inducement  to  establish  a 
library.  Therefore,  it  was  with  some  hesitation  that  supervision 
over  the  kind  of  plans  and  buildings  was  undertaken.  How- 
ever, the  first  memorandum  on  building  was  well  received,  as 
has  been  each  successive  revision,  printed  after  discussion  with 
qualified  authorities,  librarians,  State  library  commission  execu- 
tives and  architects  throughout  the  country. 

The  community,  having  the  promise  of  money  for  the  erection 
of  a  library  building,  proceeded  to  acquire  a  site  if  it  had  not 
already  done  so.  For  several  reasons  the  selection  of  a  site  was 
left  to  the  community,  the  only  stipulations  being  that  it  should 
be  convenient  of  access  and  large  enough  to  give  light  all  around 
the  building  and  to  allow  of  its  extension,  if  such  should 
become  necessary  in  the  future.  The  locations  of  some  Car- 
negie library  buildings  have  been  criticized  as  not  being  the 
most  convenient,  and  there  are  advocates  of  the  proposal  that  the 


LIBRARIES,    ORGANS    AND    COLLEGES  299 

donor  should  determine  the  site  or  influence  its  selection  and,  if 
necessary,  pay  for  it.  Some  of  the  reasons  why  this  was  not 
done  may  be"  given. 

If  the  location  of  any  existing  library  building  be  deemed 
inconvenient  or  unsuitable  in  relation  to  the  mass  of  population 
or  routes  of  travel,  its  situation  should  be  judged  in  the  light  of 
the  historical  background,  not  only  the  present  layout  of  the 
town,  but  the  circumstances  at  the  time  the  site  was  chosen 
and  the  building  erected  being  given  consideration.  The  location 
might  have  been  relatively  and  prospectively  most  convenient  at 
the  time  it  was  chosen,  although,  through  the  movement  of 
population  and  change  of  main  avenues  of  distribution,  it  has 
become  less  so  in  the  course  of  years. 

There  is  abundant  evidence  that  the  shrewdest  real  estate 
minds  are  sometimes  wrong  as  to  the  probable  trend  of  popu- 
lation and  travel  in  communities.  If  those  living  in  a  commun- 
ity and  knowing  intimately  all  of  the  factors  bearing  on  the 
probable  direction  and  character  of  growth  are  unable  to  deter- 
mine with  certainty  the  ultimate  result,  it  is  not  likely  that  the 
donor  or  his  agents  can  do  so. 

Moreover,  the  choice  of  a  location  is  determined  not  only  by 
what  is  best  for  the  library  building,  but  by  the  amount  of  money 
which  can  be  obtained  to  pay  for  it.  The  best  location  for  a 
library  building  might  also  be  thought  the  best  location  for  a 
bank,  or  a  church,  or  some  other  edifice.  Only  such  a  location 
can  be  chosen  as  the  people  are  able  and  willing  to  pay  for.  If, 
on  the  other  hand,  the  donor  of  the  building  were  to  participate 
in  the  purchase  of  land  "where  necessary,"  no  site  would  ever 
be  chosen,  probably,  which  did  not  require  a  subsidy  from  him. 

The  matter  of  site  being  settled,  plans  were  submitted  in 
tentative  form,  and  after  discussion,  frequently  resulting  in 
revisions,  the  plans  were  approved,  subject  to  the  receipt  of  a 
pledge,  signed  by  the  Mayor  and  City  Clerk,  or  corresponding 
officers  if  the  community  were  a  county,  town  or  township,  and 
of  a  municipal  ordinance. 

Payment  of  the  sum  promised  for  the  erection  of  a  library 


300  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

building  was  made  as  work  progressed,  on  requisitions  signed  by 
the  city  officials  and  countersigned  by  the  architect. 

As  to  the  results  of  providing  these  library  buildings,  surveys 
of  the  whole  country,  carried  out  in  1915  and  1917,  show  that 
about  90  per  cent  of  the  libraries  in  buildings  erected  by  Mr. 
Carnegie  or  by  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  up  to  that 
time  had  been  maintained  at  the  full  rate  of  revenue  pledged  from 
taxation.  Those  included  in  the  other  ten  per  cent  have  been 
the  subject  of  continuous  correspondence  since,  both  direct  and 
through  the  executives  of  the  different  State  library  commissions, 
with  the  view  to  having  the  full  amount  pledged  spent  in  carry- 
ing on  the  library,  the  ethical  side  of  the  failure  to  make  good 
the  pledged  faith  of  the  community  being  emphasized.  A  cer- 
tain amount  of  success  in  correcting  individual  cases  has  been 
attained  in  this  way,  but  in  many  States  the  trouble  is  fund- 
amental, and  improvement  can  be  looked  for  only  in  changed 
conditions. 

Apart  from  the  element  of  breach  of  faith  on  the  part  of  the 
community,  there  are  certain  factors  which  operate  to  cause  a 
particular  State  to  rank  low  in  the  keeping  of  pledges  to  maintain 
libraries  at  a  specified  cost:  first,  inadequate,  unsatisfactory 
library  laws;  second,  political  conditions  under  which  library 
commissions  are  appointed  and  must  work;  third,  library  com- 
mission executives  appointed  without  necessary  qualifications. 

In  an  endeavor  to  throw  light  on  the  whole  subject,  and  thus 
aid  in  the  correction  of  the  first  factor  mentioned,  the  Corpo- 
ration had  prepared  and  published  a  compendium  of  the  library 
laws  of  all  States.  Those  interested  in  bettering  unsatisfactory 
conditions  in  their  States,  by  consulting  this  volume  and  secur- 
ing the  cooperation  of  such  bodies  as  the  American  Library  Asso- 
ciation, can  have  laws  drafted,  modeled  on  those  of  States 
admittedly  in  the  van  of  library  progress. 

Before  the  work  of  providing  library  buildings  for  communities 
had  been  carried  on  very  long,  it  seemed  advisable  to  discontinue 
giving  central  buildings  to  cities  of  large  size,  because  it  was 
found  that  such  cities  were  bent  on  erecting  not  buildings  to 


go 


z 

« 
o 

< 


z 


K 

pq 


LIBRARIES,    ORGANS    AND    COLLEGES  301 

provide  the  accommodation  necessary  but  monumental  struc- 
tures measured  by  ambition,  with  corresponding  architectural 
ostentation.  As  the  provision  of  library  facilities  for  readers  and 
borrowers  was  Mr.  Carnegie's  aim,  and  not  architectural  mon- 
uments, he  decided  to  confine  himself,  in  the  case  of  large  com- 
munities, to  provision  for  branch  library  buildings  with  the 
view  of  bringing  books  and  library  facilities  generally  close  to 
the  homes  of  the  people. 

CHURCH  ORGANS 

Andrew  Carnegie  was  always  sensitive  to  the  influence  of 
music  and  often  quoted  the  Oriental  sage — "O  Music,  sacred 
tongue  of  God,  I  hear  thee  calling,  and  I  come."  To  such  an 
extent  did  organ  music  affect  him  that  he  has  testified  that 
listening  to  an  organ  was  to  him  a  devotional  experience.  He 
has  been  perfectly  candid  in  saying  that,  while  he  would  not 
be  responsible  for  what  the  preacher  might  say,  he  would  be 
responsible  for  the  influence  of  music  in  a  church.  Accordingly, 
when  some  devoutly  religious  relatives  in  his  earlier  Pittsburgh 
days  pressed  him  for  a  large  contribution  to  a  church  in  which 
they  were  interested,  he  compromised  on  an  organ.  Thus  was 
begun  the  provision  of  funds  for  the  purchase  of  musical  instru- 
ments in  churches  all  over  the  English-speaking  world,  the  aggre- 
gate number  of  churches  receiving  help  in  the  purchase  of  musical 
instruments  now  numbering  7689,  of  which  4092  are  in  the 
United  States. 

Before  many  organs  had  been  provided  by  Mr.  Carnegie,  it 
appeared  necessary  to  standardize  organ  gifts.  One  effective 
means  was  the  adoption  of  a  rule  to  pay  but  half  the  cost  of  the 
organ,  leaving  the  congregation  to  raise  the  other  half.  Stand- 
ardization tentatively  begun  became  practicable  as  data  accumu- 
lated, and  it  was  less  difficult  to  arrive  at  a  reasonable  price  to 
pay  for  a  musical  instrument  for  a  church  of  a  given  size. 

Applications  received  from  churches  for  the  purchase  of  musical 
instruments  numbered  as  high  as  three  thousand  in  one  year, 
from   all   the  English-speaking  world.     From  churches  in  the 


302  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

United  States  and  Canada  alone,  they  numbered  as  high  as 
2250  in  a  year.  During  the  last  twenty  years  approximately 
40,000  applications  from  churches  for  the  purchase  of  musical 
instruments  have  been  received  and  dealt  with  by  Mr.  Carnegie 
and  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York. 

When  an  application  from  the  pastor  or  trustees  of  a  church 
was  received,  a  schedule  of  questions  was  sent.  The  form  used, 
as  in  the  case  of  some  of  the  library  printed  forms,  is  the  sixth 
revision.  Since  it  seemed  impossible  to  frame  questions  which 
would  avoid  ambiguous  or  evasive  answers,  a  memorandum  relat- 
ing to  the  questions  was  prepared  and  sent  with  them.  This 
also  was  revised  a  number  of  times.  While  the  schedule  of  ques- 
tions with  the  memorandum  accompanying  them  seemed  inca- 
pable of  misinterpretation,  frequently  considerable  correspond- 
ence was  required  to  elicit  precise  facts  and  figures  bearing  on 
the  question  of  whether  a  subsidy  should  be  given  to  the  church, 
and  if  so,  how  much  the  church  would  be  justified  in  spending  for 
a  musical  instrument,  the  basis  of  consideration  being  the  assump- 
tion that  we  were  dealing  with  needy  churches  which  would 
naturally  be  satisfied  with  modest  musical  instruments. 

As  to  the  general  results  of  Mr.  Carnegie's  many  benefactions 
to  churches  for  the  purchase  of  musical  instruments,  the  following 
paragraphs  may  be  quoted  from  the  report  of  an  independent 
investigator: 

The  pastors  of  the  churches  visited  were  questioned  closely  as  to  the  effect 
produced  upon  the  contributions  of  the  members  by  a  gift  as  large  as  that 
made  by  the  Corporation.  The  unanimous  declaration  was  made  that  it  had 
been  a  stimulus  to  individual  giving  and  in  many  instances  illustrative  figures 
were  presented  to  show  that  the  benefactions  of  the  church  had  been  doubled 
since  the  installation  of  the  organ.  A  part  of  such  increase  was  usually  ascribed 
to  the  larger  congregations  attracted  by  the  better  music. 

In  no  instance  was  it  acknowledged  that  the  gift  had  had  a  pauperizing 
influence.  On  the  contrary,  it  was  frequently  asserted  that  the  application 
for  assistance  had  not  been  made  until  the  church  had  made  a  strenuous  effort 
to  buy  an  organ  and  had  failed,  and  then  when  it  was  learned  that  by  raising 
one-half  the  required  amount  the  Corporation  would  contribute  an  equal 
sum,  new  life  was  given  to  church  workers.     Their  success  afforded  a  proof 


Sheffield 


OP* 


Hammond  ^Sv"|"GSry 
Hobart" 
Crown  Point  '# 


.-New  Carlisle  O 

Mishawaka 


*  Elkhart 


Goshen  * 


Lagrange 


Angola  • 


Rens 
Brook 


KenTiallville- ~ 

Ligomer*  ,  \j;»ve 

Syracuse    °  Alb,on*Garrett 


t\oo 
Butler 


W:inamac# 
jlaer      :®Francesville 


Warsaw® 
- r 
,  Rochester 
®Akron- 
Kewanria  I 


K 


I  Pierceton 


OS.  Whitley 


'N 


— .— J  F°rt  Wayne 
Manchester 


m  <v6.   r  aRoann 

^Ll    #Monon    I    ®  Royal  Center      *Andrews0    »Hunt,ngton 

Kentland®     afi    J  #  Logansport  |   a  » 

7  Remington       ,"J — r^-*, 

®Earl  Park  MonticeU 


Fowler .       Bropkston® 


„  Delphi 


'  ®      Peru® 
Uo — ,  I 

®  Walton 


Wabash 


Bluffton* 


Boswell  ®     ^Oxford 


Flora* 


Converse',; 


Warren  ; 


„sS>ot 


ilf* 


West  Lebanon  •    •/•  Attica 


Kokomo® 


\ 


OVanBuren  J 
®  Marion      ®~M^ntpelier~ 
GasCity® 

Hartford  City®    Portland® 


Frankfort®  Tipton® 

I I  Elwood        'Alexandria 

LindenO  »Colfax   «sKirk1irr~«rTTn    .  Union  Citya 

-^Covington    ..  .  !    «_  Sheridan* 

1 


Darlington1"  |     "ThornYown 
Crawfordsville®      Lebanon  ®Wrestfield®    $ 


-®-Kingman 


Carmel® 


Waveland®__ 

Roachdale®- 
RockVille® 


'■'    ,   Muncie® 


^  "  '        ®  Anderson . 

®Pendleton 


(gjClinton 


Greeneastle® 


1     FortvtllsO 

®Brownsburg  r1 
llndianapolis     # 

Coatesville®  SPlainfield       Greenflel' 


O  Newcastle 
®KjU  gilts  town 


oGreenwood 

igShelbyville 


Connersville©  * 


®  Building  already  erected 

O  Funds  appropriated  but 
building  not  yet  erected 


Map  Showixg  Geographical  Distribution  of  Libraries  in  Indiana 


LIBRARIES,  ORGANS  AND  COLLEGES  303 

of  their  giving  potentiality  and  set  a  standard  which  the  pastor  cited  in  all 
subsequent  appeals  for  contributions. 

It  was  gratifying  to  receive  the  assurance  in  every  single  instance  that  the 
organ  was  in  use  at  every  service.  The  only  exception  was  that  in  some  of  the 
Southern  cities  where  the  heat  made  it  necessary  to  hold  services  in  the  base- 
ment during  two  months  of  summer. 

The  investigator  summarized  his  conclusions  as  follows: 

1.  Churches  are  contributing  instrumentalities  in  the  social  and  cultural 
advancement  of  a  community — the  aggregate  of  communities  make  the 
Nation. 

2.  The  efficiency  of  the  services  of  a  church  is  augmented  by  the  use  of  a 
pipe  organ,  hence,  through  the  church,  the  organ  indirectly  contributes  to  the 
social  and  cultural  advancement  of  the  community,  and 

3.  Directly,  the  organ  when  used  in  recitals  and  by  students  of  music, 
renders  an  important  cultural  service. 

COLLEGES 

In  1901  Mr.  Carnegie's  fortune  was  taken  out  of  business  and 
made  available  for  such  uses  as  he  chose.  'His  first  thought  was  how 
to  distribute  it  for  the  good  of  his  fellow  men  in  the  most  effective 
manner  possible.  He  turned  a  deaf  ear  to  requests  from  the 
great  universities  and  educational  institutions  with  long  lists  of 
wealthy  alumni,  but  was  moved  to  consider  favorably  what 
was  known  as  "the  freshwater  college,"  where  he  could  help 
students  drawn  from  the  poorer  classes,  eager  for  a  college 
education.  Previous  to  this  time,  Mr.  Carnegie  had  made  dona- 
tions on  somewhat  personal  grounds  to  four  educational  institu- 
tions. I  believe  the  first  was  the  Carnegie  Laboratory  at  Bellevue 
Hospital,  now  under  the  auspices  of  New  York  University, 
followed  by  a  building  at  Union  College,  in  which  his  old  friend 
John  Bigelow  was  interested.  Added  to  these  were  Upper  Iowa 
University,  with  which  the  late  Speaker  Henderson  was  identified, 
and  the  library  building  at  Pennsylvania  State  College,  then 
under  President  Atherton,  with  Governor  Beaver  living  near  the 
campus  and  actively  interested.  From  these  somewhat  personal 
beginnings  the  scope  of  his  benefactions  to  educational  institu- 
tions began  to  broaden  until  they  vitalized  higher  education  in 
practically  every  state  in  the  Union.     These  were  pioneer  days 


304  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

in  the  giving  of  large  sums  to  educational  institutions;  there  was 
no  General  Education  Board,  no  Rockefeller  Foundation,  Sage 
Foundation,  or  other  institution  with  a  mass  of  information 
readily  accessible.  Mr.  Carnegie  applied  business  and  financial 
tests  before  helping  these  institutions,  calling  into  consultation 
educational  experts  qualified  to  give  advice. 

The  form  of  questionnaire  sent  to  colleges  to  ascertain  facts 
and  figures  has  been  used  almost  without  change  since  the 
beginning,  except  that  there  was  added  a  memorandum  designed 
to  show  the  extent  of  the  restrictions  placed  on  the  government 
of  the  college  by  denominational  authorities. 

The  rule  of  insisting  that  there  should  be  added  to  permanent 
endowment  an  amount  equivalent  to  the  amount  of  the  gift  for  a 
building,  or,  in  the  case  of  a  donation  for  endowment,  from  two 
to  four  times  as  much  added  to  the  endowment  fund,  re- 
sulted in  a  great  influx  of  new  money  for  the  support  of  higher 
education,  and  in  a  very  much  broader  basis  of  support,  not  only 
through  the  thousands  of  new  contributions  to  supplemental 
funds,  but  to  greater  interest  in  education  on  the  part  of  the 
contributors. 

In  closing  these  observations  it  is  proper  to  state  that  Mr. 
Carnegie  never  "offered"  a  building  or  endowment  either  to  a 
city  or  an  institution,  nor  a  musical  instrument  to  a  church.  In 
all  cases  there  was  a  responsible  request  for  him  to  contribute. 
Likewise  he  never  asked  that  his  name  be  used  in  connection 
with  a  gift  in  any  way,  directly  or  indirectly.  His  recognition 
of  the  work  of  Professor  Koch  by  the  donation  of  $120,000  to  the 
Koch  Institute  at  Berlin,  and  the  establishment  of  the  Madame 
Curie  Fund  at  the  Sorbonne,  show  the  international  character  of 
his  mind  in  regard  to  the  good  of  humanity. 


LIBRARIES,    ORGANS    AND    COLLEGES  305 


APPENDIX 

NOTE  ON  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  BILDINGS 

This  memorandum  is  sent  to  anticipate  frequent  requests  for  such  informa- 
tion, and  should  be  taken  as  a  guide,  especially  when  the  proposed  architect 
has  not  had  much  library  bilding  experience.  It  should  be  noted  that  many 
of  the  bildings  erected  years  ago,  from  plans  tacitly  permitted  at  the  time, 
would  not  be  allowd  now. 

Library  committees,  especially  in  small  towns,  ar  frequently  composed  of 
busy  men  who,  having  lackt  time  or  opportunity  to  obtain  a  knowledge  of 
library  planning,  ar  led  to  select  a  design  which,  if  bilt,  would  yield  an  inade- 
quate return  of  useful  accommodation  for  the  money  invested,  and  would 
unwarrantably  increas  the  expense  of  carrying  on  the  library. 

Some  architects  ar  liable,  unconsciously,  no  dout,  to  aim  at  architectural 
features  and  to  subordinate  useful  accommodation.  Some  ar  also  apt,  on 
account  of  a  lack  of  practical  knowledge  of  the  administration  of  a  library, 
to  plan  interiors  which  ar  entirely  unsuited  for  the  purposes  of  a  free  public 
library.  Small  libraries  should  be  pland  so  that  one  librarian  can  oversee  the 
entire  library  from  a  central  position. 

The  amount  allowd  by  Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York  to  cover  the  cost 
of  a  library  bilding  is  according  to  a  standard  based  on  (a)  the  population  which 
is  to  pay  the  tax  for  carrying  on  the  library,  and  (b)  a  specified  minimum  reve- 
nue from  such  tax.  The  donation  is  sufficient  only  to  provide  needed  accom- 
modation and  there  wil  be  either  a  shortage  of  accommodation  or  of  money 
if  this  primary  purpose  is  not  kept  in  view,  viz.:  to  obtain  for  the  money 

THE  UTMOST   AMOUNT  OF  EFFECTIV   ACCOMMODATION,    CONSISTENT  WITH   GOOD 
TASTE  IN  BILDING. 

The  amount  allowd  is  intended  to  cover  cost  of  the  bilding,  complete  and  redy 
for  use  with  indispensable  furniture  and  fixtures,  and  including  architect's  fees. 

In  looking  over  hundreds  of  plans  for  small  and  medium-sized  bildings, 
costing  about  $10,000,  more  or  less,  we  hav  noted  some  features  leading  to  a 
wasting  of  space,  especially  in  connection  with  the  entrance  feature,  which, 
when  not  wisely  pland,  leads  also  to  waste  in  halls,  delivery  room,  etc. 

The  economical  layout  of  the  bilding  is  sacrificed  or  subordinated  at  times 
to  minor  accessories,  such  as  too  much  or  too  valuable  space  allotted  to  cloak 
rooms,  toilets  and  stairs. 

The  bilding  should  be  devoted  exclusively  to :  (main  floor)  housing  of  books 
and  their  issue  for  home  use;  comfortable  accommodation  for  reading  them 
by  adults  and  children;  (basement)  lecture  room;  necessary  accommodation 
for  heating  plant;   also  all  conveniences  for  the  library  patrons  and  staff. 

Experience  seems  to  sho  that  the  best  results  for  a  small  general  library  ar 
obtaind  by  adopting  the  one-story  and  basement  rectangular  type  of  bilding, 


306  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

with  a  small  vestibule  entering  into  one  large  room  subdivided  as  required  by- 
means  of  bookcases.  In  cases  where  it  is  necessary  to  secure  quiet,  glass 
partitions  may  be  put  above  the  bookcases.  By  a  one-story  and  basement 
bilding  is  meant  a  bilding  with  the  basement  about  four  feet  below  the  natural 
grade,  the  basement  being  from  say  9  to  10  feet  and  the  main  floor  from  say 
12  to  15  feet  high  in  the  clear.  Plans  hav  at  times  been  submitted  for  "one- 
story  and  basement"  bildings,  which  differd  from  two-story  bildings  only  by 
having  stair  to  the  upper  floor  outside  insted  of  inside! 

The  rear  and  side  windows  may  be  kept  about  six  feet  from  the  floor,  to  giv 
continuous  wall  space  for  shelving.  A  rear  wing  can  be  added  for  stack-room 
(when  future  need  demands  it)  at  a  minimum  expense,  and  without  seriously 
interfering  with  the  library  servis  during  its  construction.  The  site  chosen 
should  be  such  as  to  admit  lite  on  all  sides,  and  be  large  enuf  to  allow  extension, 
if  ever  such  should  become  necessary. 

The  accompanying  diagrams  ar  offerd  as  suggestions  in  planning  the  smaller 
library  bildings  most  commonly  required,  and  wil  be  found  to  include  a  maxi- 
mum of  effectiv  accommodation  relativ  to  total  area.  (These  diagrams  ar 
omitted  here.) 

While  these  diagrams  ar  suggestiv  rather  than  mandatory,  nevertheless, 
since  they  ar  the  result  of  experience,  those  responsible  for  bilding  projects 
should  paus  before  aiming  at  radical  departures,  and  see  whether  their  alter- 
nativ  is  to  provide  as  much  effectiv  accommodation  and  hav  as  little  waste 
space. 

An  important  caus  of  alleged  inadequacy  of  accommodation  in  bildings 
erected  years  ago,  when  less  supervision  was  exercised,  has  frequently  been 
found  to  be  an  uneconomical  plan  with  bad  layout.  When  applications  (based 
on  growth  of  population)  hav  been  receivd  for  aid  in  extending  such  bildings, 
it  has  often  been  impossible  to  entertain  the  idea  of  making  a  grant,  owing  to 
the  prohibitiv  cost  of  demolition  and  re-erection  relativ  to  net  gain  of  superficial 
area. 

It  may  not  be  desirable  to  hav  library  bildings  pland  from  redy-made  patterns, 
and  yet  a  certain  standardization  of  the  main  requirements  of  accommodation 
is  as  necessary  for  library  bildings  as  for  school  bildings,  which  hav  been  advan- 
tageously subjected  to  strict  regulations  both  in  plan  and  construction.  Where 
architecture  is  best  appreciated  there  ar  recognized  types  establisht  for  the 
various  bildings  of  a  public  or  semi-public  character. 

It  wil  be  noted  that  no  elevations  ar  given  or  suggestions  made  about  the 
exteriors.  These  ar  features  in  which  the  community  and  architect  may 
express  their  individuality,  keeping  to  a  plain,  dignified  structure  and  not 
aiming  at  such  exterior  effects  as  may  make  impossible  an  effectiv  and  economi- 
cal layout  of  the  interior. 

These  notes  ar  of  course  ritten  with  the  smaller  bildings  in  mind;  larger 
bildings  require  larger  and  more  varied  treatment,  but  no  modification  of  the 
primary  purpose. 


SUMMARY  STATEMENT  OF 
GIFTS  AND  GRANTS 


TESTAMENTARY   BEQUESTS 

In  addition  to  benefactions  during  his  life  time,  as  indicated  in 
the  following  summary,  Mr.  Carnegie  made  additional  public 
bequests  in  his  will,  admitted  to  probate  August  28,  1919,  as 
follows:  Cooper  Union,  New  York,  $60,000,  "making  my  total 
gift  to  it,  $750,000";  Pittsburgh  University,  $200,000;  Relief 
Fund  of  the  Authors'  Club  of  New  York,  $200,000;  Hampton 
Institute,  Virginia,  $300,000;  Stevens  Institute,  Hoboken,  New 
Jersey,  $100,000,  "to  improve  my  original  gift";  St.  Andrews 
Society  of  New  York,  $100,000,  a  total  of  $960,000.  After 
deducting  these  and  the  personal  bequests,  Mr.  Carnegie  be- 
queathed the  residue  of  his  estate  to  the  Carnegie  Corporation  of 
New  York.     The  amount  of  this  residuum  is  not  known. 


SUMMARY    OF    GIFTS    AND    GRANTS    BY    ANDREW 

CARNEGIE  AND   CARNEGIE  CORPORATION 

OF    NEW    YORK 

Free  Public  Library  Buildings  (2811) $60,364,808 .  75 

Colleges  r1 

Library  buildings $4,065,699.27 

Other  buildings 4,672,186.92 

Endowment 9,977,588.92 

Other  purposes 1,647,535 .  00 


20,363,010.11 

Church  Organs  (7689) 6,248,309 .  00 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York 125,000,000 .  00 

Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching 
(including  $1,000,000  to  Teachers  Insurance  and  An- 
nuity Association) 29,250,000 .  00 

Carnegie  Institute  (including  $13,531,433.67  to  Carnegie 

Institute  of  Technology) 26,719,380.67 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 22,300,000 .  00 

Carnegie  Hero  Funds 10,540,000 .00 

Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace 10,000,000.00 

Scottish  Universities  Trust 10,000,000.00 

United  Kingdom  Trust 10,000,000.00 

Steel  Workers  Pensions 4,000,000.00 

Dunfermline  Trust 3,750,000.00 

Church  Peace  Union 2,025,000.00 

Hague  Peace  Palace 1,500,000.00 

Endowment  for  Institutes  at  Braddock,  Homestead  and 

Duquesne 1,000,000.00 

International  Bureau  of  American  Republics  (Pan  Ameri- 
can Building) 850,000.00 

Engineering  Building 500,000.00 

King  Edward's  Hospital  Fund 500,000.00 

Church  Pension  Fund 324,744.87 

Simplified  Spelling  Board 280,000.00 

Central  American  Peace  Palace  (Court  of  Justice) 200,000 .  00 

Study  of  Methods  of  Americanization 190,000 .  00 

Koch  Institute,  Berlin 120,000.00 

New  York  Zoological  Society 118,000.00 

New  York  Association  for  the  Blind 114,000. 00 

lCarnegie  Institute  of  Technology  not  included,  but  including  gift  to  Cooper  Union  and 
Stevens  Institute.  The  number  of  colleges  and  universities  to  which  Mr.  Carnegie  made 
benefactions  runs  over  five  hundred. 

21 


312  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

American  Library  Association $100,000.00 

St.  Andrew's  Society 100,000 .  00 

Iron  and  Steel  Institute,  London 89,000 .  00 

Pittsburgh  Kingsley  House  Association 79,000 .  00 

Northampton  (Mass.)  Home  Culture  Club 77,000.00 

Foreign  Students'  Friendly  Relations  Committee 70,000 .  00 

Sorbonne  (Madame  Curie  Fund) 50,000 .  00 

Scots  Charitable  Society,  Boston,  Mass 30,000.00 

War  Grants: 

Red  Cross $1,500,000.00 

32  cantonment  library  buildings 320,000 .  00 

Knights  of  Columbus 250,000.00 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association . . .        250,000 .  00 

National  Research  Council 150,000.00 

National  Security  League 150,000 .  00 

Young  Women's  Christian  Association       100,000.00 

War    Camp    Community    Recreation 

Service 50,000.00 

National  Board  of  Medical  Examiners .         22,500 .  00 

2,792,500.00 

Miscellaneous  (comprising  National  Civic  Federation,  Bu- 
reau of  Municipal  Research,   New  York  Anti-Saloon 

League,  Charity  Organization  Society,  Oratorio  Society, 
Boy  Scouts  of  America,  Harwick  Mine  Disaster  Relief 
Fund,  etc.,  etc.) 1,050,900 .  00 

1350,096,663.40 

UNITED   STATES 

Free  Public  Library  Buildings  (1946) $44,854,731 .25 

Colleges:2 

Library  buildings $3,928,199.27 

Other  buildings 3,950,061 .  92 

Endowment 8,822,588.92 

Other  purposes 632,535.00 

18,333,385.11 

Church  Organs  (4092) 3,604,718.75 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York3 115,000,000. 00 

Carnegie  Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching 

(including  $1,000,000  to  Teachers  Insurance  and  An- 
nuity Association) 29,250,000 .  00 

JOf  this  amount  $49,817,450.54  has  been  appropriated  from  the  revenues  of  Carnegie  Cor- 
poration of  New  York. 

'Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  not  included. 

3  $10,000,000  for  Canada  and  British  Colonies  not  included. 


SUMMARY   STATEMENT 


313 


Carnegie  Institute  (including  $13,531,433.67  to  Carnegie 

Institute  of  Technology) $26,719,380.67 

Carnegie  Institution  of  Washington 22,300,000 .  00 

Carnegie  Endowment  for  International  Peace 10,000,000.00 

Carnegie  Hero  Fund 5,000,000.00 

Steel  Workers'  Pensions 4,000,000.00 

Church  Peace  Union 2,025,000.00 

Endowment  for  Institutes  at  Braddock,  Homestead  and 

Duquesne 1,000,000 .  00 

International  Bureau  of  American  Republics  (Pan  Ameri- 
can Building) 850,000.00 

Engineering  Building 500,000 .  00 

Church  Pension  Fund 324,744.87 

Simplified  Spelling  Board 260,000.00 

Study  of  Methods  of  Americanization 190,000 .  00 

New  York  Zoological  Society 118,000.00 

New  York  Association  for  the  Blind 114,000.00 

American  Library  Association 100,000.00 

St.  Andrew's  Society 100,000.00 

Pittsburgh  Kingsley  House  Association 79,000 .  00 

Northampton  (Mass.)  Home  Culture  Club 77,000.00 

Foreign  Students'  Friendly  Relations  Committee 70,000 .  00 

Scots  Charitable  Association,  Boston,  Mass 30,000 .  00 

War  Grants: 

Red  Cross $1,500,000.00 

32  cantonment  library  buildings 320,000 .  00 

Knights  of  Columbus 250,000 .  00 

Young  Men's  Christian  Association .  .  .        250,000 .  00 

National  Research  Council 150,000.00 

National  Security  League 150,000.00 

Young  Women's  Christian  Association        100,000.00 

War    Camp    Community     Recreation 

Service 50,000.00 

National  Board  of  Medical  Examiners         22,500.00 

2,792,500.00 


Miscellaneous  (comprising  National  Civic  Federation,  Bu- 
reau of  Municipal  Research,  New  York  Anti-Saloon 
League,  Charity  Organization  Society,  Oratorio  Society, 
Boy  Scouts  of  America,  Harwick  Mine  Disaster  Relief 
Fund,  etc.) 


1,050,900.00 


$288,743,360.65 


314  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  LIBRARY  BUILDINGS  BY  STATES 


Promised  Library  Buildings 
(Including  Buildings  Erected) 


No.  of 
Grants 


No.  of 
Bldgs. 


Amount 


Erected  Library 
Buildings 


No.  of 
Bldgs. 


Amount 


Alabama 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Connecticut 

Delaware 

District  of  Columbia 

Florida 

Georgia 

Hawaii 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Maryland 

Massachusetts , 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi 

Missouri 

Montana , 

Nebraska , 

Nevada 

New  Hampshire. . . . 

New  Jersey 

New  Mexico 

New  York 

North  Carolina 

North  Dakota 

Ohio 

Oklahoma 

Oregon 

Pennsylvania1 

Porto  Rico 

South  Carolina 

South  Dakota 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

Washington. 

West  Virginia 

Wisconsin 

Wyoming 


17 

4 

4 

122 

28 

12 

1 

1 
12 
30 

1 

13 

114 

164 

104 

59 

17 

5 
24 

5 
41 
64 
63 
12 
39 
17 
71 

2 
12 
36 

3 
62 
14 
10 
99 
29 
23 
47 

1 
16 
29 
15 
40 
23 

4 

9 
34 

6 
66 
17 


17 

4 

4 

147 

36 

14 

1 

8 
12 
34 

1 
13 
114 
172 
106 
60 
25 
10 
24 
23 
50 
73 
70 
13 
52 
17 
72 

2 
11 
42 

3 
142 
15 
10 
125 
29 
31 
84 

1 
16 
29 
19 
42 
23 

4 

10 
44 

6 
69 
17 


1641 


1946 


$355,800.00 

64,000.00 

138,600.00 

2,819,487.00 
754,943.00 
214,340  00 
6,000  00 
725,000.00 
233,000.00 
659,756.00 
100,000.00 
176,000.00 

1,741,000.00 

2,610,442.38 

1,537,706.00 
879,996.00 
812,300.00 
390,000.00 
263,450  00 
560,500.00 

1,212,000.00 

1,764,200  00 

1,013,900  00 
167,500  00 

1,639,500.00 

241,700.00 

729,788.00 

35,000  00 

159,000.00 

1,145,934  00 
32,000.00 

6,845,700.00 
228,445.00 
150,200.00 

3,254,964.00 
522,000.00 
478,000.00 

5,172,648.37 
100,000  00 
249,700.00 
281,500.00 
389,500.00 
781,500.00 
247,470.00 
80,000.00 
299,500  00 

1,055,000  00 
158,500.00 

1,109,761.50 
267,500.00 


844,854,731.25 


14 
3 

4 

128 

29 

6 


22 

1 

10 

106 

139 

97 

56 

23 

9 

18 

8 

38 

55 

64 

11 

29 

13 

61 

1 

9 

32 

3 

99 

6 

7 

99 

24 

27 

49 

1 

13 

24 

12 

32 

19 

4 

3 

41 

3 

62 
14 


1539 


$195,800.00 

54,000.00 

138,600.00 

2,415,397.79 

649,943.00 

82,640.00 

415,000.00 
188,000  00 
471,756  00 
100,000  00 
138,000  00 

1,662,000  00 

2,200,442.38 

1,461,706.00 
846,496.00 
795,300  00 
380,000.00 
235,450  00 
202,000.00 

1,050,500  00 

1,549,700.00 
950,900  00 
145,500  00 

1,401,643.84 

166,700.00 

634,288.00 

15,000  00 

139,000  00 

1,015,934  00 
32,000  00 

6,074,614.36 
102,945  00 
107,700  00 

2,866,464.00 
409,500.00 
428,000.00 

4,299,512.84 

100,000.00 

204,700  00 

246,500  00 

310,500  00 

649,500.00 

213,470.00 

80,000.00 

88,000.00 

998,500  00 

81,500.00 

1,027,761.50 
234,000.00 


$38,256,864.71 


1  Pennsylvania  figures  do  not  include  Pittsburgh   Central    Library,  which  is  housed  in  main  Carnegie 
Institute  building. 


SUMMARY    STATEMENT  315 

DISTRIBUTION  OF  COST  OF  ERECTED  LIBRARY  BUILDINGS 


$10,000 
or  less 


310,001 
to  $20,000 


$20,001 
to  $30,000 


$30,001 
to  $40,000 


$40,001 
to  $50,000 


More  than 
$50,000 


Alabama 

Arizona 

Arkansas 

California 

Colorado 

Connecticut.  . . 

Florida 

Georgia 

Hawaii 

Idaho 

Illinois 

Indiana 

Iowa 

Kansas 

Kentucky 

Louisiana 

Maine 

Massachusetts.  . 

Michigan 

Minnesota 

Mississippi. . . . 

Missouri 

Montana 

Nebraska 

Nevada 

New  Hampshire 
New  Jersey .... 
New  Mexico.  .  . 

New  York 

North  Carolina. 
North  Dakota.  . 

Ohio 

Oklahoma 

Oregon , 

Pennsylvania. . . 
Porto  Rico. 
South  Carolina  . 
South  Dakota.  . 

Tennessee 

Texas 

Utah 

Vermont 

Virginia 

Washington.  . .  . 
West  Virginia.  . 

Wisconsin , 

Wyoming , 


1 
1 

77 

11 

3 

5 

10 

0 

5 

50 

62 

61 

34 

5 

3 

12 
10 
13 
32 


48 
0 
2 
5 
2 

10 
4 
1 

22 

11 

10 
3 
0 
9 

17 
6 

10 

13 
2 
1 

17 
0 

29 
1 


650 


5 

0 

1 

24 

11 

3 

2 

6 

0 

4 

38 

52 

21 

11 

3 

0 

2 

9 

22 

19 

0 

6 

3 

10 
1 
6 
12 
1 
9 
1 
6 
21 
4 
8 
2 

0 
3 
6 
1 

14 
5 
1 
1 

10 
1 

21 

12 


398 


0 
2 
1 
6 
0 
0 
0 
1 
0 
0 
7 
12 
7 
7 
3 
0 
1 
9 
6 

i 

3 
5 
1 
1 
0 
1 
6 
0 
7 
0 
0 
18 
3 
3 
2 
0 
0 
1 
4 
3 
1 
0 
0 
3 
0 
6 
0 


137 


32 


38 


62 


Grand  Total ....  1317  buildings,  not  including  library  systems  in  27  cities. 


316 


MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 


DISTRIBUTION  OF  COST  OF  ERECTED  LIBRARY  BUILDINGS 

(Continued) 

Library  Systems  not  Included  in  Foregoing  List 


Promised  Library  Buildings 
(Including  Buildings  Erected) 


Erected  Library 
Buildings 


California 

Oakland 

San  Francisco. . 

Los  Angeles.  . . . 
Colorado 

Denver 

District  of  Columbia 

Washington. . . . 
Georgia 

Atlanta 

Savannah 

Indiana 

Indianapolis.  . . 
Kentucky 

Louisville 

Louisiana 

New  Orleans. . . 
Maryland 

Baltimore 

Massachusetts 

Springfield  .... 

Somerville  .... 
Michigan 

Detroit 

Minnesota 

Minneapolis. . . 
Missouri 

St.  Louis 

New  York 

New  York 

Ohio 

Cincinnati 

Cleveland , 

Oregon 

Portland 

Pennsylvania 

Philadelphia. . . . 

Pittsburgh 

Homestead. 

Braddock , 

Duquesne 

Washington 

Spokane , 

Seattle , 


Main 
Main 


Main 

Main 

Main 
Main 

Main 
Main 


Main 
Main 

Main 


Main 


Main1 
Main 
Main 
Main 

Main 
Main 


and 
and 

4  branches 
8  branches 
6  branches 

and 

8  branches 

and 

7  branches 

and 
and 

3  branches 
1  branch 

6  branches 

and 

8  branches 

and 

5  branches 

20  branches 

and 
and 

3  branches 
2  branches 

and 

9  branches 

4  branches 

and 

6  branches 

51  branches 

9  branches 
14  branches 

7  branches 

and 

30  branches 
8  branches 

and 
and 

3  branches 
6  branches 

$50,000  and  3140,000 

375,000  and     375,000 

210,000 

200,000  and  160,000 

375,000  and  350,000 

145,000  and   57,000 
75,000  and   12,000 

120,000 
250,000  and  200,000 
250,000  and  100,000 

500,000 

200,000  and   60,000 
80,000  and   43,000 

375,000  and  375,000 

125,000 

500,000  and  500,000 

5,200,000 

286,000 
590,000 

165,000 


322,067 
357,782 
310,000 


1,500,000 
612,758 


85,000  and      70,000 
220,000  and     175,000 


Main  and    2  branches 

3  branches 
6  branches 

Main  and    4  branches 

Main  and    1  branch 

Main  and    2  branches 
Main  and    1  branch 

5  branches 

Main  and   8  branches 

Main  and    5  branches 

8  branches 

Main  and    3  branches 
Main  and    2  branches 

8  branches 

4  branches 
Main  and    6  branches 

63  branches 

9  branches 
13  branches 

5  branches 

21  branches 
Main  and  8  branches 
Main 

Main 
Main 

Main  and    3  branches 
Main  and    5  branches 


1  Cost  included  in  main  Carnegie  Institute  Building. 


SUMMARY    STATEMENT 
CANADA 


317 


Promised  Library  Buildings 
(Including  Buildings  Erected) 

Erected  Library 
Buildings 

No.  of 
Grants 

No.  of 
Bldgs. 

Amount 

No.  of 
Bldgs. 

Amount 

Alberta 

4 
3 
4 
1 
1 
5 
121 
3 
4 
1 

4 
3 
6 
1 
1 
5 
128 
3 
4 
1 

$130,000.00 

121,915.00 

243,000.00 

50,000  00 

50,000  00 

109,000.00 

2,064,495.00 

175,000.00 

114,500  00 

25,000.00 

1 

3 
4 
1 

102 

2 
1 

$80,000  00 

121,915.00 

211,000  00 

50,000.00 

British  Columbia 

Manitoba 

New  Brunswick 

Newfoundland 

Nova  Scotia 

Ontario 

1,830,995.00 

Quebec 

Saskatchewan 

74,500.00 
25,000.00 

Yukon 

147 

156 

$3,082,910.00 

114 

$2,393,410.00 

GENERAL  SUMMARY  OF  PROMISED  LIBRARY  BUILDINGS 


No.  of  Buildings 

Amount 

Free  Public  Library  Buildings: 

United  States 

1946 

660 

156 
49 
2811 

117 
1 
1 
1 

120 

32 

$44,854,731  25 

Great  Britain  and  Ireland 

11,849,457.50 

Canada 

3,082,910.00 
577,710  00 

Other  Countries 

College  Library  Buildings: 

United  States 

$60,364,808.75 

$3,928,199  27 

Great  Britain  and  Ireland 

62,500  00 

Canada 

50,000  00 

Other  Countries 

25,000  00 

Army  Cantonment  Library  Buildings 

4,065,699.27 

,     .320,000.00 

2963 

$64,750,508.02 

FREE  PUBLIC  LIBRARY  BUILDINGS 


No.  of  Buildings 

Amount 

United  States 

1946 

423 

156 

147 

90 

23 

13 

6 

4 

1 

1 

1 

$44,854,731.25 

8,754,815.00 

Canada 

3,082,910.00 

2,202,720  00 

891,922.50 

New  Zealand 

256,710.00 

South  Africa 

123,000  00 

101,500.00 

70,000  00 

Seychelles 

10,000  00 

9,000.00 

Fiji 

7,500.00 

2811 

$60,364,808.75 

318 


MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 


COLLEGES 

United  States 


0  "3 

Library 

— .  go 

°3 

Other 

t~.    GO 
°3 

Other 

^3 

Total  Amt. 

6  2 

ZO 

Buildings 

42 

Buildings 

62 
ZO 

Endowment 

62 

ZO 

Purposes 

6  2 
zo 

Granted 

Ala 

7 

8111,540.00 

5 

$22,250.00 

1 

$600,000.00 

4 

$28,000.00 

17 

$761,790.00 

Cal 

2 

60,000.00 

4 

120,000.00 

6 

180,000.00 

Colo.... 

1 

30,000.00 

1 

50,000.00 

3 

113,000.00 

5 

193,000.00 

Conn. . . 

2 

50,000.00 

2 

350,000.00 

1 

25,000.00 

5 

425,000  00 

D.C.  .. 

1 

50,000.00 

1 

1,000.00 

1 

1,021.00 

3 

52,021.00 

Fla 

4 

76,500.00 

2 

26,000.00 

6 

102,500.00 

Ga 

6 

125,000.00 

13 

127,000.00 

3 

145,000.00 

2 

70,000.00 

24 

467,000.00 

Idaho  . . 

2 

7,000.00 

2 

4,500.00 

1 

25,000.00 

1 

5,000.00 

6 

41,500.00 

Ill 

4 

80,000.00 

9 

263,000.00 

11 

282,000.00 

24 

625,000.00 

Ind 

2 

80,000  00 

1 

18,750.00 

2 

75,000.00 

5 

173,750.00 

Iowa. . . 

7 

210,000.00 

2 

78,500.00 

12 

342,500.00 

1 

50,000.00 

22 

681,000.00 

Kan.... 

7 

195,500.00 

5 

55,000.00 

4 

120,000.00 

16 

370,500.00 

Ky.   ... 

4 

101,500.00 

1 

25,000.00 

4 

288,800.00 

2 

26,000.00 

11 

441,300  00 

La 

1 

11,850.00 

1 

75,000  00 

2 

86,850.00 

Maine. . 

2 

70,000.00 

2 

55,000.00 

2 

100,000  00 

6 

225,000.00 

Md 

1 

16,700.00 

2 

313,000.00 

1 

50,000.00 

4 

379,700.00 

Mass.  . . 

5 

452,446.27 

4 

174,500.00 

2 

508,396.00 

11 

1,135,342.27 

Mich.  . . 

1 

30,000.00 

6 

132,500.00 

7 

162,500.00 

Minn.. . 

1 

30,000.00 

4 

100,000.00 

3 

55,000.00 

8 

185,000.00 

Miss.. . . 

2 

40,000.00 

5 

36,424.00 

2 

25,000.00 

9 

101,424.00 

Mo 

2 

45,000.00 

3 

47,500.00 

2 

60,000.00 

7 

152,500.00 

Mont..  . 

1 

25,000.00 

1 

25,000.00 

Neb.... 

1 

20,000.00 

3 

55,000.00 

2 

35,000.00 

6 

110,000.00 

N.  H.  .. 

1 

20,000.00 

1 

25,000.00 

2 

45,000.00 

N.J.... 

3 

100,000.00 

6 

543,727.59 

2 

452,012.00 

11 

1,095,739.59 

N.  Y.  . . 

3 

215,000.00 

20 

1,117,300.00 

21 

1,300,750.00 

20 

363,410.00 

64 

2,996,460  00 

N.  C. .. 

7 

142,868.00 

3 

55,200.00 

3 

95,000.00 

13 

293,068.00 

N.  D.  .. 

3 

63,400.00 

1 

1,250.00 

4 

64,650.00 

Ohio  . . . 

8 

344,745.00 

7 

222,959.00 

20 

625,000.00 

2 

65,550.00 

37 

1,258,254.00 

Okla.... 

1 

30,000.00 

1 

5,000.00 

1 

25,000.00 

3 

60,000  00 

Oregon  . 

2 

50,000.00 

1 

10,000.00 

1 

5,000.00 

4 

65.000  00 

Pai 

10 

440,000.00 

14 

443,108.92 

16 

275,749.00 

12 

95,497.00 

52 

1,254,354.92 

R.I.... 

1 

150,000.00 

1 

150,000.00 

S.C.... 

4 

65,000.00 

7 

91,000.00 

3 

45,250.00 

1 

5,000.00 

15 

206,250.00 

S.  D.... 

3 

62,000.00 

2 

50,000.00 

5 

112,000.00 

Term.  . . 

6 

280,000.00 

7 

155,750.00 

7 

1,076,583.00 

5 

95,000.00 

25 

1,607,333.00 

Texas . . 

1 

15,000.00 

1 

13,000.00 

2 

28,000.00 

Vt 

1 

25,000.00 

2 

70,000.00 

1 

25,000.00 

4 

120,000  00 

Va 

4 

100,000.00 

7 

102,500.00 

13 

670,000  00 

27 

187,545.00 

51 

1,060,045.00 

Wash... 

1 

25,000.00 

1 

25,000.00 

W.  Va. . 

1 

20,000.00 

3 

54,720.00 

4 

74,720.00 

Wis 

2 

104,000.00 

2 

9,000.00 

7 

488,333.33 

2 

28,500.00 

13 

629,833.33 

South'n 

Educ't'n 

Board . . 

11 

110,000.00 

11 

110,000.00 

119 

$3,928,199.27 

147 

83,950,061.92 

172 

88,822,588.92 

95 

$1,632,535.00 

533 

818,333,385.11 

1  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology  not  included. 


SUMMARY    STATEMENT 


319 


Canada 


62 
ZC 

Library 
Buildings 

—  2 

Other 

Buildings 

6  2 

ZO 

Endowment 

.,  ,    CO 

62 

zc 

Other 
Purposes 

6  2 

zc 

Total  Amt. 
Granted 

British 

Columbia. .  . . 

Manitoba 

Nova  Scotia. . . . 

Ontario 

Quebec 

1 

$50,000.00 

1 

2 
1 

$50,000.00 

70,000  00 

100,000.00 

1 

1 

1 

$25,000.00 

100,000  00 
1,000,000.00 

1 

$5,000.00 

1 
1 

3 
2 
2 

$50,000.00 

25,000.00 

75,000.00 

150,000.00 

1,100,000  00 

1 

$50,000.00 

4 

$220,000.00 

3 

$1,125,000.00 

1 

$5,000.00 

9 

$1,400,000.00 

Other  Countries 


<*-  co 

zc 

Library 
Buildings 

u  ,    00 

62 

ZC 

Other 
Buildings 

°  c 

62 
ZC 

Endowment 

,, ,    en 

6  2 

ZC 

Other 
Purposes 

°  o 
6  2 
ZC 

Total  Amt. 
Granted 

Scotland 

New  Zealand. .. 
South  Africa  . . . 

1 

l 

$62,500.00 
25,000.00 

3 

7 
1 

1 

$325,000.00 

158,375.00 

10,000  00 

8,750.00 

1 

530,000.00 

2 

$10,000.00 

3 

10 
1 
3 

$325,000.00 

230,875.00 

10,000  00 

63,750.00 

2 

$87,500.00 

12 

$502,125.00 

1 

$30,000.00 

2 

$10,000.00 

17 

$629,625.00 

320  MANUAL    OF   THE    CARNEGIE    BENEFACTIONS 

CHURCH  ORGANS 

United  States 

State                                                   Number  Amount 

Alabama 14 $12,187.00 

Alaska 1 387.50 

Arkansas 8 10,500.00 

California 25 35,087.00 

Colorado 28 26,058 .  00 

Canal  Zone 1 750.00 

Connecticut 34 26,751 .50 

Delaware 23 19,020.00 

Florida 15 16,025.00 

Georgia 26 26,312.50 

Hawaii 1 1,250.00 

Idaho 7 6,595.00 

Illinois 207 202,277.50 

Indiana 137 118,120.50 

Iowa 67 67,030.50 

Kansas 35 35,075.00 

Kentucky 86 73,025.00 

Louisiana 4 3,680.00 

Maine 61 38,970 .  50 

Maryland 90 72,838.50 

Massachusetts 129 103,124.50 

Michigan 71 74,585 .00 

Minnesota 90 80,542.00 

Mississippi 27 25,262.00 

Missouri 82 71,202.50 

Montana 4 3,850.00 

Nebraska 42 39,437 .00 

Nevada 1 1,000.00 

New  Hampshire 25 14,189.50 

New  Jersey 174 153,131 .00 

New  York 290 271,026.50 

North  Carolina 70 56,342.00 

North  Dakota 19 13,692.00 

Ohio 440 405,247.00 

Oklahoma 17 16,793.50 

Oregon 13 14,874.50 

Pennsylvania 1351 1,126,574.75 

Porto  Rico 1 425.00 

Rhode  Island 21 18,450.00 

South  Carolina 34 32,275.00 


SUMMARY    STATEMENT 


321 


State  Number 

South  Dakota 14 . 

Tennessee 44 . 

Texas 30 . 

Vermont 10 . 

Virginia 78 . 

Washington 7 . 

Washington,  D.  C 17 . 

West  Virginia 69. 

Wisconsin 58 . 

Wyoming 4 . 

4092 


Amount 

$17,000.00 

37,161.50 

33,100.00 

6,642.00 
54,296.00 

6,949.00 
18,400.00 
54,298.00 
59,032.50 

3,875.00 

$3,604,718.75 


Canada 

Number  Amount 

Alberta 1 $40 .  00 

British  Columbia 1 1,800.00 

Manitoba 3 2,362.00 

New  Brunswick 6 5,525.00 

Newfoundland 2 780 .  00 

Nova  Scotia 14 11,545.00 

Ontario 86 87,106 .  00 

Prince  Edward  Island 2 1,375 .  00 

Quebec 9_. 6,845 .  00 

124  $117,378.00 


Other  Countries 

Number  Amount 

England 2119 $1,508,320.00 

Ireland 219 158,370.00 

Scotland 1005 765,220.00 

Wales 32 22,210 .  00 

Africa 29 16,375.00 

Australia 7 10,715 .  00 

British  Guiana 1 750 .  00 

British  West  Indies 46 33,015 .  00 

Gibraltar 2 2,125.00 

India 1 875 .  00 

New  Zealand 12 8,240. 00 

3473  $2,526,215.00 


*• 

4W 


DEC  2  3    1938 


■